This is a modern-English version of Beautiful Philippines: A Handbook of General Information, originally written by Philippine Islands. Commission of Independence. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Original Front Cover.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Original Title Page.

BEAUTIFUL PHILIPPINES
A Handbook of General Information
MANILA
BUREAU of PRINTING
1923

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Prepared by the
Philippine Commission of Independence
Manila, P.I.
[3]

Created by the
Philippine Commission of Independence
Manila, P.I.
[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Contents

Page
Introduction 15
I. Historical Background 17
Discovery 17
The Spanish Rule—A Tale of Wars and Uprisings 17
Reforms in the 19th Century 18
Last Decades of Spanish Rule—The Coming of the Americans 19
Filipino-American War 20
The establishment of Civil Government 20
II. The Material Spain Found 21
Power of Propaganda to Misrepresent 21
Non-Christian Population 21
Literacy 22
Facts of Filipino Attainments in Pre-Spanish Days 22
Religion, Alphabet, and Books 23
Traders and Artisans 24
Able Agriculturists 24
Written and Unwritten Laws 24
The Code of Calantiao 25
Testimonies of Occidental Writers 26
Progress During the Spanish Rule 27
Schools and Colleges 27
Filipino Record Abroad 28
Opinions of Foreign Writers 28
Background on Which America Had Built 29
III. The First Philippine Republic 30
Causes of Earlier Revolutions 30
The Revolution of 1896 30
The Pact of Biac-na-Bato 30
The Republic 31
The Governmental Machinery Set Up 31
The Malolos Constitution—Its Salient Features 32
Comments of Foreigners 34
IV. Population of the Islands 37
A Homogeneous People 37
Total Population 38
Foreign Population 38
Comparative Population 38
V. Geographical Items of Interest 39
Number of Islands 39
Total Land Area [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 39
Bays and Straits 40
Mountains 40
Rivers 40
Lakes and Falls 40
Mineral Springs 41
Climate 41
Differences in Time 41
Comparative Areas 42
Rainfall 42
VI. The City of Manila 43
Entrance to Manila Bay—Corregidor and the Islands “El Fraile,” and “El Carabao” 43
The City of Manila 43
The Walled City 44
Fort Santiago 44
Three Manilas 45
Costumes 46
The Shops 46
The Pasig River 46
Other Places of Interest 46
The Cathedral 47
The Ayuntamiento 47
University of Santo Tomas 47
The Dominican Church 48
Avenues 48
Bilibid Prison 49
Central Observatory 51
The Luneta 51
The Manila Hotel 52
The Museum 52
The Carnival Grounds 52
Dewey Boulevard 53
Clubs and Societies 54
Cemeteries 54
Monuments 54
Life in Manila 55
Vexing Conventionalities Absent 55
Competition Less Severe 56
VII. The Environs of Manila [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 58
Malacañang Palace 58
Santa Mesa 59
San Juan Heights and Bridge 59
The Reservoir 60
Mariquina Valley and Town 60
The Payatas Estate 61
Montalban Dam 61
Fort William McKinley 62
VIII. Other Cities 63
Baguio 63
The Zig-Zag 63
Camp John Hay 64
Trinidad Valley 64
The City of Cebu 65
Places of Historical Interest 66
The City of Iloilo 66
Description and Attractions 67
Zamboanga 67
The San Ramon Penal Colony 68
IX. The Provinces—Beauty Spots 69
Laguna Province—Pagsanjan Falls 71
Calamba 78
Los Baños Mineral Springs 78
College of Agriculture 79
Rizal Province 72
Antipolo—Virgin of Antipolo 73
Cavite Province 73
Zapote Bridge 74
The United States Naval and Radio Station 74
Kawit 75
Batangas Province 75
Historical Incidents 76
Attractions 76
Taal Volcano 76
Tayabas Province 78
Botocan Falls 78
Lucena and Atimonan 78
The Bicol Provinces 79
Sceneries 80
Historical Incidents 80
Peerless Mayon 81
Bulacan Province 82
Description and History 82
Attractions 83
Biac-na-Bato 83
Mineral Baths at Marilao 83
Malolos, the Seat of the Philippine Republic 83
Pampanga Province 83
Attractions 84
Tarlac Province 85
Medicinal Springs 85
Nueva Ecija Province—The Rice Granary of the Islands 85
The Government Agricultural School at Muñoz 86
Bataan Province 86
Attractions 86
Historical [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 86
Mariveles 87
Mount Mariveles 87
Zambales Province 88
Naval Station at Olongapo and Fortifications on Grande Island 88
Pangasinan—Second Largest Rice Producing Province 89
Salt Making and Industries 89
Historical Events 89
The Mountain Province and Subregions 90
The Rice Terraces in Ifugao 91
Gold Mining and Household Industries 92
La Union and the Ilocos Provinces—Household Industries 92
Abra Province 94
The Cagayan Valley—The Tobacco Region 95
The Cagayan River 95
Isabela Province and the Town of Palanan 96
Nueva Vizcaya Province—The Salt Incrusted Mountain 96
Mindoro Province 96
Mineral Deposits 97
The Submarine Garden at Puerto Galera 97
Palawan Province 97
Iwahig Penal Colony 98
Culion Leper Colony 98
The Underground River 99
Romblon Province—Marble Deposits 99
The Visayas 99
Samar, the First Island Discovered by the Spaniards 99
Iloilo and Capiz—Beautiful Caves and Cliffs of White Coral Rock 100
Negros Island—The Principal Sugar Producing District 101
The Haciendas and the Sugar Centrals 101
The Silliman Institute at Dumaguete 101
The Volcano of Magaso 102
Cebu Province 102
San Miguel, the First Spanish Settlement 102
Bohol Province 103
The Rebellions of 1622 and 1744 103
Medicinal Springs and Caves 104
Leyte Province 104
Abundance of minerals 104
LimasawaGot it! Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.Where Mass Was First Celebrated in the Philippines 104
The Island of Mindanao 105
Origin of Name 105
Introduction of Islam 105
Province of Zamboanga 105
Cotabato Province [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 106
Increasing Christian Population 106
The Large Lakes in Cotabato Province 106
Mount Apo 106
Bukidnon Province, an Unsurpassed Region for Cattle 107
Beautiful Lake Lanao and the Maria Cristina Falls 107
Davao Province, the Finest Hemp Land in the Island 108
Agusan and Surigao Provinces—Minerals and Agricultural Products 108
The Sulu Archipelago 109
Description, Principal Ports and Industries 109
Introduction of Mohammedanism 110
The Sultan of Sulu and His Present Position 111
The Policy of Attraction Carried Out by the Insular Government 111
The Town of Jolo—Chinese Pier and Ariolas' Walk 112
The Language for the Tourist 113
Number of Filipinos Who speak, read and write English 113
X. Agricultural Products, Forests, Minerals, and Industries 115
Number of Hectares under Cultivation 115
Principal Undeveloped Regions 115
Percentage of Farms Owned by Filipinos 116
The Principal Crops—Rice, Hemp, Sugar, Tobacco, Coconut—Export Figures 116
Prospective Agricultural Industries 127
Irrigation 128
Rural Credit Associations—Table 128
Forest Resources 130
Area 130
Only 1 per cent Private Ownership 131
Timber Output and Export 131
How Timber Tracts are Obtained 132
Sawmills 132
Minor Forest Products 132
Minerals—Gold, Silver, Iron, Manganese, Coal, and Statistical Data 132
Other Industries 135
Public Lands 143
Area 143
Modes of Acquisition 143
XI. The Trade of the Philippine Islands 147
Economic Position—Manila as a Trade Center 147
Trade Routes 147
Personnel of Philippine Commerce 149
America’s Monopoly in Philippine Trade 150
Mediums of Trade 150
Trade with other Countries 151
Values of Imports and Exports, 1913 to 1922 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 152
Principal Articles Exported, 1921–1922 153
Principal Articles Imported, 1921–1922 154
Shipping 156
Entrances and Clearances of Vessels 156
Interisland Transportation 156
Table—Merchandise Carried by Foreign Vessels 157
Interisland Lines 158
Control Over Rates 158
Number and Tonnage of Vessels 159
XII. Structure of the Philippine Government 160
Resembles Federal and State Governments 160
Departures from American Standards 160
The Budget System 160
Parliamentary Responsibility 161
The Council of State, Advisory to the Governor General 161
The Governor-General, the Vice-Governor, and the Executive Departments 161
The Legislative Department 164
The Judiciary 165
Provincial and Municipal Government 165
Expenses of the Philippine Government 165
Financial Status 166
Statement of Receipts, Expenditures and Surplus 167
Budget Estimates, 1918–1923 168
Currency and Circulation 168
Electors 170
XIII. The Filipinos in Control 173
Filipinization 174
Proportion of Filipinos to Americans in the Government 174
Autonomy 174
Outstanding Achievements of the Filipinized Government 175
Reorganization of Departments 175
The Budget System Explained 177
Public Improvements 177
Agriculture and Taxation 178
Public Order 178
Education—System of Instruction 178
Number of Pupils 182
Number of Teachers 182
Number of School Buildings 182
Universities 182
Sanitation—the Philippine Health Service 183
Comparative Death Rate 184
Local Autonomy 184
Public Welfare—The Public Welfare Commissioner 185
Administration of Justice [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 186
Record of the Courts 186
Government Enterprises—Object 187
The National Bank 187
The Manila Railroad 188
The National Coal Co. 188
The National Development Co. 189
XIV. The Independence Movement 190
Uprisings during Spanish Régime 190
The Organized Movement 193
The Philippine Assembly of 1907 193
America’s Policy and Promise to the Filipinos 194
Pronouncements of McKinley, Taft, Roosevelt, and Wilson 195
Jones Law, the Formal Pledge that Independence Will Be Granted 196
Executive Recommendation for the Fulfillment of America’s Promise 197
Missions to the United States 197
The Commission of Independence and Its Purposes 198
The Declaration of Purposes 198
The First Mission 198
Letter of President Wilson 199
Statement of Secretary of War Baker 199
Hearing before Joint Committee of Congress 200
The Second Mission 200
The Memorial to President Harding 201
Reply of the President 205
Petition for a Constitutional Convention—Text 205
XV. Appendices—Tables of Statistics 207
Where to Go in Manila 207
List of Hotels 207
Garages and Stables 208
Steamship Agencies 208
Foreign Consulates 209
Cable Offices 211
List of Banks in the Philippines Doing Business in 1923 211
Chambers of Commerce 211
Cinematographs and Theatres 212
Clubs 212
Booksellers and Stationers 213
Embroideries 213
Philippine Hats 214
List of Churches Holding Services in English 215
Rates of Fare for Public Vehicles 215
Postal, Telegraph, and Cable Rates 216
Interisland Sailings 219
Values of foreign coins expressed in terms of Philippine money [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 220
Banking: Combined condition of all the commercial banks in the Philippine Islands, in pesos 221
Currency in Circulation 222
Table showing the assessed valuation of real property in the Philippine Islands (except the cities of Manila and Baguio) by provinces 223
Growth of the public school system 225
Private Schools 226
Annual Expenditures for Public Education 226
Total receipts, expenditures and accumulated surplus of the Philippine Government, 1901–1923, in pesos 227
Fire, marine, and miscellaneous insurance companies doing active business in the Philippine Islands, during year ending December 31, 1922 228
Americans and Filipinos in the Philippine Service on July 1, 1921 230
Newspapers and other publications in the Philippines, as per revision made up to June 18, 1923 230
List of sugar centrals in the Philippine Islands 234

[11]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

List of Illustrations

Facing page—
Bird’s eye view of the Walled City and immediate environs 18
Panoramic view of Camp Keithley, Lanao, Mindanao 18
Plaza Benavides, with the statue of Benavides in the center 20
San Sebastian Church, Manila 21
Aglipayan Church, Azcarraga Street, Manila 44
The new Trade School, Manila 45
The Cathedral, Walled City, Manila 46
Philippine University cadets in formation in front of the Ayuntamiento, the central government building 47
Bureau of Printing Building 48
A section of Manila’s commercial district 48
The Luneta Hotel, Manila 49
Central Railroad Station, Manila Railroad Company 50
A Modern thoroughfare, Taft Avenue, Manila 50
The Paco Railroad Depot, Manila 51
The Jones Bridge 51
The principal buildings of the Philippine University 52
The Polo Grounds 52
The Normal Hall—A dormitory for girls, Manila 53
Philippine Carnival Auditorium, 1922 53
The Rizal Monument, at the Luneta, Manila 54
The Legaspi and Urdaneta Monument facing the Luneta, Manila 55
The Carnival grounds, Manila 56
A view of Pier 5, Manila 56
The Luneta, during a Carnival parade 57
A public market, Manila 57
The Aquarium, Manila, exterior view 58
Exterior view of Malacañang Palace, Manila 58
A typical country scene 59
The Executive Offices, Malacañang Palace, Manila 59
The Mariquina Valley 60
Salt beds, Pangasinan 60
Exterior view of the Lingayen Provincial Building, Pangasinan 61
The Baguio zig-zig coiling upon itself 62
The Amphitheater, Baguio, Benguet 63
The States? No It’s Baguio, Philippine Islands 64
The road to Baguio 65
The beautiful town of Pagsanjan, Laguna 70
Pagsanjan Falls, Laguna [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 71
Montalban Gorge 72
The monument to the “First Cry of Balintawak,” 73
The Bamboo Organ, Las Piñas 74
An abaca plantation 75
The church at Taal, Batangas Province 76
Sample of bridges and provincial scenery 77
A Philippine Sugar Central. Calamba, Laguna Province 78
Sprouting coconuts, Pagsanjan, Laguna 79
Coconut groves, San Ramon Penal Farm, Zamboanga, Mindanao 79
The Sorsogon provincial government building and the Sorsogon jail 80
Mayon Volcano, Albay Province 81
The wonderful rice terraces at Ifugao, Mountain Province, Luzon 90
Rice terraces at Bontoc, Mountain Province 91
Boobies at Tubataja reef, Sulu 98
The subterranean river, Saint Paul’s Bay, Palawan taken by flashlight 99
Magellan Monument, Mactan Island 102
Panoramic view of Dapitan where Rizal was exiled by the Spaniards 103
A view of Jolo, Sulu 110
The Cebu wharf 110
Moro weapons 111
A cigar factory in Manila 124
Makers of Manila cigars 125
A lumber yard. Kolambugan, Mindanao 130
View of San Jose Estate sugar mill. San Jose, Mindoro 131
Girls Embroidery, Paco Intermediate School, Manila 136–137
The Council of State in session 160
The Members of the Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands 161
The Gilbert Steel Bridge, Laoag, Ilocos Norte 176
[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Map of the Philippine Islands

Map of the Philippine Islands

Map of the Philippines

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“And the earth possesses no scenes more beautiful than those to be found in this verdant and blooming archipelago * * * this magnificent rosary of glowing islands, that Nature has hung above the heaving bosom of the warm Pacific * * * with the vast variety of attractive scenery, mountain and plain, lake and stream, everywhere rich with glossy leafage, clustered growths of bamboo and palm, fields of yellow cane and verdant coffee-groves.”

“And the earth has no more beautiful sights than those found in this lush and blooming archipelago * * * this stunning collection of vibrant islands, that Nature has placed above the rolling waves of the warm Pacific * * * filled with a wide range of appealing scenery, mountains and plains, lakes and rivers, all brimming with shiny foliage, clusters of bamboo and palm trees, fields of golden sugar cane and green coffee plantations.”

“Views of lands and sea and sky, beautiful, gorgeous, awe-inspiring; of historic spots and buildings, monuments, ruins * * * of peoples familiar and strange; of industries modern to the minute, or old, as old as the Pharaohs, the patient work of potter and weaver, of craftsman, artisan, woodman, fisherman, husbandman; of peoples primitive and cultured—races and nations, distinct, assimilated and assimilating foreigners—foreigners whose descendants a few generations later will be Filipinos—the Filipino Nation that is to be, in that wonderland, the Philippines.”

“Views of land, sea, and sky—beautiful, stunning, and breathtaking; of historic sites and buildings, monuments, and ruins *** of familiar and unfamiliar people; of industries modern to the moment or ancient, as old as the Pharaohs; the diligent work of potters, weavers, craftsmen, artisans, loggers, fishermen, and farmers; of both primitive and cultured people—distinct races and nations, merging and integrating foreigners—foreigners whose descendants in a few generations will become Filipinos—the Filipino Nation that is to emerge in that enchanting place, the Philippines.”

“Lived ever a man or a people on an island, however insignificant and bleak and bare, without feeling for it pride and love? Call to mind poem and song, picture and tale; the history of island races.

“Has there ever been a man or a people on an island, no matter how small, lonely, or barren, who didn’t feel pride and love for it? Think of the poems and songs, the pictures and stories; the history of island nations.

“Behold, then, the Philippines: thousands of islands, great and small beautiful, bountiful beneath a benignant sky. Seek to know how Truth paints them, and understand and sympathize with their people’s fervid desire to call them their very own.” [15]

“Look at the Philippines: thousands of islands, big and small, beautiful and rich under a kind sky. Try to understand how Truth represents them, and connect with the people’s passionate wish to claim them as their own.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

FOREWORD

It is vital for the Filipinos that foreigners visiting the Philippines acquire accurate information about the Islands and their people. The Philippines are not generally known abroad, much less are the Filipinos as a people, their degree of civilization and culture, their form of government, their institutions. Hence, the need for a publication such as this setting forth reliable items of information about the islands.

It’s essential for Filipinos that foreigners visiting the Philippines get accurate information about the Islands and their people. The Philippines aren’t widely recognized abroad, and even less so are Filipinos as a group, their level of civilization and culture, their form of government, and their institutions. This highlights the need for a publication like this one that provides trustworthy information about the islands.

This booklet is a compendium of facts, not fancies—facts pertaining to the country known as the Philippines and to the people known as the Filipino people. They are facts that can be verified from authentic sources.

This booklet is a collection of facts, not fantasies—facts about the country called the Philippines and the people known as Filipinos. These are facts that can be verified from credible sources.

The booklet is primarily intended for tourists, but to all other foreigners seeking information on things Philippine, the booklet will also be of invaluable help. It not only indicates the places of interest throughout the archipelago but also gives a description of the islands in general, of their people, history and government. Tangible evidences of the readiness of the Filipinos for nationality are described. The history of the whole nationalistic movement is given.

The booklet is mainly designed for tourists, but it will also be incredibly helpful for any other foreigners looking for information about the Philippines. It not only highlights interesting places across the islands but also provides a general description of the islands, their people, history, and government. It outlines clear evidence of the Filipinos' readiness for nationhood. The entire history of the nationalist movement is covered.

The Filipinos to-day are in control of their own government. They have had practical autonomy since 1916. The only remaining link between Washington and the Philippines is the Governor-General who is an American appointed by the President of the United States representing his country in the islands, and is the chief executive thereof. [16]

The Filipinos today are in charge of their own government. They've had practical self-rule since 1916. The only remaining connection between Washington and the Philippines is the Governor-General, an American appointed by the President of the United States, who represents his country in the islands and serves as the chief executive. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The islands produce great quantities of sugar, hemp, copra, rice, corn and tobacco. They are capable of producing besides, and are actually beginning to produce, rubber, coffee, various food and medicinal products, and a multitude of raw materials for every purpose. There are also many hardwoods appropriate for elegant furniture in a variety of natural colors not yet seen in any market. There are mines of gold, copper and coal in operation. There are said to be creditable iron and oil deposits.

The islands yield large amounts of sugar, hemp, copra, rice, corn, and tobacco. They are also able to produce, and are starting to produce, rubber, coffee, various food and medicinal products, and a wide range of raw materials for all kinds of uses. Additionally, there are many hardwoods suitable for making elegant furniture in a variety of natural colors that haven't been seen in any market yet. There are operational mines for gold, copper, and coal. It's reported that there are noteworthy deposits of iron and oil as well.

There are plenty of wonderful harbors for ships of heavy tonnage. The country is peaceful, the most peaceful perhaps in the world. A courteous and hospitable people greet the foreigner wherever he goes. [17]

There are many fantastic ports for large ships. The country is peaceful, likely the most peaceful in the world. A friendly and welcoming people greet visitors wherever they go. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

I. Historical Background

Discovery The Philippines were discovered by Magellan in 1521. That discovery occasioned the first circumnavigation of the globe. Long before the discovery, however, the Islands were already known in the Orient, for they had commercial relations with China as early as the 13th century and with Japan, Siam, the Malay Peninsula, Java, Sumatra, Borneo, and the Moluccas.

Discovery The Philippines were discovered by Magellan in 1521. That discovery led to the first trip around the world. However, long before this discovery, the Islands were already known in the East, as they had trade connections with China as early as the 13th century and with Japan, Siam, the Malay Peninsula, Java, Sumatra, Borneo, and the Moluccas.

It is erroneous to suppose that the culture of the Filipinos dated only from the time of the arrival of the Spaniards. Long before that time they had already acquired a fair degree of culture. They had systems of writing similar to the Phœnician alphabetical arrangement. They had calendars and a system of weights and measures. They tilled their lands and maintained village governments. They had laws based on traditions and customs handed down from generation to generation, and as early as 1433, or 88 years previous to the arrival of Magellan, there existed a Penal Code known as the Code of Calantiao.

It’s a mistake to think that Filipino culture only started when the Spaniards arrived. Long before that, they had already developed a significant level of culture. They had writing systems similar to the Phoenician alphabet. They had calendars and a system for weights and measures. They farmed their land and had village governments. They had laws based on traditions and customs passed down through generations, and as early as 1433, or 88 years before Magellan arrived, there was a Penal Code known as the Code of Calantiao.

The Spanish Rule—A Tale of Wars and Uprisings The history of the Islands from the beginning of Spanish rule to the middle of the 19th century was a long tale of wars and uprisings. The Portuguese disputed Spain’s right to the Islands, and between 1566 and 1570 made three attempts to dislodge the Spaniards. The Dutch during the first half of the 17th century repeatedly appeared in Philippine waters and made attacks on the Spaniards. The British unexpectedly swooped down on Manila in 1762, and the Archbishop who was acting as governor speedily capitulated, the City of Manila falling into [18]British hands until the treaty of Paris in 1763 when it was again restored to Spain. The Chinese residents added to all these difficulties by revolting from time to time.

The Spanish Rule—A Story of Wars and Rebellions The history of the Islands from the start of Spanish rule to the mid-19th century is a long story of wars and rebellions. The Portuguese challenged Spain's claim to the Islands and made three attempts between 1566 and 1570 to drive out the Spaniards. The Dutch frequently invaded Philippine waters and attacked the Spaniards during the first half of the 17th century. In 1762, the British unexpectedly captured Manila, and the Archbishop acting as governor quickly surrendered, leading to the City of Manila falling into [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]British control until the Treaty of Paris in 1763, when it was returned to Spain. The Chinese residents contributed to these challenges by rebelling from time to time.

But the most persistent trouble-makers were the Filipinos themselves who repeatedly revolted because of alleged injustices committed upon them. Between the years 1645 and 1665 alone there occurred five uprisings against the Spanish Government. Other revolts, no less serious, took place in the 18th and 19th centuries. The rebellion of Dagohoy, for example, took place at this time, spreading throughout practically the whole Island of Bohol and continuing for a period of eighty years.

But the most persistent troublemakers were the Filipinos themselves, who repeatedly revolted due to alleged injustices they faced. Between 1645 and 1665 alone, there were five uprisings against the Spanish Government. Other significant revolts occurred in the 18th and 19th centuries. The Dagohoy rebellion, for instance, happened during this period, spreading across almost the entire Island of Bohol and lasting for eighty years.

BIRD’S EYE VIEW OF THE WALLED CITY AND IMMEDIATE ENVIRONS

BIRD’S EYE VIEW OF THE WALLED CITY AND IMMEDIATE ENVIRONS

BIRD’S EYE VIEW OF THE WALLED CITY AND IMMEDIATE ENVIRONS

PANORAMIC VIEW OF CAMP KEITHLEY, LANAO, MINDANAO

PANORAMIC VIEW OF CAMP KEITHLEY, LANAO, MINDANAO

PANORAMIC VIEW OF CAMP KEITHLEY, LANAO, MINDANAO

There were in all about a hundred uprisings, big and small, during the Spanish régime. That of 1872 was especially noted for its magnitude and the determination shown by the revolutionists. It was put down with the execution of three secular priests—Burgos, Gomez, and Zamora—ever since reckoned among the popular heroes of the country. From that time plotting against the corrupt civil government and the autocratic religious corporations never really ceased; and in 1892 Andres Bonifacio organized a secret society known as the Katipunan, which preached hatred against Spain because of the abuses of the friars and of the authorities, and demanded freedom from foreign yoke.

There were about a hundred uprisings, both big and small, during the Spanish rule. The one in 1872 was particularly significant for its scale and the determination shown by the revolutionaries. It was suppressed with the execution of three secular priests—Burgos, Gomez, and Zamora—who have since been considered popular heroes of the country. From that point on, plotting against the corrupt civil government and the authoritarian religious organizations never really stopped; and in 1892, Andres Bonifacio founded a secret society called the Katipunan, which promoted anger against Spain due to the abuses of the friars and the authorities, and called for freedom from foreign oppression.

Reforms in the 19th century The dawn of the 19th century, however, was marked by significant changes for the better. During the periods of 1810 and 1813, 1820 to 1823, and 1830 to 1837, as a result of the nationalistic and liberal struggles Spain was experiencing, the Cortes was revived and representatives from different parts of the monarchy—the colonies included—were given seats therein. This ushered in a period of constitutional and representative government for the Filipinos. Moreover, by 1830, Spain’s commercial policy of trade exclusiveness for the colonies was abandoned. A few years later, Manila was thrown open to foreign trade and a freer and more liberal economic system adopted. In this way, the foundation for subsequent political and economic progress was laid. [19]

19th-century reforms The start of the 19th century was characterized by significant improvements. During the periods of 1810 to 1813, 1820 to 1823, and 1830 to 1837, due to the nationalistic and liberal movements in Spain, the Cortes was reestablished and representatives from various parts of the monarchy, including the colonies, were given seats. This marked the beginning of constitutional and representative governance for the Filipinos. Additionally, by 1830, Spain's policy of exclusive trade with the colonies was discontinued. A few years later, Manila was opened up to foreign trade, and a more open and liberal economic system was adopted. This laid the groundwork for future political and economic advancements. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

From the beginning of Spanish domination, there existed scores of schools and colleges which were mostly conducted by the religious orders. These schools and colleges offered various courses and graduated numerous priests, lawyers, physicians, pharmacists, and teachers. Increase in the number of professional graduates made possible the rise of an intellectual class in the seventies and eighties. To this group of men, Burgos and Paterno, leaders of the liberal movement of 1870; Dr. Rizal, the Filipino hero; M. H. del Pilar, a prominent propagandist; and Mabini, the brain of the Revolution, belonged—men who, in attainment and culture, can adorn the halls of any nation. Many of the prominent leaders of today also had their training in those schools—Manuel L. Quezon, Sergio Osmeña, T. Pardo de Tavera, Victorino Mapa, Florentino Torres, Teodoro M. Kalaw, Juan Sumulong, Rafael Palma, and many others who have held high positions in the government during the first years of American sovereignty.

From the beginning of Spanish rule, there were many schools and colleges, mostly run by religious orders. These institutions offered a variety of courses and graduated numerous priests, lawyers, doctors, pharmacists, and teachers. The increase in the number of professional graduates led to the emergence of an intellectual class in the 1870s and 1880s. This group included Burgos and Paterno, leaders of the liberal movement of 1870; Dr. Rizal, the Filipino hero; M. H. del Pilar, a key propagandist; and Mabini, the brain of the Revolution—men who, in achievement and culture, could grace the halls of any nation. Many of today's prominent leaders also trained in those schools—Manuel L. Quezon, Sergio Osmeña, T. Pardo de Tavera, Victorino Mapa, Florentino Torres, Teodoro M. Kalaw, Juan Sumulong, Rafael Palma, and many others who held significant positions in government during the early years of American rule.

Last Decades of Spanish Rule—The Coming of the Americans The last decades of Spanish rule were marked by several reforms, but these reforms were altogether too conservative and came too late. Consequently there was much discontent and the Filipinos, in August, 1896, following the teachings of the Katipunan, rose in revolt and sought to declare themselves independent of Spain. The revolution extended throughout the archipelago. It was halted by the Pact of Biac-na-Bato in December, 1897, only to be resumed early in the year following, under the very eyes and later with the help of the Americans, who appeared on the scene on May 1, 1898. The Filipinos succeeded in wresting from Spain every foot of Philippine territory except Manila which was surrendered to the Americans on August 13, after simultaneous attacks by American and Filipino forces.

Final Decades of Spanish Rule—The Arrival of the Americans The final decades of Spanish rule saw various reforms, but they were too conservative and came too late. As a result, there was a lot of dissatisfaction, and the Filipinos, in August 1896, inspired by the teachings of the Katipunan, revolted in an attempt to declare their independence from Spain. The revolution spread across the archipelago. It was paused by the Pact of Biac-na-Bato in December 1897, only to restart early the following year, right in front of the Americans, who arrived on the scene on May 1, 1898. The Filipinos managed to take back all of the Philippine territory from Spain, except for Manila, which was handed over to the Americans on August 13, after simultaneous attacks by American and Filipino forces.

Soon afterwards the first republic in the Far East based on a constitutional and representative government was established by the Filipinos. It had received the commendation [20]of several foreigners among whom were the late Senator Hoar and John Barrett, ex-Director of the Pan-American Union.

Soon after, the first republic in the Far East, founded on constitutional and representative government, was established by the Filipinos. It received praise [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] from several foreigners, including the late Senator Hoar and John Barrett, former Director of the Pan-American Union.

Filipino-American War The downfall of the republic came as a result of the Filipino-American war which broke out through a misunderstanding between America and the Philippines and which lasted for three years. With the superior forces of the United States it was naturally a one-sided struggle, but it nevertheless showed once more the determination of the Filipino people to have an independent national existence. They wanted no less than an untrammeled republic free from any foreign control. They asked that of the United States. But no definite assurance was given that they would ultimately be freed. Had such assurances been given them the Filipino-American war would have been avoided.

Philippine-American War The fall of the republic happened due to the Filipino-American war, which started from a misunderstanding between America and the Philippines and lasted for three years. With the United States having superior forces, it was mostly an unbalanced fight, but it still demonstrated the Filipino people's strong desire for an independent nation. They wanted nothing less than a unrestricted republic free from foreign control. They sought this from the United States. However, no clear assurance was provided that they would be truly free in the end. If such assurances had been given, the Filipino-American war likely could have been avoided.

The Establishment of civil government American civil government was established in the Islands in 1901 and 1902. Under this government the Philippines made remarkably rapid strides along the road of progress. But the most significant stride is perhaps the development of Philippine home rule, For it should be known that today, with few exceptions, notably those of the American Chief Executive and the American Vice-Governor, who is also Secretary of Public Instruction, the Philippine government is run by the Filipinos themselves.

The formation of civil government American civil government was set up in the Islands in 1901 and 1902. Under this government, the Philippines made impressive progress. However, the most important development is probably the establishment of Philippine home rule. It's worth noting that today, with few exceptions, particularly the American Chief Executive and the American Vice-Governor, who also serves as Secretary of Public Instruction, the Philippine government is operated by Filipinos themselves.

Plaza Benavides, with the statue of Benavides in the center. The University of Santo Tomas is on the left. The Dominican Church in the background

Plaza Benavides, with the statue of Benavides in the center. The University of Santo Tomas is on the left. The Dominican Church in the background

Plaza Benavides, featuring the statue of Benavides in the center. The University of Santo Tomas is on the left. The Dominican Church is in the background.

[21]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

II. The Material Spain Found

Power of Propaganda to Misrepresent Conditions So powerful is propaganda in misrepresenting actual conditions that the Philippines used to mean, and often still means, a mere fringe of civilization, or something similar to it, where the Spaniards had planted and the Americans had watered, but within all was still savagery and primeval ways.

The Power of Propaganda to Distort Reality Propaganda is so effective at misrepresenting reality that the Philippines used to refer to, and often still does refer to, just a small part of civilization, or something like that, where the Spaniards had established their presence and the Americans had further developed it, but underneath it all, there was still barbarism and primitive lifestyles.

San Sebastian Church, Manila

San Sebastian Church, Manila

San Sebastián Church, Manila

An exhibition of an Igorot village at the St. Louis World’s Fair of 1904 probably spread in America more of the notion of the Philippines as an untamed wilderness than tons of statistics could correct. These, then, were the people America had undertaken to govern—wild, naked creatures, beside whom the North American Indian was a gentleman and a scholar! Indeed, a long time must elapse before you can reduce these to suspenders and beefsteaks. A long time? Why, centuries and centuries!

An exhibition of an Igorot village at the St. Louis World’s Fair of 1904 likely spread the idea of the Philippines as an untamed wilderness in America more than any amount of statistics could fix. These were the people that America had decided to govern—wild, naked beings, who made the North American Indian seem like a gentleman and a scholar! In fact, it would take a long time before you could get them to wear suspenders and eat steak. A long time? More like centuries and centuries!

Non-Christian population Again, to the assiduous readers of press dispatches, the typical Filipino has come to mean the fierce Mohammedan Moro; although, there are in the Islands less than 400,000 Mohammedans of all kinds, whether fierce or urbane. Still others have concluded that the wild-eyed nomad of the mountains, the man with the bow and arrow, with no religion at all, must be the determining factor of the situation because there are so many of his kind; and yet the census reveals the total number of persons in all the Islands that do not profess either Christianity, Mohammedanism, or Buddhism as only 102,000. [22]

Non-Christian community For attentive readers of news articles, the typical Filipino is often seen as the fierce Muslim Moro; even though there are less than 400,000 Muslims of all types in the Islands, whether fierce or civilized. Others believe that the wild-eyed nomad of the mountains, the person with the bow and arrow and no religion at all, must be the main factor in the situation because there are so many like him; however, the census shows that the total number of people in all the Islands who do not identify as Christians, Muslims, or Buddhists is only 102,000. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Literacy So, too, the ignorance of the Filipinos has always been believed to be appalling and a bulwark of darkness not to be overcome in generations, if ever; and yet the census reveals the percentage of literacy in the entire Islands at 49.2 per cent. The percentage compares favorably with the literacy of many of the small independent nations of the world at present.

Reading and writing skills Likewise, the ignorance among Filipinos has long been seen as shocking and a barrier to progress that would take generations to overcome, if it ever could; yet the census shows that the literacy rate across the Islands is 49.2 percent. This percentage is actually quite comparable to the literacy rates of many small independent countries in the world today.

The facts are these, as regards the Filipinos even in Pre-Spanish days:

The facts are these, concerning the Filipinos even before Spanish colonization:

Facts of Filipino Attainments in Pre-Spanish Days The Spaniards found that the inhabitants of the Islands built and lived in planned houses, had a machinery of government of their own, maintained a system of jurisprudence, in many cases dwelt in ordered cities and towns and practised the arts familiar to the most advanced peoples of their times.

Facts About Filipino Achievements Before Spanish Colonization The Spaniards discovered that the people of the Islands constructed and lived in scheduled homes, had their own system of government, upheld a system of laws, often lived in organized cities and towns, and practiced the arts known to the most advanced societies of their era.

Gunpowder they knew and used before 1300, when it had not yet been introduced in Europe; and they made firearms that astonished the Spaniards. At the siege of Manila, 1570, the natives defended their city with cannon, and the conquerors found within the walls the factory where these guns had been forged, as well equipped and ordered as any abroad.

Gunpowder was known and used before 1300, before it was introduced in Europe; and they created firearms that amazed the Spaniards. During the siege of Manila in 1570, the locals defended their city with cannons, and the conquerors discovered within the walls the workshop where these guns had been made, as well-equipped and organized as any found elsewhere.

The Islanders were expert in other metal-working, skilful ship-builders, able carpenters. Copper they had worked; but bronze, of which their great guns were made, they imported from China. Some of their art in silver-work excites admiration even now, for their beautiful design and fine workmanship.

The Islanders were skilled in various metalworking, proficient shipbuilders, and talented carpenters. They worked with copper, but imported the bronze for their powerful cannons from China. Some of their silver craftsmanship is still admired today for its stunning design and excellent quality.

They wove cloths of cotton, hemp, and other fibers. They were, in fact, inheritors of two great cultural infiltrations upon what original culture the Malays had two thousand years before: on one side, was the influence of the Hindus and on the other the civilization of the Chinese, and to these had been added, years before the Spaniards came, stray gleams of information transmitted roundabout from Europe.

They made fabrics from cotton, hemp, and other fibers. They were, in fact, heirs to two significant cultural influences on what the original Malay culture was two thousand years ago: on one side was the impact of the Hindus, and on the other was the civilization of the Chinese. Additionally, years before the Spaniards arrived, there were also bits of information passing through from Europe.

Religion, alphabet, and books All this is inconsistent with the fanciful theory of the head-hunter and the wild man of the woods, but is nevertheless [23]the incontestable record. Heathen they were called, but they had a religion, and a code of morals, not at all contemptible. They were natural musicians, possessed a variety of musical instruments, and had native orchestras. They were fond of poetry and and honored their poets. They had also a written alphabet and they wrote books. Every settled town had a temple and most temples had collections of books. They were written in the native characters on palm leaves and bamboo, and stored with the native priests. The subjects were historical and legendary, folk-lore tales, statutes, deeds of heroism and poems. The Spanish enthusiasts burned these books as anti-Christian and thereby destroyed documents priceless to succeeding ages, the few that escaped the flames testifying poignantly to the great loss. A small collection of them was recently discovered in a cave in the Island of Negros and ethnologists have hopes of others that may have escaped the sharp eyes of the destructors. Professor Beyer, whose investigations of early Filipino life and history have been so extensive, has come upon other evidence of early Filipino letters, including an epic poem of considerable length; but this exists now only in the memories of the reciters. The four-thousand-odd lines of it that Professor Beyer has translated show a rare gift of versification and imagery.

Religion, letters, and books All this contradicts the fanciful idea of the head-hunter and the wild man of the woods, but is still [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] the undeniable record. They were called heathens, but they had their own religion and a moral code that wasn't at all contemptible. They were natural musicians, had a variety of musical instruments, and formed native orchestras. They loved poetry and valued their poets. They also had their own written alphabet and wrote books. Every established town had a temple, and most temples housed collections of books. These were written in native characters on palm leaves and bamboo, kept by local priests. The subjects covered history and legends, folklore, laws, heroic deeds, and poems. Spanish enthusiasts burned these books as anti-Christian, destroying invaluable documents for future generations; the few that survived the flames poignantly testify to the immense loss. A small collection was recently found in a cave on the Island of Negros, and ethnologists hope to discover more that may have escaped the watchful eyes of the destroyers. Professor Beyer, who has extensively studied early Filipino life and history, has found additional evidence of early Filipino writing, including a lengthy epic poem; however, it now exists only in the memories of those who recite it. The roughly four thousand lines that Professor Beyer has translated display a remarkable talent for verse and imagery.

Of the written alphabets in use before the coming of the Spaniards, fourteen were of Malay origin, one was Arabic, and one Hebrew. Of the Malayan alphabets many were structurally alike, so that a learned Visayan must have been able to make out Tagalog words and a Pampangan to spell Ilocano. We are not to imagine that every Filipino could read the written speech; there were in the Islands at that time, as in India, Spain, England, and elsewhere, the educated and the uneducated. But it seems likely that the percentage of literacy in the Philippines, about the year 1500, let us say, was as large as in Spain, larger than in India and compared favorably with the percentage in other places.

Of the written alphabets used before the arrival of the Spaniards, fourteen were of Malay origin, one was Arabic, and one was Hebrew. Many of the Malay alphabets were similar in structure, so a knowledgeable Visayan could likely understand Tagalog words, and a Pampangan could spell Ilocano. We shouldn't assume that every Filipino was literate; during that time in the Islands, as in India, Spain, England, and other places, there were both educated and uneducated people. However, it seems likely that the literacy rate in the Philippines around the year 1500 was comparable to that of Spain, higher than in India, and measured favorably against other regions.

Traders and artisans The inhabitants were able traders as well as skilful artisans. Manila was one of the great commercial centers of [24]the East and long had been so; it was not a mere collection of fishermen’s huts. When the inhabitants of England were wearing skins, painting their bodies, and gashing their flesh in religious frenzies, the Filipinos were already conducting commercial marts in which were offered silks, brocades, cotton and other cloths, household furniture, precious stones, gold and gold dust, jewelry, wheat from Japan, weapons, works of art and of utility in many metals, cultivated fruits, domesticated animals, earthenware, and a variety of agricultural products from their rich volcanic soil.

Traders and craftspeople The people were skilled traders and talented artisans. Manila was one of the major commercial hubs of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] the East and had been for a long time; it wasn’t just a cluster of fishermen's huts. While the people in England were still wearing animal skins, painting their bodies, and having religious rituals that involved self-harm, the Filipinos were already running bustling markets where they sold silks, brocades, cotton and other fabrics, furniture, precious stones, gold and gold dust, jewelry, wheat from Japan, weapons, art pieces, and practical items made from various metals, along with cultivated fruits, domesticated animals, pottery, and a wide range of agricultural goods from their fertile volcanic soil.

Able Agriculturists The people understood how to make agricultural implements which, if crude by present standards, were nevertheless serviceable. They knew how to make machines, to hull and separate rice, to express oil from coconuts, and to weave their cloths. They worked out their own problems of irrigation and in their own way. The huge rice terraces in some parts of Luzon were and still are the wonder of all beholders. “I know of no more impressive examples of primitive engineering,” says Dean C. Worcester, “than the terraced mountain-sides of Nueva Vizcaya beside which the terraced hills of Japan sink into insignificance.”

Skilled Farmers The people knew how to create agricultural tools that, while basic by today’s standards, were still effective. They figured out how to build machines to hull and separate rice, extract oil from coconuts, and weave their fabrics. They developed their own irrigation solutions in their unique way. The massive rice terraces in some areas of Luzon were and still are a marvel to everyone who sees them. “I know of no more impressive examples of primitive engineering,” says Dean C. Worcester, “than the terraced mountainsides of Nueva Vizcaya, beside which the terraced hills of Japan fade into insignificance.”

WRITTEN AND UNWRITTEN LAWS.—The people had both written and unwritten laws. They were made and promulgated by the chiefs after consultation with the elders, and were “observed with so great exactness that it was not considered possible to break them in any circumstance.”

WRITTEN AND UNWRITTEN LAWS.—The people had both written and unwritten laws. They were created and announced by the chiefs after talking with the elders, and they were “followed so strictly that it was considered impossible to break them under any circumstances.”

The laws covered many of the subjects which are common in modern times. A few of the most striking points were: Respect of parents and elders, carried to so great a degree that not even the name of one’s father could pass the lips, in the same way as the Hebrews regarded the name of God. Even after reaching manhood and even after marriage, the son was under a strict obligation to obey his father and mother. Marriage had reached the stage of mutual consent. Marriage ceremonies approaching the religious were elaborate, according to rank. Husband and wife were equal [25]socially and in the control of their property. Property was acquired principally by occupation, but also by gift, purchase, and succession. Wills were sometimes made. Contracts were strictly fulfilled. The Chinese writer, Wang Ta-yuan; in a book of 1349 says: “The natives and the traders having agreed on prices, they let the former carry off the goods and later on they bring the amount of native products agreed upon. The traders trust them, for they never fail to keep their bargains.” In fact, non-performance of a contract was severely punished. Partnerships were formed and the respective obligations of the partners enforced.

The laws addressed many topics that are relevant today. A few of the most notable points included: respect for parents and elders, taken to such an extent that even a person's father's name was not spoken aloud, similar to how the Hebrews viewed the name of God. Even after reaching adulthood and getting married, sons were still strictly obligated to obey their parents. Marriage had evolved to involve mutual consent. Wedding ceremonies, which were almost religious, were elaborate and varied based on social rank. Husbands and wives were equal both socially and in terms of property rights. Property was mainly obtained through occupation, but also by gift, purchase, and inheritance. Wills were sometimes created. Contracts were strictly honored. The Chinese writer, Wang Ta-yuan, in a book from 1349 states: “The locals and traders agreed on prices, allowing the former to take the goods, and later they would bring the agreed amount of local products. The traders trust them because they always keep their promises.” In fact, failure to fulfill a contract was harshly penalized. Partnerships were established, and the obligations of the partners were enforced. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Code of Calantiao.—The penal law was the most extensive. Penalties were severe, altho compared with present laws, they appear cruel and illogical. However, they compared favorably with Greek and Roman laws as well as with the contemporary Spanish and English criminal laws.

The Code of Calantiao.—The penal law was the most comprehensive. Penalties were harsh, although compared to today's laws, they seem cruel and unreasonable. However, they were more lenient compared to Greek and Roman laws, as well as the current Spanish and English criminal laws.

Calantiao, the third chief of Panay, had, in 1433, promulgated a penal code. It ran as follows:

Calantiao, the third chief of Panay, had, in 1433, issued a penal code. It went like this:

“Ye shall not kill; neither shall ye steal; neither shall ye do harm to the aged; lest ye incur the danger of death. All those who infringe this order shall be condemned to death by being drowned with stones in the river, or in boiling water.

“Do not kill; do not steal; do not harm the elderly; otherwise, you risk the penalty of death. Anyone who breaks this rule will be sentenced to death by drowning with stones in the river or in boiling water.”

“Ye shall obey. Let all your debts with the headmen (principales) be met punctually. He who does not obey shall receive for the first offense one hundred lashes. If the debt is large, he shall be condemned to thrust his hand thrice into boiling water. For the second offense, he shall be condemned to be beaten to death.

“You must comply. Make sure to settle all your debts with the headmen (principales) on time. Anyone who fails to do so will receive one hundred lashes for the first offense. If the debt is significant, they must thrust their hand three times into boiling water. For the second offense, they will be sentenced to death by beating.”

“Observe and obey ye: let no one disturb the quiet of graves. When passing by the caves and trees where they are, give respect to them.

“Observe and obey: let no one disturb the peace of the graves. When passing by the caves and trees where they are, show them respect.”

“Ye shall obey: he who makes exchange for food, let it be always done in accordance with his word. He who does not comply, shall be beaten for one hour, he who repeats the offense shall be exposed for one day among ants.

“You must comply: whoever trades for food should always do so as agreed. Anyone who doesn't will receive a one-hour beating, and if they repeat the offense, they will be left exposed for one day among ants.”

“They shall be burned: Those who by their strength or cunning have mocked at and escaped punishment; or who have killed young boys; or try to steal away the women of agorangs (rich men). [26]

“They shall be burned: Those who have used their strength or cunning to mock and evade punishment; or who have killed young boys; or attempt to steal the women of agorangs (wealthy men). [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“Those shall be killed who profane sites where idols are kept, and sites where are buried the sacred things of their diuatas (spirits) and headmen.”

“Anyone who disrespects sites where idols are kept and places where the sacred items of their diuatas (spirits) and leaders are buried will be put to death.”

Testimonies of Occidental Writers All which bespeak a culture of no mean order, and occidental writers themselves have given it the credit that it deserves, as shown by the following testimonies:

Writings by Western Authors All of this indicates a culture of significant quality, and Western writers themselves have acknowledged it with the recognition it deserves, as demonstrated by the following testimonies:

“They had already reached a considerable degree of civilization at the time of the Spanish conquest.”—Professor Ferdinand Blumentritt.

“They had already achieved a notable level of civilization at the time of the Spanish conquest.”—Professor Ferdinand Blumentritt.

“The inhabitants of these Islands were by no means savages, entirely unreclaimed from barbarism, before the Spanish advent in the sixteenth century. They had a culture of their own.”—John Foreman.

“The people of these Islands were definitely not savages, completely untouched by civilization, before the Spanish arrived in the sixteenth century. They had their own culture.”—John Foreman.

“The inhabitants of the Philippines possessed a culture of their own prior to the coming of the Spaniards to the Islands. Those along the coasts were the most advanced in civilization. Their material wealth was considerable. The chief occupations were agriculture, fishing, weaving, some manufacturing, and trade both inter-island and with the mainland, generally in the form of barter. They were expert navigators. They used standard weights and measures. The year was divided into twelve lunar months. They had a peculiar phonetic alphabet, wrote upon leaves, and had a primitive literature. The majority of the people are said to have been able to read and write.”—Justice George A. Malcolm.

“The people of the Philippines had their own culture before the Spaniards came to the Islands. Those living along the coasts were the most advanced in civilization. They were quite prosperous. Their main activities included agriculture, fishing, weaving, some manufacturing, and trade both between islands and with the mainland, mainly through barter. They were skilled navigators and used standard weights and measures. The year was divided into twelve lunar months. They had a phonetic alphabet, wrote on leaves, and possessed basic literature. Most of the population was said to be literate.”—Justice George A. Malcolm.

“The inhabitants practise various kinds of industry; they weave matting of extraordinary fineness and of the brightest colors, straw hats, cigar-cases and baskets; they manufacture cloth and tissues of every sort from leaves of the aguana, make cambric of a texture much finer than that of France; and they also manufacture coarse strong cloth for sails, etc.; and ropes and cables of all dimensions; they tan and dress leather and skins to perfection; they manufacture coarse earthenware and forge and polish arms of various kinds; they build ships of heavy tonnage and also light and neat boats, and at Manila they frame and finish off beautiful carriages; they are also very clever workers in gold and silver and copper; and the Indian (Filipino) women are especially expert in needlework and in all kinds of embroidery.” (Twenty years in the Philippines, pp. 304, 307.)

“The people engage in various industries; they create beautifully crafted matting in vibrant colors, straw hats, cigar cases, and baskets; they produce all kinds of cloth and fabrics from aguana leaves, make cambric that is finer than French fabric; they also manufacture durable coarse cloth for sails, and ropes and cables of all sizes; they tan and skillfully finish leather and skins; they make rough earthenware and forge and polish various weapons; they build large ships as well as smaller, elegant boats, and in Manila, they craft and finish beautiful carriages; they are also very skilled in working with gold, silver, and copper; additionally, Filipino women are especially talented in needlework and all forms of embroidery.” (Twenty years in the Philippines, pp. 304, 307.)

[27]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

PROGRESS DURING SPANISH RULE.—The Spanish rule in the Philippines lasted 350 years. The Spanish Crown meant well, but the way her policies were translated into deeds was all but desirable. The best men could not be induced to go to Manila. The Church wielded tremendous power, and at times was more powerful than the government itself. Each village was under the rule of a priest. Character was stifled; progress was deliberately discouraged; independence of thought stamped out.

PROGRESS DURING SPANISH RULE.—Spanish rule in the Philippines lasted for 350 years. The Spanish Crown had good intentions, but the way its policies were implemented left much to be desired. The most qualified individuals could not be persuaded to go to Manila. The Church held significant power and, at times, was more influential than the government itself. Each village was under the control of a priest. Individual character was suppressed; progress was intentionally hindered; and independent thinking was quashed.

It would be doing Spain a great injustice, however, if no credit whatever is given her rule in the Philippine Islands. She introduced Christianity into the Islands and unequivocably converted the inhabitants to the creed, thus setting up the only Christian country in this part of the globe with a Christian outlook on life; in the women, particularly, the tenets of Christianity instilled dignity and it freed them from Hindu and Mohammedan degradations.

It would be a huge injustice to Spain, though, if no credit is given for her rule in the Philippine Islands. She brought Christianity to the Islands and clearly converted the locals to the faith, establishing the only Christian country in this part of the world with a Christian perspective on life; especially in women, the principles of Christianity instilled dignity and freed them from the degradations of Hinduism and Islam.

Schools and Colleges Efforts were also taken to teach the people the rudiments of education. Access was thus given to the splendid tongue of Castile, and, thru that, to all the glories and traditions of Latin civilization. As early as 1866, for a population of 4,000,000 people, there were 841 schools for boys and 833 for girls. In 1892, six years before the coming of the Americans, there were 2,137 schools. There were also colleges and universities where professional training was given. The colleges were: University of Santo Tomas, Manila, established in 1611 (twenty-five years older than Harvard); San Juan de Letran, Municipal Athenaeum, Normal School, College of San Jose, the Nautical School, the School of Commercial Accounting, the Academy of Painting and Drawing, and many other private schools, fourteen of which were in Manila. There were also seminaries in Manila, Nueva Segovia, Cebu, Jaro, and Nueva Caceres, where all branches of secondary instruction were taught in addition to those prescribed for the priesthood.

Schools and Colleges Efforts were made to teach people the basics of education. This provided access to the beautiful language of Castile and, through that, to all the achievements and traditions of Latin civilization. By 1866, for a population of 4,000,000, there were 841 schools for boys and 833 for girls. In 1892, six years before the arrival of the Americans, there were 2,137 schools. There were also colleges and universities offering professional training. The colleges included: University of Santo Tomas, Manila, established in 1611 (twenty-five years older than Harvard); San Juan de Letran, Municipal Athenaeum, Normal School, College of San Jose, Nautical School, School of Commercial Accounting, Academy of Painting and Drawing, and many other private schools, fourteen of which were in Manila. There were also seminaries in Manila, Nueva Segovia, Cebu, Jaro, and Nueva Caceres, where all areas of secondary education were taught along with those required for the priesthood.

Many of the prominent Filipinos in Philippine history, as stated above, including the national hero, Jose Rizal, had their first instructions in these schools established by Spain. [28]

Many of the notable Filipinos in Philippine history, as mentioned earlier, including the national hero, Jose Rizal, received their initial education in these schools set up by Spain. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Filipino Record Abroad A number of the ambitious students were sent by their parents to complete their education in Spain, France, England, Belgium, and Germany. Groups of these young men took part in the various liberal movements of nineteenth century Europe. They wrote and spoke in behalf of liberal institutions for the Islands, in terms that would have cost them their lives in the Philippines; in fact, Rizal was put to death upon his return to his native land. Several of these young Filipinos even rose to eminence in the public service, a right which was denied them at home except in a few cases in the minor judiciary. In the eighties and nineties, a group of them of which Rizal, Juan Luna, Resurrección Hidalgo, M. H. del Pilar, Lopez Jaena, Pedro A. Paterno, and Dr. Pardo de Tavera were the leading spirits—made a deep impression in the literary and artistic circles of Madrid, Paris, and Berlin. A newspaper was founded by them in Madrid to further their political views. Although proscribed in the Philippines, their books and articles were circulated secretly in the Islands and helped to arouse the people and to consolidate the growing unrest.

Filipino Music Record Overseas Many ambitious students were sent by their parents to finish their education in Spain, France, England, Belgium, and Germany. Groups of these young men participated in various liberal movements across nineteenth-century Europe. They advocated for liberal institutions in the Philippines in ways that could have cost them their lives back home; in fact, Rizal was executed when he returned to his homeland. Several of these young Filipinos even achieved prominence in public service, a privilege largely denied to them in the Philippines except in a few minor judiciary roles. In the 1880s and 1890s, a group including Rizal, Juan Luna, Resurrection Hidalgo, M. H. del Pilar, Lopez Jaena, Pedro A. Paterno, and Dr. Pardo de Tavera were influential figures in the literary and artistic circles of Madrid, Paris, and Berlin. They established a newspaper in Madrid to promote their political ideas. Although banned in the Philippines, their books and articles circulated secretly in the Islands, helping to awaken the population and strengthen the growing discontent.

Opinions of Foreign Authors.—On Spain’s achievements in the Philippines, foreign authors have been considerate. The famous French explorer of the Pacific, for example, La Perouse, who was in Manila in 1787, wrote:

Opinions of Foreign Authors.—On Spain’s achievements in the Philippines, foreign authors have been understanding. The well-known French explorer of the Pacific, La Perouse, who was in Manila in 1787, wrote:

“Three million people inhabit these different islands, and that of Luzon contains nearly a third of them. These people seem to me no way inferior to those of Europe; they cultivate the soil with intelligence, they are carpenters, cabinet-makers, smiths, jewelers, weavers masons, etc. I have gone through their villages and I have found them kind, hospitable, and affable.” (“Voyage de la Perouse autour du Monde,” Paris, 1787, II, p. 347.)

“Three million people live on these various islands, with nearly a third in Luzon. I don’t think these people are any less capable than those in Europe; they farm the land wisely and work as carpenters, cabinet-makers, blacksmiths, jewelers, weavers, masons, and more. I’ve visited their villages and found them to be kind, welcoming, and friendly.” (“Voyage de la Perouse autour du Monde,” Paris, 1787, II, p. 347.)

“Almost every other country of the (Malay or Indian) Archipelago is, at this day, in point of wealth, power, and civilization, in a worse state than when Europeans connected themselves with them three centuries back. The Philippines alone have improved in [29]civilization, wealth, and populousness. (“History of the Indian Archipelago,” by John Crawford, F. R. S. Edinburgh, 1820, Vol. ii, pp. 447, 488.)

“Almost every other country in the (Malay or Indian) Archipelago is, today, poorer, less powerful, and less developed than when Europeans first encountered them three centuries ago. The Philippines alone has made progress in [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] civilization, wealth, and population. (“History of the Indian Archipelago,” by John Crawford, F. R. S. Edinburgh, 1820, Vol. ii, pp. 447, 488.)

The Austrian professor, Ferdinand Blumentritt, wrote in La Solidaridad of October 15, 1899, to this effect:

The Austrian professor, Ferdinand Blumentritt, wrote in La Solidaridad on October 15, 1899, about this:

“If the general condition of the civilization of the Tagalos, Pampangos, Bicols, Bisayans, Ilocanos, Cagayanes, and Sambales is compared to the European constitutional countries of Servia, Roumania, Bulgaria, and Greece, the Spanish-Filipino civilization of the said Indian districts is greater and of larger extent than of those countries.”

“When you compare the overall situation of the Tagalog, Pampango, Bicol, Visayan, Ilocano, Cagayan, and Sambal people to the European constitutional countries of Serbia, Romania, Bulgaria, and Greece, the Spanish-Filipino culture in these regions is richer and more advanced than that of those countries.”

And the foremost American scholar on the Philippines, gives the following résumé of the results of the Spanish administration:

And the leading American expert on the Philippines provides the following summary of the outcomes of Spanish rule:

“The Spaniards did influence the Filipinos profoundly, and on the whole for the better. There were ways, indeed, in which their record as a colonizing power in the Philippines stands today unique in all the world for its benevolent achievement and its substantial accomplishment of net progress. We do not need to gloss over the defects of Spain; we do not need to condone the backward and halting policy which at last turned the Filipinos against Spanish rule, nor to regret the final outcome of events, in order to do Spain justice. But we must do full justice to her actual achievements, if not as ruler, at any rate as teacher and missionary, in order to put the Filipinos of today in their proper category.” (Le Roy: “Philippine Life in Town and Country,” 1905, pp. 6, 7.)

“The Spaniards had a significant effect on the Filipinos, mostly in a positive way. In fact, their history as a colonial power in the Philippines is unique globally for its beneficial achievements and real progress. We don’t need to overlook Spain’s shortcomings; we don’t have to excuse the slow and inconsistent policies that eventually led to Filipinos opposing Spanish rule, nor should we regret the eventual outcomes, to assess Spain fairly. However, we must recognize her genuine successes, not just as a ruler but definitely as a teacher and missionary, to truly understand the Filipinos of today.” (Le Roy: “Philippine Life in Town and Country,” 1905, pp. 6, 7.)

The Background on Which America Had Built It was on all that cultural background—the native and the Spaniard—that America had built. Without belittling what she, alone, has done for the Filipinos since 1898 it hardly can be disputed that the rapid progress towards modern democracy in the Islands has been due mainly to the materials she found there. This fact has made her task a great deal easier, and is the reason why even the early military governors thought best to preserve the old municipal institutions with very slight changes. [30]

The Background on Which America Was Built America was built on a cultural background that included both the natives and the Spaniards. Without downplaying what she has accomplished for the Filipinos since 1898, it's hard to argue that the Islands' quick move towards modern democracy is primarily due to the materials she discovered there. This fact has made her job much easier and is why even the early military governors decided to keep the old municipal institutions with only minor changes. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

III. The First Philippine Republic

The earlier revolutions against Spain were actuated by well-defined causes. They have been summarized as follows:

The earlier revolutions against Spain were driven by clear reasons. They can be summarized as follows:

Causes of Earlier Revolutions (1) Denial of freedom of speech and press; (2) desire for Filipino representation; (3) proceedings by which a man was condemned without being heard; (4) violation of domicile and correspondence on mere secret denunciations; (5) agitation for the secularization of parishes; (6) political and civil equality for Filipinos and Spaniards; (7) desire for promulgation of the Spanish Constitution in the Philippines; and (7) the martyrdom of Burgos, Gomez, and Zamora, and later of Rizal.

Causes of Past Revolutions (1) Denial of freedom of speech and press; (2) the need for Filipino representation; (3) processes that condemned a person without them being heard; (4) invasion of homes and correspondence based on mere anonymous accusations; (5) push for the secularization of parishes; (6) political and civil equality for Filipinos and Spaniards; (7) the desire to implement the Spanish Constitution in the Philippines; and (8) the martyrdom of Burgos, Gomez, and Zamora, and later of Rizal.

The Revolution of 1896 The revolution of 1896, however, had an additional cause which was dominant in the minds of the leaders. It was “Liberty, Equality, and Fraternity.” In the words of General Aguinaldo in a manifesto, “We aspire to the glory of obtaining the Liberty, Independence, and Honor of the Country.”

The 1896 Revolution The revolution of 1896 had another key reason that was foremost in the minds of the leaders. It was “Liberty, Equality, and Fraternity.” As General Aguinaldo stated in a manifesto, “We strive for the glory of achieving the Liberty, Independence, and Honor of the Country.”

The Pact of Biac-na-Bato This revolution was halted in 1897 by the Pact of Biac-na-Bato, which was signed between the Revolutionists and the Spanish authorities. There were three outstanding stipulations in the pact:

The Biac-na-Bato Accord This revolution came to a stop in 1897 with the Pact of Biac-na-Bato, which was signed between the revolutionaries and the Spanish authorities. There were three key terms in the pact:

First, that the Filipino leaders should leave the country for the time being.

First, the Filipino leaders should temporarily leave the country.

Second, that liberal and sweeping reforms would be introduced without delay.

Second, that broad and progressive reforms would be implemented immediately.

Third, that the sum of $800,000 would be paid the Filipinos in two instalments, as evidence of good faith. [31]

Third, the total of $800,000 would be paid to the Filipinos in two installments as proof of good faith. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Filipinos complied with their part of the agreement; Aguinaldo and his followers went to Hongkong. But the Spaniards did not comply with theirs; only $400,000 was paid to the revolutionists and no reforms were introduced.

The Filipinos did their part of the deal; Aguinaldo and his supporters went to Hong Kong. But the Spaniards didn’t hold up their end; they only paid $400,000 to the revolutionaries and didn’t implement any reforms.

The Republic Accordingly, Aguinaldo and his companions returned to the Islands and renewed the struggle. On June 12, 1898 at Kawit, Cavite, they proclaimed the Independence of the Philippines from Spain. Soon afterwards a Philippine Republic was ratified, with General Aguinaldo as President. The capital was established at Malolos about 30 miles from Manila. There an elective Congress sat regularly, passed laws, levied taxes, administered revenues, kept in motion the machinery of justice, directed a military organization, carried on efficient war and constantly appealed to the patriotism of the people.

The Republic Accordingly, Aguinaldo and his companions returned to the Islands and continued the fight. On June 12, 1898, in Kawit, Cavite, they declared the Independence of the Philippines from Spain. Shortly after, a Philippine Republic was established, with General Aguinaldo as President. The capital was set up in Malolos, about 30 miles from Manila. There, an elected Congress met regularly, passed laws, collected taxes, managed revenues, upheld justice, directed military operations, waged an effective war, and continuously appealed to the patriotism of the people.

Governmental Machinery Set Up A complete governmental machinery was set up. The government was declared to be “popular, representative, and responsible.” Church and state were made separate, and, profiting by the experience of the past, freedom of religious worship was expressly recognized in the Constitution. The powers of government were made to reside in three distinct entities—the legislative, the executive, and the judicial, to be entirely separate. It was declared that no two of these powers should be vested in a single person or corporation, nor can the legislative power be conferred on a single individual alone. The government was recognized throughout the islands and had the wholehearted support of the entire population.

Government Setup A complete government system was established. The government was declared to be “popular, representative, and accountable.” The church and state were separated, and learning from past experiences, freedom of religious worship was explicitly recognized in the Constitution. The powers of government were assigned to three distinct branches—the legislative, the executive, and the judicial, which were to remain completely separate. It was stated that no two of these powers could be held by a single person or organization, nor could the legislative power be given to just one individual. The government was recognized throughout the islands and had the full support of the entire population.

At the time America insisted in imposing her sovereignty and authority not only were the Filipinos in military control of the country; they were administering its political affairs as well. This they did from the establishment of the Republic until the autumn of 1899. “Up to that time,” writes Albert G. Robinson, of the New York Evening Post, “the territory occupied by the forces of the United States in the Island of Luzon was confined to a very limited area in the vicinity of Manila, with a filamentary extension northward for some [32]fifty or sixty miles along the Manila-Dagupan railway. Very much the same condition obtained on the other islands. One thing is certain: although greatly disturbed by the conditions of war, this territory was under some form of governmental administration.”

At the time America insisted on asserting its sovereignty and authority, the Filipinos were not only in military control of the country; they were also managing its political affairs. They did this from the establishment of the Republic until the fall of 1899. “Up to that time,” writes Albert G. Robinson of the New York Evening Post, “the area occupied by U.S. forces in the Island of Luzon was limited to a small region around Manila, with a narrow stretch extending northward for about fifty or sixty miles along the Manila-Dagupan railway. The same situation was happening on the other islands. One thing is clear: despite the disturbances caused by the war, this territory was under some form of government administration.”

THE MALOLOS CONSTITUTION.—The fundamental law that had been prepared and adopted by the independent government has since then been known as the “Malolos Constitution.” This Philippine Magna Carta embodied the advanced thought of the times and was replete with sound principles. It had all the requisites of a “fundamental law of the land”—an enumeration of individual rights, the organization of the state and of the government, provisions pertaining to the public welfare (such as education, appropriation, the militia, local government, impeachment, etc.) and provisions for constitutional revisions.

THE MALOLOS CONSTITUTION.—The fundamental law that was created and adopted by the independent government has since been referred to as the “Malolos Constitution.” This Philippine Magna Carta captured the progressive ideas of the era and was filled with solid principles. It included all the elements of a “fundamental law of the land”—a list of individual rights, the structure of the state and government, provisions related to public welfare (like education, funding, the military, local government, impeachment, etc.) and guidelines for constitutional amendments.

Salient Features The Parliamentary System of government was adopted as best suited to the needs of the archipelago. Sovereignty was to reside in the people through their duly elected representatives. The aim throughout was to adopt a government and a social order essentially democratic, without those privileges of caste or classes which were the determinant causes of the revolution. The popular assembly was to be the directing power.

Key Features The Parliamentary System of government was chosen as the most fitting for the needs of the archipelago. Sovereignty was meant to belong to the people through their elected representatives. The goal was to establish a government and a social order that were fundamentally democratic, free from the privileges of castes or classes that had triggered the revolution. The popular assembly was intended to be the governing authority.

The following progressive principles were enunciated:

The following progressive principles were stated:

(1) That no one should be tried in courts created by private laws or by special tribunals; (2) that throughout the republic there should not be more than one kind of court for all citizens both in civil, criminal, and military actions; (3) that no person or corporation should be given emoluments that were not as compensation for public service fixed by law; (4) there shall be no primogeniture nor should decorations and titles of nobility be accepted; (5) that every Filipino citizen shall enjoy the right of meeting, association, petition, and liberty of the press; (6) freedom of religious worship throughout the land and inviolability of domicile, correspondence, and property; (7) the right of habeas [33]corpus; (8) gratuitous and compulsory public instruction; (9) taxes to be in proportion to the income of the taxpayers.

(1) No one should be tried in courts established by private laws or special tribunals; (2) there should be only one type of court for all citizens across civil, criminal, and military cases throughout the republic; (3) no individual or corporation should receive benefits that are not legally defined as compensation for public service; (4) there shall be no primogeniture, nor should any decorations or titles of nobility be accepted; (5) every Filipino citizen shall have the right to gather, associate, petition, and have freedom of the press; (6) freedom of religious worship must be respected across the nation, as well as the sanctity of one's home, correspondence, and property; (7) the right of habeas [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]corpus; (8) free and mandatory public education; (9) taxes should be proportional to the income of taxpayers.

The legislative power was vested in an unicameral assembly. The representatives elected by the people were to be representatives of the entire nation and could not bind themselves to specific mandates from their constituents.

The legislative power was given to a single-chamber assembly. The representatives elected by the people were meant to represent the whole nation and couldn’t commit themselves to specific instructions from their constituents.

The President of the republic and the Assembly were to initiate laws.

The President of the republic and the Assembly were to propose laws.

Impeachment of high officials of the government was unhesitatingly made a part of the fundamental law. Even the President of the republic could be impeached in cases of high treason.

Impeachment of top government officials was clearly included in the fundamental law. Even the President of the republic could be impeached for serious crimes like high treason.

A permanent commission was created to take the place of the assembly during recess, the motive behind its creation being that legislative bodies should be permanent because the popular will works continually and consequently should be continually represented in the governmental machinery.

A permanent commission was established to take over for the assembly during its recesses. The reason for its creation was that legislative bodies should be ongoing since the people's will is always active and, therefore, should have continuous representation in the government.

The permanent commission was to be composed of seven members elected by the assembly from among its members. Its powers were:

The permanent commission was made up of seven members elected by the assembly from among its members. Its powers were:

(1) To declare if a certain official of the government should be impeached; (2) to convene the assembly to an extraordinary session in cases in which it should constitute itself into a tribunal of justice to consider impeachments; (3) to resolve all pending questions with a view to bringing them before the assembly for consideration; (4) to convoke the assembly to special sessions whenever these are necessary; (5) to substitute the assembly in its power regarding the. constitution with the exception that the permanent commission can not pass laws.

(1) To decide if a specific government official should be impeached; (2) to call the assembly to an extraordinary session when it needs to act as a court to address impeachments; (3) to resolve any outstanding issues so they can be brought before the assembly for review; (4) to summon the assembly to special sessions whenever needed; (5) to take the assembly's authority concerning the constitution, except that the permanent commission cannot create laws.

The executive power was vested in the President of the Republic who exercised it through his secretaries.

The executive power was held by the President of the Republic, who executed it through his secretaries.

The President of the Republic was elected by the constituent assembly by an absolute majority of votes. His term of office was four years but might be reëlected. The powers of the President were expressly enumerated. The secretaries of departments constituted the Cabinet, presided [34]over by the President. There were seven departments—foreign relations; interior; finance; war and navy; public instruction; communications and public works; agriculture, industry, and commerce.

The President of the Republic was elected by the constituent assembly through a majority vote. His term lasted four years but he could be re-elected. The President's powers were clearly defined. The heads of departments made up the Cabinet, which was led by the President. There were seven departments: foreign relations, interior, finance, war and navy, public education, communications and public works, and agriculture, industry, and commerce.

Ministerial responsibility was established so that whenever a cabinet had lost the confidence of the majority of the assembly its members were morally bound to resign.

Ministerial responsibility was established so that whenever a cabinet lost the confidence of the majority of the assembly, its members were morally obligated to resign.

The judicial power was vested in a supreme court and in such other tribunals as might be created by law. The judiciary was made absolutely independent of the legislative and executive departments. The chief justice and the attorney-general were appointed by the Assembly with the concurrence of the President and of the cabinet.

The judicial power was given to a supreme court and any other courts that could be established by law. The judiciary was made completely independent of the legislative and executive branches. The chief justice and the attorney general were appointed by the Assembly with the agreement of the President and the cabinet.

Provinces and municipalities were given administrative autonomy. The central government intervened in their acts only when they over-stepped their powers to the prejudice of general or individual interests.

Provinces and municipalities were granted administrative autonomy. The central government only intervened in their actions when they exceeded their authority to the detriment of general or individual interests.

A Constituent Assembly was to be convened in case of an election of the President of the Republic and whenever there were proposed changes in the constitution. In either of these two cases the regular assembly was dissolved by the President and the Constituent Assembly convoked. The constituent assembly was to be composed of the same members of the regular assembly plus special representatives.

A Constituent Assembly was called to meet if there was an election for the President of the Republic or whenever there were proposed changes to the constitution. In either of these situations, the President would dissolve the regular assembly and summon the Constituent Assembly. The Constituent Assembly would include the same members as the regular assembly along with special representatives.

Such was the framework of the governmental machinery created by the first republican constitution ever promulgated in the East. In the words of General Aguinaldo, the Constitution was “the most glorious note in the noble aspirations of the Philippine revolution and is an irrefutable proof before the civilized world of the culture and capacity of the Filipino people to govern themselves.”

Such was the structure of the government created by the first republican constitution ever issued in the East. In General Aguinaldo's words, the Constitution was “the most glorious expression of the noble aspirations of the Philippine revolution and is undeniable proof to the civilized world of the culture and ability of the Filipino people to self-govern.”

Comments of Foreigners.—The comments of unbiased foreigners on this ill-fated attempt of the Filipino people to live an independent existence all point to the fact that the Republic together with the constitution the independent government had established was a great work of an unquestionably able people. [35]

Comments of Foreigners.—The observations of impartial foreigners on this unfortunate effort by the Filipino people to pursue independence clearly indicate that the Republic, along with the constitution and the independent government they created, was a significant achievement of a truly capable nation. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

John Barrett, ex-director of the Pan-American Union, saw the Philippine Republic in operation, and described it as follows:

John Barrett, former director of the Pan-American Union, observed the Philippine Republic in action and described it this way:

“It is a government which has practically been administering the affairs of that great island, ‘Luzon’ since the American possession of Manila, and is certainly better than the former administration. It had a properly formed Cabinet and Congress, the members of which, in appearance and manners, would compare favorably with the Japanese statesmen.”

“It is a government that has essentially been running the affairs of the large island of ‘Luzon’ since the American takeover of Manila, and is definitely an improvement over the previous administration. It had a properly established Cabinet and Congress, whose members, in terms of appearance and behavior, could stand alongside Japanese statesmen.”

Admiral Dewey, after studying Philippine conditions, during the Spanish-American War, spoke of the Filipinos as follows:

Admiral Dewey, after examining the situation in the Philippines during the Spanish-American War, described the Filipinos in this way:

“In my opinion, these people are far more superior in intelligence and more capable of self-government than the natives of Cuba. I am familiar with both races.”

“I believe these individuals are far more intelligent and better at self-governance than the natives of Cuba. I am knowledgeable about both groups.”

General Merrit, on his arrival in Paris in October, 1898, was reported as saying:

General Merrit, upon his arrival in Paris in October 1898, was reported to have said:

“The Filipinos impressed me very favorably. I think great injustice has been done to the native population.… They are more capable of self-government than, I think, the Cubans are. They are considered to be good Catholics. They have lawyers, doctors, the men of kindred professions, who stand well in the community, and bear favorable comparison to those of other countries. They are dignified, courteous, and reserved.”

“I was really impressed by the Filipinos. I think there's been a serious injustice towards the native population.… In my opinion, they are more suited for self-governance than the Cubans. They are recognized as good Catholics. They have lawyers, doctors, and other professionals who are well-respected in the community and stack up well against those in other countries. They conduct themselves with dignity, are polite, and are modest.”

Leonard Sargent, a naval cadet, and W. B. Wilcox, paymaster of the Navy, after travelling over the Island of Luzon, at that time wrote a report of their trip, which was referred by Admiral Dewey to the Navy Department with the indorsement that it was “the most complete information obtainable.” Mr. Sargent remarked:

Leonard Sargent, a naval cadet, and W. B. Wilcox, the Navy's paymaster, after traveling across the Island of Luzon, wrote a report about their trip, which Admiral Dewey forwarded to the Navy Department with the note that it was “the most complete information obtainable.” Mr. Sargent said:

“Although this government has never been recognized, and in all probability will go out of existence without recognition, yet, it cannot be denied that, in a region occupied by many millions of inhabitants, for nearly six months, it stood alone between anarchy and order. [36]

“Even though this government has never been recognized, and it will likely disappear without that recognition, it can’t be denied that for almost six months, in a region with millions of people, it stood as a barrier between chaos and stability. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“As a tribute to the efficiency of Aguinaldo’s government and to the law-abiding character of his subjects, I offer the fact that Mr. Wilcox and I pursued our journey throughout in perfect security, and returned to Manila with only the most pleasing recollections of the quiet and orderly life which we found the natives to be leading under the new régime.”

“As a testament to how effectively Aguinaldo’s government was operating and to the law-abiding nature of its people, I want to emphasize that Mr. Wilcox and I traveled the entire time without any concerns, and we returned to Manila with only positive memories of the calm and organized lives the locals were enjoying under the new regime.”

[37]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

IV. Population of the Philippine Islands

A Homogeneous People The Filipinos are a homogeneous people. An American, Dr. Merton Miller, former chief ethnologist of the Philippine Bureau of Science is the foremost authority for the claim that:

A Uniform Community The Filipinos are a uniform group. An American, Dr. Merton Miller, the former chief ethnologist of the Philippine Bureau of Science, is the leading authority on this claim that:

“From the extreme northern end of the Archipelago to its southernmost limits, with the exception of the few scattered Negritos, the people of the Philippines, pagan, Moro and Christian are one racially. There is some reason for believing that they migrated into the islands at two different times. But in all probability they came from the same general region and have a common ancestry.

“From the northernmost tip of the Archipelago to its southernmost point, except for a few scattered Negritos, the people of the Philippines—whether pagan, Moro, or Christian—share a common racial background. There’s some evidence that they migrated to the islands at two different times. However, it's likely they came from the same general area and have a common ancestry.”

“There are many different languages or dialects in the Philippines but all are closely related one to another, the pronunciation and mode of speech vary but little from one section of the Philippines to another and the majority of the words are common to two or more of the Philippine languages. These languages, whether spoken by pagan, Moro or Christian, belong to the great Malayo-Polynesian family, branches of which are found in Sumatra, the Hawaiian Islands, Madagascar and on many islands between.”

“There are many different languages and dialects in the Philippines, but they are all closely related. The pronunciation and way of speaking hardly change from one region to another, and most of the words are shared by two or more of the Philippine languages. These languages, whether spoken by indigenous people, Moro, or Christians, belong to the large Malayo-Polynesian family, which has branches in Sumatra, the Hawaiian Islands, Madagascar, and many islands in between.”

Ex-President Taft has the following to say about Filipino homogeneity:

Ex-President Taft has this to say about Filipino homogeneity:

“The word ‘tribe’ gives an erroneous impression. There is no tribal relation among the Filipinos. There is a racial solidarity among them undoubtedly. They are homogeneous. I can not tell the difference between an Ilocano and a Tagalog or a Visayan.… To me all the Filipinos were alike.”

“The term ‘tribe’ gives a false impression. Filipinos do not have tribal connections. However, they do share a sense of racial solidarity. They are quite similar. I can't distinguish between an Ilocano, a Tagalog, or a Visayan.… To me, all Filipinos are the same.”

While Governor General Harrison, before a joint committee of Congress, expressed himself thus:

While Governor General Harrison spoke before a joint committee of Congress, he said this:

“To my way of thinking, they are very remarkably homogeneous, quite as much so as any nation in the world to-day with which I have any acquaintance. [38]From one end of the Philippine Islands to the other the people look very much alike; their manners are very much the same; their style of living is about the same; and they are being generally educated along the same lines by the government and by the private schools, which are coöperating with the government. So that I think they already have one of the prime requisites to a nationality, namely, a general and universal feeling that they belong to the same race of people.”

“In my opinion, they are remarkably similar, just like any nation in the world that I know of. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]From one end of the Philippine Islands to the other, the people look very much alike; their behaviors are quite consistent; their lifestyles are pretty similar; and they are being educated in similar ways by both the government and private schools that collaborate with the government. I believe they already have one of the essential elements of a nation: a widespread and shared sense of belonging to the same racial group.”

Total Population The total population of the Philippine Islands according to the Census of 1918 is 10,350,640. Of this number 9,495,272 are Christians, while 855,368 are non-Christian so-called. The non-Christian element, therefore, represents 8.2 per cent of the total population. In this number are included the Mohammedans of the South and the Igorots and other mountaineers, who have been so widely advertised abroad and often represented as typical Filipinos.

Total Population According to the 1918 Census, the total population of the Philippine Islands is 10,350,640. Out of this total, 9,495,272 are Christians, while 855,368 are categorized as non-Christians. Therefore, the non-Christian group makes up 8.2 percent of the total population. This number includes the Muslims from the South, the Igorots, and other mountain tribes, who have often been promoted internationally and frequently portrayed as typical Filipinos.

FOREIGN POPULATION OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

American 6,405
Spanish 4,015
English 1,063
German 312
French 218
Swiss 451
Chinese 45,156
Japanese 6,684
All others 1,111
Total 65,415

COMPARATIVE POPULATION

Philippines 10,350,640
Argentina 8,284,000
Belgium 7,658,000
Canada 8,361,000
Australia 4,971,000
Cuba 2,628,000

[39]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

V. Geographical Items of Interest

The Philippine Archipelago is entirely in the Tropics. They lie north of the Dutch and British Island of Borneo and the Dutch Island of Celebes; South of the Japanese Island of Formosa; East of French Indo-China, and Southeast of Hongkong and the Southern provinces of China.

The Philippine Archipelago is completely located in the Tropics. It is situated north of the Dutch and British Island of Borneo and the Dutch Island of Celebes; south of the Japanese Island of Formosa; east of French Indo-China, and southeast of Hong Kong and the southern provinces of China.

Number of Islands There are 7,083 islands in all extending 1,152 statute miles from north to south and 688 statute miles from east to west. Two thousand four hundred and forty-one of the Islands have names, while 4,642 are unnamed. The northernmost Island known as Y’Ami Island is 65 miles from Formosa while the southernmost, called Salwag, 4° 40′ from the Equator, is only 30 miles east of Borneo.

Number of Islands There are 7,083 islands in total, stretching 1,152 miles from north to south and 688 miles from east to west. Two thousand four hundred and forty-one of the islands have names, while 4,642 remain unnamed. The northernmost island, known as Y’Ami Island, is 65 miles from Taiwan, while the southernmost, called Salwag, is located 4° 40′ from the Equator and is just 30 miles east of Borneo.

Total Land Area The total land area of the entire archipelago is approximately 115,000 square miles. This is in excess of the combined areas of the States of New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Delaware; only about 7,000 square miles less than the total area of the British Isles; about 5,000 square miles more than the total area of Italy; and about two-thirds the size of Spain. Luzon Island alone which is the largest is as large as Denmark, Belgium, and Holland combined. It contains 46,969 square miles. Mindanao, the second largest, is about equal in area to Portugal. Ten islands contain more than 10,000 square miles each or 6,400,000 acres; while 20 of the islands have between 100 and 1,000 square miles each. About seven-eighths of the total number of islands composing the Archipelago contain less than 1 square mile each.

Total Land Size The total land area of the entire archipelago is around 115,000 square miles. This is larger than the combined areas of New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Delaware; only about 7,000 square miles smaller than the total area of the British Isles; about 5,000 square miles bigger than the total area of Italy; and roughly two-thirds the size of Spain. Luzon Island, which is the largest, is as big as Denmark, Belgium, and Holland put together. It covers 46,969 square miles. Mindanao, the second largest, is about the same size as Portugal. Ten islands each contain more than 10,000 square miles or 6,400,000 acres; while 20 of the islands have areas between 100 and 1,000 square miles each. About seven-eighths of the total number of islands in the archipelago are less than 1 square mile each.

Bays and Straits There are twenty-one fine harbors and eight land-locked straits. Manila Bay with an area of 770 square miles and [40]a circumference of 120 miles is reputed to be the finest in the Far East. It is said that it can accommodate the entire fleet of the world. It is a roadstead, in all parts of which vessels can anchor. Manila, Cebu, Iloilo, Zamboanga, and Jolo are at present the ports of entry.

Bays and Straits There are twenty-one great harbors and eight sheltered straits. Manila Bay, covering 770 square miles with a circumference of 120 miles, is known as the best in the Far East. It’s said that it can hold the entire world’s fleet. It’s a safe anchorage where vessels can dock in all areas. Currently, the ports of entry are Manila, Cebu, Iloilo, Zamboanga, and Jolo.

The interisland waters are shallow, averaging between seventy-five and five hundred fathoms.

The waters between the islands are shallow, averaging between seventy-five and five hundred fathoms.

Mountains There are at least seven principal mountain ranges and twenty more or less active volcanoes. Mount Apo in Mindanao is the highest being 9,610 feet. Canlaon in Negros is second with 7,995 feet; Mayon in Albay third, with 7,943 feet.

Mountains There are at least seven major mountain ranges and about twenty active volcanoes. Mount Apo in Mindanao is the highest at 9,610 feet. Canlaon in Negros is second at 7,995 feet, and Mayon in Albay comes third at 7,943 feet.

Rivers Nearly all the principal islands have important river systems. In Luzon are the Rio Grande de Cagayan, 220 miles long, which drains 16,000 square miles of territory, the Rio Grande de Pampanga, emptying into Manila Bay through a dozen mouths, the Agno, the Abra, Bued, and the more familiar Pasig. The Rio Grande de Mindanao, 330 miles long, is the largest in the Islands, and the Agusan, also in Mindanao, is the third in size. Mindoro has 60 rivers and Samar, 26. In Panay, are the Jalaud and Panay and in Negros the Danao and the Lanao. Inter-island steamers berth in the Pasig as far as the Jones Bridge. The larger rivers, in addition to being navigable for steamers and launches of light draft for distances of from 20 to 200 miles, could furnish abundant water power for manufacturing purposes.

Rivers Almost all the major islands have significant river systems. In Luzon, there's the Rio Grande de Cagayan, which is 220 miles long and drains 16,000 square miles of land, the Rio Grande de Pampanga, which flows into Manila Bay through multiple outlets, the Agno, the Abra, Bued, and the more well-known Pasig. The Rio Grande de Mindanao, stretching 330 miles, is the largest in the islands, and the Agusan, also in Mindanao, ranks third in size. Mindoro has 60 rivers, while Samar has 26. In Panay, you’ll find the Jalaud and Panay rivers, and in Negros, the Danao and Lanao rivers. Inter-island ferries dock in the Pasig as far as the Jones Bridge. The larger rivers can be navigated by ferries and small boats over distances ranging from 20 to 200 miles and could provide plenty of water power for manufacturing.

Lakes Mindanao, especially the basin of the Agusan, has a vast number of lakes, among them the famous lakes Lanao, Mainit, and Lagusan. Laguna de Bay, near Manila, Lake Naujan in Mindoro, Taal, and Bombon lakes in Batangas, and Lake Bito in Leyte are also noted for size and beauty. [41]

Lakes Mindanao, particularly the Agusan basin, has many lakes, including the well-known lakes Lanao, Mainit, and Lagusan. Laguna de Bay, close to Manila, Lake Naujan in Mindoro, Taal and Bombon lakes in Batangas, and Lake Bito in Leyte are also recognized for their size and beauty. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Falls The Falls of Pagsanjan and the Botocan at Majayjay, in Laguna Province; the Maria Cristina, the Pigduktan, and Kalilokan, in Mindanao, are the largest and most beautiful.

Falls The Pagsanjan Falls and the Botocan in Majayjay, Laguna Province; the Maria Cristina, Pigduktan, and Kalilokan in Mindanao are the biggest and most stunning.

Mineral Springs Some 170 or more medico-mineral springs, hot and cold, are known in the Islands, many rivaling the most famous of Europe and America. Near Manila are those of Los Baños, Sibul, Lemery, Tivi, and Marilao.

Mineral Springs There are about 170 or more medicinal mineral springs, both hot and cold, known in the Islands, many of which rival the most famous ones in Europe and America. Near Manila, you'll find those in Los Baños, Sibul, Lemery, Tivi, and Marilao.

Climate Father Algué, the world famous Director of the Weather Bureau, divides the climate into three types, the classification being based on distance above sea level and exposure to ocean breezes.

Climate Father Algué, the renowned Director of the Weather Bureau, categorizes the climate into three types, with the classification depending on the elevation above sea level and the exposure to ocean breezes.

November, December, January, and February are the temperate months. The mean average temperature at this season is about 77° to 79° Fahrenheit. In April, May, and June, the hot months, the mean average is between 83° and 84°. In other months it is about 80°. The nights are seldom unpleasantly hot even in the hot season, and a temperature of 100° is a rarity in Manila. The mountain regions of the north are cool as September in the temperate zone. The mean average maximum for Baguio is 80° and the minimum 53°. Far south, nearer the equator, in some localities it is hotter; but Zamboanga and the Provinces of Bukidnon and Lanao boast a most agreeable and healthful climate.

November, December, January, and February are the mild months. The average temperature during this time is around 77° to 79° Fahrenheit. In April, May, and June, the hot months, the average is between 83° and 84°. In the other months, it’s about 80°. The nights are rarely uncomfortably hot, even in the summer, and a temperature of 100° is uncommon in Manila. The mountain areas in the north are as cool as September in the temperate zone. The average high for Baguio is 80° and the low is 53°. Further south, closer to the equator, it can be hotter; however, Zamboanga and the provinces of Bukidnon and Lanao have a very pleasant and healthy climate.

The climate is thus mildly tropical. Sunstrokes are unknown. The recorded death rate per 1,000 whites in Manila for 1917 was 8.8, as compared with 16.5 for New York, 15 for San Francisco, 14 for Chicago, 18 for Glasgow, and 22 for Belfast.

The climate is mildly tropical. Sunstrokes are unheard of. The death rate recorded for 1,000 white people in Manila in 1917 was 8.8, compared to 16.5 in New York, 15 in San Francisco, 14 in Chicago, 18 in Glasgow, and 22 in Belfast.

DIFFERENCES IN TIME

Manila is in advance of:
London 8 hours and 3 minutes.
New York 12 hours and 59 minutes.
San Francisco 16 hours and 11 minutes.
Washington 13 hours.

[42]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

COMPARATIVE AREAS

Sq. Miles
Philippines 114,400
British Isles 121,438
New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Delaware 104,970
Japan 147,698
Hungary 125,641
Italy 110,660
Norway 124,675

RAINFALL

Rainfall

Maximum days of rain in July, August, September.

Maximum days of rain in July, August, September.

Minimum days of rain in February and March.

Minimum days of rain in February and March.

Dry Season: November to May, inclusive.

Dry Season: November to May, including both months.

Wet Season: June to October, inclusive.

Wet Season: June to October, inclusive.

Typhoons: Frequent in July, August, September, and October.

Typhoons: Common in July, August, September, and October.

The lowest average rainfall for the last twelve years for the whole Archipelago was 60.73 inches in the driest region, the highest, 125.68, in the wettest. Manila’s average was 75.46. [43]

The lowest average rainfall over the past twelve years for the entire Archipelago was 60.73 inches in the driest area, while the highest was 125.68 in the wettest. Manila’s average was 75.46. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VI. The City of Manila

Entrance to Manila Bay You enter Manila Bay thru a narrow passage in the middle of which is the famous Island of Corregidor, the “Rock,” the “Gibraltar of the Far East,” the “Home of the Big Guns,” that guards the harbor. It is also a hydroplane station of the United States. The island is a stalwart sentinel, as it were, at the harbor’s mouth. Nearby are two other “watch dogs” of Uncle Sam, known as “El Fraile” and “El Carabao,” two other well fortified islands holding many a surprise for any invading fleet.

Manila Bay entrance You enter Manila Bay through a narrow passage where you'll find the famous Island of Corregidor, known as the “Rock,” the “Gibraltar of the Far East,” and the “Home of the Big Guns,” which guards the harbor. It's also a hydroplane station for the United States. The island stands as a strong sentinel at the mouth of the harbor. Close by are two other “watch dogs” of Uncle Sam, called “El Fraile” and “El Carabao,” two well-fortified islands that hold many surprises for any invading fleet.

Down the bay your steamer glides amid the shipping of many nations and the launches of the customs and quarantine soon appear to “look the stranger over.”

Down the bay, your steamer glides among the ships of many nations, and the customs and quarantine launches soon show up to “check out the newcomer.”

MANILA.—After the quarantine and customs inspection you get off your steamer and you are in Manila, the capital of the Philippine Archipelago. Your first impressions are of the tourist sort. Your interest is immediately arrested by the dress and habits of the Filipinos, of the Chinese, and of the various residents from every quarter of the globe. The water buffalo or the carabao, the one horse carriage, or the carromata, and the slippers, or “chinelas,” worn in the streets by the poor will startle you to the realization that you are in a world other than your own. The every-day clothes worn by the people give you an ensemble of all the colors imaginable, more so when there is a procession, parade or similar festivities—royal purple, plum, heliotrope, magenta, psolferino, scarlet, geranium, salmon, pinks, greens, vivid and tender, all the blues, yellow, orange, champaca, in short every hue, shade, and tint that art has borrowed from nature or has invented. [44]

MANILA.—After going through quarantine and customs, you step off your steamer and find yourself in Manila, the capital of the Philippine Archipelago. Your first impressions are that of a tourist. You're immediately captivated by the clothing and lifestyles of the Filipinos, the Chinese, and various residents from all over the world. The water buffalo, or carabao, the one-horse carriages, or carromatas, and the slippers, or “chinelas,” worn by the less fortunate will quickly make you feel like you're in a different world. The everyday outfits of the people create an explosion of colors, especially during processions, parades, or other celebrations—royal purple, plum, heliotrope, magenta, psolferino, scarlet, geranium, salmon, pinks, greens, vibrant and soft shades, all the blues, yellow, orange, champaca, in short, every hue, shade, and tint that art has taken from nature or invented. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

You stroll around the City and one of the first things you notice is the various means of transportation. There is the automobile, from the popular Ford Lizzie to the Packard Limousine; there is the one-horse carriage, in shape and looks unique in the world; and there is the street car propelled by the familiar electricity.

You walk around the city, and one of the first things you notice is the different ways people get around. There are cars, from the popular Ford Model T to the Packard Limousine; there’s the one-horse carriage, which looks and is shaped uniquely; and there’s the streetcar powered by familiar electricity.

Aglipayan Church, Azcarraga Street, Manila

Aglipayan Church, Azcarraga Street, Manila

Aglipayan Church, Azcarraga St, Manila

The Walled City.—Near the pier you see a cluster of buildings enclosed by solid stone walls about twenty feet high. This is the famous Walled City or Intramuros, a remnant of Spanish days. It is something less than a mile long and half a mile wide. The walls used to be fortresses with which the Spaniards used to repel the many attacks and invasions. To go into this Walled City is to remind you of Madrid, Spain, with all its narrow streets and typical Spanish buildings. The walls had been begun prior to the end of the sixteenth century; before the next was far advanced, the place boasted of a cathedral, hospitals, and a university; walled Manila had grown into quite a city.

The Walled City.—Near the pier, you’ll see a group of buildings surrounded by sturdy stone walls about twenty feet high. This is the well-known Walled City or Intramuros, a leftover from the Spanish era. It’s a little less than a mile long and half a mile wide. The walls used to serve as fortifications that the Spaniards used to fend off numerous attacks and invasions. Entering this Walled City will remind you of Madrid, Spain, with its narrow streets and characteristic Spanish architecture. The construction of the walls began before the end of the sixteenth century; by the following century, the area had developed to include a cathedral, hospitals, and a university, and walled Manila had transformed into quite a city.

The Walled City is the original Manila, of which every other part of the modern city is, historically speaking, a suburb. Its battlemented wall is a little over 2½ miles in circuit, and is still for the most part in an excellent state of preservation. The age of the walls is hard to state; its oldest existing portions were undoubtedly built before the end of the sixteenth century, but it has been continuously patched and added to, almost up to the present generation. Parts of it are from twenty to thirty feet in height and thickness. Considering everything, it makes this district one of the best examples of a mediæval walled town in existence.

The Walled City is the original Manila, with all other parts of the modern city being, historically, its suburbs. The fortified wall is just over 2½ miles long and is mostly in excellent condition. It's difficult to determine the exact age of the walls; the oldest sections were definitely built before the end of the 16th century, but they've been continuously repaired and expanded, almost up to today. Some sections reach heights and thicknesses of twenty to thirty feet. Overall, this makes the area one of the best examples of a medieval walled town still in existence.

Fort Santiago While in this Walled City, do not fail to visit Fort Santiago, the oldest part of Spanish Manila, long the citadel of the city, and now the headquarters of the United States Army in the Philippines. It probably stands very nearly on the site of the native fort which the Spanish reconnoitering expedition carried by assault in 1570. It has undergone comparatively little external change in three centuries. There are plenty of traditions connected with the old place—stories of cells below [45]the river level for the “unintentional” execution of inconvenient persons, and of chambers found filled with dislocated skeletons. Though none of these places are now identifiable, it is a historical fact that one cell, either in the fort or in the wall to the east of it (since removed), was the scene, as late as the night of the 31st of August, 1896, of a tragedy much resembling that of the Black Hole of Calcutta. Fifty-six out of sixty Filipinos who had been crowded into it, on being arrested on suspicion of complicity in the insurrection then raging, were the victims of the poisoned atmosphere or of the desperate struggle that took place within.

Fort Santiago While in this Walled City, make sure to visit Fort Santiago, the oldest part of Spanish Manila, which served as the city's citadel and is now the headquarters of the United States Army in the Philippines. It likely sits very close to where the native fort was that the Spanish expedition captured in 1570. There have been relatively few changes to its exterior over the last three centuries. There are many stories tied to this historic site—tales of cells below the river level for the “unintentional” execution of inconvenient individuals, and rooms discovered filled with dislocated skeletons. Although these specific locations are no longer recognizable, it is a historical fact that one cell, either in the fort or in the wall to the east of it (which has since been removed), was the scene of a tragedy very similar to the Black Hole of Calcutta, as recently as the night of August 31, 1896. Fifty-six out of sixty Filipinos who had been crammed into it, arrested on suspicion of involvement in the ongoing insurrection, became victims of the toxic atmosphere or the desperate struggle that took place inside.

Pursuing your travels around Manila you see an admixture of the quaintly native, of the mediæval, and of the strictly modern. In architecture, you see splendid examples of Grecian, Moorish, Spanish, Renaissance, Gothic, and Byzantine. Likewise you see many native nipa houses, small yet cool and cozy, and exceedingly appropriate for the needs of the climate.

While traveling around Manila, you encounter a mix of charmingly native, medieval, and completely modern elements. In architecture, you'll find impressive examples of Greek, Moorish, Spanish, Renaissance, Gothic, and Byzantine styles. You’ll also see many traditional nipa houses—small but cool and cozy, perfectly suited for the climate.

The new Trade School, Manila

The new Trade School, Manila

The new Trade School, Manila

Three Manilas For in reality there are three Manilas, which are still noticeable. First, there is the Manila of the original Malay, which, with its nipa shacks, its carabaos, and its quaint fishing boats, exists much as it did in the days of Raja Lacandola. Secondly, there is the Manila of the sixteenth and seventeenth century Spaniard—adventurer, merchant, and crusader in equal parts—who, in the churches and convents, the walls and gates, and the half-Moorish domestic architecture, has left ineffaceable memorials of the fact that this, the oldest of the European settlements in the East, was in its day among the chief glories of the “once imperial race.” Finally, there is the Americanized Manila of to-day, the town of electricity, motor cars, macadamized roads and sewers and steel bridges, well on its way to become one of the beautiful cities of the world.

Three Manilas In reality, there are three Manilas that are still recognizable. First, there’s the Manila of the original Malay, which, with its nipa huts, carabaos, and traditional fishing boats, remains much like it did in the days of Raja Lacandola. Second, there’s the Manila of the sixteenth and seventeenth century Spaniards—adventurers, merchants, and crusaders all at once—who have left lasting marks in the churches and convents, walls and gates, and the half-Moorish residential architecture, reminding us that this is the oldest European settlement in the East and was once a major gem of the "once imperial race." Finally, there’s the modernized Manila of today, a city with electricity, cars, paved roads, sewage systems, and steel bridges, well on its way to becoming one of the beautiful cities in the world.

Costumes The costumes of the women are admittedly unique and attractive. Old Spain gave the peasant’s neckerchief that has evolved into the pañuelo; the court train of her damas [46]gave the saya; her priests gave the tapis; the ground plan is Malayan, the sleeves swelled to suit the climate. This, which has changed but little in over three centuries, is the predominating model; but America, Paris, half Asia, and the South Pacific contribute also to the revue des modes: georgette crèpe and coconut fiber rain cape and skirt, white duck and rengue, all in the same rain shower on the same block.

Outfits The women's costumes are definitely unique and eye-catching. Old Spain contributed the peasant’s neckerchief, which has turned into the pañuelo; the court train from her damas [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] gave rise to the saya; her priests provided the tapis; the basic design has Malayan roots, and the sleeves are made fuller to accommodate the climate. This style, which has changed very little in over three centuries, remains the main model; however, influences from America, Paris, parts of Asia, and the South Pacific also play a role in the revue des modes: georgette crêpe, coconut fiber rain capes and skirts, white duck and rengue, all blended together under the same rain shower on the same block.

The Shops Modern shops with plate-glass fronts, office buildings with their elevators, elbow in between the open-fronted Chino shops of the Rosario. And the carabao snails by, and the “little gray hawk” that “hangs aloft in the air,” happens to be an aëroplane.

The Stores Modern stores with large glass windows, office buildings with elevators, sit alongside the open-fronted Chino shops of the Rosario. And the carabao glides by, while the “little gray hawk” that “hangs aloft in the air” turns out to be an airplane.

The Pasig Down by the entrance to the Pasig River modern steamers are warped to the river wall, and farther up dumpy river launches shuffle about their work of conveying to the big household of Manila chickens, pigs, fruits, and vegetables; a string of bamboo-roofed cascoes lie in wait by the market; sturdy bargemen with thirty-foot bamboo poles shove the unwieldy lorchas about, and the tiny bancas now toddle bravely along, now reel and wobble from the cuffs of their elders. The river is navigable for miles, and a trip upstream reveals successive combinations of meadows, high banks fringed with feathery bamboo, and here and there a village with its nipa houses and its gray stone church embowered in groves of coconuts and mangoes.

The Pasig River At the entrance to the Pasig River, modern boats are tied to the riverbank, and further upstream, clunky river launches are busy transporting chickens, pigs, fruits, and vegetables to the large households of Manila. A line of bamboo-roofed cascoes waits by the market; strong boatmen with thirty-foot bamboo poles maneuver the bulky lorchas, while the small bancas bravely navigate, sometimes swaying and wobbling alongside their larger counterparts. The river is navigable for miles, and a trip upstream showcases a series of meadows, high banks lined with feathery bamboo, and occasionally a village with its nipa houses and gray stone church nestled among coconut and mango trees.

The Cathedral, Walled City, Manila

The Cathedral, Walled City, Manila

The Cathedral, Intramuros, Manila

OTHER PLACES OF INTEREST

OTHER POINTS OF INTEREST

Churches You will find them at every turn. To see her churches alone, in detail—St. Augustine’s, built in 1599, with its ceiling of solid stone nearly four feet thick, and the illustrious dead beneath its hardwood floor; St. Sebastian’s of solid steel made in Belgium and brought out in sections and assembled; St. Ignatius’ and others with exquisitely carved woodwork, the work of Filipinos; their altars, statues and paintings—to appreciate their architecture and the engineering skill [47]that erected them would require not days or weeks, but months.

Places of worship You’ll find them everywhere. Just to explore her churches in detail—St. Augustine’s, built in 1599, with its ceiling of solid stone almost four feet thick, and the notable figures resting beneath its hardwood floor; St. Sebastian’s made of solid steel shipped from Belgium and put together in sections; St. Ignatius’ and others featuring beautifully carved woodwork, crafted by Filipinos; their altars, statues, and paintings—to truly appreciate their architecture and the engineering skills [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]that built them would take not days or weeks, but months.

The Cathedral Special mention should be made of the Cathedral, the historic edifice which has witnessed so many rare and brilliant ceremonies. It is a most ornate and yet harmonious structure. The massive dome can be seen from far out at sea. The nave of the cathedral is of most majestic proportions and its pillars and clusters, with their gilded capitals, are handsome. The cupola rises to an immense height and has an inside balcony. Its four corners are frescoed, and the subjects are the “Four Evangelists.” A beautiful sky, with angel heads, upon which stands the statue of the Immaculate Concepcion, is just above the high altar and around it, in sort of a frieze, are the heads of the apostles, while in the transepts, are the heads of the prophets, kings, and patriarchs. The architecture of the cathedral is of Roman Byzantine Style.

The Cathedral Special mention should be made of the Cathedral, the historic building that has seen so many unique and spectacular ceremonies. It is a highly decorative yet harmonious structure. The massive dome is visible from far out at sea. The nave of the cathedral has very impressive proportions, and its pillars and clusters, with their gilded tops, are striking. The cupola rises to a great height and includes an inside balcony. Its four corners are painted with frescoes depicting the “Four Evangelists.” A beautiful sky with angel heads, on which the statue of the Immaculate Conception stands, is situated just above the high altar, and around it, in a sort of frieze, are the heads of the apostles, while in the transepts are the heads of the prophets, kings, and patriarchs. The architecture of the cathedral is in the Roman Byzantine style.

The Ayuntamiento On the right hand side of the cathedral, the traveler sees the Ayuntamiento, a two-story building, the original seat of the Spanish government, now the headquarters of the House of Representatives and of the six departments of the Philippine government. The cornerstone of this building was laid in 1735. On the main landing of its imposing staircase is a statue, a replica of that in the “Biblioteca Nacional” at Madrid, of Juan Sebastian Elcano, the navigator who, after the death of Magellan, brought to a safe conclusion the first voyage around the world. The doors in either side of the statue lead to the Marble Hall, named from its marble floor, where the house of representatives sits and where official receptions and state entertainments are often held.

The City Council On the right side of the cathedral, the traveler sees the Ayuntamiento, a two-story building that was originally the seat of the Spanish government and is now the headquarters of the House of Representatives and the six departments of the Philippine government. The cornerstone of this building was laid in 1735. On the main landing of its impressive staircase is a statue, a replica of one in the “Biblioteca Nacional” in Madrid, of Juan Sebastian Elcano, the navigator who, after Magellan's death, successfully completed the first voyage around the world. The doors on either side of the statue lead to the Marble Hall, which gets its name from its marble floor, where the House of Representatives meets and where official receptions and state events are frequently held.

Philippine University Cadets in formation in front of the Ayuntamiento, the central government building

Philippine University Cadets in formation in front of the Ayuntamiento, the central government building

Philippine University Cadets lined up in front of the Ayuntamiento, the main government building.

University of Santo Tomas In the rear of the Ayuntamiento, and occupying the other half of the same block, stands the building of the University of Santo Tomas, founded in 1619, the oldest educational institution of collegiate rank under American sovereignty. It is under the direction of the Dominican Order and has departments for the education of students in all the principal professions. [48]It keeps a valuable and extensive collection of zoölogical, ethnological, and other scientific specimens which is open to male visitors only (the university being by origin a monastic institution) on Sunday mornings from 9 to 11. In the little plaza on which the building fronts is a statue of Miguel Benavides, the second Archbishop of Manila, and founder of the University.

University of Santo Tomas Behind the Ayuntamiento, taking up the other half of the same block, is the University of Santo Tomas, established in 1619, the oldest higher education institution under American rule. It is managed by the Dominican Order and offers programs in all major professions. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] The university houses a valuable and extensive collection of zoological, ethnological, and other scientific specimens that is open to male visitors only (as the university was originally a monastic institution) on Sunday mornings from 9 to 11. In the small plaza in front of the building, there is a statue of Miguel Benavides, the second Archbishop of Manila and founder of the University.

The Dominican Church At the end of this plaza stands the great Gothic Dominican Church, one of the very few examples of that style in the city. It has very fine doors and a beautifully decorated altar and pulpit. Connected with it, as with all the old churches of the friar orders, is an enormous convent, very plain outside, but containing much of interest within—ancient libraries and some very quaint courtyards, cloisters, refection halls, and a series of religious pictures.

The Dominican Church At the end of this plaza stands the impressive Gothic Dominican Church, one of the few examples of that style in the city. It features exquisite doors and a beautifully decorated altar and pulpit. Attached to it, like all the old churches of the friar orders, is a large convent that looks quite plain on the outside but has a lot of interesting things inside—ancient libraries, charming courtyards, cloisters, dining halls, and a collection of religious artwork.

Bureau of Printing Building

Bureau of Printing Building

Printing Office Building

Just back of this church is the gap in the wall, thru which the car line from the commercial center of the city enters. Hard by is the Intendencia Building, in which is located the Insular Treasury and the offices and session hall of the Philippine Senate. Behind this, on the river front, is a modest monument to Magellan, the one memorial of the great discoverer in the capital of the land he brought in contact with Latin civilization.

Just behind this church is the gap in the wall where the streetcar line from the city’s commercial center comes in. Nearby is the Intendencia Building, which houses the Insular Treasury and the offices and session hall of the Philippine Senate. Behind this, along the riverfront, is a small monument to Magellan, the only tribute to the great explorer in the capital of the country he connected with Latin civilization.

Avenues The Walled City, except for a short space where the battlements of Fort Santiago are washed by the river, is completely surrounded by fine avenues, all bordered on the inside by the stretch of green which has replaced the former moat. The Magallanes Drive runs for a short distance between the walls and the Pasig river to the northeast. To the west is the Bonifacio Drive, with an avenue of palms. This is now bounded on its farther side by the new Port District, but in old days was the seaside promenade of Manila. The circuit of the wall is completed by the Bagumbayan Drive (now Burgos Drive), which sweeps in a beautiful acacia-bordered quadrant around the east, southeast, and south.

Streets The Walled City, except for a small area where the Fort Santiago battlements meet the river, is completely surrounded by wide avenues, all lined on the inside by the stretch of greenery that has replaced the former moat. Magallanes Drive runs for a short distance between the walls and the Pasig River to the northeast. To the west is Bonifacio Drive, lined with palm trees. This area is now bordered by the new Port District, but in the past, it was Manila's seaside promenade. The circuit of the wall is completed by Bagumbayan Drive (now Burgos Drive), which curves beautifully with acacia trees along the east, southeast, and south sides.

A section of Manila’s commercial district

A section of Manila’s commercial district

A part of Manila's business area

[49]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

This avenue will, in a few years, be completely lined with Government buildings and grounds. It begins at the river, near the end of the Jones Bridge. Continuing down it toward the bay the traveler passes first the Mehan Gardens, really a public park, of moderate size, finely kept. It was the result of the work of a Spanish botanist and forester, Sebastian Vidal y Soler, of whom a statue stands in its midst. The garden was completely neglected and used as a camping ground during the insurrection, but was restored by the present Government. Beyond the garden in succession, are the buildings of the Bureau of Printing and the present temporary City Hall. The street branching off to the left between these is Calle Concepcion, on the right hand side of which, immediately back of the City Hall, are the buildings of the Young Men’s Christian Association.

This avenue will, in a few years, be entirely lined with government buildings and grounds. It starts at the river, near the end of Jones Bridge. As you head down towards the bay, you'll first pass Mehan Gardens, which is actually a public park of moderate size that is well-maintained. It was created by a Spanish botanist and forester, Sebastian Vidal y Soler, whose statue stands in the center of the park. The garden was completely neglected and used as a camping ground during the insurrection, but was restored by the current government. Beyond the garden, you'll find the Bureau of Printing building and the current temporary City Hall in succession. The street branching off to the left between them is Calle Concepcion, on the right side of which, immediately behind City Hall, are the buildings of the Young Men’s Christian Association.

Turning to the left from the riverside of the Botanical Garden and crossing the Pasig River on the Santa Cruz Bridge, then turning to the right, the traveler comes across another important and imposing avenue, called the Rizal Avenue. This avenue begins from the heart of the commercial district of the city, and leads to the northern suburb of Manila, which is destined to be one of the best residential sections.

Turning left from the riverside of the Botanical Garden and crossing the Pasig River via the Santa Cruz Bridge, then turning right, the traveler arrives at another significant and impressive avenue called Rizal Avenue. This avenue starts in the center of the city’s commercial district and leads to the northern suburb of Manila, which is set to become one of the best residential areas.

The Luneta Hotel, Manila

The Luneta Hotel, Manila

The Luneta Hotel, Manila

The principal attractions on this avenue, are the Grand Opera House where periodical performances are held by foreign opera companies, the Stadium where prize fighting is held between Filipino boxers as well as between Filipino and foreign boxers, the Central Methodist Church, and the San Lazaro Hospital.

The main attractions on this avenue are the Grand Opera House, where foreign opera companies perform regularly, the Stadium, where boxing matches take place between Filipino boxers and also against foreign boxers, the Central Methodist Church, and the San Lazaro Hospital.

Bilibid Prison This avenue is intersected by an equally broad thoroughfare formed by Azcarraga Street, on which are numerous small shops, several theaters of various grades, and several residential homes. On the sea-side of this thoroughfare is situated the Cathedral of the Independent Filipino Church, an institution headed by Archbishop Aglipay, and having about 3,000,000 members. Other places of interest are the Zorrilla [50]Theater, the Centro Escolar de Señoritas, a private school for girls, being the biggest institution of the kind in Manila, and Bilibid Prison, the great central penitentiary of the Philippines and one of the largest and best-managed institutions of the kind in the world.

Bilibid Prison This avenue is crossed by another wide street, Azcarraga Street, which has many small shops, a variety of theaters, and several homes. On the seaside of this street is the Cathedral of the Independent Filipino Church, led by Archbishop Aglipay and with about 3,000,000 members. Other noteworthy places include the Zorrilla [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Theater, the Centro Escolar de Señoritas, a private girls' school that is the largest of its kind in Manila, and Bilibid Prison, the main penitentiary of the Philippines and one of the largest and best-run facilities of its type in the world.

Central Railroad Station, Manila Railroad Company

Central Railroad Station, Manila Railroad Company

Central Railroad Station, Manila Railroad Company

The average number of inmates of Bilibid Prison is between 2,500 and 3,000. The main part of the prison, which altogether covers twenty acres, consists of well-ventilated wards radiating from a central tower; cells are little used. There is a fine hospital, a school, and a highly developed system of industries. Visitors are admitted everyday for the ceremony of retreat, which occurs at about 4:30 in the afternoon. The salesroom, where the products of the prison shops may be seen and purchased, are open to the public during the regular office hours. Perhaps the best work is to be found in the furniture of native hardwood; but the wicker furniture, the desk sets, and other small articles of hardwood, the silverware, and the local curios are well worth inspection.

The average number of inmates at Bilibid Jail ranges from 2,500 to 3,000. The main part of the prison covers twenty acres and features well-ventilated wards that extend from a central tower; cells are rarely used. There is a good hospital, a school, and a well-developed industrial system. Visitors are allowed every day for the retreat ceremony, which takes place around 4:30 in the afternoon. The salesroom, where you can see and buy products made in the prison workshops, is open to the public during regular office hours. The standout items include furniture made from native hardwood, but the wicker furniture, desk sets, and other small hardwood items, as well as the silverware and local curios, are definitely worth a look.

Taft Avenue Another wide and picturesque avenue branches off from Burgos Drive, a short distance from the City Hall. This is called the Taft Avenue, after the first civil governor of the Philippines, Honorable William H. Taft, now Chief Justice of the United States Supreme Court. Along this avenue are several modern concrete buildings, the most important of which are the Philippine Normal School, the Normal Hall, a dormitory for ladies, the Santa Rita’s Hall, the Central School for American and European children, the Nurses’ Home, and the Philippine General Hospital.

Taft Ave Another wide and scenic avenue branches off from Burgos Drive, just a short distance from City Hall. This is called Taft Avenue, named after the first civil governor of the Philippines, Honorable William H. Taft, who is now the Chief Justice of the United States Supreme Court. Along this avenue, you'll find several modern concrete buildings, the most significant of which are the Philippine Normal School, Normal Hall—a dormitory for women, Santa Rita’s Hall, the Central School for American and European children, the Nurses’ Home, and the Philippine General Hospital.

Turning to the right, on Padre Faura Street, the traveler comes across a number of the buildings of the Philippine University, all of which are of reinforced concrete and modern in every respect. The large vacant space behind these buildings is the University Campus where athletic exercises and military drills are held almost every afternoon.

Turning right onto Padre Faura Street, the traveler encounters several buildings of the Philippine University, all made of reinforced concrete and modern in every way. The large open area behind these buildings is the University Campus, where athletic activities and military drills take place almost every afternoon.

The Paco Railroad Depot, Manila

The Paco Railroad Depot, Manila

The Paco Train Station, Manila

Central Observatory Further on to the left on this same street, is the Central Observatory of the Philippine Weather Bureau. This intensely [51]interesting institution is open to the public on Tuesdays from half past 2 to half past 4 in the afternoon and on Saturdays from half past 8 to half past 11 in the morning. It is one of the oldest and best of its kind in the East, having been founded in 1865 by the Jesuits and operated continuously since then, even in 1898, while hostile armies were contending for the possession of the city. The founder and director for many years was Fr. Frederic Faura, after whom the street on which the building stands is named. The present head is Fr. Jose Algué, who has made for himself a world-wide reputation as a meteorologist. It is still directed by specially trained Jesuit priests and supported financially by an arrangement with the Philippine Government. Its great renown has been gained through its work in the field of earthquakes and typhoons.

Main Observatory Further along this same street to the left is the Central Observatory of the Philippine Weather Bureau. This fascinating [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] institution is open to the public on Tuesdays from 2:30 PM to 4:30 PM and on Saturdays from 8:30 AM to 11:30 AM. It is one of the oldest and best of its kind in the East, founded in 1865 by the Jesuits and operated continuously since then, even in 1898, when hostile armies were fighting for control of the city. The founder and director for many years was Fr. Frederic Faura, after whom the street where the building is located is named. The current head is Fr. Jose Algué, who has achieved a global reputation as a meteorologist. It is still run by specially trained Jesuit priests and supported financially through an arrangement with the Philippine Government. Its great fame has been established through its work in the fields of earthquakes and typhoons.

A Modern Thoroughfare, Taft Avenue, Manila

A Modern Thoroughfare, Taft Avenue, Manila

A modern road, Taft Avenue, Manila

The Luneta At the extreme end of Burgos Drive, the traveler comes out on the broad expanse of a park, of partly natural and partly made land, on the inland side of which is the most famous recreation place of Manila—the Luneta. This is an oval stretch of lawn where, nearly every evening, the music of the fine band of the Philippine Constabulary or that of some military organization combines with the sea breeze and the gorgeous sunsets behind the top of Mount Mariveles to bring together a crowd so varied and brilliant as to make this gathering one of the most distinctively picturesque sights of the city. Hundreds of carriages and motor cars draw up along the curb or make the circuit of the driveway, while thousands of pedestrians throng the walks and lawns. It is a gay and cosmopolitan gathering—Government officials, wealthy Chinese merchants, Spaniards, officers of the Army and Navy, American women in the light and dainty gowns of the Tropics, and Filipino women of every class in the picturesque national dress of gorgeous semi-transparent native cloth, that has caused one observer to describe them as “jet-crowned butterflies.”

Rizal Park At the far end of Burgos Drive, you find a wide park that’s partly natural and partly man-made, featuring the most famous recreational spot in Manila—the Luneta. This oval stretch of grass hosts music from the Philippine Constabulary band or a military group almost every evening, blending with the sea breeze and stunning sunsets behind Mount Mariveles, attracting a diverse and vibrant crowd that makes it one of the most visually striking scenes in the city. Hundreds of carriages and cars line the curb or cruise around the driveway, while thousands of people fill the paths and lawns. It’s a lively and multicultural assembly—government officials, wealthy Chinese merchants, Spaniards, Army and Navy officers, American women in light, tropical dresses, and Filipino women from all walks of life in their beautiful traditional clothing made from colorful semi-transparent fabric, which has led one observer to describe them as “jet-crowned butterflies.”

The Jones Bridge, named after the author of the Jones Law giving the Filipinos practical autonomy in local affairs. A section of the historic Bridge of Spain, built by the Spaniards, is seen nearby

The Jones Bridge, named after the author of the Jones Law giving the Filipinos practical autonomy in local affairs. A section of the historic Bridge of Spain, built by the Spaniards, is seen nearby

The Jones Bridge, named after the author of the Jones Law that granted Filipinos practical autonomy in local affairs. A part of the historic Bridge of Spain, constructed by the Spaniards, can be seen nearby.

[52]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

On the green of the Luneta facing Manila Bay is the monument to the national hero of the Philippines—the physician, novelist, and patriot—Dr. Jose Rizal. It was designed by the Swiss sculptor Richard Kissling, whose work was selected out of many in a contest for a substantial prize. The monument consists of a granite obelisk, about fifty feet high, serving as a background for a bronze statue of heroic size.

On the green of Luneta overlooking Manila Bay stands the monument to the national hero of the Philippines—the doctor, novelist, and patriot—Dr. Jose Rizal. It was created by the Swiss sculptor Richard Kissling, whose design was chosen among many in a competition for a significant prize. The monument features a granite obelisk, about fifty feet tall, which acts as a backdrop for a bronze statue of heroic size.

The Manila Hotel To the north of the Luneta is the well-known Manila Hotel, reputed to be the finest in the Orient. Immediately opposite the hotel site, on the green at the corner of the former moat, is the monument to Miguel Lopez de Legaspi and Andres Urdaneta, the civil and ecclesiastical founders of Manila. This, as a work of art, is far superior to anything else of the sort now actually standing in the city. The pedestal supports idealized figures of the mailed warrior and the priest, holding aloft the banner of Castile and the Cross. These were cast in Spain and sent out prior to the change of sovereignty, but was never put up. They were found by the American conquerors in a warehouse, and it is to them that the monument owes its erection in its present excellent location. On the side of the green opposite the hotel and the Legaspi monument are the new buildings of the Elks and the Army and Navy Clubs.

The Manila Hotel To the north of Luneta is the famous Manila Hotel, known as the best in the East. Directly across from the hotel, on the lawn at the corner of the old moat, stands a monument to Miguel Lopez de Legaspi and Andres Urdaneta, the civil and religious founders of Manila. This monument, as a piece of art, is far superior to anything else of its kind currently in the city. The pedestal features idealized figures of the armored warrior and the priest, holding up the banner of Castile and the Cross. These were cast in Spain and shipped out before the change of sovereignty, but were never installed. The American conquerors discovered them in a warehouse, and that's how the monument ended up in its current great location. On the side of the lawn opposite the hotel and the Legaspi monument are the new buildings of the Elks and Army and Navy Clubs.

The principal buildings of the Philippine University

The principal buildings of the Philippine University

The main buildings of the Philippine University

The Museum To the north of the Manila Hotel is the Philippine Museum, housed in a modern building. Those interested in the fauna and flora of this part of the globe, and in archeological collections will find in this museum an hour well spent.

The Museum To the north of the Manila Hotel is the Philippine Museum, located in a modern building. Anyone interested in the plants and animals of this region, as well as archaeological collections, will find their time at this museum well spent.

The Carnival Grounds To the East of the present Luneta, immediately across the road, is the large tract of land known as Wallace (formerly Bagumbayan) Field. It is the site of athletic grounds and of the annual Carnival. It boasts a gruesome past and a distinguished future. Under the old régime it was a public execution ground for political prisoners, and here on the 30th of December, 1896, in the shadow of the old Luneta outwork, [53]since removed, Dr. Jose Rizal met his death before the Spanish firing squad. In a few years more, under the name of “Government Center,” it will be the site of the new Capitol, and of other Government buildings.

The Carnival Site To the east of the current Luneta, right across the road, is the large area known as Wallace (formerly Bagumbayan) Field. It hosts athletic facilities and the annual Carnival. It has a dark history and a promising future. During the old regime, it was a public execution site for political prisoners, and here on December 30, 1896, in the shadow of the old Luneta fortress, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]now gone, Dr. Jose Rizal was executed by a Spanish firing squad. In a few years, under the name “Government Center,” it will become the location of the new Capitol and other government buildings.

The Normal Hall—A dormitory for girls, Manila

The Normal Hall—A dormitory for girls, Manila

The Normal Hall—A girls' dormitory, Manila

For the present this tract is the scene, for a week or more every February, of the great Philippine Carnival, which has become one of the established institutions in the Islands and one of the greatest attractions of Manila. While it lasts most of the town puts on festal garb and takes a series of half holidays, and dominoes become familiar sights on the public streets. Within the grounds are the usual amusement features—the merry-go-round, the whip, shooting galleries, a hippodrome with spectacular performances, and extensive and interesting exhibits of the products of the Islands, sent by the provincial governments, the schools, and private concerns. Elaborate parades—military, industrial, and carnival—and great balls in an immense auditorium, both exclusive and popular, complete the program. The industrial and commercial exhibits are under the supervision of the Government.

For now, this area hosts the big Philippine Carnival, which takes place for about a week every February. It has become a well-established event in the Islands and one of the main draws for Manila. During the carnival, most of the town dresses up for the festivities and enjoys a series of half-holidays, with dominoes frequently seen in the streets. The carnival grounds feature the usual attractions—like a merry-go-round, a whip ride, shooting galleries, a hippodrome with exciting performances, and extensive displays of products from the Islands, provided by provincial governments, schools, and private businesses. There are also elaborate parades—military, industrial, and carnival—as well as grand balls held in a huge auditorium, catering to both exclusive and popular crowds. The industrial and commercial exhibits are managed by the Government.

The Polo Grounds

The Polo Grounds

The Polo Grounds

Dewey Boulevard Capping the ensemble of all these attractions around the Luneta is a beautiful boulevard, comparable with the best anywhere, which leads from where the buildings of the Elks and the Army and Navy Clubs are situated and extends until the city limits, near Pasay, a suburb on the Manila South Road. This boulevard is a favorite driveway in the evening. The chain of lights that illuminate its entire length makes it attractive beyond comparison. To the right will be heard the splash of the waters of Manila Bay dashing against the rocks that fringe the Boulevard. To the left are some of the most imposing residences of the City. The steamers anchored in the bay present a lovely sight, especially in the stillness of the night. It is from this boulevard that the Philippine sunset, so entrancingly beautiful, can be seen without obstruction, while in the distance, to the left, is the City of Cavite, to which the Boulevard will in time lead, and hence has been originally named “Cavite Boulevard.” It was only recently that its name was changed to “Dewey Boulevard” in memory [54]of Admiral Dewey who, a short distance out into the bay, by defeating the Spanish Squadron, sealed the fate of colonial Spain in this part of the globe.

Dewey Blvd At the center of all these attractions around Luneta is a stunning boulevard, comparable to the best anywhere, that stretches from the buildings of the Elks and the Army and Navy Clubs and goes all the way to the city limits near Pasay, a suburb along the Manila South Road. This boulevard is a popular spot for driving in the evening. The string of lights that brighten its entire length makes it irresistibly attractive. To the right, you can hear the waves of Manila Bay crashing against the rocks lining the Boulevard. To the left are some of the most impressive homes in the city. The steamers moored in the bay provide a beautiful view, especially at night. From this boulevard, you can see the Philippine sunset, stunningly beautiful and unobstructed, while in the distance to the left is the City of Cavite, which the Boulevard will eventually lead to, and originally, it was named “Cavite Boulevard.” It was only recently renamed “Dewey Boulevard” in memory [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] of Admiral Dewey, who, not far out into the bay, defeated the Spanish Squadron and determined the fate of colonial Spain in this region.

Philippine Carnival Auditorium, 1922, where sumptuous balls are held every evening during the Carnival week

Philippine Carnival Auditorium, 1922, where sumptuous balls are held every evening during the Carnival week

Philippine Carnival Auditorium, 1922, where lavish balls take place every night during Carnival week.

Clubs and Societies All of the great fraternal orders have their branches in Manila—The Masonic Order, The Knights of Columbus, The I. O. O. F., The Elks, and The Knights Templars. Religious, charitable, social, musical, literary, athletic, and other associations, also abound. There is a National Federation of Women’s Clubs, having about 400 branches in all parts of the Archipelago and also a Catholic Federation of Women. All the foreigners also have their respective clubs and societies.

Clubs and Organizations All the major fraternal organizations have branches in Manila—The Masonic Order, The Knights of Columbus, The I.O.O.F., The Elks, and The Knights Templars. There are also plenty of religious, charitable, social, musical, literary, athletic, and other groups. The National Federation of Women’s Clubs has around 400 branches throughout the Archipelago, along with a Catholic Federation of Women. All the foreigners have their own clubs and societies too.

Cemeteries The Cementerio del Norte is the municipal cemetery. It is the only modern garden cemetery in Manila. It covers a very large area (133 acres), only a small part of which has been developed. There are sections for Americans, Filipinos, and Chinese, each showing the distinctive emblems with which the several races mark the resting places of their dead. There are beautiful monuments and well-kept lawns.

Graveyards The Cementerio del Norte is the city’s cemetery. It’s the only modern garden cemetery in Manila. It spans a huge area (133 acres), but only a small portion of it has been developed. There are sections for Americans, Filipinos, and Chinese, each featuring the unique symbols that the different cultures use to mark the graves of their loved ones. There are beautiful monuments and well-maintained lawns.

Adjoining the municipal cemetery is the Catholic cemetery and the chapel of La Loma. The Chinese also have an exclusive cemetery nearby. All the ground in this vicinity is historical, for much of the fighting of the early days of the insurrection centered about the district; there was a block-house which formerly stood back of the La Loma Chapel. Paco cemetery on San Marcelino is closed now, but once a year, on All Saints Day, it is opened and in the evening, brilliantly illuminated.

Adjoining the municipal cemetery is the Catholic cemetery and the La Loma chapel. The Chinese also have their own exclusive cemetery nearby. All the land in this area is historically significant, as a lot of the fighting during the early days of the uprising took place around here; there used to be a blockhouse located behind the La Loma Chapel. Paco cemetery on San Marcelino is closed now, but once a year, on All Saints' Day, it opens up and is brilliantly lit in the evening.

Monuments Among the most notable monuments are the Rizal monument in the Luneta; the Legaspi and Urdaneta monument near the Manila Hotel; the Anda monument at the foot of the Malecon Drive; the Magallanes monument near the Treasury building; the Statue of Elcano in the Ayuntamiento; the Statue of Benavides at Plaza of Sto. Tomas; and that of Charles IV at Plaza McKinley, and Queen Isabela II in [55]Malate. The finest of the recent ones, are the monument of Balintawak, a short distance out, to commemorate the first cry of the revolution, and the monument to the Katipunan and the Liga Filipina at Raxa Matanda, Tondo.

Landmarks Some of the most significant monuments include the Rizal monument in Luneta; the Legaspi and Urdaneta monument near the Manila Hotel; the Anda monument at the base of Malecon Drive; the Magallanes monument close to the Treasury building; the Statue of Elcano in the Ayuntamiento; the Statue of Benavides at the Plaza of Sto. Tomas; and those of Charles IV at Plaza McKinley and Queen Isabela II in [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Malate. The best of the newer ones are the Balintawak monument, located a short distance away to honor the first cry of the revolution, and the monument to the Katipunan and the Liga Filipina in Raxa Matanda, Tondo.

The Legaspi and Urdaneta Monument facing the Luneta, Manila

The Legaspi and Urdaneta Monument facing the Luneta, Manila

The Legaspi and Urdaneta Monument facing Luneta, Manila

LIFE IN MANILA.—In Manila is felt the pulse of the world’s activity—the currents of political, commercial, and intellectual thought of the world—more keenly than in New York or London. The reason is simple. Each man here is an individual machine; in the larger cities he is a cog. The elements of absolute economic dependence being absent, the inhabitants are forced into contact with many nations, together with all the social and economic relations which that contact entails. In the press Manila is not overwhelmed with a mass of unimportant news. The immensity of non-essential topics of no general interest is spared the residents. Only the essential and all the essential reaches them. Their horizon is not bounded by 42nd Street nor by neighbor Peet’s farm. One of the many reasons for the happier life in Manila than in other cities of the world, so far at least as foreigners are concerned, is the natural selection of the fit and strong, which is invariably taking place. There are no crippled and weak, no poor nor invalid people in Manila to pester you. They do not come—they seldom dare. Only those looking for adventure, those fitted to care for themselves, those determined to survive that come to make this part of the world his temporary or permanent abode.

LIFE IN MANILA.—In Manila, you can really feel the pulse of global activity—the currents of political, commercial, and intellectual thought—more intensely than in New York or London. The reason is straightforward. Everyone here is an individual player; in bigger cities, they’re just part of the machinery. With no absolute economic dependency, the people connect with many nations, along with all the social and economic relationships that come with it. The media in Manila isn’t flooded with a bunch of trivial news. Residents are spared from an overflow of non-essential topics that lack general interest. Only what’s truly important reaches them. Their perspective goes beyond 42nd Street or neighbor Peet’s farm. One reason life in Manila feels happier for foreigners than in other cities is due to the natural selection of the capable and strong that’s always happening. There are no crippled or weak individuals, nor any impoverished or sick people to bother you. They don’t come—they usually don't dare. Only those seeking adventure, those who can fend for themselves, and those determined to thrive choose to make this part of the world their temporary or permanent home.

The Rizal Monument, at the Luneta, Manila

The Rizal Monument, at the Luneta, Manila

The Rizal Monument, at Luneta, Manila

No Vexing Conventionalities The conventionalities and prescribed forms of daily living are absent. There is no Madam Gruncy to hector, there are no rules of the elite class or the would-be Four Hundred. You come and go unquestioned. You have absolute sovereignty over your own affairs. There are no neighbors to tell the foreigner what to think or how to vote. Neither a Democrat nor a Republican is disgraced for being so. A society of men and women from all corners of the globe accord respect to your judgment. Not living in San Francisco you are not disturbed by its claims of superiority to Seattle or New York. [56]

No Annoying Traditions The everyday rules and expectations are gone. There’s no Madam Gruncy to boss you around, and no standards from the elite class or the so-called Four Hundred. You’re free to come and go as you please. You have complete control over your own life. No neighbors are around to tell the outsider what to think or how to vote. Being a Democrat or a Republican doesn't bring shame. A community of people from all over the world respects your choices. Not being in San Francisco means you’re not bothered by its claims of being better than Seattle or New York. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

There is less attention paid to inconsequential details and boresome routine than in the complex centers of the Old and the New World. It is of less importance to know what Lady Jane wore at the ball than to know how she will run her embroidery establishment. More thought is given to one’s failure and success and struggles with new conditions than of a man’s politics. The interrelationship of races, the development of a virgin country, the wide latitude for one’s activities accustom you to thinking in the large. Men talk little in the Tropics, but what they say has meaning.

There’s less focus on trivial details and tedious routines than in the busy centers of the Old and New Worlds. It's less important to know what Lady Jane wore to the ball than to understand how she’ll manage her embroidery business. More attention is given to one’s failures, successes, and adjustments to new circumstances than to a man's political views. The relationship between different races, the growth of an untouched country, and the freedom to pursue various activities train you to think more broadly. People talk less in the Tropics, but when they do, it really matters.

There is less violence in the Philippines than in any other land. The people are gentle and courteous. In provincial towns, in lonely districts, an American or European woman can remain alone for days without fear of molestation. One can take long trips through the wildest mountain in perfect safety. Firearms for self defense need not even be thought of.

There is less violence in the Philippines than in any other country. The people are kind and polite. In rural towns and remote areas, an American or European woman can be alone for days without worrying about harassment. One can travel long distances through the wildest mountains safely. There’s no need to even consider firearms for self-defense.

The Carnival grounds, Manila

The Carnival grounds, Manila

The Carnival site, Manila

Competition Less Severe Competition in Manila is not as severe as in other cities. Success is attained with greater ease. The routine of life is pleasant, and days pass quickly. In occidental cities one generally rushes through breakfast and rushes to his office. Also he rushes all the morning until 12 o’clock. Not so in the Philippines. He dictates in a few minutes his day’s correspondence which will probably leave port a week later, depending on the schedule of boats. Then he has new schemes to think over and conferences to hold with confrères. After this there is usually considerable time for ice cream and further conferences outside. He probably visits his bank and the cable office, and does some more thinking. If he is a salesman, he has to talk with prospective customers. At all events he is a very busy man, with a dozen plans for expansion working in his brain; but there is time, aeons of time. There is so much to be done and so little danger that the field will be overworked before he gets to it that he fears nothing. At 12 o’clock or thereabouts he goes back to his room for lunch. Afterwards he sleeps for two hours and drops back to his office. At 4 o’clock he goes out for tea, [57]and at 5 o’clock, if the day has been a hard one, he knocks off for golf or tennis or a swim, or goes back to his siesta chair for rest. After supper at 8 o’clock, if he is socially inclined, he organizes a party for a cabaret and spends a pleasant evening. Otherwise he plays cards or billiards at his club. The next day repeats, and so on. He is never hurried, never tired, never worried.

Less Intense Competition Competition in Manila isn't as intense as in other cities. Achieving success is easier here. Life is enjoyable, and the days fly by. In Western cities, people usually rush through breakfast and hurry to the office. Then they keep rushing all morning until noon. Not so in the Philippines. Here, one takes a few minutes to dictate the day's correspondence, which might not even leave port for a week, depending on the boat schedule. After that, there are new ideas to explore and meetings to have with colleagues. Usually, there's plenty of time for ice cream and more discussions outside. He might visit his bank and the cable office, and do some additional thinking. If he's a salesman, he needs to talk to potential customers. Yet, he's a very busy person, juggling a dozen plans for growth in his mind; but there's plenty of time, lots and lots of it. There's so much to accomplish and so little risk of the market being saturated before he can act that he feels no pressure. Around noon, he heads back to his room for lunch. Afterward, he takes a two-hour nap before returning to the office. At 4 o'clock, he steps out for tea, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and by 5 o'clock, if the day has been tough, he wraps up for golf, tennis, or a swim, or returns to his siesta chair to relax. After dinner at 8 o'clock, if he's in a social mood, he organizes a cabaret party and enjoys the night. If not, he plays cards or billiards at his club. The next day is a repeat, and the cycle continues. He is never rushed, never exhausted, never stressed.

The Luneta, during a Carnival parade

The Luneta, during a Carnival parade

The Luneta, during a Carnival parade

[58]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VII. The Environs of Manila

On the outskirts of the City of Manila, lies one of the most beautiful scenic routes in the tropics—the expanse of country extending from the city itself to what is known as the Montalban Water Works, in Rizal Province, from which the city derives its water supply. At the head of a picturesque gorge, the Mariquina River is impounded by a dam, and the water is brought to the City of Manila, 39 kilometers distant, through aqueducts of cast iron.

On the outskirts of Manila, there’s one of the most beautiful scenic routes in the tropics—the stretch of countryside that goes from the city to what’s known as the Montalban Water Works in Rizal Province, which supplies the city’s water. At the start of a scenic gorge, the Mariquina River is held back by a dam, and the water is transported to Manila, 39 kilometers away, through cast iron aqueducts.

A view of Pier 5, Manila

A view of Pier 5, Manila

A view of Pier 5, Manila

The ride to the gorge through the heart of the Mariquina valley, one of the most fertile regions of the Island of Luzon, is a veritable scenic fairyland. Lowland, mountain, hill, stream, field, bridge, road, village, and town combine to form a landscape that invariably fascinates the visitor. The scene is restful and pleasing to the eye at almost every vista that presents itself.

The ride to the gorge through the heart of the Mariquina valley, one of the most fertile areas on the Island of Luzon, is like stepping into a scenic fairy tale. The mix of lowlands, mountains, hills, streams, fields, bridges, roads, villages, and towns creates a landscape that always fascinates visitors. The views are calming and visually appealing at nearly every turn.

Exterior view of Malacañang Palace, Manila

Exterior view of Malacañang Palace, Manila

Exterior view of Malacañang Palace, Manila

The Executive Offices, Malacañang Palace, Manila

The Executive Offices, Malacañang Palace, Manila

The Executive Offices, Malacañang Palace, Manila

Crossing the Ayala Bridge and passing through General Solano Street, the visitor proceeds on his way to the famous valley. On both sides of General Solano stand old Spanish residences practically as they were in the days of the Spaniards. This was then the fashionable residential section of the city and its glories as such have not as yet entirely departed.

Crossing the Ayala Bridge and going down General Solano Street, the visitor continues on to the famous valley. On either side of General Solano are old Spanish homes that look almost the same as they did in the days of the Spaniards. This was once the trendy residential area of the city, and its former glory hasn’t completely faded yet.

A public market, Manila

A public market, Manila

A public market in Manila

The Malacañang Palace Soon, the Governor-General’s palatial home known as the “Malacañang Palace,” is reached on the right, immediately after the only brewery in the City of Manila. The palace is beyond doubt the finest residence in the islands. The gardens are particularly well-kept, Governor-General Harrison having improved the residence and the grounds making it a sumptuous and fitting place for the first executive of the land.

Malacañang Palace Soon, you’ll come to the Governor-General’s grand home called the “Malacañang Palace,” which is located on the right, just after the only brewery in Manila. The palace is undoubtedly the best residence in the islands. The gardens are especially well-maintained, with Governor-General Harrison enhancing both the residence and the grounds, making it a luxurious and appropriate place for the country’s top executive.

The Aquarium, Manila, exterior view

The Aquarium, Manila, exterior view

The Aquarium, Manila, outside view

[59]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Immediately next to the Governor’s palace is the executive building housing the offices of the Governor-General’s staff and cabinet. It is an elaborate structure decorated with hardwood carvings.

Immediately next to the Governor’s palace is the executive building, which contains the offices of the Governor-General’s staff and cabinet. It is an ornate structure adorned with hardwood carvings.

After a detour to drive thru the grounds of the palace, the visitor proceeds on his way towards Santa Mesa. The next place of interest is known as the “Rotonda”—a circular Plaza at which two important thoroughfares and some of lesser importance intersect. In the center of the Rotonda stands the Carriedo Fountain built in memory of Francisco Carriedo, the Spanish engineer who installed the first gravity water system in Manila sometime in the 19th century.

After taking a detour to drive through the palace grounds, the visitor continues on towards Santa Mesa. The next point of interest is called the “Rotonda”—a circular plaza where two major roads and a few less significant ones meet. In the middle of the Rotonda stands the Carriedo Fountain, built in memory of Francisco Carriedo, the Spanish engineer who set up the first gravity water system in Manila sometime in the 19th century.

A typical country scene

A typical country scene

A typical rural scene

Santa Mesa Soon the visitor arrives at another residential section known as Santa Mesa. This section is on top of a hilly district overlooking the city. Fine bungalows and villas surrounded by beautiful lawns adjoin one another. Americans, Europeans, and Filipinos live here side by side. Mingled with the sumptuous abodes found in this section are several patches of nipa huts, furnishing a startling contrast—the almost primitive native residence common throughout the archipelago, especially in the barrios, as compared with the architecturally highly developed occidental type of residence. In the midst of this ensemble of residences are rice fields cultivated in typical native fashion with terraces, ditches, carabaos, etc.

Santa Mesa Soon the visitor arrives at another residential area called Santa Mesa. This area sits atop a hilly district overlooking the city. Elegant bungalows and villas with beautiful lawns are located next to each other. Americans, Europeans, and Filipinos live here together. Mixed in with the luxurious homes in this area are a few patches of nipa huts, creating a striking contrast—the almost primitive native dwelling common throughout the archipelago, especially in the outskirts, compared to the architecturally advanced Western-style homes. In the midst of this collection of residences are rice fields cultivated in traditional native fashion with terraces, ditches, carabaos, and more.

San Juan Bridge and Heights The visitor now comes across a country that is more open, and cultivated patches of land become a more frequent sight. In a few minutes, he reaches the famous “San Juan Bridge,” a historical landmark. It was here, on February 4th, 1899, that the first shot of the Filipino-American war was fired. Two days later, the treaty of Paris ceding the Philippines to the United States was ratified, and the Filipinos continued to revolt.

San Juan Bridge and Heights The visitor now encounters a countryside that is more open, with cultivated land becoming a more common sight. In just a few minutes, they arrive at the famous “San Juan Bridge,” a historical landmark. It was here, on February 4th, 1899, that the first shot of the Filipino-American War was fired. Two days later, the Treaty of Paris, which transferred the Philippines to the United States, was ratified, and the Filipinos kept fighting back.

After crossing the bridge, the visitor reaches San Juan Heights, a suburban development project in the municipality of San Juan del Monte. Less than two years ago, an [60]enterprising American formed a company and divided this property up into lots and started selling the parcels on the instalment plan. The project was a success and now a good sized community has settled on this district. Other parcels of land in the vicinity have been similarly divided into lots, and Manila suburban property is now rapidly undergoing development in the familiar American manner. Among these other parcels are the San Juan Heights Addition, the Rosario Heights, and the Magdalena Estate, the latter being an immense tract of land extending for several miles into the country.

After crossing the bridge, the visitor arrives at San Juan Heights, a suburban development in San Juan del Monte. Less than two years ago, an [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]enterprising American started a company, divided this property into lots, and began selling the parcels on an installment plan. The project was a success, and now a sizable community has established itself in this area. Other nearby parcels of land have also been divided into lots, and suburban property in Manila is quickly developing in the typical American style. Among these other parcels are the San Juan Heights Addition, the Rosario Heights, and the Magdalena Estate, the latter being a vast area of land stretching several miles into the countryside.

The Mariquina Valley

The Mariquina Valley

The Mariquina Valley

The Reservoir Nearby is located the distributing reservoir of the Manila Water Supply system, called “El Depósito.” It was constructed in Spanish days, but has now grown to be entirely too small for the ever-growing needs of the city.

The Lake Nearby is the distribution reservoir of the Manila Water Supply system, called “El Depósito.” It was built during the Spanish colonial period, but it has now become too small to meet the constantly increasing demands of the city.

Along the side of the reservoir is the “Boys’ Reformatory School,” where wayward and recalcitrant youngsters are won back to good behaviour and useful life at the expense of the city and the Insular government.

Along the side of the reservoir is the “Boys’ Reformatory School,” where troubled and defiant kids are guided back to good behavior and a productive life, funded by the city and the Insular government.

Turning back to the main roadway, the visitor sees the palatial residence of the Ex-Mayor of Manila, now Senator Hon. Ramon Fernandez.

Turning back to the main road, the visitor sees the grand house of the former Mayor of Manila, now Senator Hon. Ramon Fernandez.

The Mariquina Valley From this point on, there is an entirely rural scenery, an immense plain bounded by mountains in the north and east. This is the Mariquina Valley. Somewhere on this valley just outside the municipality of San Mateo, was the spot where General Lawton was shot by the Filipino insurgents. This whole region was intensely fought over by the contending forces, the Filipino insurgents retreating to the mountains to the north and east.

The Mariquina Valley From this point on, the landscape is completely rural, featuring a vast plain surrounded by mountains to the north and east. This is the Mariquina Valley. Somewhere in this valley, just outside the town of San Mateo, is where General Lawton was shot by Filipino insurgents. This entire area saw intense battles between the opposing forces, with the Filipino insurgents retreating to the mountains to the north and east.

Salt beds, Pangasinan

Salt beds, Pangasinan

Salt flats, Pangasinan

The Town of Mariquina Soon afterwards, the town of Mariquina is reached. It is a typical Filipino community. Proximity to the Philippine metropolis does not seem to have altered its appearance in the least. It has a rural air and atmosphere and the people evidently belong to the hard-plodding farmer-class. [61]

Mariquina Town Soon after, you arrive in the town of Mariquina. It’s a typical Filipino community. Being close to the Philippine metropolis doesn’t seem to have changed its look at all. It has a rural vibe and feel, and the locals clearly belong to the hardworking farmer class. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

An excellent road makes driving a pleasure through the Mariquina Valley. The combination of colors and light, tropical vegetation and houses, the undulating mountain divides, the brilliant green of the palms and bamboo, contrasted with the intense verdure of the rice fields, present a vista that can be expressed adequately only by painting.

An amazing road makes driving enjoyable through the Mariquina Valley. The mix of colors and light, tropical plants and homes, the rolling mountain ridges, the vibrant green of the palms and bamboo, contrasted with the rich greenery of the rice fields, creates a view that can only be captured properly by painting.

The Payatas Estate After Mariquina comes the town of San Mateo, centrally situated in the Mariquina Valley. It was here that tenants of the vast Payatas Estate in the vicinity combined and bought the property from the Japanese owners three years ago. The enterprise was the first cooperative agricultural Filipino effort on a large scale and has proved to be a success. The purchase price was $775,000, and all of this amount but $100,000 has been paid up.

The Payatas Community After Mariquina comes the town of San Mateo, located in the heart of the Mariquina Valley. It was here that tenants from the large Payatas Estate nearby came together and purchased the property from the Japanese owners three years ago. This was the first large-scale cooperative agricultural effort by Filipinos and has been successful. The total purchase price was $775,000, and all but $100,000 of that amount has been paid off.

Exterior view of the Lingayen Provincial Building, Pangasinan

Exterior view of the Lingayen Provincial Building, Pangasinan

Exterior view of the Lingayen Provincial Building, Pangasinan

At the Dam Then the dam is reached. It is in the town of Montalban, 35 kilometers from Manila. The road winds in and out along the banks of the river, the banks of the river themselves become steeper and steeper, and soon the towering white limestone sides of the Mariquina gorge loom up several hundred feet, and the reservoir inclosure is reached.

At the Dam Then, they arrive at the dam. It's located in the town of Montalban, 35 kilometers from Manila. The road twists along the riverbanks, which grow steeper, and soon the towering white limestone walls of the Mariquina gorge rise several hundred feet high, marking the arrival at the reservoir enclosure.

Those who desire to go as far as the dam must be sure to obtain permits from the Metropolitan Water District before leaving Manila, otherwise the trip will have to end at the head of the deep gorge at the gate of the reservoir. With such a permit the visitor is allowed to enter the reservoir gate and he proceeds up the shaded walk to the dam and reservoir.

Those who want to go all the way to the dam need to make sure to get permits from the Metropolitan Water District before leaving Manila; otherwise, the trip will have to stop at the start of the deep gorge at the reservoir gate. With that permit, visitors can enter through the reservoir gate and walk along the shaded path to the dam and reservoir.

The walk to the reservoir is only a few minutes, up a well-kept path lined with shrubs, trees, and flowers with the rushing water of the river below to the left.

The walk to the reservoir takes just a few minutes along a well-maintained path flanked by shrubs, trees, and flowers, with the rushing river below to the left.

The reservoir, surrounded by the green mountain sides, makes a pretty picture reminding the visitor of some of the descriptions of lakes in the Scottish Islands, as depicted by Sir Walter Scott in some of his works. [62]

The reservoir, nestled between the lush mountain sides, creates a beautiful scene that reminds visitors of the lakes in the Scottish Islands, as described by Sir Walter Scott in his writings. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Different Return Route The return to Manila may be made by way of Pasig, the capital of the Province of Rizal, after leaving Mariquina where the roads branch. On this way back, Fort Wm. McKinley is worth visiting. It is said to be the largest army post under the American flag and one of the best administered. It cannot fail to impress the visitor because of its fine buildings, spacious parade grounds and attractive officers’ quarters. [63]

Alternate Return Route The journey back to Manila can go through Pasig, the capital of the Province of Rizal, after leaving Mariquina where the roads split. On this return route, Fort Wm. McKinley is worth a visit. It’s said to be the largest army post under the American flag and one of the best-run. Visitors are sure to be impressed by its beautiful buildings, spacious parade grounds, and attractive officers’ quarters. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VIII. Other Cities

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

BAGUIO

Baguio Baguio, which is often called the Simla of the Philippines, is classed with even more famous mountain resorts by its admirers. By automobile it is about eight hours’ ride from Manila. By train and passenger trucks combined, it is about eleven hours.

Baguio City Baguio, often referred to as the Simla of the Philippines, is considered by its fans to be on par with more renowned mountain resorts. It takes about eight hours to get there by car from Manila. If you take the train and passenger trucks together, it’s around eleven hours.

The Baguio Zig-zag coiling upon itself. All the trees are pine trees

The Baguio Zig-zag coiling upon itself. All the trees are pine trees

The Baguio zig-zags back on itself. All the trees are pine trees.

The Benguet road is the most traveled route. It leaves the lowlands at Dagupan and now ascends, now crosses and recrosses the gorge of the Bued River, coiling back on itself in the famous Zig-zag, where the inspirations of Baguio’s natural wonders begin. Cooler and cooler grows the air, behind drops all the lowland vegetation, to make room for sturdy trees of the temperate zone. Wave on wave the trees roll up the mountains that stand on each other’s shoulders below, around and above the small tableland on which Baguio edges away from the sheer precipice at the head of the gorge.

The Benguet road is the busiest route. It leaves the lowlands at Dagupan and now climbs up, crosses, and recrosses the gorge of the Bued River, winding back on itself in the famous Zig-zag, where the beauty of Baguio’s natural wonders begins. The air gets cooler and cooler, and all the lowland vegetation disappears, making way for strong trees from the temperate zone. The trees roll up the mountains that stack on top of each other, surrounding the small plateau where Baguio sits just before the steep drop at the head of the gorge.

For some years a summer capital to which the Government transferred its work and personnel during the hot months, it is a chartered city, but the all-year residents are few, though many of the well-to-do of Manila have summer homes there. It has two hotels and several cottages for visitors.

For several years, it has been a summer capital where the government relocates its work and staff during the hot months. It's a chartered city, but there are only a few year-round residents, although many wealthy people from Manila own summer homes there. It has two hotels and several cottages for visitors.

No one may know the Philippines adequately without visiting this, the temperate beauty spot of the Archipelago. Pure forest-scented air, cooled by lofty peaks and a city that is well laid out representing what is best in the Islands’ civic progress are the outstanding “strands in the fabric of Baguio’s attractions.” Here is a fairyland of green—gardens, [64]beautiful walks, and easily accessible peaks commanding exquisite vistas of valleys and neighboring mountain tops.

No one can truly understand the Philippines without visiting this beautiful spot in the Archipelago. The fresh, forest-scented air, cooled by high peaks, along with a well-planned city showcasing the best of the Islands’ development, are the key features that make Baguio so appealing. It’s like a fairyland filled with greenery—gardens, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]beautiful paths, and easily reachable peaks that offer stunning views of valleys and nearby mountain tops.

The Amphitheater, Baguio, Benguet

The Amphitheater, Baguio, Benguet

The Amphitheater, Baguio, Benguet

Camp John Hay Camp John Hay, the military hospital post, is the main show place, among its beauties being the open air amphitheater that General Bell built with mountaineer labor, terraced as their wonderful rice terraces are, and gay with flowers.

Camp John Hay Camp John Hay, the military hospital post, is the main attraction, featuring an open-air amphitheater that General Bell constructed using local mountain workers, designed like their incredible rice terraces and vibrant with flowers.

The States? No! It’s Baguio, Philippine Islands. The group of buildings is the Government Center, housing the government offices during the summer months

The States? No! It’s Baguio, Philippine Islands. The group of buildings is the Government Center, housing the government offices during the summer months

The States? No! It’s Baguio, Philippines. The group of buildings is the Government Center, which hosts the government offices during the summer months.

Other places to see are the Mansion House, the official summer residence of the Governor-General; Bishop Brent’s School for American children and the School for mountain girls; the Constabulary School; the rest houses of the different religious Orders; Mirador, the Observatory, and Mt. Santo Tomas, whence a glorious view may be had over the whole majestic panorama of mountains and valleys to the lowlands and to the China Sea. On horseback or afoot, in Baguio and its immediate environs, just enjoying the air, the roses, the pungent pines, the tree ferns, the fields of Benguet lilies, every day is a delight. But beyond lie more regions that beckon.

Other places to check out include the Mansion House, the official summer residence of the Governor-General; Bishop Brent’s School for American kids and the School for mountain girls; the Constabulary School; the rest houses of various religious Orders; Mirador, the Observatory, and Mt. Santo Tomas, which offers an amazing view of the entire stunning landscape of mountains and valleys down to the lowlands and the China Sea. Whether on horseback or on foot, enjoying the air, the roses, the fragrant pines, the tree ferns, and the fields of Benguet lilies in Baguio and its nearby areas is a pleasure every day. But beyond, there are even more regions that invite exploration.

Trinidad Valley The strawberries and green peas at Trinidad, where are the Government stock farm and agricultural school, extend an occidental welcome to the visitors. On the mountain train to Bontoc the rest houses with their big open fire places are just like homes in the temperate zone. The great orerich valley of Amburayan lies on one side of the divide; on the other is the Lepanto basin with Cervantes in the cap of the hills. Sagada and Lubuagan are easy of access by side roads and trails, but to reach Tawang and Balbalan means difficult and proportionally interesting and exhilarating going through magnificent forests of cedar, from one rancheria to another. At Banaue are rice terraces nearly a mile in height. Generation after generation has toiled to build them. The mission stations with their schools where the young folks are taught modern trades and perfected in their own handicrafts are heart-warming evidences alike of Christian love and charity and self-sacrifice and grateful appreciation of the mountain [65]peoples and their eagerness to join their brethren of the lowlands in the full light of civilization.

Trinidad Valley The strawberries and green peas at Trinidad, where the Government stock farm and agricultural school are located, give a warm welcome to visitors. On the mountain train to Bontoc, the rest houses with their large open fireplaces feel just like homes in cooler climates. The vast Amburayan valley sits on one side of the divide; on the other is the Lepanto basin with Cervantes at the top of the hills. Sagada and Lubuagan are easily accessible by side roads and trails, but getting to Tawang and Balbalan involves a challenging yet exciting journey through stunning cedar forests, moving from one rancheria to another. In Banaue, there are rice terraces that rise nearly a mile high, built over generations of hard work. The mission stations with their schools, where young people learn modern trades and refine their handicrafts, are heartwarming examples of Christian love, charity, self-sacrifice, and the mountain people's gratitude and eagerness to connect with their lowland brothers and sisters in the fullness of civilization. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The road to Baguio

The road to Baguio

The way to Baguio

Descending on horseback in a westward direction one comes to Butac, and a telephone message will bring an auto to whisk one on the Tagudin, the sea outlet of the Mountain Province, that has a Belgian convent noted for its laces and embroideries. The train or an auto will convey the traveler thence north to the extreme end of Luzon and back down the coast of Manila. The great North Road, that follows the sea most of the way, is a scenic route for its entire length, and along or near it are interesting old towns to visit, such as Laoag, San Fernando, which offer delightful sea bathing, Vigan, Paoay, San Vicente, and Bangui, where the Ilocano weavers, carvers, and potters can be watched at their fascinating tasks.

Riding westward on horseback, you'll arrive at Butac, where you can send a text to call a car that will take you to Tagudin, the coastal town of the Mountain Province, famous for its Belgian convent known for its lace and embroidery. From there, a train or car can take you north to the northernmost tip of Luzon and back down the coast to Manila. The North Road, which runs alongside the sea for most of the journey, is a scenic route the whole way, with charming old towns along or near it to explore, including Laoag, San Fernando—great for swimming—Vigan, Paoay, San Vicente, and Bangui, where you can watch Ilocano weavers, carvers, and potters at their intriguing work.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CEBU

The City of Cebu Cebu, the metropolis of the Visayan Islands, is the oldest European city in the Philippines and one of the oldest occidental settlements in the East. Discovered and temporarily occupied by Magellan in 1521, it became a permanent Spanish possession in 1565, having thus almost exactly the same age as the other Spanish settlement, St. Augustine, in Florida. It is situated about midway of the east coast of the island of the same name. The island itself is practically coextensive with the Province of Cebu, of which the city is the capital. The province has the largest population of any in the Archipelago and is one of the most thickly inhabited. The city has a good harbor, protected by the Island of Mactan, and the scene which unfolds itself from the moment of entering the channel, between this Island and that of Cebu proper is a very busy one. There are good harbor facilities, and seagoing vessels of large draft are able to tie up along the docks.

Cebu City Cebu, the capital of the Visayan Islands, is the oldest European city in the Philippines and one of the oldest Western settlements in the East. Discovered and briefly occupied by Magellan in 1521, it became a permanent Spanish colony in 1565, almost exactly the same age as St. Augustine, another Spanish settlement in Florida. It’s located roughly in the middle of the east coast of the island with the same name. The island itself is essentially the same as the Province of Cebu, which the city serves as the capital. The province has the largest population of any in the archipelago and is one of the most densely populated. The city boasts a good harbor, protected by the Island of Mactan, and the view from the moment you enter the channel between this island and Cebu is very lively. There are excellent harbor facilities, allowing large seagoing vessels to dock along the piers.

Cebu is a fascinating mixture of old and new and contains a considerable number of places of special interest. The waterfront is busy with the various activities arising from [66]the city’s position as one of the chief centers of the Islands’ hemp trade. Here is a good opportunity to see the finest grades of this important staple, of which the Philippines have practically a monopoly.

Cebu is an intriguing blend of traditional and modern elements, featuring many places worth exploring. The waterfront is bustling with various activities due to [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] the city's role as a key hub for the Islands' hemp trade. This is a great chance to see the highest quality of this essential product, which the Philippines essentially monopolizes.

Places of Historic Interest Most of the places of historic interest are within a short distance of this point. Calle Colon, the oldest street in the Islands, is in this city. On the main plaza is a small building housing a large hollow cross. This contains within it another cross, which, according to the most probable story, is the original one erected to mark the spot where Magellan and his companions gathered for the first mass on Philippine soil. But a short distance away is the old triangular Fort San Pedro, standing approximately on the site of Magellan’s fortifications; and in the same neighborhood stands the Augustinian church and convent. Here the sacristan will show to visitors the curious image known as the “Holy Child of Cebu.” It is agreed by historians that this is the one which was given by Magellan in 1521 to the temporarily converted wife of the rajah of Cebu, and recovered forty years later after the landing of Legaspi.

Historical Sites Most historic sites are just a short distance from here. Calle Colon, the oldest street in the Islands, is located in this city. In the main plaza, there's a small building that holds a large hollow cross. Inside it is another cross, which, according to the most likely story, is the original one erected to mark the spot where Magellan and his companions held the first mass on Philippine soil. Just a short walk away is the old triangular Fort San Pedro, which is roughly where Magellan's fortifications stood; nearby is the Augustinian church and convent. Here, the sacristan can show visitors the intriguing image known as the “Holy Child of Cebu.” Historians agree that this is the one Magellan presented in 1521 to the temporarily converted wife of the rajah of Cebu, and it was recovered forty years later after Legaspi's arrival.

An automobile road through the Province of Cebu gives a pleasing succession of views of the sea through arcades of coconut palms that fringe the long narrow island of Cebu; a second road cuts across its backbone, giving finer views still.

An automobile road through the Province of Cebu offers a series of beautiful views of the sea framed by rows of coconut palms that line the long, narrow island of Cebu; a second road runs through its center, providing even more stunning views.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

ILOILO

The City of Iloilo The City of Iloilo is the sugar port. It is situated on the east coast of the Island of Panay, along the lower reaches of the river whose name it bears, and is about 300 miles from Manila, in a direction a little east of south. It is one of the most important ports of the Philippines and carries on with Cebu an amiable contest for the dignity of ranking as the second city. It has direct shipping connections with Europe, the Straits Settlements, China, Japan, and Australia; and there are many boats sailing to other portions of the Archipelago, including [67]a regular service to Cebu. There are banking institutions and a number of importing and exporting houses, and the local trade reaches up into high figures. Substantial walls have been built along the river, where large steamers can unload. Ships of greater draft anchor in the harbor, where they are well in shore and protected.

Iloilo City The City of Iloilo is the sugar port. It's located on the east coast of the Island of Panay, along the lower stretches of the river it’s named after, and is about 300 miles from Manila, slightly to the east of south. It's one of the most important ports in the Philippines and competes pleasantly with Cebu for the title of the second city. It has direct shipping routes to Europe, the Straits Settlements, China, Japan, and Australia; and many boats travel to other areas of the Archipelago, including [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]a regular service to Cebu. There are banks and several importing and exporting companies, and local trade numbers are quite substantial. Strong walls have been constructed along the river, where large steamers can unload. Ships with deeper drafts anchor in the harbor, where they are safely moored and protected.

Near it are two towns of considerable historic interest—Jaro and Molo. A railroad runs through the province and its neighbor Capiz, thus making it easy to see a considerable portion of the Island of Panay, which is made up of the provinces of Iloilo, Capiz, and Antique. There are the white coral cliffs near Ventura, honeycombed with caves, with interesting legends attached to them, as is the case with one having its outlet in Dumalag, Capiz. The stone church at Miagao has the most quaintly carved facade in the Islands. The hand weaving of the delicate textiles jusi, piña, and the like is one of the leading industries of Iloilo Province.

Near it are two towns with significant historical interest—Jaro and Molo. A train line runs through the province and its neighboring Capiz, making it easy to explore a large part of the Island of Panay, which includes the provinces of Iloilo, Capiz, and Antique. There are white coral cliffs near Ventura, filled with caves and intriguing legends, including one that opens in Dumalag, Capiz. The stone church in Miagao features the most charmingly carved facade in the Islands. The hand weaving of delicate textiles like jusi and piña is one of the main industries in Iloilo Province.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

ZAMBOANGA

Zamboanga in Mindanao is the capital of the whole Moro Province and one of the most important ports in the Islands. Its population is very cosmopolitan—an admixture of Moros, Filipinos, Orientals, and Caucasians. The city was for more than three centuries the rallying point of the Christian forces in their seemingly endless contest with the Moro pirates in neighboring waters.

Zamboanga in Mindanao is the capital of the entire Moro Province and one of the most significant ports in the Islands. Its population is quite diverse— a mix of Moros, Filipinos, Asians, and Caucasians. For more than three centuries, the city was the central hub for Christian forces in their seemingly never-ending struggle against the Moro pirates in the surrounding waters.

The city has a healthful site and is cooler than Manila. It has a modern water system and electric lighting plant. It is well laid out and maintained in park-like order for some distance back from the pier. This area, where many of the principal buildings are, is embellished by fountains and lily basins, ornamental stone and concrete seats and figures and an almost complete collection of the flowering and other ornamental trees, vines, and shrubs of the Philippines. The Provincial Capitol, the Army Post, and Constabulary Headquarters, the old fort of Nuestra Señora del Pilar and the Cathedral, and the Moro market are the most [68]interesting to inspect. Nearby is the Moro village of Kawa-Kawa, built out over the water.

The city has a healthy location and is cooler than Manila. It features a modern water system and an electric power plant. It's well-planned and kept in a park-like condition for a good distance from the pier. This area, where many of the main buildings are, is enhanced by fountains and lily ponds, decorative stone and concrete seating, sculptures, and an almost complete collection of flowering and ornamental trees, vines, and shrubs found in the Philippines. The Provincial Capitol, the Army Post, and Constabulary Headquarters, the old fort of Nuestra Señora del Pilar, the Cathedral, and the Moro market are the most [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]interesting places to visit. Close by is the Moro village of Kawa-Kawa, which is built out over the water.

The San Ramon Penal Colony In the outskirts there are several points of interest reached by excellent roads—the gorge, which has some beautiful mountain and river scenery, about five miles distant; the San Ramon Penal Colony about thirteen miles from the city where an experimental farm is being maintained. In addition to these attractions its position with respect to Borneo, Australia, the Dutch possessions, and the Malay Peninsula gives it great potential importance as a trade center. [69]

The San Ramon Prison Colony In the outskirts, there are several points of interest accessible by great roads—the gorge, which features stunning mountain and river views, about five miles away; the San Ramon Penal Colony, located around thirteen miles from the city, where an experimental farm is operated. Besides these attractions, its location in relation to Borneo, Australia, the Dutch territories, and the Malay Peninsula makes it highly significant as a potential trade hub. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

IX. The Provinces—Beauty Spots

The Philippine Archipelago is a compact group of islands. The distances between each island require only a few hours of sailing. They therefore have been said to possess strategic unity. From the northernmost port, Aparri, to the southernmost Zamboanga, the total distance is 895 miles. It takes only 36 hours from Manila to Aparri and about 72 from Manila to Zamboanga. With faster boats, the time required will be much less.

The Philippine Archipelago is a small cluster of islands. The distances between each island only take a few hours to sail. Because of this, they are considered to have strategic unity. From the northernmost port, Aparri, to the southernmost Zamboanga, the total distance is 895 miles. It takes just 36 hours to travel from Manila to Aparri and about 72 hours from Manila to Zamboanga. With faster boats, the travel time will be significantly reduced.

In each island the provinces and the important towns are easily accessible. They are connected by good roads. In the bigger islands the Manila Railroad operates lines, such as in Luzon, Cebu, and Iloilo.

In each island, the provinces and key towns are easy to get to. They're linked by good roads. In the larger islands, the Manila Railroad runs lines, like in Luzon, Cebu, and Iloilo.

The trip through the provinces should be taken whenever possible. Barring the usual discomforts of a tropical clime, there are delights galore for everyone, even for the hardy sportsman—pristine forests, crystal streams, splashing falls. The panoramas that unfold as the traveler motors from province to province or cruises about from island to island present a continuous series of scenic pictures of infinite variety. In other lands nature and man have combined their efforts in forming recreation spots of compelling charm. In the Philippines it is only nature that has done the work.

The journey through the provinces should be made whenever you can. Aside from the typical discomforts of a tropical climate, there are endless delights for everyone, even the adventurous sports enthusiasts—pristine forests, clear streams, and cascading waterfalls. The breathtaking views that open up as you drive from province to province or sail from island to island offer a constant stream of stunning landscapes of limitless variety. In other countries, nature and people have joined forces to create attractive recreational areas. In the Philippines, it's just nature that has done all the work.

The services of a guide should in all cases be secured in order to expedite the visits. Applications for guides should be made to the Director of the Bureau of Commerce and Industry.

The services of a guide should always be arranged to help speed up the visits. Requests for guides should be directed to the Director of the Bureau of Commerce and Industry.

LAGUNA PROVINCE.—The Province of Laguna is situated on a narrow plain which lies to the east, south, and southeast of Laguna Lake, commonly known as Laguna de Bay. It is a very fertile province and has a very pleasant [70]climate, the usual temperature being several degrees cooler than Manila. It produces coconuts, rice, sugar-cane, abaca, corn and a great variety of fruits and vegetables.

LAGUNA PROVINCE.—Laguna Province is located on a narrow plain that lies to the east, south, and southeast of Laguna Lake, often referred to as Laguna de Bay. It's a highly fertile province with a lovely [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]climate, typically several degrees cooler than in Manila. It produces coconuts, rice, sugarcane, abaca, corn, and a wide variety of fruits and vegetables.

The beautiful town of Pagsanjan, Laguna

The beautiful town of Pagsanjan, Laguna

The beautiful town of Pagsanjan, Laguna

In industrial enterprises the province is very progressive. Some of the largest kind of hemp cables are made in the rope factory of Santa Cruz. Buntal hats and pandan mats are made in Majayjay and Luisiana, pandan hats in Cavisti, Sabutan hats in Mavitac, rattan chairs in Paquil and Los Baños, wooden slippers in Biñan and Calamba, and abacá slippers in Lilio. Furniture is also made in Paete, soap in Santa Cruz, crude pottery in Lumban, better grade of glazed pottery in San Pedro Tunasan, coconut wine in the upper towns, and embroidery in Lumbang. Mineral waters are bottled in Los Baños, Pagsanjan, and Magdalena. A steam saw mill is located in Santa Maria. In Los Baños is a stone quarry that supplies crushed stone for the Provinces of Bulacan, Rizal, Cavite, Batangas, and Tayabas.

In industrial enterprises, the province is very advanced. Some of the largest hemp cables are produced in the rope factory in Santa Cruz. Buntal hats and pandan mats are made in Majayjay and Luisiana, pandan hats in Cavisti, Sabutan hats in Mavitac, rattan chairs in Paquil and Los Baños, wooden slippers in Biñan and Calamba, and abacá slippers in Lilio. Furniture is also crafted in Paete, soap in Santa Cruz, basic pottery in Lumban, higher-quality glazed pottery in San Pedro Tunasan, coconut wine in the upper towns, and embroidery in Lumbang. Mineral waters are bottled in Los Baños, Pagsanjan, and Magdalena. A steam sawmill is located in Santa Maria. In Los Baños, there’s a stone quarry that provides crushed stone for the provinces of Bulacan, Rizal, Cavite, Batangas, and Tayabas.

The province, besides having a rich soil, has an abundance of water supply. The Laguna de Bay, the largest lake in the Philippines, permits of easy and cheap transportation. Fifteen of the 28 municipalities are reached by water and a line of steam launches provides a daily service between the lake and the city of Manila. The lake abounds in fish. The swamps along its eastern shores are overgrown with pandan groves. The bay is covered during the rainy season with the pink-flowered lotus plant. Along the low shores are veritable hunting grounds which abound in snipe and wild ducks.

The province not only has rich soil but also plenty of water supply. Laguna de Bay, the largest lake in the Philippines, makes transportation easy and affordable. Fifteen out of the 28 municipalities can be accessed by water, and a fleet of steam launches offers daily service between the lake and Manila. The lake is full of fish. The swamps along its eastern shores are filled with pandan groves. During the rainy season, the bay is covered with pink-flowered lotus plants. The low shores are prime hunting grounds teeming with snipe and wild ducks.

The province also abounds in picturesque sceneries, in the San Pablo Valley there are nine beautifully-set crater lakes. Banahaw, a mountain having an elevation of 7,382 feet, is covered with vegetation of all kinds. In the crater of San Cristobal which has an elevation of about 5,000 feet there is a beautiful fresh water lake.

The province is also full of beautiful scenery. In the San Pablo Valley, there are nine stunning crater lakes. Banahaw, a mountain reaching 7,382 feet, is covered in all kinds of vegetation. In the crater of San Cristobal, which is about 5,000 feet high, there is a lovely freshwater lake.

San Pablo is a progressive town well worth visiting. It is one of the largest towns in the Islands and is up-to-date in every respect. A large park overlooks a lake of rare beauty with the majestic San Cristobal mountains in the [71]background. A long flight of white stone steps leads from the cliff above down to the lake shore, and the park is a favorite picnic ground. The veteran’s monument at this point always attracts much attention. The town has numerous private residences of striking architectural design.

San Pablo is a modern town that's definitely worth a visit. It’s one of the largest towns in the Islands and is current in every way. A large park overlooks a stunning lake with the impressive San Cristobal mountains in the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]background. A long flight of white stone steps leads from the cliff down to the lake shore, and the park is a popular spot for picnics. The veteran’s monument here always draws a lot of attention. The town features many private homes with eye-catching architectural designs.

Pagsanjan Falls One of the prettiest and wildest spots lies within easy reach of Manila—Pagsanjan Falls. Pagsanjan, the town, in itself worth seeing for its beautiful residences and the surrounding forests, can be reached in three and one-half hours by train or automobile through a lovely coconut country. There are good hotel accommodations with clean beds and food. Everything is done for the tourist; arrangements are made for boats and guides, and launches are provided.

Pagsanjan Falls One of the most beautiful and untouched places is just a short trip from Manila—Pagsanjan Falls. The town of Pagsanjan is worth a visit for its lovely homes and the nearby forests, and you can get there in about three and a half hours by train or car, traveling through charming coconut plantations. There are decent hotels with clean beds and food. Everything is set up for tourists; they arrange for boats and guides, and they offer launches as well.

Pagsanjan Falls, Laguna

Pagsanjan Falls, Laguna

Pagsanjan Falls, Laguna

From the hotel you walk a short distance to a long row of bancas, prow on shore, and a noisy throng of men clamoring for the favor of your patronage; but you have probably chosen men at the hotel and are conducted to certain boats by your guide. In the center of your boat is the seat, a split bamboo chair with reclining back and bottom of bamboo splints. The two boatmen take their places at the ends of the boat and push off into the small stream for a few hundred yards to Pagsanjan River.

From the hotel, you take a short walk to a long line of small boats, lined up at the shore, with a noisy crowd of men shouting for your business. However, you've likely picked men from the hotel, and your guide takes you to specific boats. In the middle of your boat is the seat, a split bamboo chair with a reclining back and a bottom made of bamboo slats. The two boatmen position themselves at the ends of the boat and push off into the small stream for a few hundred yards until you reach the Pagsanjan River.

The boat is paddled up the river past large rafts of coconuts, by great trees dipping their leaves into the water. Along the shores are parties of laughing people—some bathing and some washing clothes. Now there are long reaches of quiet water, clear and deep; then banks begin to rise above you; there is a swirl here, a ripple there, and a swish below the gunwales. You are drawing toward the rapids. The boatmen get put into the water and pull and tug and shove; the water sucks viciously. The boat enters the gorge and its shadows. The river becomes silent stretches of black water, and the air is cold. Above, for hundreds of feet, tower the great cliffs of Pagsanjan to which cling vines, desperate trees, and dripping shrubs. On all sides are falls breaking upon the rocks and filling the canyon with a pleasant murmur; then more rapids and sweeps of fierce [72]water. Great boulders have fallen into the river. Unable to paddle against the current or to wade, the men now fight painfully forward by clinging to vines, the rocks, anything. Then out of the boat again, lifting it and you bodily up steps of pouring water, around corners, shooting across a quiet pool into a fury of cascading foam. At times you scramble out of the boat and detour a little over intervening rocks, while the fight with the river goes on. For two hours the journey continues, until you come to the end—a large pool—above you, Pagsanjan Falls, the largest waterfall in the Islands, around, the insurmountable cliffs fringed above by shining palms. Monkeys and iguanas scurry over the slippery bluffs complaining at intrusion.

The boat is paddled up the river past large clusters of coconuts, by huge trees dipping their leaves into the water. Along the shores, groups of laughing people are having fun—some bathing and others washing clothes. Now there are long stretches of calm water, clear and deep; then the banks start to rise above you; there’s a swirl here, a ripple there, and a splash below the edges of the boat. You are approaching the rapids. The boatmen get into the water and pull, tug, and shove; the water pulls aggressively. The boat enters the gorge and its shadows. The river turns into silent stretches of dark water, and the air gets cold. Above you, towering for hundreds of feet, are the massive cliffs of Pagsanjan, clinging with vines, stubborn trees, and dripping shrubs. All around are waterfalls crashing onto the rocks, filling the canyon with a pleasant hum; then more rapids and fierce water. Huge boulders have tumbled into the river. Unable to paddle against the current or wade, the men now struggle forward by grabbing onto vines, rocks, anything they can find. Then they get out of the boat again, lifting it and you up steps of rushing water, around corners, shooting across a calm pool into a storm of cascading foam. At times you scramble out of the boat and take a slight detour over intervening rocks, while the battle with the river continues. For two hours, the journey goes on, until you reach the end—a large pool—with Pagsanjan Falls, the biggest waterfall in the Islands, looming above you, surrounded by towering cliffs edged with shining palms. Monkeys and iguanas dart over the slippery bluffs, complaining about the disturbance.

Montalban Gorge

Montalban Gorge

Montalban Gorge

You should go prepared to rough it. Only a bathing suit is worn in the boats and except at times of low water, kodaks had better be left at the hotel, for rapids lap over the side. Indeed many have been the spills in the swift water. But there is no danger, and a wetting is of no consequence. The whole trip need cost no more than twenty pesos nor occupy more than a day and a half.

You should go ready for an adventure. Just a swimsuit is worn in the boats, and unless the water is really low, it's best to leave your cameras at the hotel because the rapids splash over the sides. A lot of people have fallen into the fast water. But there’s no real danger, and getting wet doesn’t matter. The entire trip shouldn’t cost more than twenty pesos and will take no more than a day and a half.

It is a wonderful trip for those who enjoy the wilds. The gorge is considered one of the beauty spots of the world.

It’s an amazing trip for anyone who loves the outdoors. The gorge is known as one of the most beautiful places in the world.

RIZAL PROVINCE.—To the north of Laguna de Bay, is Rizal Province, named after the national hero of the Filipinos. Pasig, the capital is an important commercial town. It is located on the Pasig River, a stream which is navigable thruout the year. Malabon, noted for her fisheries and fish ponds, furnishes the City of Manila with choice fish to the value of hundreds of thousands of pesos a year. A flourishing poultry industry may be seen at Pateros. Parañaque is noted for its embroideries while in Mariquina the chief industry is the making of shoes and slippers. Along the borders of the Pasig River much grass is cultivated to furnish the Manila market with green fodder for horses and carabaos.

RIZAL PROVINCE.—To the north of Laguna de Bay is Rizal Province, named after the national hero of the Filipinos. The capital, Pasig, is an important commercial town located along the Pasig River, which is navigable year-round. Malabon, known for its fisheries and fish ponds, supplies the City of Manila with premium fish worth hundreds of thousands of pesos each year. Pateros boasts a thriving poultry industry. Parañaque is famous for its embroideries, while Marikina specializes in making shoes and slippers. Along the banks of the Pasig River, a lot of grass is grown to provide the Manila market with fresh fodder for horses and carabaos.

In this province are the towns of Pasig, San Juan del Monte, and Caloocan where the first blood of the Philippine [73]Revolution against Spain was shed. Here also is to be found the historic spot of Balintawak where Andres Bonifacio and his followers sounded the well-remembered “Cry of Balintawak,” the call for the outbreak of the Revolution.

In this province are the towns of Pasig, San Juan del Monte, and Caloocan, where the first blood of the Philippine [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Revolution against Spain was spilled. This is also the historic site of Balintawak, where Andres Bonifacio and his followers made the famous “Cry of Balintawak,” signaling the start of the Revolution.

The Monument to the “First Cry of Balintawak,” commemorating the day when the revolution against Spain was started

The Monument to the “First Cry of Balintawak,” commemorating the day when the revolution against Spain was started

The Monument to the “First Cry of Balintawak” honors the day the revolution against Spain began.

Antipolo Antipolo has the shrine of Our Lady of Peace and Prosperous Voyages. It is a town about half an hour’s ride from Manila. It is built on a mountainous section of the province of Rizal. The road is rather steep and the scenery quite wild and impressive.

Antipolo City Antipolo is home to the shrine of Our Lady of Peace and Prosperous Voyages. It's a town located about a half-hour ride from Manila. It sits in a mountainous area of Rizal province. The road is quite steep, and the scenery is wild and impressive.

The image of the Virgin, commonly known as the “Virgin of Antipolo,” was originally brought from Mexico by the Spaniards to insure the safety of the galleons from the anger of the sea, and from the attacks of the pirates who used to lie in wait in the San Bernardino Strait and Verde Island Passage.

The picture of the Virgin, often referred to as the “Virgin of Antipolo,” was initially brought over from Mexico by the Spaniards to protect the galleons from the fury of the sea and from the attacks of pirates who used to lie in wait in the San Bernardino Strait and Verde Island Passage.

Shrine The shrine is the most famous of all Philippine shrines. To it thousands of devout Filipinos journey annually to pay their respects. The Virgin is dressed in a robe that falls in a cone stiff with gold and other jewels. It is estimated that the value of her decoration is as high as ₱1,000,000.

Sanctuary The shrine is the most well-known of all the Philippine shrines. Every year, thousands of devoted Filipinos travel there to pay their respects. The Virgin is dressed in a robe that forms a stiff cone adorned with gold and other jewels. It is estimated that the value of her decorations is as high as ₱1,000,000.

The true history of the image is interesting, but still more remarkable is the crust of legend with which the facts have become overlaid. It was actually brought to the Islands in 1626 by Juan Niño de Tabora, who had just been appointed Governor-General, and in 1672 it was removed to its present home. According to the legends, the Virgin crossed the Pacific eight or nine times, in addition to the original voyage, and, on each one, calmed a tempest. On other occasions she is said to have descended and appeared among the branches of the antipolo or bread-fruit tree (whence the name of the present church), to have survived the roaring fire in which the Chinese rebels cast her in 1639, and to have given the Spaniards a complete victory over twelve Dutch warships off Mariveles!

The actual history of the image is fascinating, but even more striking is the layer of legend that has built up around the facts. It was brought to the Islands in 1626 by Juan Niño de Tabora, who had just been named Governor-General, and in 1672 it was moved to its current location. According to the legends, the Virgin crossed the Pacific eight or nine times, in addition to the initial trip, and each time, she calmed a storm. At other times, she is said to have appeared among the branches of the antipolo or bread-fruit tree (which is where the present church gets its name), survived the fierce fire in which the Chinese rebels threw her in 1639, and helped the Spaniards achieve a complete victory over twelve Dutch warships off Mariveles!

The Bamboo Organ, Las Piñas

The Bamboo Organ, Las Piñas

The Las Piñas Bamboo Organ

CAVITE PROVINCE.—This province is in the southwestern part of Luzon lying along the shore of Manila Bay. It has [74]a fine harbor in the city of Cavite, actually the site of the United States Naval Station.

CAVITE PROVINCE.—This province is located in the southwestern part of Luzon along the coastline of Manila Bay. It has [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]a great harbor in the city of Cavite, which is currently the site of the United States Naval Station.

The most important agricultural products are rice, hemp, sugar, copra, cacao, coffee, corn, and coconuts.

The most important agricultural products are rice, hemp, sugar, copra, cocoa, coffee, corn, and coconuts.

The city of Cavite, the capital, noted for its dock-yards is just across the bay from Manila. It is an old town of historic interest. It was there that the ships used in the Manila-Acapulco trade and in the expeditions against the Mohammedan pirates in the south were fitted out. In 1647 a Dutch squadron suddenly made its appearance off the coast of the city and bombarded the fort. It is said that the Dutch fired more than 2,000 cannon balls at the place, but in the end, however, were forced to withdraw.

The city of Cavite, the capital, known for its shipyards, is right across the bay from Manila. It's an old town with significant historical interest. This is where ships used in the Manila-Acapulco trade and in the campaigns against the Muslim pirates in the south were outfitted. In 1647, a Dutch fleet suddenly appeared off the coast of the city and bombarded the fort. It's said that the Dutch fired over 2,000 cannonballs at the fort, but in the end, they were forced to retreat.

In 1872, a military mutiny led by Lamadrid took place in Cavite. This mutiny though insignificant in itself had important political results. The government made it an excuse for the execution of three leading native priests, Dr. Jose Burgos and Fathers Gomez and Zamora, and for the exile of many Filipino leaders of the liberal movement of 1869–1871.

In 1872, a military mutiny led by Lamadrid happened in Cavite. Although this mutiny was minor on its own, it had significant political consequences. The government used it as an excuse to execute three prominent native priests, Dr. Jose Burgos and Fathers Gomez and Zamora, and to exile many Filipino leaders of the liberal movement from 1869 to 1871.

Zapote Bridge From the beginning to the very end of the Revolution, Cavite Province was the center of military operations. Zapote bridge, for example, was more than once the scene of hard fighting. Practically every town in the province was at one time or another fought over. Many of the leaders of the Revolution, like Emilio Aguinaldo, who was President of the Philippine Republic, his cousin Baldomero, Noriel, Trias, and others are sons of Cavite. Moreover, when the Revolutionary Government was established, Bacoor was really the first capital.

Zapote Bridge From the start to the end of the Revolution, Cavite Province was the hub of military operations. Zapote Bridge, for instance, was the site of intense battles more than once. Almost every town in the province was contested at some point. Many leaders of the Revolution, like Emilio Aguinaldo, who served as President of the Philippine Republic, his cousin Baldomero, Noriel, Trias, and others, hailed from Cavite. Additionally, when the Revolutionary Government was formed, Bacoor actually became the first capital.

Radio Station The city of Cavite is the United States’ Navy base and radio station in the Philippine Islands. The arsenal as well as the modern wireless station in the extreme end of the peninsula should not be missed. The city is about an hour’s ride by automobile passing through the towns of Parañaque, Las Piñas, Kawit, Noveleta, and San Roque. In the church at Las Piñas [75]may be seen the famous bamboo organ, old and quaint, yet still serviceable. It was made by a priest exclusively from the native bamboo tree. Cavite can also be reached by water, there being small boats plying between the city and Manila at regular intervals.

Radio Station Cavite is the U.S. Navy base and radio station in the Philippines. You shouldn't miss the arsenal and the modern wireless station at the tip of the peninsula. The city is about an hour's drive by car, passing through the towns of Parañaque, Las Piñas, Kawit, Noveleta, and San Roque. In the church at Las Piñas [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__], you can see the famous bamboo organ, which is old and charming, but still functional. It was made by a priest using only the native bamboo tree. You can also reach Cavite by boat, as there are small boats traveling between the city and Manila at regular intervals.

Kawit Kawit or Cavite Viejo is the town of General Emilio Aguinaldo. He has his home there, which is noted for its historic interest. It is preserved as it was during revolutionary days. Visitors can still see the desk used by the General during the revolution as well as the holes made by a cannon ball from Admiral Dewey’s flagship “The Olimpia.”

Kawit Kawit, also known as Cavite Viejo, is the hometown of General Emilio Aguinaldo. His house is located there and is recognized for its historical significance. It has been kept just as it was during the revolutionary period. Visitors can still see the desk that the General used during the revolution, along with the cannonball holes from Admiral Dewey’s flagship, “The Olimpia.”

An abaca plantation

An abaca plantation

An abaca farm

BATANGAS PROVINCE.—Batangas Province is immediately south of Cavite Province. It has an irregular coastline and has many important ports, such as Nasugbu, Calatagan, Balayan, Calaca, Lemeri, Taal, San Luis, Batangas, Lobo, and San Juan.

BATANGAS PROVINCE.—Batangas Province is located just south of Cavite Province. It features a jagged coastline and is home to several important ports, including Nasugbu, Calatagan, Balayan, Calaca, Lemeri, Taal, San Luis, Batangas, Lobo, and San Juan.

At Laiya on the coast between San Juan and Lobo are the famous Lobo submarine gardens. During fair weather the water here is as clear as crystal and the submarine growth may be seen in all its varied colors.

At Laiya on the coast between San Juan and Lobo are the famous Lobo submarine gardens. During good weather, the water here is as clear as glass, and you can see the underwater life in all its vibrant colors.

The valleys and slopes of the province are extremely fertile because of the disintegrated volcanic rock that is carried down from the mountains by the river. Sugar, hemp, citrus fruits, coconut, corn, mangoes, and other fruits and vegetables are grown in abundance. The province is especially noted for its delicious oranges, grown in Tanawan and Santo Tomas. Great herds of horses famous throughout the archipelago as well as carabaos and cattle are raised on the mountain slopes. Bawan and Lemeri are famous for the fine jusi and piña cloths manufactured there and for the knotted abaca that is sent to Japan for the manufacture of hats.

The valleys and slopes of the province are very fertile due to the broken-down volcanic rock carried down from the mountains by the river. Sugar, hemp, citrus fruits, coconuts, corn, mangoes, and a variety of other fruits and vegetables are grown in abundance. The province is particularly known for its tasty oranges, which are cultivated in Tanawan and Santo Tomas. Large herds of horses, renowned throughout the archipelago, along with carabaos and cattle, are raised on the mountain slopes. Bawan and Lemeri are famous for their high-quality jusi and piña fabrics, as well as for the knotted abaca that is exported to Japan for hat making.

Historical Incidents Throughout the 17th century the coast towns of Batangas suffered greatly from Moro attacks. Stone forts were erected at various points along the coast—in Lemeri, Taal, Bawan, and Batangas—but still the Moros came. In 1754 [76]as many as 38 Moro vessels appeared off the coast. In 1763 the northern part of the province was visited by the British in search of the treasure of the galleon “Philippine.” The expedition failed to find the treasure but went as far as Lipa and plundered the town. Batangas was one of the first provinces to start the revolution of 1896. Two of the great leaders of the period were sons of the province, namely, the great lawyer and statesman, Apolinario Mabini, and Miguel Malvar, the famous general.

Historical Events Throughout the 17th century, the coastal towns of Batangas faced severe Moro attacks. Stone forts were built at various locations along the coast—in Lemeri, Taal, Bawan, and Batangas—but the Moros continued to arrive. In 1754 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__], as many as 38 Moro vessels showed up off the coast. In 1763, the northern part of the province was visited by the British searching for the treasure of the “Philippine” galleon. The expedition failed to uncover the treasure but reached as far as Lipa and looted the town. Batangas was one of the first provinces to ignite the revolution of 1896. Two prominent leaders from this time were local sons: the great lawyer and statesman, Apolinario Mabini, and the renowned general, Miguel Malvar.

Attractions Among the attractions are the old picturesque buildings of Lipa and Taal, the San Juan sulphur springs, the Bawan hot springs, and the Rosario fresh water spring. There are also several caves and grottos. The two largest are found in the slopes of Mount Pulan, Suya, and Kamantigue of San Juan. One of the caves has an opening of 40 meters in circumference. Issuing therefrom is an underground river which empties into Lake Taal. Along its course are extensive galleries and chambers lined with fantastically shaped stalactites and stalagmites. At the approach of an eruption of the Taal Volcano nearby, the cave emits a weird sound, audible at great distances.

Attractions The attractions include the charming old buildings of Lipa and Taal, the San Juan sulfur springs, the Bawan hot springs, and the Rosario freshwater spring. There are also several caves and grottos. The two largest are located on the slopes of Mount Pulan, Suya, and Kamantigue in San Juan. One of the caves has an opening that measures 40 meters around. Inside, there’s an underground river that flows into Lake Taal. Along its path are vast galleries and chambers filled with uniquely shaped stalactites and stalagmites. When the Taal Volcano nearby is about to erupt, the cave produces a strange sound that can be heard from far away.

The church at Taal, Batangas Province, said to be the largest in the Islands

The church at Taal, Batangas Province, said to be the largest in the Islands

The church in Taal, Batangas Province, is said to be the biggest in the Islands.

Taal Volcano Taal Volcano is the great scenic asset of the province. Almost at the doors of Manila it is easily reached with practically none of the discomfort which a trip to nature’s wild spots usually involves. The volcano is commonly known as the “cloud maker” and “the terrible.” How long this volcano has been emitting sulphurous smoke is not known; all that is known is that back in the geologic past, volcanic outbursts of enormous magnitude disturbed the regions about it. In the 18th century the volcano erupted several times, and ruined many towns in the neighborhood. The last and perhaps the worst eruption occurred in January, 1911.

Taal Volcano Taal Volcano is a beautiful highlight of the province. Located just outside of Manila, it's easy to get to without the usual discomfort that trips to nature can bring. The volcano is often referred to as the “cloud maker” and “the terrible.” It's unclear how long this volcano has been releasing sulfur smoke; what we do know is that in the distant geological past, its eruptions were massive and disrupted the surrounding areas. In the 18th century, the volcano erupted multiple times, devastating many nearby towns. The last and possibly most severe eruption happened in January 1911.

Then, after a long interval, old Taal, in a paroxysm of volcanic activity, showed that he was still lusty and capable of making a huge disturbance. In addition to the steam [77]which had been coming from the crater more or less continuously, the volcano began throwing out mud. This activity increased, and culminated in a great explosion at about half past 2 on the morning of January 30th. The hot water, mud, and ashes completely devastated about 90 square miles of country; while some mud and fine ashes fell over an area of more than 800 square miles. Many villages were destroyed and the official estimate of the dead was 1,335. The spasm of activity died away until the volcano again assumed its normal state about February 8th. Since then it has been very quiet, though a small mud geyser has started up along the old fault line which extends from Taal to the coast. This is located on the beach at the village of Sinisian.

Then, after a long time, old Taal, in a fit of volcanic activity, showed that he was still strong and capable of causing a huge disturbance. Besides the steam [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] that had been coming from the crater pretty constantly, the volcano began ejecting mud. This activity increased and peaked in a massive explosion at around 2:30 AM on January 30th. The hot water, mud, and ashes completely devastated about 90 square miles of land, while some mud and fine ashes spread over an area of more than 800 square miles. Many villages were destroyed, and the official count of the dead was 1,335. The surge of activity subsided until the volcano returned to its normal state around February 8th. Since then, it has been very quiet, although a small mud geyser has emerged along the old fault line that runs from Taal to the coast, located on the beach at the village of Sinisian.

Before the eruption the floor of the crater stood about five feet above the level of Lake Bombon. In it were four prominent features: Two small lakes of hot water, one green, the other more or less red; near the center a gas vent five or six feet in diameter, from which the hot gases roared as from a blast furnace; and just a little distance away a triangular obelisk of hard volcanic rock. During the eruption all of the material in the bottom of this crater, to a depth of about 230 feet, was heaved up and spread broadcast over the country. Later on, this hole filled up with water, which seeped in from the lake almost up to the level of the old floor, or about that of the lake itself. There is now one large body of steaming water in place of the former features, but the old obelisk still stands defiantly in its place.

Before the eruption, the crater floor was about five feet above the level of Lake Bombon. It had four notable features: two small hot water lakes, one green and the other a reddish color; a gas vent in the center about five or six feet wide, from which hot gases erupted like a blast furnace; and a short distance away, a triangular obelisk made of hard volcanic rock. During the eruption, all the material at the bottom of this crater, to a depth of about 230 feet, was thrust upward and scattered across the landscape. Later, this spot filled with water that seeped in from the lake, nearly reaching the height of the old floor, or about the same as the lake itself. Now, there is one large body of steaming water where the former features used to be, but the old obelisk still stands defiantly in its place.

The volcano consists of an active crater near the center of a low island not over 5½ miles in its longest diameter. The island is situated at the center of Taal Lake (Bombon) which is about 17 miles long and 10½ miles wide. The lake is 10 meters deep and is 2.5 meters above sea level.

The volcano has an active crater near the center of a low island that's about 5½ miles at its widest point. The island is located in the middle of Taal Lake (Bombon), which is roughly 17 miles long and 10½ miles wide. The lake is 10 meters deep and sits 2.5 meters above sea level.

A small launch carries those who would look down into the crater across the lake to the island from which the volcano rises. The volcano is about a thousand feet in height and is fairly easy to climb.

A small boat takes people who want to look into the crater across the lake to the island where the volcano stands. The volcano is about a thousand feet tall and is pretty easy to climb.

Sample of bridges and provincial scenery. This road leads to Batangas

Sample of bridges and provincial scenery. This road leads to Batangas

Sample of bridges and provincial scenery. This road goes to Batangas.

[78]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

TAYABAS PROVINCE, the second largest, is on the Pacific coast of the Philippine Islands. The province is noted for its copra, abacá and corn which are raised for export. Mineral resources are abundant in the Bondoc Peninsula where gold, coal, and petroleum are found. Aside from agriculture and mining, however, there are other industries such as hat-making and lumbering. There is a lumber camp at Guinayañgan and a modern saw and planing mill in Lucena. The Botocan Falls, where a stream 40 feet wide makes a leap of 190 feet, could supply the entire province with light and power for all its needs.

TAYABAS PROVINCE, the second largest, is located on the Pacific coast of the Philippine Islands. The province is known for its copra, abacá, and corn, which are produced for export. Mineral resources are plentiful in the Bondoc Peninsula, where gold, coal, and petroleum can be found. In addition to agriculture and mining, there are other industries like hat-making and lumber production. There's a lumber camp in Guinayañgan and a modern saw and planning mill in Lucena. The Botocan Falls, where a stream 40 feet wide drops 190 feet, could provide the entire province with the electricity and power it needs.

Lucena and Atimonan The spin to Lucena and Atimonan, both in the Province of Tayabas over the South Road, is a favorite one. On the east are the little town of Binañgonan de Lampon, a celebrated port in the sixteenth century in the galleon trade, and the landlocked harbor of Hondagua, destined to be the direct port of call of steamers coming from the Pacific Coast of the United States and Canada.

Lucena and Atimonan The route to Lucena and Atimonan, both in the Province of Tayabas along the South Road, is a popular one. To the east are the small town of Binañgonan de Lampon, a renowned port in the sixteenth century for the galleon trade, and the sheltered harbor of Hondagua, which is set to be the main port for steamers arriving from the Pacific Coast of the United States and Canada.

A Philippine Sugar Central. Calamba, Laguna Province

A Philippine Sugar Central. Calamba, Laguna Province

A Philippine Sugar Central. Calamba, Laguna Province

On the way, stop can readily be made at the town of Calamba, Laguna, about 37 miles from Manila. This is the birthplace of the Filipino author, and patriot Dr. Jose Rizal. Although the house where he was born is no longer standing, the site can easily be found opposite the church and market. Calamba has an added importance in that the town has a modern sugar central, which the traveler should not fail to visit.

On the way, you can easily stop at the town of Calamba, Laguna, which is about 37 miles from Manila. This is the birthplace of the Filipino author and patriot Dr. Jose Rizal. Although the house where he was born is no longer there, the site can be easily found across from the church and market. Calamba is also significant because the town has a modern sugar mill, which travelers should definitely check out.

Los Baños A short detour can readily be made also at Los Baños (“The Baths”), a town which owes its name and its importance to the hot mineral springs which abound in the neighborhood and have been found to be of great medicinal value especially for the treatment of certain skin diseases and rheumatism. The springs have been known for a great length of time. Even during the Spanish days the town was a much frequented resort, a hospital with pools and vapored rooms having been built as far back as 1571. [79]

Los Baños You can also take a short detour at Los Baños (“The Baths”), a town named for its hot mineral springs that are abundant in the area and have proven to be very effective for treating certain skin conditions and rheumatism. The springs have been known for a long time. Even during the Spanish era, the town was a popular destination, with a hospital featuring pools and steam rooms built as early as 1571. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

College of Agriculture A short distance from Los Baños, and occupying an extremely picturesque side are the palms and buildings of the College of Agriculture of the University of the Philippines, an institution which trains young Filipinos in a calling which must for many years to come be the foundation of the economic prosperity of the islands.

College of Agriculture and Life Sciences Just a short distance from Los Baños, the beautiful palms and buildings of the College of Agriculture at the University of the Philippines provide a stunning backdrop. This institution trains young Filipinos for a profession that will be essential for the economic prosperity of the islands for many years to come.

Sprouting coconuts. Pagsanjan, Laguna

Sprouting coconuts. Pagsanjan, Laguna

Coconuts sprouting. Pagsanjan, Laguna

Coconut groves, San Ramon Penal Farm, Zamboanga, Mindanao

Coconut groves, San Ramon Penal Farm, Zamboanga, Mindanao

Coconut groves, San Ramon Penal Farm, Zamboanga, Mindanao

THE BICOL PROVINCES.—Farther south, are the provinces of Albay, Camarines Norte, Camarines Sur, and Sorsogon, known as the Bicol Provinces, because inhabited by Bicolanos. All four provinces are noted for their beautiful mountain views and extensive plantations of coconut and hemp. In Albay the forests are extensive, providing timber, rattan, pili-nuts, and gum for export. Gutta-percha and Para rubber trees are extensively cultivated. There are wide pasture grounds for horses, cattle, carabaos, goats, and sheep. The temperature is even and the nights are cool and refreshing. There are also salubrious mineral springs, the best known being the Tiwi Hot Sulphur Springs in the town of Naga.

THE BICOL PROVINCES.—Further south are the provinces of Albay, Camarines Norte, Camarines Sur, and Sorsogon, collectively known as the Bicol Provinces, because they are home to the Bicolanos. All four provinces are famous for their stunning mountain views and large plantations of coconut and hemp. In Albay, the forests are vast, providing timber, rattan, pili nuts, and gum for export. Gutta-percha and Para rubber trees are widely cultivated. There are expansive grazing areas for horses, cattle, carabaos, goats, and sheep. The climate is mild, and the nights are cool and refreshing. There are also healthy mineral springs, with the most well-known being the Tiwi Hot Sulphur Springs in the town of Naga.

The Province of Catanduanes abounds in gold, copper, and iron. The Batan coal mines which are being operated are supplying several manufacturing and gas plants. There are quarries of marble in Pantaon; gypsum deposits in Ligao; and lime in Guinobatan and Camalig.

The Province of Catanduanes is rich in gold, copper, and iron. The Batan coal mines are running and supplying several manufacturing and gas plants. There are marble quarries in Pantaon, gypsum deposits in Ligao, and lime in Guinobatan and Camalig.

Camarines Norte is rich in mineral resources. Gold is found in many places, exploitation being actually carried on in Paracale. There are also deposits of iron, silver, lead, and copper.

Camarines Norte has a wealth of mineral resources. Gold can be found in several locations, with active mining happening in Paracale. There are also deposits of iron, silver, lead, and copper.

Camarines Sur, on the valley of Bicol River and the Caramoan Peninsula, is noted for its rattan industry. Hemp planting and fishing and coconut growing are the other principal industries.

Camarines Sur, in the valley of the Bicol River and the Caramoan Peninsula, is known for its rattan industry. Other major industries include hemp farming, fishing, and coconut cultivation.

Sorsogon occupies the southernmost tip of the Bicol Peninsula. The largest indenture in its irregular coast is the gulf of Sorsogon, a land-locked body of water and one of the finest harbors in the Philippines. The land is mountainous and covered with excellent lumber suitable for ship-building [80]and furniture making. In the forests rattan grows in abundance and is exported to all the provinces. The chief products are abaca and coconuts.

Sorsogon is located at the southernmost tip of the Bicol Peninsula. The largest indentation along its irregular coastline is the Gulf of Sorsogon, a sheltered body of water and one of the best ports in the Philippines. The land is mountainous and has excellent timber that is ideal for shipbuilding [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and furniture production. In the forests, rattan grows abundantly and is exported to all the provinces. The main products are abaca and coconuts.

The Sorsogon Provincial Government building and the Sorsogon Jail

The Sorsogon Provincial Government building and the Sorsogon Jail

The Sorsogon Provincial Government building and the Sorsogon Jail

Sorsogon, the capital, located on the gulf, is an important commercial town. Pilar is noted for her shipyards; ships, lorchas, and boats are built here from the fine timber grown nearby.

Sorsogon, the capital located on the gulf, is an important commercial town. Pilar is known for its shipyards; ships, lorchas, and boats are built here from the fine timber that grows nearby.

Sceneries Among the sceneries are the Guinulajon waterfalls, near the capital, the wild vegetation and the cataracts along the Irosin River, the medicinal hot springs of Mombon, Bujan, and Mapaso, together with the beautiful panorama from the Bulusan Volcano are especially striking. Like Mount Vesuvius, Mount Bulusan has an old crater, and a new cone that has appeared on the slopes. Inside the crater, about 500 feet deep, are two pools of hot water which form the basin from which the Irosin River rises.

Landscapes Among the sights are the Guinulajon waterfalls, close to the capital, the dense vegetation and the waterfalls along the Irosin River, the therapeutic hot springs of Mombon, Bujan, and Mapaso, along with the stunning view from Bulusan Volcano, which are particularly impressive. Similar to Mount Vesuvius, Mount Bulusan features an ancient crater and a new cone that has formed on its slopes. Inside the crater, which is about 500 feet deep, there are two hot water pools that create the basin from which the Irosin River flows.

A great event in the history of Sorsogon was the invention of a hemp-stripping machine by a priest named Espellargas, about 1669. The invention was made in Bacon, where it seems hemp then abounded. The contrivance was ingeniously constructed and was quite well adapted to local conditions.

A significant event in Sorsogon's history was the creation of a hemp-stripping machine by a priest named Espellargas around 1669. The invention took place in Bacon, where hemp was plentiful at the time. The device was cleverly designed and suited the local conditions perfectly.

Historical Incidents Many of the galleons that the Spanish Government used in the Manila-Acapulco trade were built in Sorsogon, especially on the Island of Bagatao, at the entrance of Sorsogon Bay. Many of these ships were wrecked while navigating the waters of Sorsogon, because they laid their course for Mexico via the San Bernardino Strait, a passage which abounds in dangerous currents, shoals, and rocks. The galleon San Cristobal was wrecked in 1733 near the Calantas Rock. In 1793, the galleon Magallanes also ran aground at this place. Other vessels went down in this neighborhood from time to time, as the Santo Cristo de Burgos, in 1726, near Ticao, and the San Andres, in 1798, near Naranja Island.

Historic Events Many of the galleons that the Spanish Government used in the Manila-Acapulco trade were built in Sorsogon, especially on Bagatao Island, at the entrance of Sorsogon Bay. A lot of these ships were wrecked while navigating the waters of Sorsogon because they charted a course for Mexico via the San Bernardino Strait, a route filled with dangerous currents, shoals, and rocks. The galleon San Cristobal was wrecked in 1733 near Calantas Rock. In 1793, the galleon Magallanes also ran aground at this location. Other vessels sank in this area from time to time, like the Santo Cristo de Burgos in 1726, near Ticao, and the San Andres in 1798, near Naranja Island.

Mayon Volcano, Albay Province

Mayon Volcano, Albay Province

Mayon Volcano, Albay Province

[81]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Volcanoes Peerless Mayon of the perfect cone is in Albay, the volcano of Isarog in Ambos Camarines, and Bulusan in Sorsogon.

Volcanoes The unmatched Mayon, known for its perfect cone shape, is in Albay, along with the Isarog volcano in Ambos Camarines and Bulusan in Sorsogon.

For those who love mountain climbing, the ascent to the peak of Mayon Volcano should not be missed.

For mountain climbing enthusiasts, reaching the summit of Mayon Volcano is a must-do.

The actual ascent, though arduous, is perfectly practicable. It requires from a day and a half to two days from Albay. By leaving the latter place on horseback at noon it is possible to ride one-third of the way up before dark. Leaving the horses at the camping place, the summit can be reached and the return trip made to Albay on the following day. A vivid description of the trip, written by Dr. Paul C. Freer, Director of the Bureau of Science, follows:

The actual climb, while challenging, is totally doable. It takes about a day and a half to two days from Albay. If you leave Albay on horseback around noon, you can make it about a third of the way up before it gets dark. After leaving the horses at the camping spot, you can reach the summit and then head back to Albay the next day. A lively account of the trip, written by Dr. Paul C. Freer, Director of the Bureau of Science, follows:

“This great volcano rises from the seacoast, between Legaspi and Tabaco, in the form of an almost perfect cone—the white houses and church towers of the surrounding settlements and the deeper-colored verdure of the trees at its base, higher up the brilliant green of the bare glass streaked here and there by old lava flows, and still higher a grayish black cinder and ash cone tapering to the peak, with a small plume of steam escaping apparently from the extreme summit. The ascent is interesting, but may, if proper precautions are not taken, be dangerous. The rise of the land in the first part is scarcely perceptible, the road winding through forest interspersed with great plantations of manila hemp; above, as it becomes steeper, the latter give way almost entirely to tropical jungle; and finally the path emerges into cogonal, which extends as far as the angle of the slope will permit. Here and there the entire slope is cut by deep ravines, indicating old lava flows. The way up the cone at first invariably lies in one of these ravines, but now and again the mountain climber is compelled to cross rolling cinder beds only a few inches deep, and lying upon a harder base, almost invariably with an abrupt descent below. The angle is so great that every precaution must be taken, as a slip would prove fatal. A good steelshod alpenstock is practically indispensable. The last five hundred feet are along the perpendicular lava and tuff crags of the summit, the ambitious climber clinging to the latter with hands and toes, wherever support is possible and slowly [82]working his way to the edge of the crater. Finally, standing upon the rotten foothold afforded by the latter he looks down into what appears to be a deep dark well from which small quantities of sulphur-laden gas escape. Around him on the margin jets of steam arise; the ground on which he stands is hot, the boys carrying the canteens are far below, the dry breeze helps the evaporation, and he realizes that he is very, very thirsty. However, the view from the top repays all effort. The entire southern portion of Luzon is visible, stretching away in a succession of fields, forests, and diminutive villages, to the straits of San Bernardino, across which Samar may be seen, and even Leyte, on a clear day. The lake of Bato, the interisland waters, and finally Burias are seen to the west; to the north there appears apparently one unbroken stretch of land with here and there a glimpse of the sea; and the Gulf of Albay with the towns of Legaspi, Tabaco, and Daraga, as well as the smaller islands to the east, seem to be almost within a stone’s throw. I have been high up on the slopes of Etna, at the entrance to the Val del Bobe, from which many travelers maintain the finest in the world is to be obtained, but I certainly think that from the summit of Mayon the vista surpasses the one from its sister volcano in Sicily.… Mayon Volcano is decidedly one of the show places of the Philippines, and the wonder is that many of our visitors do not take the opportunity to make the ascent.”

“This amazing volcano stands majestically between Legaspi and Tabaco, shaped like an almost perfect cone. The white houses and church towers of nearby towns contrast with the darker green trees at its base. Higher up, there's a bright green area of grass marked by old lava flows, and even higher, a grayish-black cone of cinder and ash narrows to the peak, with a small plume of steam escaping from the very top. The climb is captivating, but it can be risky if you don't take the right precautions. The first part of the ascent is barely noticeable, winding through forests interspersed with large plantations of manila hemp. As it gets steeper, the plantations transition into tropical jungle, and eventually, the path opens up into cogonal terrain, reaching as far as the slope allows. Occasionally, deep ravines cut through the entire slope, marking old lava flows. The trail up the cone usually follows one of these ravines, but sometimes climbers have to cross rolling beds of cinder just a few inches deep, resting on a harder base, often with a steep drop below. The angle is so sharp that caution is essential, as a slip could be fatal. A sturdy steel-tipped alpenstock is nearly a must. The last five hundred feet are along the sheer lava and tuff cliffs of the summit, where ambitious climbers cling to whatever support they can find, slowly making their way to the edge of the crater. Finally, standing on the unstable ground at the rim, they look down into what seems like a deep, dark well releasing small amounts of sulfur-filled gas. Around them, jets of steam rise; the ground beneath is hot, the boys carrying the canteens are far below, the dry breeze speeds up evaporation, and they realize they are extremely thirsty. Nevertheless, the view from the top makes it all worth it. The entire southern part of Luzon unfolds before them in a blend of fields, forests, and tiny villages, extending to the San Bernardino Strait, where Samar can be seen—and even Leyte on a clear day. To the west, they can spot Bato Lake, the waters between islands, and finally Burias; to the north, there seems to be one continuous stretch of land with occasional views of the sea; and the Gulf of Albay, along with the towns of Legaspi, Tabaco, and Daraga, as well as the smaller islands to the east, look almost within arm’s reach. I've been high on the slopes of Etna, at the entrance to the Val del Bobe, which many travelers claim offers the best view in the world, but I truly believe that the view from the summit of Mayon surpasses that of its sister volcano in Sicily.… Mayon Volcano is definitely one of the must-see attractions in the Philippines, and it’s surprising that many visitors don’t take the opportunity to climb it.”

BULACAN PROVINCE is named from the Tagalog word “bulac” meaning “cotton” which was once the principal product of the region. Together with the Provinces of Pampanga, Tarlac, and Nueva Ecija, the province forms what is commonly known as the region of Central Luzon.

BULACAN PROVINCE gets its name from the Tagalog word “bulac,” which means “cotton,” a product that used to be the main one in the area. Along with the provinces of Pampanga, Tarlac, and Nueva Ecija, this province makes up what is commonly referred to as the Central Luzon region.

Description and History The soil, which is of alluvial and volcanic origin, is rich. Rice, corn, sugar, pineapples, bananas, betel nut, mangoes, and all sorts of vegetables are raised in the well irrigated and low-lying lands. The nipa swamps which supply most of the nipa thatches, vinegar, and alcohol are the principal stand-by of a great many people. The forests cover over 89,980 hectares and yield good commercial timber and many minor forest products. [83]

Description and History The soil, which comes from alluvial and volcanic sources, is very fertile. In the well-irrigated lowlands, people grow rice, corn, sugar, pineapples, bananas, betel nuts, mangoes, and various vegetables. The nipa swamps that provide most of the nipa for thatching, vinegar, and alcohol are essential for many communities. The forests span over 89,980 hectares and produce valuable commercial timber along with a variety of other forest products. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Aside from agriculture and mining, the industries of the province are making hats (Baliuag) and silk textiles, weaving, tanning, fish breeding, distilling alcohol, and furniture-making. Baliuag, Meycauayan, Obando, Polo, Hagonoy, and San Miguel are the centers of these industries.

Aside from farming and mining, the industries in the province include hat-making (Baliuag), silk textiles, weaving, tanning, fish farming, distilling liquor, and furniture-making. Baliuag, Meycauayan, Obando, Polo, Hagonoy, and San Miguel are the main hubs for these industries.

In the events which followed the arrival of the British in 1762, the province figured conspicuously, serving as a center of resistance during British occupation of Manila. The Spanish Governor, Anda, just before the capitulation of Manila escaped to this province where he organized a government of his own to carry on hostilities against the British and to hold the country in its loyalty to Spain. In the encounters, however, between Anda’s forces and the British, Anda’s resistance was overcome, and Bulacan like the other provinces fell into British hands.

In the events that followed the British arrival in 1762, the province played a significant role, acting as a hub of resistance during the British occupation of Manila. Just before Manila surrendered, the Spanish Governor, Anda, fled to this province, where he established his own government to continue fighting against the British and to keep the country's loyalty to Spain. However, in the clashes between Anda’s forces and the British, Anda’s resistance was defeated, and Bulacan, like the other provinces, fell into British control.

Some of the most notable events in the Philippine revolution took place in Bulacan Province. It was at Biac-na-Bato, in the mountains of Bulacan, where in December of 1897 the famous Pact of Biac-na-Bato was concluded, and the town of Malolos was for some time the capital of the Philippine Republic. Here, in the historic church of Barasoain, the Congress which drafted the Constitution of the Republic held its sessions. Conspicuous figures of the revolution like M. H. del Pilar and Mariano Ponce whose names are connected with the period of propaganda are sons of this province.

Some of the most significant events in the Philippine revolution happened in Bulacan Province. It was at Biac-na-Bato, in the mountains of Bulacan, where the famous Pact of Biac-na-Bato was signed in December 1897, and the town of Malolos served as the capital of the Philippine Republic for a while. Here, in the historic Barasoain Church, the Congress that drafted the Republic's Constitution held its sessions. Notable figures of the revolution, like M. H. del Pilar and Mariano Ponce, who are associated with the propaganda period, hailed from this province.

Attractions Among the other attractions are the Mineral Baths at Marilao, on the Manila north road, and Sibul Springs near San Miguel de Mayumo. This is a popular health resort only about three hours ride from Manila. The water of the springs have enjoyed a considerable reputation for a long time. They are very beneficial in diseases of the intestinal tract, especially those of a chronic and catarrhal nature. Owing to the gases which the water contains the baths are most refreshing.

Attractions Among the other attractions are the Mineral Baths at Marilao, located on the Manila north road, and Sibul Springs near San Miguel de Mayumo. This is a popular health resort that’s only about a three-hour ride from Manila. The water from the springs has had a good reputation for a long time. It is very helpful for issues related to the intestinal tract, especially for chronic and catarrhal conditions. Because of the gases that the water contains, the baths are extremely refreshing.

PAMPANGA PROVINCE is said to be the lowest and most level of all the provinces. It is the chief sugar raising province in Luzon. Some of the islands’ modern sugar [84]centrals are there. Besides farming, sugar making, lumbering, and fishing, the people are engaged in several other industries such as distillation of alcohol, buri hat making, and pottery.

PAMPANGA PROVINCE is considered the flattest and most level of all the provinces. It's the main sugar-producing province in Luzon. Some of the islands' modern sugar [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]centers are located here. In addition to farming, sugar production, lumbering, and fishing, the people are involved in various other industries like alcohol distillation, making buri hats, and pottery.

Historical Incidents About the middle of the seventeenth century, two great rebellions broke out in the province. The first of these took place in 1645 as a result of the injustices connected with the collection of tributes. It spread quickly and extended to Zambales. The second revolt took place fifteen years later as a result of the forcible employment of natives in the work of cutting timber and of the failure of the Government to pay for large amounts of rice collected in Pampanga for the use of the royal officials. The leader of the rebellion was Francisco Maniago. It spread rapidly among the inhabitants of the towns along the banks of the Pampanga River, and was only suppressed after drastic measures were taken by Governor-General de Lara.

Historical Events Around the mid-seventeenth century, two major rebellions erupted in the province. The first one occurred in 1645 due to the injustices related to tribute collection. It spread quickly and reached Zambales. The second revolt happened fifteen years later because of the forced labor of locals cutting timber and the government's failure to pay for the large amounts of rice collected in Pampanga for the use of royal officials. The rebellion was led by Francisco Maniago. It quickly gained support among the people in the towns along the Pampanga River and was only quelled after strict actions were taken by Governor-General de Lara.

Pampanga was one of the first provinces to start the Revolution. During the early part of the war Mariano Llanera commanded the Revolutionary forces. Later Tiburcio Hilario took possession of the province as governor in the name of the Revolutionary Government.

Pampanga was one of the first provinces to kick off the Revolution. In the beginning of the war, Mariano Llanera led the Revolutionary forces. Later, Tiburcio Hilario assumed control of the province as governor on behalf of the Revolutionary Government.

Attractions Among the attractions are the sugar centrals, Camp Stotsenberg, one of the principal Army posts and an airplane station of the United States, dome-shaped Mount Arayat, about 3,300 feet in height and fairly easy to climb, and San Fernando, the capital, with its handsome capitol and school buildings grouped about the pretty plaza.

Attractions Among the attractions are the sugar factories, Camp Stotsenberg, which is one of the main Army bases and an air station of the United States, dome-shaped Mount Arayat, standing about 3,300 feet tall and relatively easy to climb, and San Fernando, the capital, featuring its attractive capitol and school buildings surrounding the lovely plaza.

Arayat, a picturesque village lying at the foot of the mountain of that name is an ideal spot for those desiring to camp out. Nearby is the little barrio of Baño where there is an ancient tile bath constructed by the Spanish Friars. It consists of a tile lined tank some forty feet in length and of varying depths, filled by a crystal-clear spring which gushes into it from a grassy bank just above. [85]

Arayat, a charming village at the base of the mountain with the same name, is a perfect place for those looking to camp out. Close by is the small neighborhood of Baño, where there’s an old tile bath built by Spanish Friars. It features a tank lined with tiles, about forty feet long and with different depths, filled by a clear spring that flows into it from a grassy bank above. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Mount Arayat is a perfect cone that rises majestically from the immense plain of Central Luzon, and is visible for miles around, presenting the same conical shape no matter from what direction viewed.

Mount Arayat is a perfect cone that rises majestically from the vast plain of Central Luzon and is visible for miles around, presenting the same conical shape no matter which direction you view it from.

Several trails lead to the top of the mountain from where a wonderful panorama can be seen. It was an insurgent stronghold during the war, but its heights were scaled by American troops and its defenders dispersed. Scientists state that the mountain is an extinct volcano and local tradition has it that the original town of Arayat was destroyed by an eruption and covered by ashes.

Several trails lead to the top of the mountain, where you can see an amazing view. It was a rebel stronghold during the war, but American troops climbed its heights and scattered its defenders. Scientists say that the mountain is an extinct volcano, and local tradition holds that the original town of Arayat was destroyed by an eruption and buried under ashes.

TARLAC PROVINCE is also in the central plain of Luzon. The province has two distinct geographical areas. The northern and eastern parts consists of an extensive plain while the rest is covered with mountains which abound in timber suitable for building material and furniture making. The minor forest products are anahaw, palasan, rattan, honey and bojo for sawali.

TARLAC PROVINCE is located in the central plain of Luzon. The province has two distinct geographical areas. The northern and eastern parts consist of a large plain, while the rest is covered with mountains rich in timber for building and furniture making. The minor forest products include anahaw, palasan, rattan, honey, and bojo for sawali.

There was an uprising in this province somewhere in 1762 headed by Juan de la Cruz Palaris. In 1896 the province was one of the original eight provinces where a state of war was declared to be in existence against the Spaniards. When Malolos was evacuated by the Philippine Revolutionary Government, the town of Tarlac became for a time the central headquarters.

There was an uprising in this province somewhere in 1762 led by Juan de la Cruz Palaris. In 1896, the province was one of the original eight provinces where a state of war was declared against the Spaniards. When Malolos was evacuated by the Philippine Revolutionary Government, the town of Tarlac became the central headquarters for a time.

Among the attractions are the medicinal springs in O’Donell in the municipality of Capas and those of Sinait.

Among the attractions are the healing springs in O’Donell in the municipality of Capas and those in Sinait.

NUEVA ECIJA PROVINCE is the rice granary of the Philippine Islands, being first in the production of the cereal, Pangasinan coming second. The rolling hills towards the mountains are suitable for pasture lands. The mountains are thick with untouched forests that yield fine wood and other minor products. In the mountains and rivers gold is found. The province was one of the first eight provinces to raise the standard of revolt in 1896. It has a number of flourishing towns at present, due to the continuous boom in the rice market. There are many mineral hot springs, the [86]ones at Bongabon and Pantabañgan being the most important. Among the attractions are the irrigation system in San Jose which supplies water over an extensive territory and the Government Agricultural School at Muñoz which is attended by many students from all the provinces, and which is noted for its unique method of practical instruction.

NUEVA ECIJA PROVINCE is the rice capital of the Philippines, leading the country in rice production, with Pangasinan coming in second. The rolling hills toward the mountains are great for grazing land. The mountains are densely covered with untouched forests that provide quality timber and other minor resources. Gold can be found in the mountains and rivers. The province was one of the first eight provinces to rise up in revolt in 1896. It has several thriving towns today, thanks to the ongoing boom in the rice market. There are many hot mineral springs, with the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] ones in Bongabon and Pantabañgan being the most significant. Among the attractions are the irrigation system in San Jose, which supplies water over a large area, and the Government Ag School in Muñoz, which draws many students from all over the provinces and is known for its innovative practical teaching methods.

Attractions BATAAN PROVINCE occupies the whole of the peninsula lying between the China Sea and Manila Bay. It is a province of various peculiar phenomena. Northwest of Dinalupihan is a small conical mountain, 250 meters high, which has a fresh water lake at the top. In the neighborhood of Malasimbo are a few shallow marshes, the shores and waters of which are tinted red by dust said to be formed from the remains of microscopic animalculæ. Near Orani is a bed of iron hydride which the people of the region used to make into paints for walls and carriages. There are also deposits of clay of which “pilones” are made. There is also a large deposit of shells which are burned for lime used in the indigo and sugar industries. On the shores of Orani is a fresh water spring that rises from a spot covered daily by the tides. Near the town of Orion is a quaking bog, impassable by either man or beast. Another, smaller one, is found in Ogon, Balanga.

Things to do BATAAN PROVINCE encompasses the entire peninsula between the China Sea and Manila Bay. It's a province full of interesting features. Northwest of Dinalupihan is a small conical mountain, 250 meters high, with a freshwater lake on top. Close to Malasimbo, there are a few shallow marshes, whose shores and waters are tinted red by dust thought to be made from microscopic organisms. Near Orani, there are beds of iron hydride that locals use to create paints for walls and carriages. There are also clay deposits used to make “pilones.” Additionally, there's a large supply of shells that are burned to produce lime for the indigo and sugar industries. On the shores of Orani, there's a freshwater spring that emerges from a spot regularly covered by the tides. Near the town of Orion, there's a quaking bog that can't be crossed by either people or animals. A smaller one can be found in Ogon, Balanga.

Historical Incidents During the first two decades of the seventeenth century, the coast of Bataan was more than once the scene of battles against the Dutch. The first of these encounters took place in 1600 off the coast of Mariveles. The Dutch were commanded by Admiral Van Noort, while the Spanish-Filipino army was led by the historian, Antonio de Morga, then an order of the Manila Real Audiencia. The Spanish-Filipino squadron suffered heavy losses, but the Dutch were nevertheless forced to retreat. Nine years later, the Dutch again appeared off the Mariveles coast. This time they were led by Admiral Wittert, against whom Governor Silva sent a hastily fitted out squadron of six small vessels manned by Spaniards and Filipinos. The Dutch were defeated. In spite of these [87]reverses, the Dutch continued their hostile visits to the Philippines. In 1646, they bombarded Zamboanga, unsuccessfully attacked Cavite, and finally effected a landing in Abucay, Bataan. Here they committed depredations and massacred more than four hundred Filipino soldiers who had laid down their arms. They were not driven away until after a long siege.

Historical Events During the first two decades of the 17th century, the coast of Bataan witnessed multiple battles against the Dutch. The first clash took place in 1600 off the coast of Mariveles. The Dutch were led by Admiral Van Noort, while the Spanish-Filipino forces were commanded by the historian Antonio de Morga, then part of the Manila Real Audiencia. The Spanish-Filipino squadron faced significant losses, but the Dutch were still forced to retreat. Nine years later, the Dutch returned to the Mariveles coast, this time under Admiral Wittert, against whom Governor Silva dispatched a quickly assembled squadron of six small vessels crewed by Spaniards and Filipinos. The Dutch were defeated. Despite these setbacks, the Dutch continued their aggressive incursions into the Philippines. In 1646, they bombarded Zamboanga, attempted to attack Cavite unsuccessfully, and ultimately landed in Abucay, Bataan. There, they looted and massacred over four hundred Filipino soldiers who had surrendered. They were not expelled until after a prolonged siege.

Mariveles The town of Mariveles and Mount Mariveles are the principal attractions. The town has an important harbor where the ships are detained and fumigated when necessary before entering or leaving Manila Bay. West of the town is a quarry of white stone called by the Spaniards, “mármol de Mariveles.” This stone has served as material for the pedestal and column of the statue of Charles IV in Manila. A well near the quarry produces siliceous water.

Mariveles The town of Mariveles and Mount Mariveles are the main attractions. The town has a significant harbor where ships are held and fumigated when needed before entering or leaving Manila Bay. To the west of the town is a quarry of white stone known by the Spaniards as “mármol de Mariveles.” This stone has been used for the pedestal and column of the statue of Charles IV in Manila. A well near the quarry provides siliceous water.

There is a beautiful legend connected with the town of Mariveles. A Spanish girl by the name of Maria Velez, who was a nun in Santa Clara Convent, fell in love with a friar, with whom she later eloped to Kamaya, there to await a galleon on which they intended to secure passage for Acapulco. The elopement caused excitement in Manila, and the corregidor (magistrate) with a few men was sent to Kamaya in search of the refugees. It is said that in memory of the persons involved in this story Kamaya was given the name of Mariveles, the big island to the south was named Corregidor, the little island to the west was called Monja (nun) and another small island, off the Cavite coast, was called Fraile.

There’s a lovely legend linked to the town of Mariveles. A Spanish girl named Maria Velez, who was a nun at Santa Clara Convent, fell in love with a friar, and they later ran away to Kamaya to wait for a galleon to take them to Acapulco. The running away to get married stirred up a buzz in Manila, and the corregidor (magistrate) was sent with some men to Kamaya to find the couple. It’s said that to honor those involved in this story, Kamaya was renamed Mariveles, the large island to the south was named Corregidor, the small island to the west was called Monja (nun), and another tiny island off the Cavite coast was named Fraile.

Mount Mariveles Mount Mariveles rises in the midst of the whole peninsula of Bataan. It is about 4,700 feet in height and forms a conspicuous object from the city especially when illuminated by the brilliant hues of the sunset sky. Though once an active volcano its sides are now covered with vegetation and practically the whole of its slopes down to a very short distance off the shore are virgin tropical jungles. The ascent of the mountain can be conveniently made from a day and a half to two days from Lamao, where the Philippine Government maintains [88]a scientific experimental farm. The trail up the mountain passes along a ridge with here and there steep but short slopes. As the ascent is made the trees become noticeably smaller and orchids, ferns, mosses and the like much more abundant. From the first peak 2,800 feet high, the traveler can obtain a view of what Agassiz termed the greatest wonders of nature—the sea, the mountains, and the tropical forests.

Mount Mariveles Mount Mariveles rises in the heart of the Bataan Peninsula. It stands about 4,700 feet tall and is a prominent feature from the city, especially when bathed in the vibrant colors of the sunset sky. Although it was once an active volcano, its slopes are now blanketed in vegetation, and most of the area down to just short of the shore is untouched tropical jungle. Climbing the mountain can typically be done in a day and a half to two days from Lamao, where the Philippine Government operates [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]a scientific research farm. The trail to the summit follows a ridge with a few steep but brief sections. As you climb, the trees noticeably shrink in size, while orchids, ferns, mosses, and similar plants become much more plentiful. From the first peak, which is 2,800 feet high, travelers can take in a view of what Agassiz referred to as the greatest wonders of nature—the sea, the mountains, and the tropical forests.

The view from the very top surpasses that from the first peak. To the east lies the bay, with Manila and Cavite in the distance; to the south nestles Corregidor Island with the surf beating its shores; beyond is the China Sea, dotted here and there with specks of vessels bound to and from Hongkong or the other islands; to the north and west is a semi-circle of forest-covered peaks, standing as sentinels guarding the amphitheater-like crater; and to the northeast lie the cultivated fields of rice and sugar cane, studded here and there with the church steeples that mark the sites of the towns.

The view from the very top is better than what you see from the first peak. To the east is the bay, with Manila and Cavite in the distance; to the south, Corregidor Island is nestled with waves crashing against its shores; beyond that is the China Sea, scattered with ships traveling to and from Hong Kong or the other islands; to the north and west is a semi-circle of forested peaks, standing like guardians around the crater that looks like an amphitheater; and to the northeast are the cultivated fields of rice and sugarcane, dotted with church steeples marking the towns.

ZAMBALES PROVINCE.—North of Bataan along the western coast of Luzon is the Province of Zambales. It has two important harbors that are well sheltered—Olongapo and Subic. Olongapo is a naval station which boasts of one of the largest floating dry docks in the world.

ZAMBALES PROVINCE.—North of Bataan along the western coast of Luzon is the Province of Zambales. It has two significant harbors that are well protected—Olongapo and Subic. Olongapo is a naval base that features one of the largest floating dry docks in the world.

Zambales was also visited by the Dutch during the early part of the seventeenth century. It was in 1617 that Admiral Spielbergen, with a powerful fleet appeared off the coast of Playa Honda. The Government forces, under the command of Juan Ronquillo, sallied out and engaged the Dutch squadron. Spielbergen displayed much bravery, but was defeated.

Zambales was also visited by the Dutch in the early seventeenth century. In 1617, Admiral Spielbergen arrived with a powerful fleet off the coast of Playa Honda. The government forces, led by Juan Ronquillo, went out and engaged the Dutch squadron. Spielbergen showed great bravery but was defeated.

Naval Station The only points of particular interest are the Naval Station along the coast which is, however, practically abandoned, and the fortifications on Grande Island, at the entrance to the bay. To visit either of them permits from the military or naval authorities are necessary. The floating dry-dock Dewey whose voyage [89]from the United States was a matter of much public interest in 1906 is now located here.

Naval Base The only notable places are the Naval Station along the coast, which is almost deserted, and the fortifications on Grande Island, at the bay's entrance. To visit either location requires permits from the military or naval authorities. The floating dry-dock Dewey, whose trip [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] from the United States attracted a lot of public attention in 1906, is now located here.

PANGASINAN PROVINCE is the second largest rice producing province in the archipelago. Tobacco and coconuts are also principal products. The swamp lands and the tide flats are sources of nipa thatches and alcohol. Mongo, cogon, sugar cane, and mangoes are also raised extensively.

PANGASINAN PROVINCE is the second largest rice-producing province in the country. Tobacco and coconuts are also major products. The marshlands and tidal flats provide nipa thatch and alcohol. Mung beans, cogon grass, sugarcane, and mangoes are also grown widely.

Salt Making and Industries Along the tidal flats, salt making is so universal that the province has been named “Pangasinan,” meaning, “the place where there is salt.” Large parts of these same tidal lands are converted into artificial fish ponds with suitable gates that admit water during high tide. Even as far south as Bayambang, the overflowed lands of the Agno River have been converted into similar ponds where quantities of fresh-water fish are obtained and shipped to Manila in large baskets containing water.

Salt Production and Industries Along the tidal flats, salt production is so common that the province has been named “Pangasinan,” which means “the place where there is salt.” Large portions of these same tidal lands have been turned into artificial fish ponds with proper gates that allow water in during high tide. Even as far south as Bayambang, the flooded lands of the Agno River have been transformed into similar ponds where large quantities of freshwater fish are collected and sent to Manila in big baskets filled with water.

The famous Calasiao hat made from the leaf of the buri palm comes from Pangasinan. Mat-making is an industry in Bani and Bolinao. Lingayen uses the palm fiber for making sugar sacks and San Carlos for the “salacot” or native helmet. Calasiao, Mañgaldan, and San Carlos prepare the “tabo” or native cup from the coconut shell. Binmaley and Dagupan manufacture the “sueco” (wooden shoe), from the woods cut in the Zambales mountains. San Carlos, Binmaley, Santa Barbara, Malasiqui, and Bayambang have brickyards and manufactories of pottery. Mañgaldan is famous for its indigo blue and blue-black dyes.

The famous Calasiao hat made from buri palm leaves comes from Pangasinan. Mat-making is an industry in Bani and Bolinao. Lingayen uses palm fiber to make sugar sacks, while San Carlos produces the “salacot” or native helmet. Calasiao, Mañgaldan, and San Carlos create the “tabo” or native cup from coconut shells. Binmaley and Dagupan manufacture the “sueco” (wooden shoe) from wood sourced from the Zambales mountains. San Carlos, Binmaley, Santa Barbara, Malasiqui, and Bayambang have brickyards and pottery factories. Mañgaldan is known for its indigo blue and blue-black dyes.

Historical Events Historically the province is important in that it was there that in 1574 the Chinese pirate Limahong after his repulse in Manila appeared with his vast army at the mouth of the Agno River and tried to found a settlement on its banks. This attempt, however, was a failure.

Historical Events Historically, the province is significant because it was here that in 1574, the Chinese pirate Limahong, after being pushed back in Manila, showed up with his large army at the mouth of the Agno River and attempted to establish a settlement on its banks. However, this effort ended in failure.

During the period from 1660 to about 1765, two important revolts occurred in Pangasinan. The first was in 1660 led by Andres Malong, who attempted to establish a great kingdom [90]with Binalatoñgan as capital and comprising all of northern and western Luzon as far south as Zambales and Pampanga. The second revolt was led by the famous Pangasinan leader, Juan de la Cruz Palaris, often known as “Palaripar.” It took place in 1762, caused by the injustices of the tribute. Its center was also at Binalatoñgan. It lasted over two years, ending with the capture and execution of Palaris in 1765.

During the time from 1660 to around 1765, two major revolts took place in Pangasinan. The first was in 1660, led by Andres Malong, who tried to create a large kingdom with Binalatoñgan as its capital, covering all of northern and western Luzon down to Zambales and Pampanga. The second revolt was led by the well-known Pangasinan leader, Juan de la Cruz Palaris, commonly referred to as “Palaripar.” It happened in 1762, triggered by the unfairness of the tribute system. Its base was also in Binalatoñgan. This revolt lasted over two years, concluding with Palaris's capture and execution in 1765.

The wonderful rice terraces at Ifugao, Mountain Province, Luzon

The wonderful rice terraces at Ifugao, Mountain Province, Luzon

The amazing rice terraces in Ifugao, Mountain Province, Luzon

MOUNTAIN PROVINCE.—The Mountain Province is the third largest province in the Philippines. It comprises the vast mountainous territory between the Provinces of Cagayan, Isabela, Nueva Vizcaya, and the Ilocos. It is made up of several sub-provinces.

MOUNTAIN PROVINCE.—The Mountain Province is the third largest province in the Philippines. It includes the vast mountainous area between the Provinces of Cagayan, Isabela, Nueva Vizcaya, and Ilocos. It consists of several sub-provinces.

Bakun district in the sub-province of Amburayan has some of the most striking rice terraces thousands of feet high. It is a region surrounded by high precipices, so that parts of the trails to Bakun consist of ladders hundreds of feet high on the sides of the cliffs.

Bakun district in the sub-province of Amburayan features some of the most impressive rice terraces located thousands of feet up. This area is surrounded by steep cliffs, which means parts of the routes to Bakun are made up of ladders extending hundreds of feet up the cliff sides.

The sub-province of Apayao contains one of the richest virgin forests in the Philippines but because of the difficulty of transportation lumber is not cut on a commercial scale. There are also deposits of copper and ore as well as limestone but they are little explored.

The sub-province of Apayao has one of the richest untouched forests in the Philippines, but because transportation is challenging, lumber isn't harvested on a commercial scale. There are also deposits of copper and ore, as well as limestone, but they have seen little exploration.

The sub-province of Benguet is at present the most important gold-mining district in the Mountain Province. The Igorots had exploited the mines long before the coming of the Spaniards and it is said that because of the experience already acquired, the Igorots are today more skillful gold miners than those who use their knowledge of chemistry and mining engineering. Hot springs are found at Klondikes, Daklan, and Bungias. Coal deposits exist in Mount Kapangan.

The sub-province of Benguet is currently the most important gold-mining area in the Mountain Province. The Igorots had been mining the mines long before the arrival of the Spaniards, and it's said that because of their prior experience, the Igorots are now more skilled gold miners than those who rely on their knowledge of chemistry and mining engineering. There are hot springs in Klondikes, Daklan, and Bungias. Coal deposits can be found in Mount Kapangan.

Rice terraces at Bontoc, Mountain Province

Rice terraces at Bontoc, Mountain Province

Rice terraces in Bontoc, Mountain Province

The city of Baguio, the capital of Benguet, is situated in the southwestern part of the province. About 160 miles to the north of Manila, it is built high up among the Benguet mountains. It ranges in elevation from 4,500 to over 5,500 [91]feet, and is surrounded practically on all sides by high mountains. The city at present is the summer capital of the Philippines. For a fuller description see page 61.

The city of Baguio, the capital of Benguet, is located in the southwestern part of the province. About 160 miles north of Manila, it sits high among the Benguet mountains. Its elevation ranges from 4,500 to over 5,500 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] feet and is almost entirely surrounded by tall mountains. Currently, the city serves as the summer capital of the Philippines. For a more detailed description, see page 61.

The sub-province of Bontok is exceedingly mountainous. Besides agriculture and pottery making, the principal industries consist of basket making, lumbering, weaving, and metal working. The women by means of their hand-looms weave a great deal of high colored cloth out of yarn which they get by barter from the people of Isabela and Abra. The men manufacture head-axes and knives.

The Bontok sub-province is very mountainous. In addition to agriculture and pottery, the main industries include basket weaving, lumber, weaving, and metalworking. The women use their hand-looms to create a lot of brightly colored cloth from yarn they trade for with people from Isabela and Abra. The men make head-axes and knives.

Ifugao Rice Terraces The sub-province of Ifugao is famous for the remarkable rice terraces along its mountain sides. Nowhere in the Philippines is irrigation developed to the point reached in this sub-province. There are approximately 100 square miles of irrigated rice terraces that are watered by great ditches several miles long. The terraces are all buttressed with stone walls which measure a total length of about 12,000 miles. These terraces have been built without any knowledge of engineering. It is believed that the construction of the present terraces and irrigation systems has taken from 1,200 to 1,500 years of time. Generation after generation had toiled on them patiently. The Ifugaos have so utilized every drop of available water supply that in most places no more ditches can be constructed for lack of water.

Ifugao Rice Terraces The sub-province of Ifugao is famous for its stunning rice terraces that line the mountainsides. Nowhere else in the Philippines has irrigation reached the level found here. There are about 100 square miles of irrigated rice terraces, watered by extensive ditches that stretch for miles. The terraces are reinforced with stone walls that add up to around 12,000 miles in total. These terraces were built without any engineering knowledge. It’s estimated that constructing the current terraces and irrigation systems took between 1,200 and 1,500 years. Generations of people have worked tirelessly on them. The Ifugaos have made the most of every drop of available water, to the point that in many areas, no more ditches can be built due to a lack of water.

The terraces are built of stones mined near by, of which there are extensive areas. No animals are used for field work everything being done by hand. Salt springs and deposits of rock salts are also found in several places.

The terraces are constructed from stones that were mined nearby, where there are large areas of them. No animals are used for farm work; everything is done by hand. Salt springs and deposits of rock salt can also be found in several locations.

The sub-province of Lepanto is next to Ifugao in the number of rice terraces. Camotes, pineapples, sugar cane, and cotton are also raised. Lepanto and Benguet are the regions having the most minerals in Luzon. All the mountain ranges have millions of pesos worth of copper ore deposits. Mankayan is the center of the copper mining industry. Here the Spaniards found the natives using the Chinese method of mine smelting. [92]

The sub-province of Lepanto is second only to Ifugao in the number of rice terraces. They also grow Camotes, pineapples, sugar cane, and cotton. Lepanto and Benguet are the regions in Luzon rich in minerals. All the mountain ranges contain millions of pesos worth of copper ore deposits. Mankayan is the hub of the copper mining industry. Here, the Spaniards discovered the locals using the Chinese method of mine smelting. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Gold Mining and Industries Suyok is the gold mining center. Here is found one of the most striking features of the world. The whole side of a range of mountains, about 15 kilometers across, slides down to the valley, and on this slide, named the Palidan Slide, are found parts of gold veins which must have their connection somewhere else.

Gold Mining and Industry Suyok is the gold mining hub. It boasts one of the most remarkable features in the world. The entire side of a mountain range, about 15 kilometers wide, slopes down to the valley, and on this slope, called the Palidan Slide, you can find sections of gold veins that must be linked to somewhere else.

The household industries are well developed. Clay products, such as pots, jars, and pipes are made for export. The men are experts in metal-working. They make weapons, pots, and spoons out of copper which they mine and smelt by native process. They also manufacture iron or steel spears, bolos, knives, and tools of all sorts, which they sell to or barter with the natives of the lowlands. They also carve wood into images, bowls, ornaments, and other utensils.

The home-based industries are thriving. Clay products like pots, jars, and pipes are produced for export. The men are skilled in metalworking, crafting weapons, pots, and spoons from copper that they mine and smelt using traditional methods. They also create iron or steel spears, bolos, knives, and various tools, which they sell or trade with the locals from the lowlands. Additionally, they carve wood into images, bowls, ornaments, and other utensils.

The women make sufficient cloths for their own use and for sale. They spin, dye, and weave the cotton raised there.

The women make enough fabric for their own use and for selling. They spin, dye, and weave the cotton grown there.

LA UNION PROVINCE occupies a narrow strip of land immediately north of the Province of Pangasinan and west of the Mountain Province. Tobacco, rice, sisal, hemp, sugar, coconuts, corn, and cotton form the most important products. At the foot of Mount Bayabas is a hot salt spring. The Manila Railroad operates lines as far as Bauang. San Fernando, the capital, may be reached either by boat or by automobile from Bauang.

LA UNION PROVINCE is a narrow strip of land located just north of Pangasinan Province and west of the Mountain Province. The main products include tobacco, rice, sisal, hemp, sugar, coconuts, corn, and cotton. There’s a hot salt spring at the base of Mount Bayabas. The Manila Railroad runs lines up to Bauang. You can reach San Fernando, the capital, by boat or car from Bauang.

Industries ILOCOS SUR PROVINCE.—Immediately north of La Union is the Province of Ilocos Sur, a region specially adapted to the cultivation of maguey the fiber of which constitutes the principal export. But because the soil will not support the population a great many persons have turned to manufacture and trade. This has given rise to industrial specialization in different towns. Those along the coast extract salt from the sea water and export it in great quantities to inland provinces. In San Esteban, there is a quarry of stone from which mortars and grindstones are made. San Vicente, Vigan, and San Ildefonso specialize in woodworking, the first in carved wooden boxes and images and the others in household [93]furniture. Most of the wood used in these handicrafts is imported from Abra and Cagayan. Bantay is the home of skilled silversmiths. In the other towns saddles, harness, slippers, mats, pottery, and hats are made and exported to some extent. Sisal and hemp fiber extraction and weaving of cotton cloth are common household industries throughout the province.

Industries ILOCOS SUR PROVINCE.—Just north of La Union is the Province of Ilocos Sur, a region particularly suited for growing maguey, whose fiber is the main export. However, since the soil can't support a large population, many people have turned to manufacturing and trade. This has led to industrial specialization in various towns. Those along the coast extract salt from seawater and export it in large quantities to nearby provinces. In San Esteban, there's a stone quarry that produces mortars and grindstones. San Vicente, Vigan, and San Ildefonso focus on woodworking, with San Vicente making carved wooden boxes and figures, while the others create household furniture. Most of the wood used for these crafts is sourced from Abra and Cagayan. Bantay is known for its skilled silversmiths. Other towns produce and export saddles, harnesses, slippers, mats, pottery, and hats to some extent. Sisal and hemp fiber extraction and cotton cloth weaving are common household industries throughout the province.

The province embraces within its confines some of the oldest towns in the Philippines. Besides Vigan several other towns already existed in this region before the close of the sixteenth century; namely, Santa, Narvacan, Bantay, Candon, and Sinait.

The province includes some of the oldest towns in the Philippines. In addition to Vigan, several other towns were already present in this region before the end of the sixteenth century, including Santa, Narvacan, Bantay, Candon, and Sinait.

Just above Narvacan, on the highway which runs along the beach is an ancient watch-tower and a stretch of road bordered by a curious brick retaining wall of Spanish construction. Numerous ancient shrines are also to be seen along the Ilocos roads where the pious prayed that Heavenly favor might be shown them in their journeys.

Just above Narvacan, along the highway that runs by the beach, there's an old watchtower and a section of road lined with an interesting brick retaining wall made by the Spanish. You can also find many ancient shrines along the Ilocos roads where the faithful prayed for divine protection during their travels.

The towns of Paoay and Batac are noted for their magnificent churches which are worth traveling a long distance to see.

The towns of Paoay and Batac are known for their stunning churches that are definitely worth the long trip to see.

Historical Two important uprisings are recorded in the history of Ilocos Sur—the Malong rebellion in 1660 and the Silang rebellion in 1763. Malong, who was trying to carve out a kingdom for himself in Pangasinan and the neighboring territory, sent his two able generals, “Count” Gumapos and Jacinto Macasiag to the north to effect the conquest of this region. Gumapos and Macasiag, however, proceeded only as far as Vigan, from which place they were recalled by Malong. Diego Silang, who led the great rebellion of 1762, dominated the greater part of Ilocos Sur. He fought pitched battles with the Spanish forces at Vigan and Cabugao and practically succeeded in establishing a government of his own in Ilocos Sur.

Historical Two significant uprisings are recorded in the history of Ilocos Sur—the Malong rebellion in 1660 and the Silang rebellion in 1763. Malong, who was attempting to establish a kingdom for himself in Pangasinan and the surrounding areas, sent his two capable generals, “Count” Gumapos and Jacinto Macasiag, north to conquer this region. However, Gumapos and Macasiag only made it as far as Vigan before Malong recalled them. Diego Silang, who led the major rebellion in 1762, controlled most of Ilocos Sur. He fought intense battles with the Spanish forces in Vigan and Cabugao and nearly succeeded in establishing his own government in Ilocos Sur.

ILOCOS NORTE PROVINCE occupies the whole of the coastal plain in the northwestern corner of Luzon. This province is noted for the many revolts that occurred there, [94]from the beginning of Spanish rule to the first decades of the nineteenth century. The two most important were those caused by the general discontent over the tobacco monopoly and over the wine monopoly, which occurred in 1788 and 1807 respectively.

ILOCOS NORTE PROVINCE covers the entire coastal plain in the northwestern corner of Luzon. This province is known for the numerous uprisings that took place there, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]from the start of Spanish rule to the early decades of the nineteenth century. The two most significant were those driven by widespread dissatisfaction with the tobacco monopoly and the wine monopoly, which happened in 1788 and 1807 respectively.

The mountains surrounding the province are covered with fine timber trees. Resin, honey, and wax are also found on their slopes. A few grottos or caves are found in the interior. There are a number of stone quarries. Limestone is found in at least three places, while the beach supplies a great amount of coral for road building. There are also deposits of manganese and asbestos which are being exploited.

The mountains around the province are full of beautiful timber trees. You can also find resin, honey, and wax on their slopes. A few caves can be found in the interior. There are several stone quarries. Limestone is available in at least three locations, while the beach provides a lot of coral for road construction. There are also deposits of manganese and asbestos that are being mined.

The weaving of textiles—towels, blankets, wearing apparel, and handkerchiefs—is the principal industry among women. Mat-making and the pottery industry are also well developed.

The production of textiles—towels, blankets, clothing, and handkerchiefs—is the main industry for women. Mat-making and pottery are also quite established.

Laoag, the capital, has a population of about 40,000. It is entered from the south by crossing the longest bridge in the islands. Laoag plaza, on which the provincial buildings front, is well cared for and the ancient bell tower on the opposite side is said to resemble a famous Italian campanile.

Laoag, the capital, has a population of around 40,000. You enter it from the south by crossing the longest bridge in the islands. The Laoag plaza, where the provincial buildings face, is well-maintained, and the old bell tower on the other side is said to look like a famous Italian campanile.

Bangui is “farthest north” in Luzon where the highway ends. Its climate is cool resembling that of a California summer. Woolen clothes may be worn with comfort in the cold season. It is always swept by cool breezes. The view of sea and land from the crest of a hill just before Bangui is entered will hold the attention of even the most travelled tourist.

Bangui is the “farthest north” point in Luzon where the highway stops. Its climate is cool, similar to a summer in California. You can comfortably wear woolen clothes during the colder months. Cool breezes continuously blow through the area. The view of the sea and land from the top of a hill just before reaching Bangui will captivate even the most experienced traveler.

ABRA PROVINCE is south of Ilocos Norte. It is a beautiful mountainous region. It is considered to be the seismic center of Northern Luzon. It is drained by the voluminous Abra River which is the highway to the Province of Ilocos Sur. The valley drained by this river and its tributaries is covered with luxuriant vegetation. Corn, tobacco, and rice are the most important products. The mountains are covered with forests containing timber eminently suitable for construction. There is gold dust along the Binoñgan [95]River in the town of Lacub. Of mineral springs that of the Iomin River is the most important. This has a temperature ranging from 70 degrees to 80 degrees Fahrenheit with a flow of 3 to 4 cubic centimeters per second.

ABRA PROVINCE is located south of Ilocos Norte. It's a stunning mountainous area and is known as the seismic center of Northern Luzon. The region is served by the large Abra River, which acts as the main route to Ilocos Sur. The valley that the river and its tributaries drain is lush with vegetation. Corn, tobacco, and rice are the key products produced here. The mountains are forested with timber that is excellent for construction. Gold dust can be found along the Binoñgan [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] River in the town of Lacub. Among the mineral springs, the Iomin River is the most significant. It maintains a temperature between 70 and 80 degrees Fahrenheit, with a flow rate of 3 to 4 cubic centimeters per second.

Cagayan River THE CAGAYAN VALLEY.—Adjoining the Mountain Province in the very northeastern corner of Luzon is the Province of Cagayan. Together with the neighboring Provinces of Isabela and Nueva Vizcaya to the south it forms what is known as the Cagayan Valley. Something of these great tobacco provinces can be seen by taking the steamer from Manila to Aparri and then sailing up the Cagayan River. This is a Mississippi, a Nile of a river, navigable by interisland steamers for twenty-five miles. Its chief importance lies in its periodical inundations, which, leaving their deposits of alluvial loam along the strips of lowland by the banks of the stream, make it the finest tobacco country of this part of the world. This crop has for a very long time been the staple source of wealth, though other plants can be cultivated with success. How great is the productivity of the soil, despite the exhausting effect of tobacco upon it, may be gathered from the following remark made in an official report. “The ‘good land’ was understood to be those parts fertilized annually by the overflow of the river.… The other land was not considered first class because it could only produce tobacco for ten or twelve years without enrichment, the subject of fertilizing never having received any attention from the planters of that region.”

Cagayan River THE CAGAYAN VALLEY.—Next to the Mountain Province in the far northeastern corner of Luzon is the Province of Cagayan. Together with the nearby Provinces of Isabela and Nueva Vizcaya to the south, it makes up what is known as the Cagayan Valley. You can get a glimpse of these major tobacco provinces by taking a steamer from Manila to Aparri and then sailing up the Cagayan River. This river is like the Mississippi or the Nile, navigable by interisland steamers for twenty-five miles. Its main significance comes from its periodic flooding, which leaves behind deposits of alluvial soil along the lowland strips by the riverbanks, making it the best tobacco-growing area in this part of the world. This crop has long been the main source of income, although other plants can also be successfully grown. The productivity of the soil, despite the draining effect of tobacco, can be understood from a remark made in an official report: “The ‘good land’ referred to was understood to be those areas fertilized annually by the river's overflow.… The other land was not classified as first class because it could only grow tobacco for ten to twelve years without nutrient replenishment, and the topic of fertilization had never been addressed by the farmers in that region.”

By small boats it is possible to reach Cauayan, Isabela. From there the road is so nearly completed that autos can be taken to Santa Fé, Nueva Vizcaya, where it divides, one branch, an automobile road, leading to San Jose, Nueva Ecija, and thence to Manila; the other a horseback trail to San Nicolas, Pangasinan, a short and easy stage to the railroad. Among the sights is a salt-incrusted mountain, a dazzling landmark for miles around in Nueva Vizcaya. The people thereabouts often place small objects, such as baskets, under the drip of the salt springs. These become coated [96]with salt in such a manner that they appear to be of pure marble.

By small boats, you can get to Cauayan, Isabela. From there, the road is almost finished, so cars can be driven to Santa Fé, Nueva Vizcaya, where it splits into two paths: one is a car road leading to San Jose, Nueva Ecija, and then to Manila; the other is a horseback trail to San Nicolas, Pangasinan, which is a short and easy trip to the train station. One of the attractions is a salt-incrusted mountain, which stands out for miles around in Nueva Vizcaya. The local people often place small items, like baskets, under the dripping salt springs. These get covered [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]in salt, making them look like they're made of pure marble.

Isabela and Palanan Like many other provinces Isabela Province was the scene of important uprisings. In 1763, for example, stirred by the influence of the Silang rebellion in Ilocos, the people of Isabela revolted, led on by Dabo and Juan Morayac. The centers of rebellion were Ilagan and Cabagan. Again in 1785, another revolt broke out. This time the rebellion was led by Labutao and Baladon. The rebellion was caused by the grievances of the people against the collection of tribute and the enforcement of the tobacco monopoly.

Isabela and Palanan Like many other provinces, Isabela Province was the site of significant uprisings. In 1763, for instance, influenced by the Silang rebellion in Ilocos, the people of Isabela revolted, led by Dabo and Juan Morayac. The main areas of rebellion were Ilagan and Cabagan. Then, in 1785, another revolt occurred. This time, the rebellion was led by Labutao and Baladon. The uprising was fueled by the people's frustrations over the collection of tribute and the enforcement of the tobacco monopoly.

The historical spot of Isabela is the little town of Palanan on Palanan Bay, on the Pacific Coast. The bay is exposed to the weather and the anchorage is reefy, while the town is separated from the rest of the province by great mountains which make communication and travel difficult and dangerous. It was in this town that General Emilio Aguinaldo retreated and maintained his headquarters until his capture by General Funston by a ruse in March, 1901.

The historical site of Isabela is the small town of Palanan on Palanan Bay, on the Pacific Coast. The bay is open to the elements and the anchorage is rocky, while the town is cut off from the rest of the province by high mountains that make communication and travel difficult and risky. It was in this town that General Emilio Aguinaldo withdrew and set up his headquarters until General Funston captured him by a trick in March 1901.

Salinas Salt Springs NUEVA VIZCAYA PROVINCE is south of Cagayan on the Pacific Coast of Luzon. It contains vast areas of fertile public lands suitable for rice, tobacco, sugar, coconuts, beans, potatoes, coffee, and abaca, practically untouched, as well as virgin forests filled with all classes of valuable timber. The province is the gateway to and granary of the tobacco-producing provinces to the north. The climatic conditions of the province are unsurpassed. There are places the climate of which is similar to that of Baguio. There are also places of scenic beauty, such as Salinas, which are not inferior to world-famous objectives of tourist travel. The salt springs at Salinas have been from time immemorial the source of this essential food element to the peoples of even distant regions.

Salinas Salt Springs NUEVA VIZCAYA PROVINCE is located south of Cagayan on the Pacific Coast of Luzon. It has large areas of fertile public land perfect for growing rice, tobacco, sugar, coconuts, beans, potatoes, coffee, and abaca, which remain mostly untouched, along with virgin forests filled with all kinds of valuable timber. The province serves as the gateway to and the granary for the tobacco-producing provinces to the north. The climate in this province is exceptional. There are some areas where the climate is similar to Baguio. There are also beautiful spots, like Salinas, that rival famous tourist destinations around the world. The salt springs at Salinas have historically been a vital source of this essential food element for people even in distant regions.

MINDORO PROVINCE is named after the Spanish phrase “mina de oro” or “gold mine,” as mining is said to have once been a great source of wealth in the region. The province is co-extensive in territory with the Island of Mindoro, [97]southwest of Luzon. Rice, copra, abacá, sugar, and corn are the principal products. Along the coast are extensive nipa swamps.

MINDORO PROVINCE gets its name from the Spanish phrase “mina de oro,” meaning “gold mine,” because mining was once a significant source of wealth in the area. The province covers the same area as the Island of Mindoro, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] southwest of Luzon. The main products are rice, copra, abacá, sugar, and corn. There are large nipa swamps along the coast.

Mineral Deposits Gold is found in the Rivers of Binabay, Baco, Bongabong, and Magasauan Tubig. Coal of good quality is found north and west of Bulalacao, white marbles northwest of Mount Halcon, slate deposits near the headquarters of Pagaban and other rivers of the western coast, sulphur, and gypsum on Lake Naujan, and south of Calapan, hot springs between the sea and the northwestern part of Lake Naujan, and salt springs in Damagan, Bulalacao. Guano deposits are found in the caves.

Mineral Resources Gold is found in the rivers of Binabay, Baco, Bongabong, and Magasauan Tubig. Good quality coal is located north and west of Bulalacao, white marble can be found northwest of Mount Halcon, slate deposits are near the Pagaban headquarters and other rivers along the western coast, and there are sulfur and gypsum near Lake Naujan, as well as south of Calapan. Hot springs are located between the sea and the northwestern part of Lake Naujan, and salt springs can be found in Damagan, Bulalacao. Guano deposits are located in the caves.

Submarine Garden An interesting two-day trip from Manila is that to the landlocked harbor of Puerto Galera at the northern end of the island. The attraction of the place lies in the fine scenery along the coast and in the unusual transparency of the water, which permits visitors, especially if glass-bottomed boats are at hand, to inspect the varied life which teems in the depths below. There is here as on the coast of Batangas a marine garden of bewildering and exquisite beauty. Nature seems to have made special effort to crowd beneath a few acres of sea all of the most entrancing wonders of the deep. There is coral of every design, color, and variety. There are thousands of plants which present a wealthy and gorgeous harmony of color. There are myriads of wonderful fish which outrival the coral and the vegetation in variety and richness of hue. Some are as green as grass, others as gold as a guinea.

Underwater Garden An interesting two-day trip from Manila is to the landlocked harbor of Puerto Galera at the northern end of the island. The allure of this place lies in the beautiful scenery along the coast and the unusual clarity of the water, which allows visitors, especially when using glass-bottomed boats, to explore the diverse marine life thriving in the depths below. Here, just like on the coast of Batangas, lies a marine garden of stunning and exquisite beauty. Nature seems to have intentionally packed beneath a few acres of sea all of the most captivating wonders of the deep. There are corals of every design, color, and variety. Thousands of plants create a vibrant and stunning display of color. There are countless amazing fish that outshine the coral and vegetation in their variety and richness of color. Some are as green as grass, while others shine as gold as a guinea.

There are at present no regular boats making the trip and special arrangements will have to be made in order to be able to visit the place.

There are currently no regular boats making the trip, so special arrangements will need to be made to visit the place.

PALAWAN.—The province of Palawan occupies the long and narrow Island of Palawan situated between Mindoro on the north and Borneo on the south. Besides this long and narrow island the province includes about 200 other small islets. A great part of the island is still unexplored, the island itself not being accessible to the traveler. The chief [98]industries of the people are fishing, gathering trepangs, sea-shells, and edible birds’ nest on the limestone cliffs near the shore.

PALAWAN.—The province of Palawan is located on the long and narrow Island of Palawan, which lies between Mindoro to the north and Borneo to the south. In addition to this long and narrow island, the province includes around 200 other small islets. A large part of the island is still unexplored, and much of it is not easily accessible to travelers. The main [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]industries of the local people are fishing, collecting trepangs, sea-shells, and edible bird’s nests from the limestone cliffs near the shore.

Boobies at Tubataja Reef, Sulu

Boobies at Tubataja Reef, Sulu

Birds at Tubataja Reef, Sulu

The proximity of the island with the Dutch East Indies and to Borneo puts it in a very advantageous position commercially. It is also favored by valleys of great fertility and by well protected harbors.

The island's closeness to the Dutch East Indies and Borneo gives it a strong commercial advantage. It also benefits from fertile valleys and well-protected harbors.

Iwahig Penal Colony Among the places of special interest in Palawan may be mentioned Balabac on the island of the same name. It was to this island that many of the Filipinos were exiled in 1896 because of alleged complicity in the Katipunan which in August of that year raised the standard of revolt. The Iwahig Penal Colony about 8 miles from Puerto Princesa, the capital, is also easy of access. This is a novel experiment in the reformatory treatment of criminals. Here have been gathered under the name of “colonists” over 500 convicts who have conducted themselves well at Bilibid prison in Manila. They are put at entire liberty without any armed guard or any special restraint. All of the petty officers are prisoners as are also all the police. Agriculture and various trades are carried on, and, under certain conditions, the prisoners are given an allotment of land and their families are allowed to join them.

Iwahig Correctional Facility Among the noteworthy places in Palawan is Balabac, located on the island of the same name. This is the island to which many Filipinos were exiled in 1896 due to alleged involvement with the Katipunan, which raised the banner of rebellion in August of that year. The Iwahig Penal Colony, about 8 miles from Puerto Princesa, the capital, is also easily accessible. This is an innovative approach to the rehabilitation of criminals. Over 500 convicts, referred to as "colonists," have been gathered here, all of whom behaved well while at Bilibid prison in Manila. They are granted complete freedom without any armed guards or special restrictions. All of the petty officers and police are prisoners as well. Agricultural activities and various trades are practiced, and under certain conditions, the prisoners are allocated land, allowing their families to join them.

Culion Leper Colony To the north of the province is the little Island of Culion where the leper colony is situated. There is no regular transportation except by the government cutter that makes periodical trips, and the colony itself is not ordinarily open to visitors. There are about 2,000 inmates in the colony and they are well taken care of by the Philippine Government, many having been cured completely of the unfortunate malady. In minor matters the lepers form a self-governing community electing their own council and supplying the policemen and other subordinate officials.

Culion Leprosy Colony To the north of the province is the small Island of Culion where the leper colony is located. There’s no regular transportation except for the government boat that makes occasional trips, and the colony itself is usually not open to visitors. There are about 2,000 residents in the colony, and theyare well cared for by the Philippine Government, with many having been completely cured of the unfortunate disease. In minor matters, the lepers form a self-governing community, electing their own council and providing their own police and other lower officials.

Underground River On the west coast of Palawan, almost uninhabited and still largely uncharted, there is a very remarkable underground [99]river. This has been explored several times by Government officials, a launch having in one instance entered the mouth and proceeded under the mountain for more than 2 miles. At present the river can only be reached by taking a long and expensive trip away from the main routes of travel, but it is destined some time to be known as one of the remarkable sights of the world.

Underground River On the west coast of Palawan, where it's mostly uninhabited and still largely unexplored, there's an incredible underground [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]river. Government officials have explored it several times, with one expedition entering the mouth and traveling under the mountain for more than 2 miles. Right now, the river can only be accessed through a long and costly trip away from the main travel routes, but it’s bound to become one of the world's amazing attractions someday.

The subterranean river, Saint Paul’s Bay, Palawan taken by flashlight, looking toward the exit

The subterranean river, Saint Paul’s Bay, Palawan taken by flashlight, looking toward the exit

The underground river, Saint Paul's Bay, Palawan lit by flashlight, facing the exit

ROMBLON PROVINCE.—The Province of Romblon has nothing of special interest to the tourist except the town of Romblon which has one of the best natural harbors in the islands and the extensive marble deposits which have been quarried and used for years and are now disappearing.

ROMBLON PROVINCE.—The Province of Romblon doesn’t offer much that particularly excites tourists, except for the town of Romblon, which boasts one of the finest natural harbors in the islands, as well as the large marble deposits that have been mined and used for years and are now running out.

THE VISAYAS.—The “Visayas” is the general name given to the central portion of the Philippine Archipelago. It includes the large Islands of Panay, Negros, Cebu, Bohol, Leyte, and Samar, and a very great number of smaller islands and islets. Though greatly broken up by mountains, these contain the most thickly populated districts in the Islands and constitute by far the largest area inhabited by a single stock (the Visayan) and speaking, though with many dialect variations, one language. Within this area are the best sugar and some of the best hemp lands, and many other important products of the Islands grow well. To the tourist, perhaps, they do not, outside of the cities of Cebu and Iloilo, abound in “sights.” But the larger islands exhibit many fine vistas; and the smaller ones, mostly mountainous, form with the surrounding tropical waters a combination which, for color and variety of outline, rivals the Inland Sea of Japan at its best.

THE VISAYAS.—The "Visayas" is the general name for the central part of the Philippine Archipelago. It includes the large islands of Panay, Negros, Cebu, Bohol, Leyte, and Samar, as well as many smaller islands and islets. Although these areas are rugged and mountainous, they house some of the most densely populated regions in the country and represent the largest area inhabited by a single ethnic group (the Visayans) who speak one language, albeit with many dialect variations. This region boasts the best sugarcane and some of the finest hemp farms, along with many other significant agricultural products. For tourists, aside from the cities of Cebu and Iloilo, the area might not have many famous attractions. However, the larger islands offer stunning views, and the smaller, mostly mountainous islands, combined with the surrounding tropical waters, create a colorful and varied landscape that rivals the Inland Sea of Japan at its most beautiful.

SAMAR PROVINCE comprises the whole Island of Samar which is the fourth largest island in the Archipelago. It lies southeast of Luzon and is separated from the Province of Sorsogon by the San Bernardino Strait. The island is very rugged and nearly all of the towns are located near the coast. Another characteristic feature of the mountain regions is the presence of caves of which the most noted [100]is the Sohotan cave near Basey. River transportation is the chief means of communication.

SAMAR PROVINCE includes the entire Island of Samar, which is the fourth largest island in the Philippines. It’s located southeast of Luzon and is separated from Sorsogon Province by the San Bernardino Strait. The island is quite mountainous, and almost all of the towns are situated along the coast. Another notable aspect of the mountainous areas is the presence of caves, with the most famous being the Sohotan cave near Basey. River transport is the main way of getting around.

Where the Spaniards first landed To Samar belongs the distinction of being the first island of the Philippine Archipelago to be discovered by the Spaniards. On March 16, 1521, Ferdinand Magellan sighted the island, and the day following, landed on the little island of Homonhon. In 1649 the greatest part of the Island of Samar became involved in a great rebellion which became the signal of general uprising in the Visayan Islands and in parts of Mindanao. The cause of the uprising was enforced labor in connection with shipbuilding. It lasted about a year. The rebels fortified themselves in the mountains and there established an independent settlement. From here they sallied forth from time to time and harassed the Spanish forces sent against them.

Where the Spanish first landed Samar holds the distinction of being the first island in the Philippine Archipelago discovered by the Spaniards. On March 16, 1521, Ferdinand Magellan spotted the island, and the next day, he landed on the small island of Homonhon. In 1649, most of the Island of Samar became involved in a significant rebellion that triggered a general uprising in the Visayan Islands and parts of Mindanao. The uprising was sparked by forced labor related to shipbuilding. It lasted about a year. The rebels took refuge in the mountains and established an independent settlement there. From this base, they occasionally emerged to attack the Spanish forces sent against them.

ILOILO AND CAPIZ.—The Provinces of Iloilo and Capiz occupy the entire eastern portion of the Island of Panay, immediately south of Romblon Island. They consist of an extensive plain extending far back to the foot of a range of mountains that traverses the western part of the island.

ILOILO AND CAPIZ.—The provinces of Iloilo and Capiz cover the entire eastern part of the island of Panay, just south of Romblon Island. They feature a vast plain that stretches deep toward the base of a mountain range running through the western side of the island.

The Panay line of the Philippine Railway Company cuts directly through this plain extending as far as Capiz, the capital of the province of the same name, immediately north of Iloilo Province.

The Panay line of the Philippine Railway Company runs straight through this plain, extending all the way to Capiz, which is the capital of the province with the same name, just north of Iloilo Province.

Attractions The trip over the railroad takes the traveler past several points of interest. Just beyond Ventura there are seen to the west of the tract a series of high mountain cliffs of white coral rock. These are honeycombed by caves of wonderful structure and great beauty. One of the most beautiful resembles an immense stage, set with elaborate scenery. Another of great extent and variety is entered by descending through a shaft resembling a well. An hour’s walk from the entrance leads the traveler to a place where the roof has collapsed [101]and trees have grown to gigantic heights, the cave continuing to an unknown distance.

Attractions The train ride takes travelers past several interesting spots. Just beyond Ventura, you can see a series of high mountain cliffs made of white coral rock to the west of the area. These cliffs are filled with caves that have stunning structures and great beauty. One of the most beautiful caves looks like a huge stage, complete with elaborate scenery. Another cave, which is large and varied, can be entered by descending through a shaft that looks like a well. After a one-hour walk from the entrance, travelers reach a spot where the roof has collapsed [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]and trees have grown to enormous heights, with the cave extending into unknown distances.

The natural bridge of Suhut in the town of Dumalag, Capiz, is also worth visiting. Near the natural bridge is a spring of sulphurous and salty water.

The natural bridge of Suhut in Dumalag, Capiz, is definitely worth a visit. Close to the natural bridge is a spring of sulfuric and salty water.

The City of Iloilo is described elsewhere, page 64.

The City of Iloilo is mentioned elsewhere, on page 64.

Haciendas and Sugar Centrals THE ISLAND OF NEGROS.—This island is divided into two provinces—Occidental Negros and Oriental Negros. Occidental Negros is about three hours’ ride by boat from the City of Iloilo. It is the most important sugar producing district in the Philippines. About 75 per cent of all the exported sugar comes from this province. Bacolod, Bago, Talisay, San Carlos, Binalbagan, and La Carlota are the centers of the sugar industry. There are about 518 haciendas and about half a dozen sugar centrals in actual operation. The sugar centrals are well worth the visit and the traveler should not miss them. Other principal places of interest are Mount Canlaon, an active volcano and the Mambucal Hot Springs, which is recommended by medical authorities.

Haciendas and Sugar Mills THE ISLAND OF NEGROS.—This island is split into two provinces—Occidental Negros and Oriental Negros. Occidental Negros is about a three-hour boat ride from the City of Iloilo. It is the most significant sugar-producing area in the Philippines. Approximately 75 percent of all exported sugar comes from this province. Bacolod, Bago, Talisay, San Carlos, Binalbagan, and La Carlota are the hubs of the sugar industry. There are around 518 haciendas and about six sugar centrals currently in operation. The sugar centrals are definitely worth visiting, and travelers shouldn’t miss them. Other headmaster attractions include Mount Canlaon, an active volcano, and the Mambucal Hot Springs, which are recommended by medical experts.

The trip to Oriental Negros has to be made direct from Manila, although there are boats from Cebu and Iloilo calling occasionally at Dumaguete, the capital.

The trip to Oriental Negros has to be made directly from Manila, although there are boats from Cebu and Iloilo that occasionally stop at Dumaguete, the capital.

Silliman Institute The principal points of interest in Dumaguete are the old watch-tower on the plaza, built to guard against surprise by piratical Moro fleets, and the buildings of the Silliman Institute. This latter is a high-grade Protestant endowed school, with preparatory, classical, and industrial departments; in it are enrolled some 500 students, representing a wide range of localities. It was founded in 1901 with a gift of Dr. Horace B. Silliman, of New York, and is now maintained by the Presbyterian Board of Foreign Missions. The buildings are located on the beach, about five minutes’ walk from the central part of the town. [102]

Silliman Institute The main attractions in Dumaguete are the old watchtower in the plaza, built to protect against surprise attacks by pirate Moro fleets, and the buildings of the Silliman Institute. This is a prestigious Protestant school, funded through donations, with preparatory, classical, and industrial programs; it has about 500 students enrolled from various local areas. It was established in 1901 with a donation from Dr. Horace B. Silliman of New York and is currently supported by the Presbyterian Board of Foreign Missions. The campus is located on the beach, just a five-minute walk from the town center. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Other Places of Interest There are a few other places of some interest within a moderate distance of Dumaguete. Among these are some hot springs, about 6 kilometers (about 4 miles) west of the town. There is a fairly good horse trail to within a few minutes’ walk of them, and the scenery along the route is picturesque. Of more interest is the active Volcano of Magaso, which lies 14 kilometers to the south. It is accessible by a good trail; and a horse can be ridden to the top of the crater. The descent into the latter is not difficult.

Other Points of Interest There are a few other places of interest located a short distance from Dumaguete. Among these are some hot springs, about 6 kilometers (around 4 miles) west of the town. There's a decent horse trail that leads within a few minutes' walk of them, and the scenery along the way is beautiful. Of greater interest is the active Volcano of Magaso, which is situated 14 kilometers to the south. It can be reached via a well-maintained trail, and a horse can take you to the top of the crater. The descent into the crater itself is not difficult.

CEBU PROVINCE.—The Island of Cebu which is co-extensive with the province of that name was discovered by Magellan on April 7, 1521. The town was then under the rule of Raja Humabon, a powerful chief who had eight subordinate chieftains and a force of some two thousand warriors under him. Magellan made friends with Humabon and succeeded in baptizing him, his wife, and as many as eight hundred of his men. Magellan also endeavored to bring the people of Mactan under Spanish influence. In this attempt, he was killed while engaged in battle with the people of Opon who were then under Chief Lapulapu.

CEBU PROVINCE.—Cebu Island, which coincides with the province of the same name, was discovered by Magellan on April 7, 1521. At that time, the town was ruled by Raja Humabon, a powerful chief with eight subordinate chieftains and around two thousand warriors. Magellan built a friendship with Humabon and successfully baptized him, his wife, and about eight hundred of his men. He also tried to bring the people of Mactan under Spanish influence. During this attempt, he was killed while fighting against the people of Opon, who were led by Chief Lapulapu.

Magellan Monument, Mactan Island

Magellan Monument, Mactan Island

Magellan Monument, Mactan Island

First Spanish Settlement Forty-four years after Magellan’s time, Legaspi occupied the town of Cebu which was then under the rule of Tupas. Here Legaspi founded the first Spanish settlement in the Philippines which he called San Miguel. The town, which was planned in the shape of a triangle, was defended on the land side by a palisade and on the two sides facing the sea by artillery. The name of the town was later changed to the City of the Most Holy Name of Jesus “in honor of an image of the Child Jesus which a soldier had found in one of the houses.”

First Spanish Colony Forty-four years after Magellan’s time, Legaspi took over the town of Cebu, which was then ruled by Tupas. Here, Legaspi established the first Spanish settlement in the Philippines, naming it San Miguel. The town was designed in a triangle shape, with a palisade protecting the land side and artillery guarding the two sides facing the sea. The town's name was later changed to the City of the Most Holy Name of Jesus “in honor of an image of the Child Jesus that a soldier had found in one of the houses.”

The establishment of the Spanish settlement in Cebu brought to this island the Portuguese who then disputed the ownership of the Archipelago. In 1566, 1568, and 1570, Portuguese expeditionary forces were sent to Cebu to drive away the Spaniards. First in 1568 and again in 1570, the [103]Portuguese blockaded Cebu, but in both cases the blockade resulted in a failure.

The founding of the Spanish settlement in Cebu brought the Portuguese to the island, who then contested the ownership of the Archipelago. In 1566, 1568, and 1570, Portuguese expeditionary forces were dispatched to Cebu to oust the Spaniards. First in 1568 and then again in 1570, the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Portuguese blockaded Cebu, but in both instances, the blockade ended in failure.

The plains yield as many as three crops of corn a year. Coconuts, sugar cane, abaca, peanuts, bananas, pineapples, camotes, and tobacco are other products.

The plains produce up to three corn harvests a year. Other products include coconuts, sugar cane, abaca, peanuts, bananas, pineapples, sweet potatoes, and tobacco.

Industries The island is rich in minerals, of which gold and coal are the most important. Industries are well developed in Cebu. Good fishing banks found along the coast furnish the people with food for local use and for export. Hogs and goats are raised for local use. Poultry raising enables the people to export chickens and eggs to neighboring islands and even to Manila. Cotton cloth, woven for local use and sinamay made from the fiber extracted from banana and pineapple leaves, are exported. Much tuba, a native wine, is collected in the coconut regions.

Sectors The island is rich in minerals, with gold and coal being the most significant. Industries in Cebu are well developed. The good fishing areas along the coast provide food for local consumption and for export. Hogs and goats are raised for local use. Poultry farming allows people to export chickens and eggs to neighboring islands and even to Manila. Cotton cloth is woven for local use, and sinamay, made from fibers extracted from banana and pineapple leaves, is exported. A lot of tuba, a local wine, is harvested in the coconut regions.

The town of Cebu, however, existed as a prosperous native settlement before the discovery of the Philippines by Magellan. For a description of the places of interest in the city, see page 63.

The town of Cebu, however, was a thriving native settlement before Magellan discovered the Philippines. For a description of the interesting places in the city, see page 63.

Panoramic view of Dapitan where Rizal was exiled by the Spaniards

Panoramic view of Dapitan where Rizal was exiled by the Spaniards

Panoramic view of Dapitan, where Rizal was exiled by the Spanish.

BOHOL PROVINCE, the island southeast of Cebu, is noted for the two big rebellions against the Spaniards which occurred in 1622 and 1744, respectively. The leader of the revolt in 1622, which was really an armed protest against Jesuitical influence, was one by the name of Tamblot. The uprising rapidly spread throughout the entire island; only the towns of Loboc and Baclayon remained peaceful. The rebels retreated “to the summit of a rugged and lofty hill, difficult of access,” and there fortified themselves. It took the government six months to suppress this rebellion.

BOHOL PROVINCE, the island southeast of Cebu, is known for two major uprisings against the Spaniards that took place in 1622 and 1744. The leader of the 1622 revolt, which was essentially an armed protest against Jesuit influence, was a man named Tamblot. The uprising quickly spread across the entire island; only the towns of Loboc and Baclayon remained unaffected. The rebels retreated “to the summit of a rugged and lofty hill, difficult of access,” and established their defenses there. It took the government six months to put down this rebellion.

Rebellions Another rebellion, no less formidable than the Tamblot uprising, broke out in 1744. It gained strength in 1750 under the leadership of Dagohoy, who for a long time was the whole soul of the movement. The rebellion affected almost the entire island and lasted for over eighty years. The government sent several expeditions to put it down, but without success. The rebels [104]established a local government and lived as an independent people. This was, perhaps, the most successful revolt the Filipinos ever conducted from the viewpoint of duration of resistance.

Uprisings Another rebellion, just as powerful as the Tamblot uprising, broke out in 1744. It gained momentum in 1750 under the leadership of Dagohoy, who was essentially the driving force behind the movement. The rebellion spread across almost the entire island and lasted for more than eighty years. The government dispatched several expeditions to suppress it, but they were unsuccessful. The rebels [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]established a local government and lived as an independent community. This was perhaps the most successful revolt conducted by Filipinos in terms of the length of resistance.

Attractions Among the attractions are the mineral springs in Guindulman as well as those in San Juan, Candon, Napo, Lubod, and Cambalaguin which are reputed to be efficacious for curing skin diseases. Edible birds’ nests are gathered in the Cananoan Cave. Other caves are found in Baclayon, Guindulman, Jagna, and Sierra Bullones. “Buri,” “ticog,” and “salacot” hats are made in almost every town. The weaving of “piña” and “sinamay” cloth is a specialty in Baclayon, Loboc, Jagna, and Duero, and “saguaran” weaving in Talibon, Inabanga, Baclayon, and Jetafe. The commercial exploitation of the pearl and shell banks in the Bohol seas has only recently been begun. The catching of the flying lemur and the tanning and preparation of its hide is a new occupation. Most of the towns are found along the coast so that a great portion of the inhabitants are engaged in coastwise and interisland trade.

Attractions Some of the attractions include the mineral springs in Guindulman, as well as those in San Juan, Candon, Napo, Lubod, and Cambalaguin, which are known to be effective for treating skin diseases. Edible bird nests are collected from the Cananoan Cave. Other caves can be found in Baclayon, Guindulman, Jagna, and Sierra Bullones. “Buri,” “ticog,” and “salacot” hats are produced in almost every town. The weaving of “piña” and “sinamay” cloth is a specialty in Baclayon, Loboc, Jagna, and Duero, while “saguaran” weaving is done in Talibon, Inabanga, Baclayon, and Jetafe. The commercial harvesting of pearls and shells in the Bohol seas has only recently started. Catching the flying lemur and tanning and preparing its hide is a new job opportunity. Most towns are located along the coast, so a large portion of the population is involved in coastal and interisland trade.

LEYTE PROVINCE and island, one of the largest and most fertile regions in the Visayan group, is situated southwest of Samar and is separated from Samar by the San Juanico Strait, said to be one of the most beautiful water-ways in the world. Hemp and copra are the most important products exported. Coal is found in the towns of Leyte, Ormoc, and Jaro. Asphalt is being mined in Leyte for street paving purposes. Gold is found in Pintuyan and San Isidro; sulphur in Mahagnao; mineral springs in the crater of Mahagnao, Ormoc, San Isidro, Mainit, and Carigara.

LEYTE PROVINCE is an island and one of the largest and most fertile areas in the Visayan group. It’s located southwest of Samar and is separated from it by the San Juanico Strait, which is considered one of the most beautiful waterways in the world. Hemp and copra are the main products exported. Coal can be found in the towns of Leyte, Ormoc, and Jaro. Asphalt is being mined in Leyte for paving streets. Gold is located in Pintuyan and San Isidro; sulfur can be found in Mahagnao; and there are mineral springs in the crater of Mahagnao, as well as in Ormoc, San Isidro, Mainit, and Carigara.

Where Mass First Celebrated Limasawa, a little island south of Leyte, has the unique distinction of being the place where mass was first celebrated in the Philippines. Toward the end of March, 1521, Magellan discovered this little island, which then appeared to be a prosperous community. It was here that Magellan met Raja Calambu and Ciagu, who feasted the Spaniards and exchanged presents with them. The Island of Leyte itself, then called Tandaya, [105]was the first island of the Philippine Archipelago to receive the name of “Felipina.”

Where Mass Was First Held Limasawa, a small island south of Leyte, is uniquely recognized as the site where mass was first celebrated in the Philippines. Toward the end of March 1521, Magellan discovered this little island, which seemed to be a thriving community. It was here that Magellan met Raja Calambu and Ciagu, who hosted the Spaniards and exchanged gifts with them. The Island of Leyte itself, then known as Tandaya, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]was the first island in the Philippine Archipelago to be named “Felipina.”

THE ISLAND OF MINDANAO.—This island is the second largest and potentially perhaps the richest of the archipelago. It is divided into seven provinces—Zamboanga, Misamis, Lanao, Bukidnon, Cotabato, Davao, Agusan, and Surigao.

THE ISLAND OF MINDANAO.—This island is the second largest and possibly the richest in the archipelago. It is divided into seven provinces—Zamboanga, Misamis, Lanao, Bukidnon, Cotabato, Davao, Agusan, and Surigao.

Origin of Name The term “Mindanao” or “Maguindanao” was originally given to the town now known as Cotabato and its immediate vicinity. (See page 104.) The word is derived from the root “danao” which means inundation by a river, lake, or sea. The derivative “Mindanao” means “inundated” or “that which is inundated.” “Maguindanao” means “that which has inundated.”

Name Origin The term “Mindanao” or “Maguindanao” originally referred to the town now called Cotabato and the surrounding area. (See page 104.) The word comes from the root “danao,” which means flooding by a river, lake, or sea. The derivative “Mindanao” means “flooded” or “that which is flooded.” “Maguindanao” means “that which has flooded.”

Islam Islam was successfully introduced and firmly established in Mindanao by Sharif Mohammed Kabungsuwan. He is believed to have established himself in this region toward the end of the fifteenth century. He was also the founder of the Sultanate so that today most of the inhabitants of Mindanao are Mohammedans. The Christian population came from the northern islands. They immigrated into Mindanao to exploit the rich sections of the islands. They have built their homes along the river basins and near the bays accessible to commerce. In many cases they hold the important municipal positions such as tax-collectors and teachers. The Moros who inhabit the interior valleys have acknowledged the authority of their Christian brothers from the north and are living peacefully with them.

Islam Islam was successfully introduced and established in Mindanao by Sharif Mohammed Kabungsuwan. He is believed to have settled in this region around the end of the fifteenth century. He also founded the Sultanate, which is why most of the people in Mindanao are Muslims today. The Christian population came from the northern islands. They moved to Mindanao to take advantage of the islands' rich resources. They've built their homes along the river basins and near the bays that are easy for trade. In many cases, they hold important municipal positions, such as tax collectors and teachers. The Moros who live in the interior valleys have recognized the authority of their Christian neighbors from the north and are living peacefully with them.

THE PROVINCE OF ZAMBOANGA includes the whole of the western peninsula of the island. The central portion is covered with dense forests containing much valuable hardwood timber. Abaca and copra are the principal products though sugar, cacao, hemp, and rice are cultivated to some extent. Among the important forest products are guttapercha for insulating cable wires and almaciga for varnish. Basilan Island nearby is covered with forests, and lumber mills are in operation. There are also plantations for the growing of rubber in this island. [106]

THE PROVINCE OF ZAMBOANGA covers the entire western peninsula of the island. The central area is filled with dense forests that contain a lot of valuable hardwood timber. The main products are abaca and copra, although sugar, cacao, hemp, and rice are also grown to some degree. Important forest products include guttapercha for insulating cable wires and almaciga for varnish. Nearby Basilan Island is forested as well, and lumber mills are in operation there. There are also rubber plantations on this island. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

As a whole the interior of the province is not at present very accessible, and most of the attractions center in the capital City of Zamboanga at the extreme end of the peninsula, which is described on page 65.

As a whole, the interior of the province is not very accessible right now, and most of the attractions are focused in the capital city of Zamboanga, located at the far end of the peninsula, which is described on page 65.

COTABATO PROVINCE is in the southwestern portion of Mindanao. The term “Cotabato” signifies a “stone fort.” Cotabato is the capital and is located near the mouth of the river called Cotabato also. The Cotabato River system, though not as swift as the Rhine River of Germany, serves the same purpose to Cotabato as the Rhine to Germany in the sense that it forms the chief means of communication and transportation for conveying finished products and raw materials from the different towns to the coast.

COTABATO PROVINCE is in the southwestern part of Mindanao. The name “Cotabato” means “stone fort.” Cotabato is the capital and is situated near the mouth of the river also called Cotabato. The Cotabato River system, while not as fast-moving as Germany's Rhine River, serves the same purpose for Cotabato as the Rhine does for Germany by being the main route for communication and transportation, carrying finished products and raw materials from various towns to the coast.

On the valley of this river are some of the most fertile and productive regions of the whole Philippine Archipelago, although due to the scarcity of population and of laborers very little cultivation has been done.

On the valley of this river are some of the most fertile and productive areas in the entire Philippine Archipelago, but because there aren't many people and not enough workers, very little farming has taken place.

On the eastern side of the valley are many extensive but shallow swamps, such as the Liguasan and Libungan. Large lakes as Buluan and Cebu, and many small ones abound. These natural basins yield an immense wealth for the country. On the marshes, mangroves and nipa grow in abundance, while the lakes teem with the rarest and choicest fish.

On the eastern side of the valley, there are many wide but shallow swamps, like Liguasan and Libungan. Large lakes such as Buluan and Cebu, along with many smaller ones, are plentiful. These natural basins provide immense wealth for the country. The marshes are filled with mangroves and nipa, while the lakes are full of the rarest and finest fish.

Attractions Sulphur is abundant near and around Mount Apo, an extinct volcano, 9,610 feet high, being the highest peak in the archipelago. The difficult ascent and the lack of transportation facilities make exploitation impossible at present. Mineral springs can be found near the town of Cotabato.

Attractions Sulphur is plentiful around Mount Apo, an extinct volcano that stands 9,610 feet tall, making it the highest peak in the archipelago. The challenging climb and the absence of transportation options make exploitation unfeasible at this time. You can find mineral springs near the town of Cotabato.

The land is well adopted to the cultivation of coconut and rice. The mountains are densely wooded. With the exception of the small portion around Sarangani Bay where logging is being carried on most of the forested area is not yet exploited. The most important forest products, which are at present exported in great quantities, are the candlenut, almaciga, and guttapercha. [107]

The land is well-suited for growing coconut and rice. The mountains are thickly forested. Aside from the small area around Sarangani Bay, where logging is happening, most of the forested land hasn't been used yet. The most important forest products currently exported in large amounts include candlenut, almaciga, and guttapercha. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Fertility BUKIDNON PROVINCE occupies the great fertile plateau of Mindanao immediately north of Cotabato. It contains immense areas of fertile soil unsurpassed for grazing and general farming. There are at least 300,000 hectares of open grass-covered land which would yield rich returns under the plow. The Bukidnons themselves, learning to use modern agricultural implements, are taking advantage of their opportunities, this being clearly evidenced by the beautiful fields of corn surrounding their settlements, by the increased plantings of rice and camotes, and by the great increase in the exportation of hemp and coffee. The lower levels of Bukidnon produce the best grade of hemp in northern Mindanao. Corn grows to a height of 13 feet on the Bukidnon plateaus, the stalks supporting two ears. Two crops may be grown annually.

Reproductive health BUKIDNON PROVINCE sits on the vast fertile plateau of Mindanao, just north of Cotabato. It features extensive areas of rich soil that are ideal for grazing and general farming. There are at least 300,000 hectares of open grassland that could offer great yields when cultivated. The Bukidnon people, learning to use modern farming tools, are making the most of their opportunities, evident in the lush cornfields around their communities, the rise in rice and sweet potato plantings, and the significant increase in hemp and coffee exports. The lower regions of Bukidnon produce the finest hemp in northern Mindanao. Corn can reach heights of 13 feet on the Bukidnon plateaus, with the stalks supporting two ears. Two crops can be harvested each year.

There are some Manobos and a few Moros in the province, but the greater part of the inhabitants are Bukidnons who are timid, peaceable farmers.

There are some Manobos and a few Moros in the province, but most of the inhabitants are Bukidnons who are shy, peaceful farmers.

LANAO PROVINCE.—Between Bukidnon and Zamboanga is the Province of Lanao which includes the region centering about the large Lake of Lanao. It consists for the most part of a plateau (altitude, about 2,200 feet), with an invigorating climate and fine stretches of grazing land. The soil is in the main excellent and, at various altitudes, produces a very great variety of crops, including the usual staples, some fruits like the “durian,” unknown or rare in the northern islands, coffee, and a variety of wild rubber, for which plant, in its cultivated form, the district is well adapted.

LANAO PROVINCE.—Between Bukidnon and Zamboanga lies Lanao Province, which encompasses the area around the large Lake of Lanao. It mainly consists of a plateau (about 2,200 feet above sea level), featuring a refreshing climate and ample grazing land. The soil is generally excellent and, at different elevations, yields a wide range of crops, including the common staples, some fruits like “durian,” which are rare in the northern islands, coffee, and various types of wild rubber, for which the region is well suited in its cultivated form.

For many years this valuable country has been the scene of the lawlessness of the Lanao Moros, but after the institution of civil government among them they have settled down and are living peacefully side by side with the immigrants from the northern islands. The same is true with the other provinces in the Island of Mindanao.

For many years, this valuable country was marked by the lawlessness of the Lanao Moros. However, after establishing a civil government among them, they have settled down and are now living peacefully alongside immigrants from the northern islands. The same is true for other provinces on the Island of Mindanao.

Much of the scenery in the Lanao Province is said to be among the finest in the world, while the Moros are extremely [108]interesting and manufacture many small articles of great artistic value, especially brasswork and weapons.

Much of the scenery in Lanao Province is considered to be some of the best in the world, while the Moros are incredibly [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]interesting and create many small items of significant artistic value, particularly in brasswork and weaponry.

Attractions Among the attractions is Lake Lanao, believed to have been formed as a result of the subsidence of the land accompanying the eruption of the volcanoes in the surrounding country. There are three of these volcanoes, which are still active. The climate, especially around Lake Lanao, is very cool. Dansalan nearby is the favorite resort of the people in the lowlands of Mindanao and bears the promise of being the Baguio of the southern islands.

Things to do One of the main attractions is Lake Lanao, thought to have formed from the land sinking after the surrounding volcanoes erupted. There are three active volcanoes in the area. The climate, particularly near Lake Lanao, is quite cool. Dansalan, which is nearby, is a popular getaway for people from the lowlands of Mindanao and has potential to become the Baguio of the southern islands.

Other attractions are the Maria Cristina Falls about 191 feet high and the Mataling Fall about 40 feet in height, both of which are on the road to the lake.

Other attractions are the Maria Cristina Falls, which is about 191 feet high, and the Mataling Fall, around 40 feet tall, both located along the road to the lake.

DAVAO PROVINCE occupies the southeastern part of Mindanao. Though perhaps less fertile for some crops than the neighboring Province of Cotabato, Davao comprises the finest hemp land in the archipelago and there is a considerable colony of Japanese, American, and Filipino planters.

DAVAO PROVINCE is located in the southeastern part of Mindanao. While it may be less fertile for certain crops compared to the neighboring Province of Cotabato, Davao has some of the best hemp land in the Philippines, and there is a sizable community of Japanese, American, and Filipino planters.

More than half of the population, however, are pagans, the Mandayas and Bagobos predominating in number. These two pagan tribes have the best primitive civilization among all the non-Christian peoples of the archipelago. Their women weave excellent cloth which is dyed in curious and ornamental patterns and the men make daggers, spears, and other articles of metal.

More than half of the population, however, are pagans, with the Mandayas and Bagobos being the largest groups. These two pagan tribes have the most developed primitive civilization among all the non-Christian communities in the archipelago. Their women weave high-quality cloth that is dyed with unique and decorative patterns, while the men craft daggers, spears, and other metal items.

The town of Davao is the capital and principal port. It is well laid out and has a number of interesting monuments.

The town of Davao is the capital and main port. It's well-organized and has several interesting monuments.

AGUSAN PROVINCE, north of Davao, occupies the whole northern Valley of Agusan. The soil is of the greatest fertility, holding a constant moisture. The rainfall is very evenly distributed throughout the year, and there has been no drought or destructive typhoon recorded. Abaca and coconuts thrive well in this region. A splendid rice crop is produced without irrigation. Bananas, papayas, and other tropical fruits are grown in great abundance, the famous [109]Mindanao papaya attaining its perfection in the region about Butuan.

AGUSAN PROVINCE, located north of Davao, covers the entire northern Valley of Agusan. The soil is extremely fertile and retains consistent moisture. Rainfall is evenly distributed throughout the year, with no recorded droughts or devastating typhoons. Abaca and coconuts grow exceptionally well in this area. A fantastic rice crop is harvested without the need for irrigation. Bananas, papayas, and other tropical fruits are grown in great abundance, with the famous [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Mindanao papaya reaching its best quality around Butuan.

The numerous lakes and the extensive area of swampy land are sources of incalculable wealth. Choicest fish abound in the lakes, while nipa from which tuba and alcohol are obtained, and mangroves for fuel and tanning purposes, grow wild in the fenlands.

The many lakes and the large swath of marshy land are sources of immense wealth. The lakes are full of the best fish, while nipa, which is used to make tuba and alcohol, and mangroves for fuel and tanning, grow naturally in the wetlands.

Gold deposits exist in abundance. Most of these deposits are found in the mountains on the eastern side of the valley. The location of these mines is favorable, being near rivers. There are several gold mining claims at present under operation.

Gold deposits are plentiful. Most of these deposits are located in the mountains on the eastern side of the valley. The site of these mines is advantageous, as it is close to rivers. Currently, there are several gold mining claims in operation.

Butuan, the capital and most important town of the province, is near the mouth of the navigable Agusan River. This river port serves the same purpose for the settlements built along Agusan River and its tributaries, as the town of Cotabato to the well-scattered towns of the Cotabato Valley.

Butuan, the capital and the most significant town in the province, is located near the mouth of the navigable Agusan River. This river port fulfills a similar role for the communities along the Agusan River and its tributaries as the town of Cotabato does for the widely dispersed towns in the Cotabato Valley.

SURIGAO PROVINCE, north of Agusan, occupies the whole northeastern part of the Island of Mindanao. Abaca, copra, and corn are the most important agricultural products. There is much fine timber in the forests, the best obtainable equalling iron and concrete in durability. Gold is at present mined in some parts of the province.

SURIGAO PROVINCE, north of Agusan, covers the entire northeastern area of Mindanao Island. Abaca, copra, and corn are the main agricultural products. The forests have a lot of high-quality timber, which is as durable as iron and concrete. Gold is currently being mined in some areas of the province.

THE SULU ARCHIPELAGO.—The Sulu Province includes all of the islands of the Sulu Archipelago, a region which is often visited by earthquakes, the Sulu Sea being the seismic center. The climate of this region is warm and moist, being near the equator.

THE SULU ARCHIPELAGO.—The Sulu Province covers all the islands of the Sulu Archipelago, an area that frequently experiences earthquakes, with the Sulu Sea as the seismic hub. The climate in this region is warm and humid, given its proximity to the equator.

Fishing is the most important industry. Jolo is the center for most of the pearling fleet. Sitanki, Omapui, Tumindao, Balimbing, Landubas, Laja, and Siasi are other important fishing centers. The sea turtle, fish of all kinds, and the trepang are caught. Beautiful trays and combs and other articles are made from the back of the sea turtle, and the fish and trepang are cured and exported. [110]

Fishing is the most important industry. Jolo is the hub for most of the pearling fleet. Sitanki, Omapui, Tumindao, Balimbing, Landubas, Laja, and Siasi are other key fishing centers. Sea turtles, various types of fish, and trepang are caught. Beautiful trays, combs, and other items are created from the shell of the sea turtle, while the fish and trepang are processed and exported. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Sulu Archipelago, especially Jolo, the capital and principal port, trades with Zamboanga, Borneo, and Singapore. Chinese merchants traded with Sulu long before the arrival of Legaspi in the Philippines. When Manila and Cebu were yet small settlements, Jolo was already a city, the most important in the Philippines.

The Sulu Archipelago, particularly Jolo, the capital and main port, trades with Zamboanga, Borneo, and Singapore. Chinese merchants were trading with Sulu long before Legaspi came to the Philippines. While Manila and Cebu were still small towns, Jolo was already a city, the most significant in the Philippines.

A view of Jolo, Sulu

A view of Jolo, Sulu

A view of Jolo, Sulu

The Cebu wharf

The Cebu wharf

The Cebu port

Introduction of Mohammedanism Mohammedanism was introduced and firmly established in the Archipelago by three men—Makdum, Raja Baginda, and Abu Bakr. Makdum was a noted Arabian scholar who, after introducing Mohammedanism into Malacca, visited almost every island of the Sulu Archipelago toward the end of the fourteenth century and made numerous converts especially in Bevansa and Tapul. Raja Baginda, soon after the arrival of Makdum, came by way of Zamboanga and Basilan. He was of princely rank and is believed to have come accompanied by ministers of state. He settled in Bevansa and became the supreme ruler of Sulu. Abu Bakr, who seemed to have been quite a learned man, arrived in Bevansa about the middle of the fifteenth century. Here, he lived with Raja Baginda, teaching the people the Mohammedan religion. He later married Parasimuli, the daughter of Raja Baginda, and succeeded his father-in-law as sultan.

Introduction of Islam Mohammedanism was introduced and firmly established in the Archipelago by three men—Makdum, Raja Your Majesty, and Abu Bakr. Makdum was a renowned Arabian scholar who, after bringing Mohammedanism to Malacca, traveled to nearly every island in the Sulu Archipelago toward the end of the fourteenth century and made many converts, especially in Bevansa and Tapul. Raja Baginda, shortly after Makdum's arrival, came through Zamboanga and Basilan. He was of noble birth and was believed to have arrived with government officials. He settled in Bevansa and became the supreme ruler of Sulu. Abu Bakr, who appeared to be quite knowledgeable, arrived in Bevansa around the middle of the fifteenth century. There, he lived with Raja Baginda, teaching the people about the Mohammedan religion. He later married Parasimuli, Raja Baginda's daughter, and succeeded his father-in-law as sultan.

The reign of Abu Bakr (1450–1480) was noteworthy not only because of the firm establishment of Mohammedanism, but also because of the governmental reforms then effected. Abu Bakr reorganized the government of Sulu, dividing it into five main administrative districts, each under a Panglima. He promulgated a new code of laws which became the guide for all officials of the state. During his reign, Sulu’s power was felt not only in Mindanao and the Visayas, but even in Luzon.

The rule of Abu Bakr (1450–1480) was significant not just for the solid establishment of Islam, but also for the government reforms he implemented. Abu Bakr restructured the government of Sulu, splitting it into five main administrative districts, each led by a Panglima. He introduced a new set of laws that served as a guide for all state officials. During his time in power, Sulu's influence extended beyond Mindanao and the Visayas, even reaching Luzon.

The administration of Governor-General Sande (1575–80) was the beginning of a continuous state of warfare between Spain and Sulu which lasted to within two decades before the end of the Spanish rule. Sande wanted to reduce Sulu to a subject state, impose tribute on its people, secure for the Spaniards the trade of the Archipelago, and convert the [111]inhabitants to Catholicism. To attain these ends, he sent Captain Rodriguez de Figueroa to Sulu with a large army. This expedition, however, accomplished nothing beyond the arousing of the Sulus to hostility and the inception of numerous Moro raids on the Visayas and Luzon.

The administration of Governor-General Sande (1575–80) marked the start of a prolonged conflict between Spain and Sulu that lasted until nearly two decades before the end of Spanish rule. Sande aimed to turn Sulu into a subject state, levy tribute on its people, secure trade for the Spaniards throughout the Archipelago, and convert the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]inhabitants to Catholicism. To achieve these goals, he sent Captain Rodriguez de Figueroa to Sulu with a large army. However, this expedition only succeeded in provoking the Sulus to hostility and starting numerous Moro raids on the Visayas and Luzon.

Moro weapons

Moro weapons

Moro arms

The Sultan and His Present Position The whole Archipelago is still under the nominal sway of the Sultan of Sulu, who lives in the Island of Jolo and enjoys pensions from the Philippine Government and the British North Borneo Company. All of the Moros in Mindanao and in Sulu have long ago recognized the authority of the central Philippine Government in Manila, and the hostility which has existed between the Moros and the inhabitants of the northern islands during Spanish rule, has long passed away. The policy of attraction inaugurated by the Philippine Government has succeeded wonderfully. Disturbances among the Moros are now very few and far between. They have their own senator in the Philippine Senate and they have their own representatives in the House.

The Sultan and His Current Situation The entire Archipelago is still under the nominal control of the Sultan of Sulu, who resides on the Island of Jolo and receives pensions from the Philippine Government and the British North Borneo Company. All the Moros in Mindanao and Sulu have long acknowledged the authority of the central Philippine Government in Manila, and the tensions that existed between the Moros and the people of the northern islands during Spanish rule have faded away. The attraction policy initiated by the Philippine Government has been remarkably successful. Disturbances among the Moros are now rare. They have their own senator in the Philippine Senate and their own representatives in the House.

Results of the Policy of Attraction Considering the past history of these southern islands, it is almost incredible that such results have become possible. Many of the non-Christians in the interior of Mindanao-Sulu have even changed their manner of dressing and have adopted the garb of the Christians, whom they are endeavoring to imitate as much as possible, mingling with them in their work, and assisting in maintaining law and order. The Moros themselves have changed a great deal; the juramentado (running amok) is practically a thing of the past; they show greater religious tolerance and a high sense of responsibility; they cooperate in every way possible with the Christians and the Government authorities in the maintenance of a government of law and order, and do everything they can to identify themselves with the inhabitants of the north. For this reason more beneficial and lasting changes have been accomplished in the last five years, in moral, social, and political respects, as well as in the material [112]development of the people, than had been accomplished for several centuries past. This progress is principally due to the efforts of the Philippine Legislature, which furnished the Department of Mindanao and Sulu with large annual appropriations and thus made the policy of attraction a success.

Outcomes of the Attraction Policy Given the history of these southern islands, it's almost unbelievable that such results have been achieved. Many of the non-Christians in the interior of Mindanao-Sulu have even changed their way of dressing and adopted the clothing of Christians, whom they are trying to imitate as much as possible, working alongside them, and helping to uphold law and order. The Moros have also transformed significantly; the juramentado (running amok) has nearly disappeared; they demonstrate greater religious tolerance and a strong sense of responsibility; they cooperate in every possible way with the Christians and government officials in maintaining a system of law and order, and do everything they can to integrate with the inhabitants of the north. Because of this, more beneficial and lasting changes have occurred in the last five years—morally, socially, politically, and in the material [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]development of the people—than had taken place in several centuries before. This progress is mainly attributed to the efforts of the Philippine Legislature, which provided the Department of Mindanao and Sulu with significant annual funding, thus making the policy of attraction a success.

The town of Jolo The town of Jolo is the political and commercial center of the archipelago and is reached from Manila direct. The trip through island-studded Sulu Sea, is one of great scenic beauty.

Jolo town The town of Jolo is the political and commercial hub of the archipelago and can be reached directly from Manila. The journey through the island-dotted Sulu Sea offers stunning views.

Jolo consists of a picturesque little walled city and a considerable town outside. The population is cosmopolitan. The town is more Malayan, more Arabic, and more Oriental than Zamboanga. Thus it has many attractions for the traveler.

Jolo is made up of a charming little walled city and a large town surrounding it. The population is diverse. The town feels more Malayan, more Arabic, and more Oriental than Zamboanga. Because of this, it offers many attractions for travelers.

The part within the walls has excellent streets and walks and is adorned with parks, gardens, and fountains. One of the most curious sights is furnished by the half-tame deer, which run at large about the streets. The point of greatest interest in the outer town is the “Chinese pier,” a rickety affair, on which most of the merchants of that nationality have their shops, both as a measure of safety and for convenience in handling cargoes. These shops are the best places to go to for Moro curios.

The area inside the walls has great streets and paths lined with parks, gardens, and fountains. One of the most interesting sights is the semi-tame deer that roam freely around the streets. The most notable spot in the outer town is the “Chinese pier,” a rickety structure where most of the merchants of that nationality have their shops, both for safety and convenience in managing their cargo. These shops are the best places to find Moro curios.

Attractions The town as a whole is an excellent place in which to see the daily life and occupations of the Moro people in their most characteristic forms. The fact that it is the chief center of the pearl fisheries of the Islands puts the pearling boats when in port, the market where the pearls and shell are sold, and the places of manufacture and sale of the shell ornaments, among the principal sights. Leading from the town to the barracks at Asturias is a fine coconut avenue, known as “Ariolas’ Walk.” It is named after its builder, who was the Spanish military governor of the place in the early years of the last century. [113]

Attractions The town is a great spot to observe the daily life and activities of the Moro people in their most authentic forms. As the main hub for the pearl fisheries in the Islands, you'll find the pearling boats when they're in port, the market where pearls and shells are sold, and the places that manufacture and sell shell ornaments among the top attractions. A beautiful coconut avenue, known as “Ariolas’ Walk,” leads from the town to the barracks at Asturias. It’s named after its creator, who was the Spanish military governor of the area in the early years of the last century. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

THE LANGUAGE FOR THE TOURIST.—Spanish and English are the languages universally used in the archipelago. As a general rule, however, an English speaking tourist can travel in the different places described in this book without knowledge of any except his mother tongue. Almost all of the officials and employees of the government speak English and, if there is no one else, a school child can generally be found to do the interpreting.

THE LANGUAGE FOR THE TOURIST.—Spanish and English are the languages commonly spoken in the archipelago. However, an English-speaking tourist can usually travel to the various places described in this book without knowing anything other than their native language. Almost all government officials and employees speak English, and if there’s no one else available, a school child can typically be found to help with translation.

English-Speaking Filipinos Statistics show that there are at present more Filipinos who can read, write, and speak the English language than those who can read, write, and speak the Spanish language. The last Census (1918) gives the following figures:

Filipinos who speak English Statistics show that there are currently more Filipinos who can read, write, and speak English than those who can read, write, and speak Spanish. The last Census (1918) provides the following figures:

Males Females
Filipinos of 10 years of age or over who can read English. 563,495 322,359
Those who can read Spanish. 587,588 292,223
Those who can both read and write English. 540,552 313,993
Those who can both read and write Spanish. 454,052 210,270

As a matter of fact the English language serves at the present time as a common medium of communication among the inhabitants of the Philippines who still speak their own dialects. Because of the work of public schools during the last quarter of a century it is the language which is most widely spoken in the whole Archipelago.

As a matter of fact, the English language currently serves as a common means of communication among people in the Philippines who still speak their own dialects. Thanks to the work of public schools over the last 25 years, it is the most widely spoken language throughout the entire archipelago.

Business between the central government and the provinces and municipalities is transacted in English. The proceedings of the Philippine Legislature although still in Spanish, are translated into English. In commercial transactions the English language prevails throughout the islands. It will not be very long before the language will be the official language even in the courts and the language which is more generally used in private life. The present leaders of the people have a working knowledge of the language and many can read and write it fairly. The younger generation has a [114]thorough knowledge of English and speaks and writes it in most cases.

Business between the central government and the provinces and municipalities is conducted in English. The proceedings of the Philippine Legislature, while still in Spanish, are translated into English. In commercial transactions, English is the dominant language throughout the islands. It won't be long before this language becomes the official one in the courts and is more commonly used in everyday life. Current leaders have a working grasp of the language, and many can read and write it reasonably well. The younger generation has a [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]thorough understanding of English and can often speak and write it effectively.

The spread of the language as the common language of the inhabitants is assured, not only because it is the basis of instruction in the public schools and in the universities, but also because it is essential to the best interest and political future of the people. [115]

The widespread use of the language as the common tongue among the people is guaranteed, not just because it's the foundation of teaching in public schools and universities, but also because it's crucial for the community's well-being and political future. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

X. Agricultural Products, Forest Resources, Minerals, and Other Industries

The Philippines are eminently an agricultural country. Agriculture is the principal source of the Islands’ wealth, and the bulk of the exports consists mostly of agricultural products.

The Philippines are primarily an agricultural country. Agriculture is the main source of the Islands’ wealth, and most of the exports consist mainly of agricultural products.

Hectares under cultivation An estimate of the number of hectares under cultivation during the year 1922, shows the following:

Hectares in cultivation An estimate of the number of hectares being farmed in 1922 shows the following:

Hectares devoted to rice. 1,661,430
Hectares devoted to abaca. 494,990
Hectares devoted to sugar-cane. 240,820
Hectares devoted to coconuts. 422,684
Hectares devoted to corn. 549,960
Hectares devoted to tobacco. 59,870
Hectares devoted to maguey. 27,670
Hectares devoted to cacao. 1,155
Hectares devoted to coffee. 882
Total. 3,459,461

This is only about 10 per cent of the total area of the Islands.

This is only about 10 percent of the total area of the Islands.

Extensive areas of agricultural lands which remain undeveloped are the Agusan Valley in eastern Mindanao; the Cotabato Valley in central Mindanao; sections of the plains of central Luzon and of the Cagayan Valley; the central plain of Panay and the meadowlands of Palawan, Samar, and Mindoro. There are also the coastal plains of Zamboanga, Mindanao, Leyte, and Negros.

Extensive areas of agricultural land that are still undeveloped include the Agusan Valley in eastern Mindanao, the Cotabato Valley in central Mindanao, sections of the plains in central Luzon and the Cagayan Valley, the central plain of Panay, and the meadowlands of Palawan, Samar, and Mindoro. Additionally, there are the coastal plains of Zamboanga, Mindanao, Leyte, and Negros.

The average area of farms in the Islands according to the Census of 1918 is 2.33 hectares, as against 3.47 hectares in 1903. [116]

The average size of farms in the Islands based on the 1918 Census is 2.33 hectares, compared to 3.47 hectares in 1903. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Farms owned by Filipinos Out of the 1,955,276 farms in the Islands today 1,946,580 or 96 per cent, are owned by Filipinos, 2,678 by Americans, 949 by Europeans, 1,612 by Asiatics, and 3,457 by other nationalities.

Filipino-owned farms Out of the 1,955,276 farms in the Islands today, 1,946,580, which is 96 percent, are owned by Filipinos, 2,678 by Americans, 949 by Europeans, 1,612 by Asians, and 3,457 by other nationalities.

Exports THE PRINCIPAL CROPS.—The principal crops produced by the islands are rice, abaca (Manila hemp), coconut, sugar, and tobacco. All of these except rice are articles of export. The following table shows the respective values of these exports:

Exports THE MAIN CROPS.—The main crops grown on the islands are rice, abaca (Manila hemp), coconut, sugar, and tobacco. All of these, except for rice, are exported. The following table shows the values of these exports:

Article Value
1921 1922
Abaca (Manila hemp). ₱25,969,385 ₱39,081,829
Coconut oil. 32,103,036 31,468,971
Copra. 26,146,913 28,206,146
Sugar. 51,037,454 51,165,110
Tobacco products. 16,564,434 17,340,236
Maguey. 1,848,794 2,973,203
Cordage. 918,544 1,099,375
Fruits and nuts. 239,060 532,632
Rubber, crude. 25,700 ——
Ilang-ilang oil. 57,554 60,606

Rice is almost exclusively the staple foodstuff of the people; but corn in some provinces constitutes an important part of the daily diet. Although the production of rice has been increasing steadily since 1910 the Philippines has had to import rice from other countries, especially Indo-China, for a part of its supply. The government is now exerting every effort towards solving the problem. Immense sums are being appropriated for the construction of irrigation systems so indispensable in the successful growing of rice.

Rice is practically the main food for the people, but corn is also a key part of the daily diet in some provinces. Even though rice production has been steadily increasing since 1910, the Philippines still needs to import rice from other countries, particularly Indo-China, to meet its supply. The government is doing everything it can to tackle this issue. Huge amounts are being allocated for building irrigation systems, which are essential for successfully growing rice.

Fibers Abaca (Manila hemp).—The Philippines is the only source in the world for abaca, commercially known as Manila hemp. There are two other commercial fibers, however, that grow in the islands. These are sisal and maguey. Although other kind of fibers grow in other countries especially in Mexico, the world must always use a certain amount of the Manila hemp for binder twine and for high grade ropes. [117]

Fabrics Abaca (Manila hemp).—The Philippines is the only place in the world that produces abaca, commonly known as Manila hemp. There are two other commercial fibers that grow in the islands: sisal and maguey. While other types of fibers are found in different countries, particularly in Mexico, there will always be a necessity for Manila hemp for making binder twine and high-quality ropes. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Hemp exports, 1913–1922

Year ended December 31— To all countries To the United States
Quantity Value Average value per 1,000 kilos Percentage of total export Quantity Value Percentage of total hemp
Kilos Pesos Pesos Kilos Pesos
1913 119,821,435 42,242,168 352.54 44 47,144,252 19,574,434 46
1914 116,386,575 38,389,630 329.85 39 50,140,193 19,238,752 50
1915 142,010,431 42,678,200 300.53 40 69,251,180 22,702,566 53
1916 137,326,092 53,384,593 388.70 38 66,344,154 27,279,018 51
1917 169,435,204 98,615,559 552.51 49 95,580,320 59,291,095 63
1918 169,260,377 116,383,100 687.60 43 86,823,997 65,468,402 56
1919 121,247,668 53,703,052 442.92 24 65,509,134 32,390,957 60
1920 141,485,785 71,724,000 506.93 24 67,041,769 41,228,052 58
1921 100,401,940 25,969,385 258.65 15 34,558,262 10,914,117 42
1922 172,026,591 39,081,829 227.18 20 83,544,420 20,663,552 53

[118]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Coconuts.—In the production of coconut, the Philippines is the third most important source in the world. It is excelled only by the Dutch East Indies and the Federated Malay States. It is estimated that there are some 84,536,710 trees in the islands which in 1922 produced 366,808,888 kilos of coprax, valued at ₱44,057,045.

Coconuts.—In coconut production, the Philippines is the third most important source in the world. It is surpassed only by Indonesia and Malaysia. It's estimated that there are about 84,536,710 trees in the islands, which in 1922 produced 366,808,888 kilograms of copra, valued at ₱44,057,045.

The traveler in Philippine waters always notices along the coast the extensive groves of coconut palms which extend miles and miles into the hinterland as far as the eye can reach.

The traveler in Philippine waters always notices along the coast the vast groves of coconut palms that stretch for miles into the inland as far as the eye can see.

Uses of the Coconut In the Philippines the coconut tree serves many ends. The meat is eaten as a delicacy. The leaves supply roofing for houses. The shell of the nut is used for dishes, cups, and spoons; the oil for soap and illumination; in some sections the same oil is used as a frying fat for cooking purposes. The fiber from the husk is used for ropes and mats. The husk itself is used for fuel. The water inside the nut is an ever-ready delicious drink.

Coconut Uses In the Philippines, the coconut tree has many uses. The meat is enjoyed as a treat. The leaves provide roofing for homes. The shell of the nut is made into dishes, cups, and spoons; the oil is used for soap and lighting; in some areas, the same oil is used as cooking fat. The fiber from the husk is used for ropes and mats. The husk itself is used as fuel. The water inside the nut is always a tasty drink.

Oleomargarine comes from coconut oil fat, an industry which has developed considerably in Denmark and Germany and also in the United States.

Oleomargarine is made from coconut oil fat, an industry that has grown significantly in Denmark, Germany, and the United States.

Copra, or coprax—Other by-products.—Copra, or coprax as it is sometimes called, is the dried meat of the ripe coconut. It is obtained by breaking the nut into halves and drying them in the sun or artificially in kilns until the nut-meat is separated from the shell. [119]

Copra, or coprax—Other by-products.—Copra, also known as coprax, is the dried meat of the mature coconut. It is made by splitting the coconut in half and drying the two halves in the sun or in kilns until the meat separates from the shell. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The exportation of coconut oil from the Philippines since 1913 is shown in the following table:

The export of coconut oil from the Philippines since 1913 is shown in the following table:

Coconut oil exported, 1913–1922

Year ended December 31— To all countries To the United States
Quantity Value Average value per 1,000 kilos Percentage of total export Quantity Value Percentage of total coconut oil
Kilos Pesos Pesos Kilos Pesos
1913 5,010,429 2,292,678 457.58 2.40 4,805,384 2,190,876 96.56
1914 11,943,329 5,238,366 438.60 5.38 11,896,975 5,214,326 99.54
1915 13,464,169 5,641,003 418.96 5.24 13,367,932 5,609,263 99.44
1916 16,091,169 7,851,469 487.94 5.61 15,307,429 7,388,748 94.11
1917 45,198,415 22,818,294 504.85 11.93 45,045,690 22,755,319 99.72
1918 115,280,847 63,328,317 549.33 23.42 113,524,729 62,198,528 98.22
1919 139,942,612 73,719,504 526.78 32.59 85,376,904 45,797,329 62.12
1920 77,571,405 46,537,773 599.93 15.40 71,944,801 43,366,086 93.18
1921 90,292,242 32,103,036 355.55 18.22 80,504,458 27,907,379 86.98
1922 107,208,191 31,468,971 293.63 16.46 106,645,477 31,288,505 99.43

[120]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Copra meal Another by-product of the coconut oil is known as copra meal. It is the meal remaining after most of the oil has been expressed. This is used as cattle feed in Germany and Denmark.

Coconut meal Another by-product of coconut oil is called copra meal. It’s the meal left after most of the oil has been extracted. This is used as cattle feed in Germany and Denmark.

Soap Recently, certain corporations in the Philippines have gone so far as to use their oil to manufacture many of the varied products which were formerly made only in the United States and Europe. Soap was the first product to be manufactured locally. There are two companies now, however, which manufacture lard substitutes under their own trade names. There is an attempt also to manufacture coconut butter for sale in the islands.

Soap Recently, some companies in the Philippines have started using their oil to create a variety of products that used to be made only in the United States and Europe. Soap was the first item to be produced locally. Now, there are two companies that make lard alternatives under their own brand names. There's also an effort to produce coconut butter for sale in the islands.

Desiccated Coconut The manufacture of desiccated coconut is an infant industry in the Philippine Islands. The demand for this in Europe and particularly in the United States is very large and is mostly filled by Ceylon or by factories in the United States which import the whole nuts from the West Indies. Last year, however, the desiccated coconut from the Philippines gained a strong foot-hold in the United States and it is expected that Ceylon will be ousted from this field in the near future due to the free trade relations between the United States and the Philippines. On desiccated coconut imported into the United States from foreign countries, a duty of 3½ per cent is levied. At present there are six factories of desiccated coconut in the Islands.

Dried Coconut The production of desiccated coconut is a young industry in the Philippines. The demand for this product in Europe, especially in the United States, is very high and is mainly met by Ceylon or by factories in the U.S. that import whole nuts from the West Indies. However, last year, desiccated coconut from the Philippines made a significant entry into the U.S. market, and it is anticipated that Ceylon will soon be pushed out of this sector due to the free trade relationship between the United States and the Philippines. A duty of 3.5 percent is applied to desiccated coconut imported into the United States from other countries. Currently, there are six factories producing desiccated coconut in the Philippines.

Coir Another opportunity for development lies in the use of coir, the tough fiber of the husk surrounding the nut. In other countries this is worked up into door mats, rope, twine, etc., but in the Philippines the husks are usually burned as fuel except in a few instances where they are utilized for domestic purposes. It is also possible that some day other minor parts of the palm may be used. At present the midribs of the palm leaflets are used in making brooms and baskets, but the demand for exports is still small. [121]

Coconut fiber Another chance for development is in the use of coir, the strong fiber from the husk around the nut. In other countries, this is made into doormats, rope, twine, and more, but in the Philippines, the husks are usually burned as fuel, except for a few cases where they are used for home purposes. It’s also possible that someday other minor parts of the palm could be used. Currently, the midribs of the palm leaflets are made into brooms and baskets, but the export demand is still low. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The exportation of copra from 1913 to 1922 is as follows:

The export of copra from 1913 to 1922 is as follows:

Year ended December 31— To all countries To the U.S.
Quantity Value Average value per 1,000 kilos Percentage of total export Quantity Value Percentage of total copra
Kilos Pesos Pesos Kilos Pesos
1913 82,219,363 19,091,448 232.20 19.98 10,027,813 2,398,166 12.56
1914 87,344,695 15,960,540 182.73 16.39 18,181,371 3,212,266 20.13
1915 139,092,902 22,223,109 159.77 20.65 21,217,754 3,520,090 15.84
1916 72,277,164 14,231,941 196.90 10.17 35,470,438 7,079,128 49.74
1917 92,180,326 16,654,301 180.67 8.71 68,253,929 12,235,902 73.47
1918 55,061,736 10,377,029 188.46 3.84 55,061,641 10,377,011 99.99
1919 25,094,027 8,839,376 352.25 3.91 2,313,967 818,246 9.26
1920 25,803,044 7,433,741 288.10 2.46 1,433,311 382,409 5.14
1921 150,335,314 26,146,918 173.92 14.84 52,928,570 8,665,554 33.14
1922 173,051,980 28,206,146 162.99 14.76 89,358,118 14,495,014 51.00

[122]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Until the production of copra in the Philippines is much higher than at present, it will be impossible to keep all the expellers and presses now installed working at full capacity. It is therefore proposed to start a campaign for the planting of quick-growing crops of oil-bearing seeds. Among the plants that were most popular at first was the tañgan-tañgan, or castor bean. This grows very rapidly and yields a very high percentage of castor oil, which was sold at high prices during the war as a lubricant for aeroplanes and other delicate machinery. At the present writing, however, it is generally thought that the mills will do better if they can turn to the production of peanut oil, using imported peanuts to begin with and enlarging the return as the domestic yield increases.

Until copra production in the Philippines increases significantly, it won’t be possible to keep all the currently installed expellers and presses operating at full capacity. Therefore, it's suggested to launch a campaign for planting fast-growing oilseed crops. One of the initially popular plants was the tañgan-tañgan, or castor bean. This plant grows quickly and produces a high percentage of castor oil, which was sold at high prices during the war as a lubricant for airplanes and other sensitive machinery. However, it is currently believed that the mills would be better off focusing on peanut oil production, starting with imported peanuts and increasing local sourcing as domestic yields improve.

Sugar.—Cane-sugar ranks first among the islands’ agricultural exports.

Sugar.—Cane sugar is the top agricultural export of the islands.

As early as 1795 the United States have been importing sugar from the Philippine Islands; for that year 132 long tons were imported.

As early as 1795, the United States started importing sugar from the Philippine Islands; that year, 132 long tons were imported.

Up to the middle of the nineteenth century, however, the production of sugar-cane in the Philippines was confined largely to the provinces of Luzon near Manila. But shortly after the Crimean war the demand for sugar in Europe increased, and interest in the industry was greatly stimulated in the Islands. This resulted in the extension of the industry into the Visayan Islands, Occidental Negros becoming the largest cane producing section of the Archipelago, and so continues until the present day.

Up until the middle of the nineteenth century, the production of sugarcane in the Philippines was mostly limited to the provinces of Luzon near Manila. However, soon after the Crimean War, the demand for sugar in Europe grew, leading to a surge of interest in the industry in the Islands. This shift resulted in the expansion of sugar production into the Visayan Islands, with Occidental Negros becoming the largest sugarcane-producing area in the Archipelago, a trend that continues to this day.

As late as 1914 most of the sugar produced in the Islands was muscovado. It was not until the establishment of modern sugar centrals that centrifugal sugar was produced. The production of sugar became so stimulated as a result, and in 1922, as many as 455,404,427 kilos were produced. There are now 28 sugar centrals in the Islands as against one in 1910, and several are in process of construction. [123]

As recently as 1914, most of the sugar made in the Islands was muscovado. It wasn't until modern sugar factories were established that centrifugal sugar started to be produced. This led to a huge increase in sugar production, and by 1922, a whopping 455,404,427 kilos were produced. Today, there are 28 sugar factories in the Islands compared to just one in 1910, and several more are being built. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The following table shows the growth of the sugar industry from 1913 to 1922:

The following table shows the growth of the sugar industry from 1913 to 1922:

Year Area under cultivation Production of sugar Total value of sugar products
Acres Short lots
1913 435,188 345,080 $12,849,000
1914 418,676 408,343 14,314,000
1915 427,710 421,196 16,606,000
1916 444,189 412,278 17,068,000
1917 459,436 425,270 19,352,500
1918 507,818 474,750 20,579,500
1919 494,692 453,350 37,231,400
1920 487,783 466,917 79,648,600
1921 596,363 589,443 48,189,500
1922 595,066 533,194 29,974,125

The quantity and value of the exportation of this product is shown below:

The amount and worth of this product's exports are shown below:

Sugar exported, 1913–1922

Year ended December 31— To all countries To the U.S.
Quantity Value Average value per 1,000 kilos Percentage of total export Quantity Value Percentage of total sugar export
Kilos Pesos Pesos Kilos Pesos
1913 157,333,707 14,065,778 89.40 14.72 30,716,886 3,128,072 22.24
1914 236,498,001 22,119,186 93.53 22.71 168,530,115 16,483,706 74.62
1915 211,012,817 22,620,430 107.20 21.02 82,841,168 10,283,159 45.46
1916 337,490,000 37,175,185 110.12 26.58 131,885,246 17,267,401 46.45
1917 205,908,492 24,555,357 119.25 12.84 62,377,758 10,811,518 44.08
1918 273,258,396 31,608,780 115.67 11.69 106,080,676 16,559,780 52.39
1919 136,060,322 30,415,701 223.55 13.44 32,159,363 7,717,934 25.37
1920 180,340,670 99,238,520 550.28 32.83 123,947,209 78,697,869 79.30
1921 289,876,164 51,037,454 176.07 28.96 150,478,581 33,752,357 66.13
1922 362,071,661 51,165,110 141.31 26.77 244,851,617 40,020,490 78.22

A Cigar Factory in Manila

A Cigar Factory in Manila

A Cigar Shop in Manila

Tobacco—The Manila cigar.—The Manila cigar is just as well known to the world as the Manila hemp. It is among the few manufacturing enterprises that have developed factory conditions in the Islands.

Tobacco—The Manila cigar.—The Manila cigar is just as recognized globally as Manila hemp. It is one of the few manufacturing industries that has established factory conditions in the Islands.

History For generations the Spaniards conducted the tobacco business in the Philippines on the basis of Government monopoly. The monopoly came to an end in 1882 when the Filipino workers defied both the Spanish government and those directing the work in the factories because of the harsh and cruel treatment they were getting.

History For generations, the Spaniards ran the tobacco industry in the Philippines as a government monopoly. This monopoly ended in 1882 when Filipino workers stood up against both the Spanish government and the factory managers due to the harsh and cruel treatment they were receiving.

Thereafter, for many years, the tobacco business suffered extreme depression, and it was not until American occupation that the industry received anything of a stimulus. The Manila cigar, however, was then at a disadvantage in comparison with cigars from other countries, because the latter were allowed a discount from the tariff, while the Manilas were required to pay the full customs duty.

Thereafter, for many years, the tobacco business struggled significantly, and it wasn't until the American occupation that the industry got any boost. However, the Manila cigar was at a disadvantage compared to cigars from other countries because the latter were granted a discount on the tariff, while the Manilas had to pay the full customs duty.

With the establishment of free trade, however, between the islands and the United States the Manila cigar has been able to compete with other cigars in the United States, by far the greatest market therefor. This fact accounts for the unprecedented steady increase of the amount of cigars exported from the islands. In 1904 the exports amounted [125]to 104,753,000 cigars, valued at ₱2,011,790. In 1919 the exports had risen to 392,339,000 worth ₱18,157,707.

With the establishment of free trade between the islands and the United States, the Manila cigar has been able to compete with other cigars in the U.S., which is by far the biggest market for them. This explains the unprecedented and steady increase in the number of cigars exported from the islands. In 1904, exports totaled 104,753,000 cigars, valued at ₱2,011,790. By 1919, exports had risen to 392,339,000, worth ₱18,157,707.

The Tobacco Region Although tobacco is grown in many parts of the islands, all that which is exported comes from the Provinces of Cagayan, Isabela, and Nueva Vizcaya, in northern Luzon. All grown elsewhere is consumed locally, also exported to European and other countries. The tobacco growing districts in these three provinces lie in the valley of the Cagayan River, a stream which is about 160 miles long. The valley is from 2 to 14 miles wide. During the rainy season, which is between the time that one crop is harvested and the next one planted, the Cagayan River rises to a height of 40 feet inundating all of the lowlands. This overflow never fails, and it always leaves on the valley a deposit of rich soil, renewing the fertility of the entire valley and making the use of fertilizers unnecessary. On one field in Cagayan Valley, crops have been produced without interruption and without fertilizer for one hundred and thirty-five years.

The Tobacco Area Tobacco is grown in various parts of the islands, but all that gets exported comes from the Provinces of Cagayan, Isabela, and Nueva Vizcaya in northern Luzon. Tobacco grown elsewhere is consumed locally or exported to European and other countries. The tobacco-growing areas in these three provinces are located in the valley of the Cagayan River, which is about 160 miles long. The valley ranges from 2 to 14 miles wide. During the rainy season, which occurs between the harvest of one crop and the planting of the next, the Cagayan River rises up to 40 feet, flooding all the lowlands. This flooding is consistent and leaves behind a deposit of rich soil, replenishing the fertility of the entire valley and eliminating the need for fertilizers. In one field in Cagayan Valley, crops have been grown continuously without fertilizers for one hundred and thirty-five years.

Makers of Manila Cigars

Makers of Manila Cigars

Manila Cigar Makers

Government control and Guaranty No cigar in the world today is produced under such carefully prepared and rigidly enforced regulations as the Manila cigar. The Philippine government has assumed control of the industry, has established invariable standards of excellence, and has guaranteed the production under its own official stamp. If you will examine the next box of Manila cigars you see, you will find that it bears a label stating that its contents are guaranteed by the Philippine government. One of the regulations enforced provides that, under certain limitations, cigars which reach the American dealer in a damaged condition may be returned to the Philippines at the expense of the Philippine government. Another regulation is to the following effect:

Government oversight and Assurance No cigar today is made under such detailed and strictly enforced rules as the Manila cigar. The Philippine government has taken charge of the industry, has set unchanging standards of quality, and has ensured production with its official stamp. If you look at the next box of Manila cigars you come across, you'll see a label that says its contents are guaranteed by the Philippine government. One of the rules in effect states that under certain conditions, cigars that arrive at the American dealer in a damaged state can be returned to the Philippines at the expense of the Philippine government. Another regulation is to the following effect:

“To be up to the standard established by the Government, Philippine cigars are required to be made from good, clean, selected tobacco, properly cured and seasoned, exclusively the product of the Provinces of Cagayan, Isabela, and Nueva Vizcaya, well made with suitable spiral wrapper and with long filler from which [126]must have been removed all stems dust, scrap or sun-burned tobacco; cigars to be properly assorted and packed in clean receptacles of wood not before used, manufactured from native wood known as Calantas or from imported cedar. No cigars made between sunset and sunrise may be graded as standard.”

“To meet the standards set by the Government, Philippine cigars must be made from high-quality, clean, selected tobacco that is properly cured and aged, sourced only from the provinces of Cagayan, Isabela, and Nueva Vizcaya. They should be well-crafted with a suitable spiral wrapper and use long filler from which [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] all stems, dust, scrap, or sunburned tobacco have been removed. Cigars need to be properly sorted and packed in clean wooden containers that haven't been used before, made from native wood called Calantas or imported cedar. Additionally, no cigars produced between sunset and sunrise can be labeled as standard.”

The Cigar Factories The factories in which the Manila cigars are made are worth visiting. They are counted among the show-places of the city. Visitors are always welcome and given an opportunity to follow the entire process of manufacture from the time the bales of tobacco reach the warehouses until the finished cigars are packed in air-tight cases for shipment to all parts of the world.

The Cigar Factories The factories where Manila cigars are made are definitely worth a visit. They're considered highlights of the city. Visitors are always welcome and can observe the entire manufacturing process, from when the tobacco bales arrive at the warehouses to when the finished cigars are packed in airtight cases for shipping to all corners of the globe.

In these factories every precaution is taken to guard against dirt and disease. No one is employed except after a searching physical examination and thereafter all the employees are regularly examined twice a month. Every now and then, government inspectors visit the factories, and these have a right to condemn a lot of cigars which they do not think is up to the standard.

In these factories, every measure is taken to protect against dirt and disease. No one is hired without a thorough physical examination, and after that, all employees are checked regularly twice a month. Occasionally, government inspectors visit the factories, and they have the authority to reject any batch of cigars that they believe doesn't meet the standard.

No scraps of any kind are used in the making of Manila cigars. There are no broken leaves and no dust. There is nothing in the cigar but long, clean leaves of tobacco. The Manila cigar is the mildest made. It is the most pleasant and satisfying smoke that can be had at any price.

No scraps of any kind are used in the making of Manila cigars. There are no broken leaves and no dust. There is nothing in the cigar but long, clean leaves of tobacco. The Manila cigar is the mildest made. It is the most pleasant and satisfying smoke that can be had at any price.

Cigars exported, 1913–1922

Year To all countries To the United States
Number Value Average value per thousand Per cent of total exports Number Value Average value per thousand
Pesos Pesos Cigars Per cent Cigars Per cent
1913 191,762,442 6,024,468 31.42 6.31 71,513,141 37.29 3,285,776 54.54 45.95
1914 154,753,363 4,630,318 29.92 4.75 56,205,050 36.32 2,400,252 51.84 42.71
1915 134,647,687 4,114,605 30.56 3.82 61,169,600 45.43 2,302,444 55.96 37.64
1916 193,025,578 5,688,751 29.47 4.02 111,478,216 57.75 4,066,242 71.48 36.47
1917 284,524,500 9,588,192 33.70 5.07 202,198,534 71.07 7,725,966 38.20 38.29
1918 360,144,827 14,252,637 39.57 5.21 248,747,584 69.07 11,365,675 79.85 45.69
1919 392,339,462 18,157,707 46.28 8.07 263,942,555 67.27 13,828,639 76.16 52.39
1920 421,545,143 25,442,276 60.35 8.43 316,862,859 75.17 21,092,607 82.90 66.57
1921 154,879,488 6,454,886 41.67 3.66 68,216,608 44.04 3,960,503 61.36 58.06
1922 300,484,824 11,602,219 38.61 6.07 173,317,046 57.68 8,519,576 73.43 49.16

[127]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

SECONDARY FOOD PRODUCTS.—Corn leads in importance among the secondary food products. In 1918 there were 1,035,067 acres grown to corn producing 11,269,258 bushels valued at $10,686,061. The other food crops worth mentioning under this heading are sweet potatoes, cassava, sesame, mongoes, peanuts, bananas, mangoes, citrus, lanzones, and a great number of tropical fruits and vegetables. Including the edible algæ and fungi there are more than 100 species of plants in the Philippines, either wild or cultivated, that find a place in the dietary system of the people. So rich is the country in food producing plants.

SECONDARY FOOD PRODUCTS.—Corn is the most important among the secondary food products. In 1918, there were 1,035,067 acres dedicated to corn, producing 11,269,258 bushels valued at $10,686,061. Other notable food crops in this category include sweet potatoes, cassava, sesame, mongoes, peanuts, bananas, mangoes, citrus, lanzones, and a wide variety of tropical fruits and vegetables. Including edible seaweeds and fungi, there are over 100 species of plants in the Philippines, either wild or cultivated, that are part of the people's diet. The country is incredibly rich in food-producing plants.

PROSPECTIVE AGRICULTURAL INDUSTRIES.—The plants from which the various other tropical staple products in the world’s markets are derived, such as rubber, coffee, tea, cacao, pepper, cinchona, and cassava are all known to thrive well in the Philippines, although the growing of those enumerated is yet of comparatively little importance. Rubber has the greatest future of these. The great Island of Mindanao, which is outside the typhoon zone, has been found to be suitable to the growing of rubber. All the large rubber plantations of the Philippines are located on Mindanao or the adjacent Island of Basilan.

PROSPECTIVE AGRICULTURAL INDUSTRIES.—The plants that produce various tropical staple products in global markets, like rubber, coffee, tea, cacao, pepper, cinchona, and cassava, are all known to grow well in the Philippines, even though cultivating these crops is still relatively minor. Among these, rubber has the most promising future. The large island of Mindanao, which is outside the typhoon zone, has been found suitable for rubber cultivation. All the major rubber plantations in the Philippines are located on Mindanao or the nearby island of Basilan.

During the early years of American occupation, when the acreage planted to rubber in other countries increased by [128]leaps and bounds, the erroneous impression somehow gained ground that the Philippines were unsuited to rubber. And it is not very many years ago that a planter was able to demonstrate beyond doubt that rubber could be grown in the Islands successfully. The company he heads now has some 80,000 rubber trees planted. The success of its operations has induced others to plant rubber, and while the Philippine output of rubber is still insignificant, it may be said that the rubber industry has come to stay.

During the early years of American occupation, while other countries were rapidly increasing their rubber production, the mistaken belief spread that the Philippines were not suitable for rubber cultivation. It wasn't too many years ago that a planter was able to prove, without a doubt, that rubber could grow successfully in the Islands. The company he leads now has around 80,000 rubber trees planted. The success of its operations has encouraged others to start rubber planting, and although the Philippines' rubber output is still minimal, it's safe to say that the rubber industry is here to stay.

IRRIGATION.—Irrigation has been practiced in the Philippines in some form for centuries, for, in general, it may be said that the certainty of a rice harvest depends upon irrigation to supplement the natural rainfall. When the rainfall is copious and well distributed during the rice growing season, there is little demand for artificial irrigation but in the event of a drought or irregular rainfall irrigation has to be used to insure a normal rice crop. With irrigation it is also possible to grow two crops of rice a year, whereas without it the planting of one is often hazardous. Prior to 1908 very little attention was given to the development of irrigation systems so that the only irrigation works constructed were by private and communal enterprise. These old systems are found in different parts of the Islands, the most notable being the extensive systems with permanent dams, tunnels, and ditches constructed by the friars and the remarkable side hill terraces built by the mountain people in the subprovince of Ifugao.

IRRIGATION.—Irrigation has been used in the Philippines in some way for centuries because, generally speaking, the success of a rice harvest relies on irrigation to supplement natural rainfall. When rainfall is plentiful and evenly spread throughout the rice growing season, there is little need for artificial irrigation. However, during a drought or if rainfall is irregular, irrigation is necessary to ensure a normal rice crop. With irrigation, it’s also possible to grow two rice crops a year, while without it, planting even one crop can be risky. Before 1908, very little emphasis was placed on developing irrigation systems, so most irrigation works were built by private individuals and communities. These older systems can be found in various parts of the Islands, with the most notable being the extensive systems with permanent dams, tunnels, and ditches built by the friars, along with the impressive side hill terraces created by the mountain people in the subprovince of Ifugao.

Studies of irrigation possibilities have now advanced sufficiently to warrant the Bureau of Public Works recommending a ten-year program for the construction of 40 irrigation systems in 20 of the principal rice producing provinces to water an area of approximately 750,000 acres. It is estimated that these 40 systems will cost about $25,000,000. With these systems completed and operating, there will be no further need of importing rice from other countries.

Studies on irrigation options have now progressed enough for the Bureau of Public Works to recommend a ten-year plan for building 40 irrigation systems in 20 major rice-producing provinces, covering an area of about 750,000 acres. It's estimated that these 40 systems will cost around $25 million. Once these systems are finished and operational, there will be no more need to import rice from other countries.

Rural Credit RURAL CREDIT ASSOCIATIONS.—The Rural Credit Law has removed the restriction in the Corporation Law requiring [129]₱200,000 paid-in capital before a bank may be started. Under the new law, associations may incorporate with a paid-in capital as low as ₱100 or as high as ₱10,000. The Government does not furnish any financial help except that the organizing staff is paid and maintained by it. To give security to small investors the bonded municipal treasurer acts as treasurer ex-officio of the association and Government auditors audit its books.

Farm Loans RURAL CREDIT ASSOCIATIONS.—The Rural Credit Law has eliminated the requirement in the Corporation Law that mandated [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]₱200,000 in paid-in capital before starting a bank. With the new law, associations can incorporate with a paid-in capital as low as ₱100 or as high as ₱10,000. The Government does not provide any financial assistance other than covering the salaries of the organizing staff. To protect small investors, the bonded municipal treasurer serves as the treasurer ex-officio of the association, and Government auditors review its financial records.

The purpose of the Rural Credit Law is to encourage small farmers to coöperate and furnish their own capital. Only one association may be incorporated in a municipality to avoid rivalry and factions.

The purpose of the Rural Credit Law is to encourage small farmers to cooperate and provide their own funding. Only one association can be established in a municipality to prevent competition and divisions.

On October 19, 1916, the first rural credit association was incorporated, and after practically six years, there are now 544 incorporated associations with a paid-in capital of ₱807,178.

On October 19, 1916, the first rural credit association was established, and after almost six years, there are now 544 registered associations with a paid-in capital of ₱807,178.

Number of rural credit associations and average number of stockholders, amount of capital stock paid up, and loans made in 1923, by provinces and subprovinces

Province and subprovince Number of associations Number of stockholders Capital paid up Loans
Pesos Pesos
Abra 11 908 5,766 17,749.72
Agusan 3 222 4,185 4,595.00
Albay 14 1,916 15,188 52,703.05
Antique 12 2,095 35,596 95,237.75
Bataan 8 1,425 20,972 52,535.85
Batangas 15 2,180 31,428 112,678.59
Bohol 34 7,208 6,175 138,243.37
Bulacan 22 2,195 30,824 75,292.80
Cagayan 14 1,355 14,404 41,618.50
Camarines Norte 4 302 4,000 3,903.00
Camarines Sur 20 2,311 27,628 101,468.92
Capiz 24 2,362 34,882 125,913.76
Cavite 17 1,924 28,856 108,447.54
Cebu 14 1,188 20,637 68,348.34
Cotabato 1 141 2,372 2,975.00
Davao 5 527 9,005 9,520.50
Ilocos Norte 16 4,569 18,952 57,974.10
Ilocos Sur 20 3,101 19,726 50,654.86
Iloilo 30 5,076 68,209 199,912.19
Isabela 8 698 7,611 18,093.00[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
Laguna 20 1,815 21,501 62,233.64
Lanao 1 125 1,984 2,788.96
La Union 14 2,774 21,382 62,891.56
Leyte 10 937 6,711 19,306.70
Masbate 2 98 2,491 2,580.00
Misamis 14 1,415 18,455 26,744.79
Nueva Ecija 19 1,698 30,209 98,095.31
Nueva Vizcaya 6 703 5,189 12,737.76
Oriental Negros 4 269 3,690 7,878.50
Occidental Negros 4 384 11,378 23,295.50
Palawan 2 154 3,544 7,710.00
Pampanga 20 1,826 42,675 117,602.50
Pangasinan 41 9,464 77,146 186,512.29
Rizal 15 1,950 25,700 69,022.50
Romblon 6 544 6,690 10,039.00
Samar 12 1,104 13,759 47,620.35
Sorsogon 9 737 7,724 24,956.10
Surigao 5 386 5,655 15,824.00
Tarlac 15 2,761 39,844 131,155.60
Tayabas 19 2,023 41,898 86,637.99
Zambales 13 2,095 13,028 47,327.59
Zamboanga 1 149 1,114 850.00
Total 544 75,114 808,183 2,401,676.48

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

FOREST RESOURCES

Area The forests of the Philippines cover about 18,706,093 hectares, or 72,224 square miles, which is about 63.1 per cent of the total area of the Archipelago. Of these number, 16,609,108 hectares or 64,127 square miles, 88.6 per cent of the entire forest area are of a commercial character. In addition, there are estimated to be about 2,096,985 hectares, or 8,096 square miles of second growth forests which will yield large quantities of fine wood and small size timber. It is said that taken together, the virgin and second growth forests in the Islands cover an area about equal to the area of the State of Nebraska.

Zone The forests of the Philippines span approximately 18,706,093 hectares, or 72,224 square miles, which is about 63.1 percent of the total area of the Archipelago. Out of this, 16,609,108 hectares or 64,127 square miles, which is 88.6 percent of the entire forest area, are considered commercial. Additionally, it's estimated that there are around 2,096,985 hectares, or 8,096 square miles of second growth forests that will produce large amounts of fine wood and smaller timber. It’s said that when combined, the virgin and second growth forests in the Islands cover an area roughly the same as the State of Nebraska.

A lumber yard. Kolambugan, Mindanao

A lumber yard. Kolambugan, Mindanao

A lumber yard. Kolambugan, Mindanao

[131]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Ownership More than 99 per cent of the timber belongs to the Philippine government and is under the administrative control of the Bureau of Forestry. Less than 1 per cent is held under title of private ownership.

Ownership Over 99 percent of the timber is owned by the Philippine government and is managed by the Bureau of Forestry. Less than 1 percent is privately owned.

Volume of Timber Resource The volume of this timber resource of the Philippines is 192,000,000,000 board feet or 777,000,000 cubic meters. Most of the timber belong to the dipterocarp family. The largest reach about 200 feet in height and some specimens have a diameter of 7 feet. The well-known woods of this family are tanguile, red lauan, almon, apitong, guijo, and yakal. These woods have found favorable acceptance in the markets of China and the United States.

Timber Resource Volume The volume of timber resources in the Philippines is 192 billion board feet or 777 million cubic meters. Most of the timber belongs to the dipterocarp family. The largest trees can reach about 200 feet tall, and some specimens can have a diameter of 7 feet. The well-known woods from this family include tanguile, red lauan, almon, apitong, guijo, and yakal. These woods are well-received in the markets of China and the United States.

Next to the dipterocarp family is the molave family. Among the woods of this family are aranga, duñgon, and molave. There are about 1,036,000 hectares of this timber with a total volume of 7,680,000,000 board feet. These woods are appropriate for railway ties and for building construction purposes.

Next to the dipterocarp family is the molave family. Among the woods in this family are aranga, duñgon, and molave. There are about 1,036,000 hectares of this timber with a total volume of 7,680,000,000 board feet. These woods are suitable for railway ties and building construction.

Timber Output and Export The timber output of the islands was 184,628 cubic meters in 1911; 297,094 cubic meters in 1914; 385,150 cubic meters in 1918 and 630,973 in 1922. It is said that this output can be trebled, even quadrupled, without exhausting the supply for several hundred years.

Lumber Production and Export The timber production of the islands was 184,628 cubic meters in 1911; 297,094 cubic meters in 1914; 385,150 cubic meters in 1918; and 630,973 in 1922. It's believed that this output could be tripled, even quadrupled, without depleting the supply for several hundred years.

The export of timber in 1914 was 27,070 cubic meters valued at ₱681,272; for 1916, 40,164 cubic meters worth ₱1,030,276; for 1919, 15,704 cubic meters worth ₱791,823 and for 1922, 43,008 cubic meters worth ₱1,656,812.

The timber exports in 1914 were 27,070 cubic meters valued at ₱681,272; in 1916, they were 40,164 cubic meters worth ₱1,030,276; in 1919, 15,704 cubic meters worth ₱791,823; and in 1922, 43,008 cubic meters worth ₱1,656,812.

The lumber industry in the islands offers many advantages. The government charges are nominal, ranging from ₱2.00 to ₱10.00 per 1,000 board feet according to class. Logging and sawmill equipment and machinery enter free of duty if imported from the United States and only 15 per cent duty, if bought from other countries. For fuel, sawmill waste [132]can be utilized. Water power is available from streams in a number of places.

The lumber industry in the islands has a lot of benefits. The government fees are low, varying from ₱2.00 to ₱10.00 per 1,000 board feet depending on the class. Logging and sawmill equipment and machinery can come in duty-free if imported from the United States, and there’s only a 15 percent duty if sourced from other countries. As for fuel, sawmill waste [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] can be used. There is also water power available from streams in several locations.

Obtaining a Tract of Timber The public forests of the Philippines are not sold, but are developed under a license system. Small operators usually work under ordinary yearly licenses for definite small areas. Exclusive licenses, or concessions as they are popularly called, are generally in the form of a twenty-year exclusive license to cut and extract timber and other forest products from a specified tract. The land itself is in no way affected by such a license. Only the timber and minor forest products are included.

Getting a Timber Lease The public forests in the Philippines aren't sold; instead, they're managed through a licensing system. Small operators typically work under standard annual licenses for specific small areas. Exclusive licenses, often referred to as concessions, usually come as a twenty-year exclusive license to cut and collect timber and other forest products from a designated tract. The land itself isn't impacted by this license. Only the timber and minor forest products are included.

Sawmills At present there are about 50 sawmills of all sizes and descriptions operating in the Islands. About 12 of these can be compared to the average modern sawmills in the United States. The largest sawmills are located on timber concessions, while the others are operated under short-term licenses. The total cut of the sawmills of the Philippine Islands is about 100 to 130 million board feet per year.

Lumber mills Currently, there are around 50 sawmills of various sizes and types operating in the Islands. About 12 of these are comparable to the average modern sawmills found in the United States. The largest sawmills are situated on timber concessions, while the others operate under short-term licenses. The total output of the sawmills in the Philippine Islands is approximately 100 to 130 million board feet per year.

View of San Jose Estate sugar mill. San Jose, Mindoro

View of San Jose Estate sugar mill. San Jose, Mindoro

View of San Jose Estate sugar mill. San Jose, Mindoro

MINOR FOREST PRODUCTS.—This term includes all products of the forest except timber or lumber. Many of the minor forest products of the Philippines are at present almost unknown in the world’s markets and are largely confined to local use.

MINOR FOREST PRODUCTS.—This term includes all forest products except for timber or lumber. Many of the minor forest products from the Philippines are currently almost unknown in global markets and are mostly used locally.

The most important are nipa, sugar, and alcohol; rattan, used in making furniture; Manila copal or almaciga, used in making high grade varnish; lumbang, a nut-producing high grade oil for varnish; dye-woods and barks; guttapercha and rubber; paper pulp; fibers suitable for making baskets, hats, mats, ropes, etc.; soap barks; pili nuts, declared by many as superior even to almonds; wax; and different kinds of medicinal plants.

The most important are nipa, sugar, and alcohol; rattan, used for making furniture; Manila copal or almaciga, used for making high-quality varnish; lumbang, a nut that produces high-quality oil for varnish; dye woods and barks; guttapercha and rubber; paper pulp; fibers suitable for making baskets, hats, mats, ropes, etc.; soap barks; pili nuts, considered by many to be superior even to almonds; wax; and various kinds of medicinal plants.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

MINERALS

The Islands are rich in mineral products, and it should not be long before the working of minerals should constitute [133]one of its basic industries. The most important minerals are gold, silver, lead, zinc, copper, iron, coal, petroleum, sulphur, asphalt, asbestos, manganese, guano, mineral waters, gas, cement, and many others of minor importance.

The Islands are rich in mineral resources, and it won’t be long before mineral extraction becomes [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]one of its main industries. The key minerals include gold, silver, lead, zinc, copper, iron, coal, oil, sulfur, asphalt, asbestos, manganese, guano, mineral waters, gas, cement, and several others that are less significant.

Gold.—There are a number of successful gold mines in the islands today. One of them is the Colorado mine in Masbate which produces ₱2,000 worth of gold a day at a cost of ₱1,000. Other successful mines are those of Paracale, Ambos Camarines; Baguio, Mountain Province; and Aroroy, Masbate. There are large areas of placer ground in Nueva Ecija, Mindanao, and Misamis.

Gold.—There are several successful gold mines in the islands today. One of them is the Colorado mine in Masbate, which produces ₱2,000 worth of gold each day at a cost of ₱1,000. Other successful mines include those in Paracale, Ambos Camarines; Baguio, Mountain Province; and Aroroy, Masbate. There are also large areas of placer ground in Nueva Ecija, Mindanao, and Misamis.

According to an estimate of the Bureau of Science, there are in all 800 to 1,000 square kilometers of placer grounds in the Philippines still undeveloped. The production of gold in 1916 was 2,265,789 fine grams, worth ₱3,011,755; in 1918 the production was 1,937,941 fine grams valued ₱2,575,970.

According to an estimate from the Bureau of Science, there are about 800 to 1,000 square kilometers of undeveloped placer grounds in the Philippines. The gold production in 1916 was 2,265,789 fine grams, worth ₱3,011,755; in 1918, the production was 1,937,941 fine grams valued at ₱2,575,970.

Silver.—Silver is found alloyed with the gold in all of the gold deposits in the ratio of 1 to 4. No attempt has as yet been made to develop the silver mines of the islands. There is no doubt, however, that the silver deposits can be advantageously developed on a commercial basis because the supply of silver in the world is declining and because the neighboring countries, such as China and Japan, are on the silver standard basis.

Silver.—Silver is found mixed with gold in all the gold deposits at a ratio of 1 to 4. So far, no effort has been made to tap into the silver mines of the islands. However, it’s clear that the silver deposits could be profitably developed on a commercial scale because the global supply of silver is decreasing and nearby countries like China and Japan operate on a silver standard.

Iron.—Valuable deposits of high grade iron ores are found in the eastern and southeastern cordilleras of Luzon. Extensive deposits are available in Bulacan, Rizal, Camarines, and Surigao. The Surigao field has a total area of 100 square kilometers with an average depth of 3 meters. The total estimated iron-ore deposit is about 500,000,000 tons. This region is accessible from the coast. The Bulacan deposit contains approximately 1,200,000 tons of ore. No survey has been made of other fields, but it is estimated that at least another 500,000,000 tons of ore are dormant in them. If properly developed, these deposits would yield sufficient ore to meet the local needs for iron and steel products, [134]perhaps with a surplus for exportation. As a result of the economic development of the country, the importation of iron and steel and their manufactures has shown an annual tendency to increase, as may be seen from the following figures:

Iron.—Valuable high-grade iron ore deposits are found in the eastern and southeastern mountain ranges of Luzon. There are large deposits in Bulacan, Rizal, Camarines, and Surigao. The Surigao area covers 100 square kilometers with an average depth of 3 meters. The total estimated iron ore deposit is around 500,000,000 tons. This region is accessible from the coast. The Bulacan deposit contains about 1,200,000 tons of ore. No surveys have been conducted on other areas, but it's estimated that at least another 500,000,000 tons of ore are waiting to be tapped. If these deposits are properly developed, they could provide enough ore to satisfy local demand for iron and steel products, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]possibly with a surplus for export. Due to the country's economic growth, the import of iron, steel, and related products has been steadily increasing annually, as shown by the following figures:

Importation of iron and steel and manufactures thereof

Year
1910 ₱11,118,916
1913 17,227,808
1918 24,507,970
1919 44,735,174
1920 43,759,204
1921 43,529,079
1922 15,208,761

The demand for iron and steel goods in the Philippines is bound to remain on the ascendant with the daily increase in the use of structural iron and steel for Government buildings as well as for private structures. Here again is another vast field awaiting exploitation by enterprising men and capital.

The demand for iron and steel products in the Philippines is definitely going to keep rising due to the daily increase in the use of structural iron and steel for government buildings and private structures. Once again, this presents a huge opportunity for ambitious individuals and investors.

Manganese.—Manganese deposits are found in Ilocos Norte, Pangasinan, Bulacan, Tarlac, Masbate, and Benguet. Little, if anything, seems to have been done in the way of developing them. This mineral product is of great industrial value and has a sure demand on the world’s market. The United States in 1914 imported 288,306 tons of this product, and in 1917, 656,088 tons, valued at ₱21,000,000.

Manganese.—Manganese deposits are located in Ilocos Norte, Pangasinan, Bulacan, Tarlac, Masbate, and Benguet. It seems that very little has been done to develop these resources. This mineral is highly valuable for industry and is in high demand in the global market. In 1914, the United States imported 288,306 tons of manganese, and by 1917, that number increased to 656,088 tons, valued at ₱21,000,000.

Coal.—No other mineral deposits are as widely scattered in almost every island of the Archipelago as coal. Extensive deposits which would warrant investments of capital are found in Cebu, Polillo, Mindanao, Masbate, and Mindoro. According to estimates made by the Bureau of Science the probable minimum tonnage of the different grades of coal found in this country is about 68,000,000 metric tons. Tests made by the same bureau show the following figures on the comparative calorific value of imported and local coal: [135]

Coal.—No other mineral deposits are as widely distributed across nearly every island in the Archipelago as coal. Significant deposits that could attract investment are located in Cebu, Polillo, Mindanao, Masbate, and Mindoro. According to estimates from the Bureau of Science, the probable minimum amount of different coal grades available in this country is around 68,000,000 metric tons. Tests conducted by the same bureau show the following figures on the comparative calorific value of imported vs. local coal: [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Calorific values of various coals

Source of sample Calories
Australia 6,614–6,987
Japan 6,691–7,127
Borneo 6,664
Philippines:
Bataan 4,753
Uling, Cebu 6,733
Polillo 5,925
Negros 4,402
Zamboanga 6,427
Laguna 4,510
Butong 7,779

At present only the Cebu coal fields are extensively developed. The latest data on coal production in the Philippines are 5,407 metric tons for 1917; about 20,000 metric tons for 1918; 40,011 for 1921 and 36,939 for 1922.1 The importations from 1908 to 1922 were as follows:

At the moment, only the Cebu coal fields are significantly developed. The most recent figures on coal production in the Philippines show 5,407 metric tons for 1917; about 20,000 metric tons for 1918; 40,011 for 1921; and 36,939 for 1922.1 The imports from 1908 to 1922 were as follows:

Importations of coal into the Philippine Islands, 1908–1922

Year Quantity Value
Metric ton Pesos
1908 504,244 2,884,764
1914 597,131 3,499,490
1919 400,537 7,781,307
1920 540,056 10,792,077
1921 461,889 6,987,004
1922 461,478 5,009,362

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

OTHER INDUSTRIES

Fishing.—Philippine waters abound in food fishes of all kinds. However, the amount of fish caught is not even enough to meet the local demand. Fishing is mostly done in shallow water, the methods employed not being adequate for deep-sea fishing. There is great need for modern equipment for purposes of deep-sea fishing. The islands are still [136]a heavy importer of fish products. The City of Manila alone consumes ₱4,000,000 worth of fresh fish a year.

Fishing.—Philippine waters are full of all kinds of food fish. However, the amount of fish caught isn't even enough to satisfy local demand. Most fishing takes place in shallow waters, and the methods used aren’t suitable for deep-sea fishing. There’s a significant need for modern equipment for deep-sea fishing. The islands are still [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]a major importer of fish products. The City of Manila alone consumes ₱4,000,000 worth of fresh fish each year.

There are various sea products of the islands, which can be profitably exploited, such as oysters and other shell fish. Raw materials for canning purposes are available. Oil and tomatoes could easily be procured that possess good preserving qualities.

There are different seafood products from the islands that can be profitably harvested, like oysters and other shellfish. There are raw materials available for canning. Oil and tomatoes that have good preservation qualities can be easily obtained.

Alcohol.—For the manufacture of alcohol the Philippines offer an abundant supply of raw materials. There is the nipa sap from nipa palms which are found in extensive groves in water swamps. There is the discarded molasses from the sugar mills amounting annually to 7,000,000 gallons. There are fruits, especially bananas, which could be grown in unlimited quantities and manufactured into alcohol. To these, may be added wood-waste and sawdust from the lumber mills.

Alcohol.—The Philippines has a lot of raw materials for producing alcohol. There’s nipa sap from nipa palms found in large groves in wetlands. There’s the leftover molasses from the sugar mills, amounting to about 7,000,000 gallons each year. There are fruits, especially bananas, that could be grown in endless amounts and made into alcohol. Additionally, wood waste and sawdust from lumber mills can be included.

Cordage.—The manufacture of cordage is another profitable Philippine industry with the promise of a constant world demand. The islands have all the natural advantages for the extensive development of the industry. Abaca, sisal, and maguey affording strong fibers can be grown in abundance. At present the islands are an exporter of cordage. In 1915, 454,621 kilograms were exported; in 1918 the export rose to 2,209,064 kilograms valued at ₱1,733,968, in 1921 the export 2,631,953 kilos valued at ₱1,099,378. Most of this was exported to British East Indies, Hongkong and the United States.

Cordage.—The production of cordage is another profitable industry in the Philippines that promises a steady demand worldwide. The islands have all the natural resources needed for significant growth in this sector. Abaca, sisal, and maguey provide strong fibers that can be cultivated in large quantities. Currently, the islands export cordage. In 1915, 454,621 kilograms were exported; by 1918, exports increased to 2,209,064 kilograms valued at ₱1,733,968. In 1921, exports reached 2,631,953 kilograms valued at ₱1,099,378. Most of this was sent to the British East Indies, Hong Kong, and the United States.

Paper and paper pulp.—The industry which for some time has interested the Government and private individuals, and for the development of which nothing substantial so far has been accomplished, is the paper and paper pulp industry. There is at present a large demand for paper pulp in America, Europe, and Japan. According to authorities on the subject, the spruce wood, which forms at least two-thirds of all the woods converted into pulp, is being exhausted. Very recently newspapers in the United States gave accounts of plans to develop the forest resources of Alaska to supply paper pulp for the production of paper. The [137]world’s annual paper production is about 8,000,000 tons, and it is estimated that for every ten years there is an increase in demand amounting to 25 per cent.

Paper and paper pulp.—The paper and paper pulp industry has caught the attention of the Government and private individuals for some time now, but no significant progress has been made in its development. Currently, there is a high demand for paper pulp in America, Europe, and Japan. Experts in the field indicate that spruce wood, which makes up at least two-thirds of all wood used for pulp, is running out. Recently, U.S. newspapers reported on plans to develop Alaska's forest resources to provide paper pulp for paper production. The [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]world produces about 8,000,000 tons of paper each year, with demand increasing by approximately 25 percent every decade.

The Bureau of Science has made an exhaustive study of raw materials available in the Philippines for the manufacture of paper pulp. The investigation shows that there is an abundant supply of raw materials for the manufacture of paper. Among these are bamboo (caña bojo variety), cogon grass, and abaca waste. These materials contain all the elements for the manufacture of an excellent pulp product. The supply of bamboo and cogon grass is almost unlimited thruout the Islands. Bamboo fiber is eminently fitted for the manufacture of pulp used for the making of book papers and for certain grades of writing and lithographic materials.

The Bureau of Science has conducted a thorough study of the raw materials available in the Philippines for making paper pulp. The research shows that there's a plentiful supply of raw materials for paper production. Among these are bamboo (caña bojo variety), cogon grass, and abaca waste. These materials contain all the necessary components to produce excellent pulp. The availability of bamboo and cogon grass is nearly endless throughout the Islands. Bamboo fiber is particularly suitable for making pulp used in book papers and certain types of writing and lithographic materials.

Cattle raising.—There are extensive grass lands suitable for cattle raising in the islands. Seventy five per cent of the country is a rolling expanse of upland territory to the foot-hills with an elevation of 4,500 feet. Aside from forest areas, there are extensive pasture lands such as the grass-covered hills of Nueva Vizcaya, the Mountain Province, and the green plateaus of Bukidnon in Mindanao. There are now cattle raising projects in those places but there is plenty of room left elsewhere.

Cattle raising.—There are vast grasslands ideal for cattle raising in the islands. Seventy-five percent of the country consists of rolling uplands that reach elevations of 4,500 feet. In addition to forested areas, there are large pasturelands like the grass-covered hills of Nueva Vizcaya, the Mountain Province, and the green plateaus of Bukidnon in Mindanao. There are currently cattle raising projects in those regions, but there's still plenty of space available elsewhere.

Girls Embroidery, Paco Intermediate School, Manila

Girls Embroidery, Paco Intermediate School, Manila

Girls Embroidery, Paco Intermediate School, Manila

Embroidery.—Hand embroidery in the Philippine Islands has been known for over four centuries, having been introduced by Spanish, French, and Belgian nuns, who taught this artcraft to the Filipino women in their convents where exquisitely fine work was done, mainly for Church altars and tapestries used for decorations.

Embroidery.—Hand embroidery in the Philippines has been around for over four centuries. It was introduced by Spanish, French, and Belgian nuns who taught this craft to Filipino women in their convents, where beautifully detailed work was created, mainly for Church altars and decorative tapestries.

At the present time there are scattered over the Islands, but chiefly in central Luzon, thousands of men, women and children engaged in this enterprise, which is a means of adding to their income, but is not considered the mainstay of their livelihood, as they work only when they prefer to and not of necessity.

At the moment, there are thousands of men, women, and children spread throughout the Islands, primarily in central Luzon, involved in this venture. It's a way for them to supplement their income, but it’s not seen as their primary source of livelihood, as they participate only when they want to, not out of necessity.

France and Belgium, where the embroidery industry was crippled by the war, are coming back into the field, but it is [138]a question whether they will ever again be able to compete with the Philippine Islands in the quality and price of goods. The Filipinos also excel in fine art work done on piña (pineapple fabric) and silk.

France and Belgium, where the embroidery industry was devastated by the war, are re-entering the market, but it is [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]a question of whether they'll ever be able to compete with the Philippines in the quality and price of their products. Filipinos also shine in fine art created on piña (pineapple fabric) and silk.

In the Philippines, embroidery is a part of the curriculum of all the schools, so that every girl student learns how to embroider from an early age.

In the Philippines, embroidery is included in the curriculum of all schools, ensuring that every girl student learns how to embroider from a young age.

Girls Embroidery, Paco Intermediate School, Manila

Girls Embroidery, Paco Intermediate School, Manila

Girls' Embroidery, Paco Intermediate School, Manila

The demand for Philippine embroideries greatly exceeds the supply. At present the greatest demand is for ladies’ underwear, but there is also a tremendous demand for infants’ and children’s underwear and fine frocks. The making of children’s dresses, especially in the larger sizes, is probably the most complicated of all handmade merchandise, not only in the fine embroidery stitchery but also in the cutting and sewing. This class of workmanship is finding favor by leaps and bounds in the United States.

The demand for Philippine embroideries far outstrips the supply. Right now, the highest demand is for women’s underwear, but there’s also a huge market for babies’ and kids’ underwear and elegant dresses. Making children’s dresses, particularly the larger sizes, is likely the most intricate of all handmade items, not just in terms of the detailed embroidery but also in the cutting and sewing. This type of craftsmanship is rapidly gaining popularity in the United States.

Embroidery Factories There are about forty embroidery factories in Manila, the entire output of which is practically absorbed by the United States. Recently new markets have opened up, notably India, Australia, and China, where the dainty work of the Filipino women has been much admired.

Embroidery Shops There are around forty embroidery factories in Manila, and pretty much all of their output goes to the United States. Recently, new markets have opened up, especially in India, Australia, and China, where the delicate work of Filipino women has been highly praised.

The following figures show the growth of the embroidery industry of the Philippines during the years indicated:

The following figures illustrate the growth of the embroidery industry in the Philippines during the specified years:

Year Values of exports
1913 ₱352,338
1914 324,912
1915 735,303
1916 2,328,024
1917 3,929,318
1918 4,319,501
1919 6,913,004
1920 15,623,567
1921 10,696,207
1922 6,514,597

Perfumes.—The Orient, since the most ancient times, has been famous for perfumes, and in this regard the Philippines are not behind from other oriental countries. Over two scores [139]of aromatic oils from plants have been studied by the Bureau of Science and found to be available for perfumery and medicine; and, as exploration progresses, undoubtedly others will become better known.

Perfumes.—The East has been known for its perfumes since ancient times, and the Philippines are just as notable as other Eastern countries in this aspect. The Bureau of Science has examined over twenty different aromatic oils from plants and found them to be suitable for perfume and medicine; as exploration continues, more will likely be discovered. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Ilang-ilang.—At least one Philippine essential oil, namely ilang-ilang, has enjoyed a world-wide fame among perfumes for several years. Although the oil is extracted also from the flowers of the same tree in other oriental countries, the Philippine product always has brought and still does bring the highest prices in the perfume trade in Europe.

Ilang-ilang.—At least one essential oil from the Philippines, called ilang-ilang, has gained global recognition in the perfume industry for several years. While the oil is also extracted from the flowers of the same tree in other Asian countries, the Philippine version consistently fetches the highest prices in the European perfume market.

Patchouli oil.—Another oil that has been known in the Orient for thousands of years and in Europe for centuries is patchouli oil. This, while of no commercial importance in the Philippines at present, has a peculiar interest to the botanist, for while the plant is cultivated in many parts of the Orient in considerable quantities, there is no record of its flowering except in the Philippines.

Patchouli oil.—Another oil that has been known in the East for thousands of years and in Europe for centuries is patchouli oil. While it isn't commercially important in the Philippines right now, it holds a unique interest for botanists. The plant is cultivated in large amounts in many parts of the East, yet there’s no record of it flowering anywhere except in the Philippines.

Rattan.—The thirty odd kinds of rattans, and the climbing members of the palm family, furnish strips and reeds for the manufacture of furniture. Considerable exports in rattan were made during the war; and, should the rattan be prepared and graded in a manner similar to what is being done in Singapore, this item of export alone would not only be increased, but much higher prices would be received for the product. Rattan strips are used in enormous quantities all over the Islands as tying material for houses, bridges, wharfs, boats, fish weirs, and so forth, besides being almost the only material used for tying bales of Manila hemp, tobacco, sugar bags, and similar commercial packages.

Rattan.—The more than thirty types of rattan, which are climbing members of the palm family, provide strips and reeds for making furniture. There were significant exports of rattan during the war; and if the rattan were prepared and graded like they do in Singapore, the export of this material would not only increase, but it would also fetch much higher prices. Rattan strips are used extensively throughout the Islands as tying material for houses, bridges, wharfs, boats, fish traps, and more, and they are nearly the only material used for tying bales of Manila hemp, tobacco, sugar bags, and similar commercial packages.

Shoes.—The shoe industry in the Philippines is in its infant stage. The exportation during 1919 was only 2,368 pairs of leather shoes and 674 pairs of canvas shoes, worth ₱20,695 and ₱2,351, respectively. Shoes, however, that left the Islands through the military, probably worth more than the amount given, are not included. On the other hand over ₱5,000,000 worth of shoes of all kinds were imported in 1919. [140]

Shoes.—The shoe industry in the Philippines is just starting out. In 1919, we exported only 2,368 pairs of leather shoes and 674 pairs of canvas shoes, valued at ₱20,695 and ₱2,351, respectively. However, shoes that were sent overseas by the military, which were likely worth more than the reported amounts, aren't included in these figures. On the other hand, more than ₱5,000,000 worth of shoes of all types were imported in 1919. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

There are two factories in the City of Manila manufacturing shoes by machinery. Filipino laborers are employed and have proved competent to undertake all phases of the manufacture of shoes. These factories are making shoes that compare very favorably with the better-grade shoes made in the United States, using only the best imported leathers and other necessary materials from the United States. The two factories have a capacity of about one thousand pairs of shoes per day.

There are two factories in Manila that produce shoes using machinery. Filipino workers are employed and have shown they can handle all aspects of shoe manufacturing. These factories are producing shoes that stack up well against higher-quality shoes made in the United States, using only the finest imported leathers and other essential materials from the U.S. The two factories can make about one thousand pairs of shoes each day.

Besides the two factories mentioned, there is also a considerable quantity of shoes manufactured in small shops throughout the City of Manila and the provinces that make their shoes entirely by hand and use a great deal of material produced in the Philippines, especially sole leather and portions of the upper leathers. These small shops turn out products of good quality and make most of their shoes on individual orders.

Besides the two factories mentioned, there are also a significant number of shoes made in small shops all over the City of Manila and the provinces. These shops craft their shoes entirely by hand and use a lot of materials produced in the Philippines, especially sole leather and parts of the upper leathers. These small shops produce high-quality products and create most of their shoes based on individual orders.

Hats.—The making of Philippine hats is almost a household industry. Hats manufactured here are as durable and as beautiful as those produced in Panama. Philippine buntal, buri, hemp, and bamboo hats make attractive and comfortable wear. The towns of Baliuag, Bulacan, and Lucban, Tayabas, have become famous for the excellent hats they produce.

Hats.—Making hats in the Philippines is practically a household industry. The hats made here are just as durable and beautiful as those made in Panama. Philippine buntal, buri, hemp, and bamboo hats are stylish and comfortable to wear. The towns of Baliuag, Bulacan, and Lucban, Tayabas, are well-known for their excellent hats.

The hat industry in the Philippines, although exploited only to a small extent, made it possible for the Islands to record exportation on this product in 1919 amounting to 1,470,026 pesos as compared with only 753,942 pesos worth of hats imported for the same year.

The hat industry in the Philippines, although only slightly developed, allowed the Islands to export this product in 1919 for a total of 1,470,026 pesos, compared to only 753,942 pesos worth of hats imported in the same year.

Of the 1,470,026 pesos’ worth of hats sent out of the Islands in 1919, 1,280,968 pesos’ worth went to the United States. With the increasing popularity which Philippine hats enjoy in the American market, hat exportation to the United States is expected to reach greater proportions. China, with its hundreds of millions of souls, many of whom have already begun to wear hats, is also a big potential market for this Philippine product. [141]

Of the 1,470,026 pesos' worth of hats exported from the Islands in 1919, 1,280,968 pesos' worth went to the United States. With the growing popularity of Philippine hats in the American market, exports of hats to the United States are expected to increase significantly. China, with its hundreds of millions of people, many of whom are already starting to wear hats, is also a huge potential market for this Philippine product. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

There is one large hat factory in the Philippines which manufactures straw hats, wool hats, and also umbrellas. Its actual annual production reaches half a million straw hats and half a million woolen hats.

There is one big hat factory in the Philippines that makes straw hats, wool hats, and umbrellas. Its annual production totals half a million straw hats and half a million woolen hats.

Matches.—There is one match factory in the Philippines which supplies a portion of the local need, averaging 70,000 to 80,000 tins annually. One tin contains 1,440 small boxes. This factory has been in operation since eighteen years ago. The Philippines imported last year matches worth 949,205 pesos, while its exports of the same product were only 33,207 pesos.

Matches.—There is one match factory in the Philippines that meets part of the local demand, producing about 70,000 to 80,000 tins each year. One tin holds 1,440 small boxes. This factory has been running for the past 18 years. Last year, the Philippines imported matches worth 949,205 pesos, while its exports of the same product were only 33,207 pesos.

Pearls.—Pearls abound in Philippine waters, especially in the neighborhood of Mindanao and Sulu. The Japanese go as far as Sulu to fish for pearls. Merchants from Paris and London come to the Islands to get their supply of pearls.

Pearls.—Pearls are plentiful in the waters of the Philippines, particularly around Mindanao and Sulu. The Japanese travel all the way to Sulu to hunt for pearls. Merchants from Paris and London visit the Islands to source their pearl supply.

Until 1910 the pearl industry of the Philippines was totally in the hands of Moros and Chinese in Mindanao, who sent their pearls directly to Singapore for sale. After that year jewelry houses in England and France sent their representatives here to purchase pearls, and since then large quantities have been shipped directly to those countries. At present not even one per cent of the pearls fished in Philippine waters remains in the Islands. The rest are shipped out of the country to be manufactured into beautiful jewels, which are sent back to the Islands to be sold at high prices. In 1919 the Islands exported raw pearls valued at 152,543 pesos, while the manufacture pearls that were imported were worth 155,150 pesos.

Until 1910, the pearl industry in the Philippines was completely controlled by Moros and Chinese in Mindanao, who shipped their pearls directly to Singapore for sale. After that year, jewelry companies in England and France sent representatives to buy pearls here, and since then, large amounts have been exported directly to those countries. Currently, less than one percent of the pearls collected in Philippine waters stays in the Islands. The rest are sent out of the country to be turned into beautiful jewelry, which is then returned to the Islands to be sold at high prices. In 1919, the Islands exported raw pearls worth 152,543 pesos, while the imported manufactured pearls were valued at 155,150 pesos.

Buttons.—The raw materials used for the manufacture of shell buttons are trocha, pearl shell, green snail, and the chambered-nautilus. The Islands have an abundant supply of these shells. They are found in the waters of Jolo and also in the vicinity of Sitanki, and the regions farther north, such as the Tañon Strait and along the coasts of most of the Visayan Islands; some are found along the coasts of Pangasinan and Ambos Camarines.

Buttons.—The materials used to make shell buttons include trocha, pearl shell, green snail, and chambered-nautilus. The Islands have plenty of these shells. They can be found in the waters of Jolo and around Sitanki, as well as in regions further north like the Tañon Strait and along the coasts of most of the Visayan Islands; some are also found along the shores of Pangasinan and Ambos Camarines.

In 1918 the United States alone imported 2,500,000 pesos’ worth of buttons; the Philippine exports of this product [142]showed only 251,144 gross in quantity, valued at 231,811 pesos; while the Islands imported buttons worth 119,787 pesos. Japan is supplying one-half of the button importation of America. In 1922, imports were valued at ₱216,086.

In 1918, the United States imported buttons worth 2,500,000 pesos; however, the Philippines only exported 251,144 gross of this product, valued at 231,811 pesos, while the Islands imported buttons worth 119,787 pesos. Japan was responsible for half of the button imports to America. In 1922, imports were valued at ₱216,086.

There are two button factories in the Philippines. These two companies use only a very small portion of the suitable material that could be obtained. The annual supply of shells which the Philippines produces is 1,000,000 kilograms. The two local factories use less than 300,000 kilograms a year. This limited local demand for shell and the better prices offered abroad result in the Philippine supply of shells being exported to other lands.

There are two button factories in the Philippines. These two companies only use a tiny fraction of the suitable material available. The annual supply of shells produced in the Philippines is 1,000,000 kilograms. The two local factories use less than 300,000 kilograms each year. This limited local demand for shells and the higher prices available overseas lead to the Philippine supply of shells being exported to other countries.

It is estimated that a small button factory, destined only for the local trade and capable of producing fifty gross of buttons daily, would require an investment of about 20,000 pesos, exclusive of the cost of buildings.

It is estimated that a small button factory, intended only for local trade and capable of producing fifty gross of buttons daily, would require an investment of about 20,000 pesos, not including the cost of buildings.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

PUBLIC LANDS

There are approximately 73,214,742 acres of public land in the Philippine Islands.

There are around 73,214,742 acres of public land in the Philippines.

Of this area 41,029,900 acres are considered suitable for agriculture, while the total area applied for as homesteads, lease, and sale concession amounts to only 3,159,712 acres. There are still 37,870,188 acres of agricultural domain that have not yet been appropriated.

Of this area, 41,029,900 acres are regarded as suitable for farming, while the total area requested for homesteads, leases, and sales is only 3,159,712 acres. There are still 37,870,188 acres of agricultural land that have not yet been claimed.

In the Province of Cotabato alone on the great Island of Mindanao, there are still 3,578,169 acres of agricultural public land not yet occupied nor applied for, and in the Province of Samar, one of the Visayan group, 2,524,388 acres. In the Island of Mindanao and the Sulu Archipelago may also be found some of the most suitable agricultural lands for growing rubber, hemp, coconut, rice, tobacco, and other staple products, which are available to the farmers at practically no expense. The various modes of acquiring public land are explained below.

In the Province of Cotabato alone on the large Island of Mindanao, there are still 3,578,169 acres of agricultural public land that haven't been occupied or claimed yet, and in the Province of Samar, part of the Visayan group, there are 2,524,388 acres. The Island of Mindanao and the Sulu Archipelago also have some of the best agricultural lands for growing rubber, hemp, coconut, rice, tobacco, and other essential products, available to farmers at virtually no cost. The different ways to acquire public land are explained below.

Homestead.—Any citizen of the Philippine Islands or of the United States, over the age of 18 years, or the head of a family, who does not own more than 59 acres of land [143]in the Philippines may enter a homestead of not exceeding 59 acres of agricultural land of the public domain.

Homestead.—Any citizen of the Philippines or the United States, who is at least 18 years old, or the head of a family, who does not own more than 59 acres of land [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] in the Philippines may apply for a homestead of up to 59 acres of agricultural land from the public domain.

Upon the filing of an application and approval thereof by the Director of Lands, possession may be taken of the land applied for upon payment of $5 as entry fee.

Upon filing an application and getting it approved by the Director of Lands, you can take possession of the land you've applied for after paying a $5 entry fee.

The certificate or patent is issued after the land has been improved and cultivated. The period granted by law to homesteaders for the improvement and cultivation of their claims is from two to five years from and after the date of the approval of the application. After an applicant has complied with all the requirements of the law and the regulations promulgated in accordance therewith, he will be entitled to a patent upon payment of an additional amount of $5, thus making the total homestead fee $10; and small as this amount is, the law gives the homesteader the option to pay for it in annual installments.

The certificate or patent is issued after the land has been improved and cultivated. Homesteaders have a legal timeframe of two to five years from the approval date of their application to improve and cultivate their claims. Once an applicant meets all the legal requirements and the regulations set forth, they will be eligible for a patent upon paying an additional fee of $5, bringing the total homestead fee to $10. Although this amount is small, the law allows homesteaders to pay it in annual installments.

Sale of public land.—Any citizen of lawful age of the Philippine Islands or of the United States, and any corporation or association of which at least 61 per centum of the capital stock or of any interest in said capital stock belongs wholly to citizens of the Philippine Islands or of the United States may purchase any tract of public agricultural land of not to exceed 247 acres in the case of an individual and 2,530 acres in that of a corporation or association. Citizens of countries the laws of which grant to citizens of the Philippine Islands the same right to acquire public land as to their own citizens, may, while such laws are in force, but not thereafter, with the express authorization of the Legislature, purchase any parcel of agricultural land, not in excess of 247 acres.

Sale of public land.—Any citizen of legal age from the Philippines or the United States, as well as any corporation or association where at least 61 percent of the capital stock or any share in that stock is fully owned by citizens of the Philippines or the United States, may buy any public agricultural land tract up to 247 acres for individuals and 2,530 acres for corporations or associations. Citizens from countries whose laws allow their citizens the same rights to acquire public land as granted to citizens of the Philippines may, while those laws remain in effect and only with explicit approval from the Legislature, purchase agricultural land parcels not exceeding 247 acres.

Lands sold in this way must first be appraised by the Director of Lands with the approval of the Secretary of Agriculture and Natural Resources and then sold at public auction. An individual may purchase as much as 247 acres of land and a corporation 2,530 acres and, in addition, lease 2,530 acres.

Lands sold this way must first be evaluated by the Director of Lands with the approval of the Secretary of Agriculture and Natural Resources, and then sold at public auction. An individual can buy up to 247 acres of land, while a corporation can purchase 2,530 acres and also lease an additional 2,530 acres.

Lease of public lands.—Another manner of occupying public land is by leasing it. The same conditions required [144]for citizenship of individuals and corporations for the purchase of public lands are laid down regarding leasing public lands, the only exception being that an individual may lease as much as 2,530 acres whereas under the law he may purchase only 247 acres.

Lease of public lands.—Another way to occupy public land is by leasing it. The same conditions that apply to individuals and corporations for purchasing public lands also apply to leasing public lands, with the only exception being that an individual can lease up to 2,530 acres, while under the law, they can only purchase 247 acres. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The annual rental of lease must be at least equal to three per cent of the appraised valuation of the land, which is subject to reappraisal every 10 years from the date of the approval of the contract. Lease contracts run for 25 years but may be renewed for another period of not to exceed 25 years. In case the lessee shall have made important improvements which, in the discretion of the Secretary of Agriculture and Natural Resources, justify a renewal of the lease, a further renewal for an additional period not to exceed 25 years may be granted.

The yearly rent for the lease must be at least three percent of the appraised value of the land, which will be reappraised every 10 years from the date the contract is approved. Lease contracts last for 25 years but can be renewed for an additional period of up to 25 years. If the lessee has made significant improvements that, in the opinion of the Secretary of Agriculture and Natural Resources, warrant a lease renewal, an additional renewal of up to 25 years may be granted.

Friar lands.—The Philippine Government has another kind of land holdings commonly called “Friar Lands.” These were formerly estates belonging to the religious corporation which were acquired by the Government for $7,239,784.16.

Friar lands.—The Philippines Government has a type of land known as “Friar Lands.” These were previously estates owned by a religious organization that the Government purchased for $7,239,784.16.

Any person of legal age may purchase not to exceed 39 acres of the “Friar Lands” estate. A corporation duly registered in the Philippine Islands may purchase as much as 2,530 acres.

Any individual who is of legal age can buy up to 39 acres of the "Friar Lands" estate. A corporation that is properly registered in the Philippine Islands can purchase up to 2,530 acres.

Payment for the land may be made in full at the time of the purchase or in annual installments. If purchased on the installment plan the purchaser is allowed 12 years in which to pay the purchase price, beginning January first of the year following the purchase, plus interest of four per cent per annum on the unpaid balance.

Payment for the land can be made in full at the time of purchase or in yearly installments. If you choose the installment plan, you have 12 years to pay the purchase price, starting January 1st of the year after the purchase, plus interest of four percent per year on the unpaid balance.

After the purchaser has paid for the land applied for by him in full a deed is issued in his favor. [145]

Once the buyer has fully paid for the land they applied for, a deed is issued in their name. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

PERCENTAGE OF THE VALUE OF PRODUCTION OF ALL MANUFACTURING ESTABLISHMENTS DURING THE YEAR 1918

PERCENTAGE OF THE VALUE OF PRODUCTION OF ALL MANUFACTURING ESTABLISHMENTS DURING THE YEAR 1918

PERCENTAGE OF THE VALUE OF PRODUCTION OF ALL MANUFACTURING ESTABLISHMENTS DURING THE YEAR 1918

  • (a) Tailoring shops, ₱3,466,478
  • (b) Lithography, printing, and bookbinding shops, ₱3,989,662
  • (c) Gas, electric light, and power plant, ₱5,673,576
  • (d) Bakeries and cake factories, ₱8,653,329

[146]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

PERCENTAGE OF THE VALUE OF PRODUCTION OF THE PRINCIPAL HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRIES DURING THE YEAR 1918

PERCENTAGE OF THE VALUE OF PRODUCTION OF THE PRINCIPAL HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRIES DURING THE YEAR 1918

PERCENTAGE OF THE VALUE OF PRODUCTION OF THE MAIN HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRIES DURING THE YEAR 1918

  • (a) Sabutan mat industry, ₱306,124
  • (b) Buri sack industry, ₱333,767
  • (c) Native sugar-cane industry, ₱347,632
  • (d) Oil industry, ₱377,950
  • (e) Salt making, ₱380,921
  • (f) Rice mills, ₱394,751
  • (g) Pottery, ₱434,227
  • (h) Blacksmithing, ₱447,437
  • (i) Gold and silver work, ₱479,750

Trade routes of the Philippine Islands

Trade routes of the Philippine Islands

Trade routes of the Philippine Islands

[147]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Not complete report. 

1 Incomplete report. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

XI. The Trade of the Philippine Islands

Background The Philippines are practically alone among tropical countries in having, through a fortunate chain of historical circumstances, a population advanced in civilization and able to become a part of the complicated organization which modern commerce demands. The business machinery of collecting the products from the plantations and getting them to Manila has long been in the hands of Filipinos and in this they are rarely assisted financially by Americans or foreigners. In connection with man power, however, there is a problem very difficult to solve—the scarcity of manual labor—the population of the Islands being insufficient to till their fertile acres and get their products ready for commerce. Probably only time can remedy this.

Background The Philippines are pretty much unique among tropical countries in having, due to a lucky set of historical events, a population that is advanced in civilization and capable of participating in the complex organization that modern commerce requires. The process of collecting products from the plantations and transporting them to Manila has long been managed by Filipinos, and they rarely receive financial support from Americans or foreigners. However, there is a tough issue regarding manpower—the lack of manual labor—since the population of the Islands is not enough to cultivate their fertile land and prepare their products for trade. Probably only time can fix this.

The stability of the Government of the Islands during a time of growing Filipino participation is a proof to the world that when the time comes for the government to be entirely in the hands of the Island’s inhabitants, both as to internal and external affairs, foreign commerce need not fear for loss of credit or trade, due to any of the great political upheavals which have been so common in other countries which were once colonies but are now independent.

The stability of the Government of the Islands during a time of increasing Filipino involvement shows the world that when the government is fully in the hands of the Island’s people, both for internal and external matters, foreign trade won’t have to worry about losing credit or business because of any major political upheavals that have been so common in other countries that were once colonies but are now independent.

Trade Routes ECONOMIC POSITION.—Lying within thirty-six hours’ sailing from the port of Hongkong, the Philippine Archipelago bears promise of being an important distributing center for goods destined for the markets of the Far East. The ports and harbors have exceptional advantages of anchorage, and port facilities are easily obtained. The islands are close to the main trade route between America and Europe, via the Pacific. They are also close to the route from the extreme Orient to [148]Europe and to the route from the ports of southern Asia to the two Americas. Furthermore, they lie on one of the most promising trade routes between Australia and Asia. Manila, however, is in competition with such ports as Hongkong, Singapore, Saigon, and Batavia, which are in most respects better situated especially for European trade. As regards American bound traffic, however, Manila has the advantage. Feeder lines are actually operated from Singapore to Manila and Zamboanga, and from Batavia to the ports of Mindanao. For goods coming from the United States for the east, direct sailings are conveniently made from the Pacific coast of Canada to the ports of the Philippine Islands, where transhipments can be made for any of the ports of Asia, Japan, India, Singapore, the Dutch East Indies, and even Australasia.

Trade Routes ECONOMIC POSITION.—Just a thirty-six hour sail from the port of Hong Kong, the Philippine Archipelago has the potential to become a key distribution hub for goods headed to the markets of the Far East. The coastal ports and harbors offer excellent anchorage, and port facilities are easy to access. The islands are situated near the main trade route between America and Europe via the Pacific. They are also close to the route from the far East to [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Europe, as well as the route connecting southern Asia to the Americas. Additionally, they are on one of the most promising trade routes between Australia and Asia. However, Manila faces competition from ports like Hong Kong, Singapore, Saigon, and Batavia, which are generally better positioned for European trade. When it comes to traffic bound for America, though, Manila has the upper hand. There are feeder lines operating from Singapore to Manila and Zamboanga, and from Batavia to the ports of Mindanao. Direct sailings from the Pacific coast of Canada to the Philippine ports provide convenient transshipment options for goods coming from the United States to Asia, Japan, India, Singapore, the Dutch East Indies, and even Australasia.

Filipino capital The port of Manila has now a marine terminal that can compare favorably with any in the Orient. There are three piers provided with modern conveniences, and there is a good-sized basin inclosed with strong breakwater. If the development of the Philippine resources, however, should in the future proceed as rapidly as the development during the last decade, and if shipping opportunities generally in the East are taken advantage of, there will be need for a still larger marine terminal and for efficient ship-repairing and dry-docking facilities. But there will always be available sites on Manila Bay.

Manila The port of Manila now has a marine terminal that rivals any in the East. There are three piers equipped with modern amenities, and there's a sizeable basin protected by a sturdy breakwater. However, if the development of Philippine resources continues to progress as quickly as it has in the past decade, and if shipping opportunities in the East are fully utilized, there will be a need for an even larger marine terminal and better ship-repairing and dry-docking facilities. But there will always be available sites around Manila Bay.

To emphasize the importance of Manila as a trade center, attention is drawn to the chart of page 146 where a circle, drawn with Manila as a center and having a radius of 1,700 miles, will comprise within its circumference no less than 20 cities of equal importance and would reach a population of no less than 125,740,711, while a radius of 3,500 miles would make the circumference of the circle reach into the interior of Siberia and China to the north, all of India and Colombo to the west, and about two-thirds of Australia to the South. [149]

To highlight Manila’s significance as a trade hub, take a look at the chart on page 146. It shows a circle with Manila at its center and a radius of 1,700 miles, which encompasses at least 20 equally important cities and a total population of over 125,740,711. Expanding the radius to 3,500 miles extends the circle into northern Siberia and China, covers all of India and Colombo to the west, and reaches about two-thirds of Australia to the south. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Filipino capital THE PERSONNEL OF PHILIPPINE COMMERCE.—Before the coming of the Spaniards, the Filipino people were known traders, their interisland life leading naturally to a use of the sea as a means of communication. During the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries trade was controlled by the Spanish residents. The result of limited Filipino participation was a disinclination, through lack of knowledge and practice, to engage in trade, and it is only within the last few years that Filipino business men have been an appreciable factor. Dozens of enterprising and well-educated young men are now venturing into business. Filipino capital has hitherto been invested in great estates; the millionaires of the Islands with few exceptions have obtained their incomes from rentals and produce. All that is rapidly changing; oil companies, shipping firms, and importing houses are now financed by Filipino capital and managed by Filipino brains; but Filipino participation in the trade of their country has not yet assumed commanding proportions.

Manila THE PERSONNEL OF PHILIPPINE COMMERCE.—Before the Spaniards arrived, the Filipino people were recognized traders, and their interisland lifestyle naturally led to using the sea for communication. During the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, trade was dominated by Spanish residents. This limited Filipino involvement resulted in a reluctance to participate in trade due to lack of knowledge and experience, and it's only in recent years that Filipino businessmen have become a significant factor. Today, many enterprising and well-educated young men are starting their own businesses. Until now, Filipino capital has mainly been invested in large estates; the millionaires of the Islands, with few exceptions, have earned their income from rentals and agricultural production. However, this is changing quickly; oil companies, shipping firms, and importing businesses are now funded by Filipino capital and run by Filipino expertise, but Filipino participation in their country’s trade has not reached a dominating level yet.

Foreigners The people of all the great trading nations have established houses in Manila and have a vital part of the Islands’ commerce, transacting a considerably greater proportion of the foreign trade. Of these, Americans are, of course, the most numerous, having as a basis the political bond between the two countries. A large part of these are ex-Government employees, who saw the opportunities for business development during their terms of service in the Insular Government.

Non-natives People from all the major trading nations have set up businesses in Manila and play an essential role in the Islands' commerce, handling a significantly larger share of the foreign trade. Among them, Americans are the most numerous, thanks to the political connection between the two countries. Many of these individuals are former government employees who recognized business opportunities while serving in the Insular Government.

The British probably occupy second place, though the Spaniards and their descendants in the Islands are important factors, their houses handling every branch of import and export trade. The British firms are for the most part long established, and their trade has the strong aspect characteristic of British trade the world over. They specialize in the export of the staples hemp, sugar, and tobacco. The French and Swiss have houses, which were here prior to American occupation. The Japanese are a new element; [150]they have of late been invading every branch of commerce, with increasing momentum. Millions of Japanese capital are being invested in the basic industries of the Islands, and each month sees the incorporation of new companies. The post-war depression, however, has reduced their number and commercial activities very materially.

The British likely hold the second spot, although the Spaniards and their descendants in the Islands are significant players, with their businesses managing all aspects of import and export trade. Most British firms have been around for a long time, and their trade has the strong characteristics typical of British commerce globally. They focus on exporting key products like hemp, sugar, and tobacco. The French and Swiss have businesses that were established here before American occupation. The Japanese are a newer presence; [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] they've been moving into every sector of commerce with increasing speed. Millions in Japanese capital are being invested in the Islands' basic industries, and new companies are being established each month. However, the post-war depression has significantly decreased their numbers and business activities.

AMERICA’S MONOPOLY IN PHILIPPINE TRADE.—The old saying that “trade follows the flag” has held true in the Islands. At the time of the American occupation a very small portion of the Islands’ commerce was with the United States; now it is about two-thirds, seven times that of any other country.

AMERICA’S MONOPOLY IN PHILIPPINE TRADE.—The old saying that “trade follows the flag” has proven accurate in the Islands. During the American occupation, only a small part of the Islands’ commerce was with the United States; now, it's about two-thirds, which is seven times more than any other country.

In the beginning, the growth was slow, and what growth there was, was due to the increasing American civil population. The few American houses were young and struggling with inexperience and lack of capital. The older foreign houses, with their branches in the provincial centers and established clientele, had a very strong hold on import trade.

In the beginning, growth was slow, and any growth that occurred was due to the rising American population. The few American businesses were young and struggling with inexperience and a lack of capital. The older foreign companies, with their branches in the provincial centers and established customers, had a strong grip on the import trade.

Effect of Free Trade In 1909 a tariff law providing for reciprocal free trade between the United States and the Islands was passed, with a few limitations which were removed in 1913. Immediately following the passage of this law American goods sprang to the fore and trade increased threefold from 1909 to 1912, $24,000,000 worth having been imported in that year.

Impact of Free Trade In 1909, a tariff law was enacted that allowed for reciprocal free trade between the United States and the Islands, with a few restrictions that were lifted in 1913. Right after this law was passed, American products surged in popularity, and trade tripled from 1909 to 1912, with $24,000,000 worth of goods imported in that year.

MEDIUMS OF TRADE.—Generally speaking, there are three methods by which goods coming from foreign countries are brought to consumers in the Archipelago.

MEDIUMS OF TRADE.—In general, there are three ways that goods from other countries are delivered to consumers in the Archipelago.

Some manufacturers establish branches throughout the Islands and sell only their particular line. For others having a smaller volume of trade various commission and indent houses stand ready to handle their goods together with other lines. Still other manufacturers having a large volume of business in the Islands transact business thru a branch or agent direct without any intermediary. [151]

Some manufacturers set up branches across the Islands and sell just their specific products. For others with a smaller trade volume, various commission and indent houses are available to manage their goods along with other brands. Additionally, some manufacturers with a large amount of business in the Islands operate through a branch or agent directly, without any middlemen. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

TRADE WITH OTHER COUNTRIES.—The following table shows the volume of trade between the Philippines and the other countries of the world for the years 1917 to 1922:

TRADE WITH OTHER COUNTRIES.—The following table shows the volume of trade between the Philippines and other countries around the world from 1917 to 1922:

Total trade (imports and exports) by countries for the years ended December 31, 1917–1922

Countries 1922 1921 1920 1919 1918 1917
Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos
United States 223,699,852 248,973,616 395,012,081 264,288,213 295,932,059 201,710,012
Hawaii 1,199,666 2,404,761 4,310,625 4,584,195 958,872 968,859
Porto Rico 159
Guam 279,929 344,211 223,304 198,134 522,822 208,494
United Kingdom 16,788,965 17,892,548 34,559,572 37,111,249 44,492,810 26,532,640
Austria-Hungary 298,425 353,670 23,305 391 1,633 2,063
Belgium 1,187,310 719,089 812,910 915,390 474 43,606
Denmark 49,800 86,745 103,098 36,667 40,810 87,417
France 4,519,468 7,812,258 5,828,482 11,423,798 4,097,446 4,506,617
Germany 7,934,643 7,429,125 2,787,824 733,882 65,215 321,879
Italy 984,018 469,804 663,707 337,104 378,305 427,312
Netherlands 5,670,345 10,859,875 7,292,425 17,213,031 90,927 176,910
Spain 7,467,255 9,548,425 12,878,951 9,728,135 7,860,335 4,881,013
Norway 124,795 39,105 10,539 37,610 15,475 29,858
Switzerland 1,510,333 1,875,403 1,890,888 1,347,920 1,215,741 1,120,127
Canada 2,320,070 1,236,079 2,007,190 481,439 1,400,341 1,119,188
China 17,786,205 24,054,116 25,915,481 21,884,855 19,652,486 12,839,167
Japanese-China 748,000 317,378 90,597 435,731 221,431 339,971
British East Indies 4,558,247 5,373,683 9,645,447 7,592,592 7,031,771 4,339,107
Dutch East Indies 5,569,494 5,813,437 5,524,312 8,242,028 2,662,846 2,490,819
French East Indies 6,191,832 6,516,898 10,226,884 10,456,432 16,560,839 11,309,048
Hongkong 5,664,825 10,146,269 14,960,216 14,882,990 10,129,983 11,154,093
Japan 28,964,902 35,094,966 47,064,272 37,285,086 42,144,920 31,088,379
Siam 466,336 4,196,598 8,733,450 2,637,467 2,439,348 753,449
Australasia 7,105,550 5,835,955 10,199,782 10,668,854 8,873,767 5,977,807
British Africa 50,936 72,990 145,457 402,018 161,063
French-Africa 35,975
All other countries 348,663 249,812 845,106 384,283 213,776
Totals 351,561,885 407,907,793 601,124,276 463,513,756 467,587,387 322,802,674

[152]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The values of imports and exports and the trade balance for each year, from 1913 to 1922, follow:

The values of imports and exports and the trade balance for each year, from 1913 to 1922, are as follows:

Values of imports and exports, and total volume of trade, showing balance for each year, from 1913 to 1922

[Excluding gold and silver ore, bullion and coin]

Year Imports Exports Total trade Balance of trade
In favor of Islands Against Islands
Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos
1913 106,625,572 95,545,912 202,171,484 —— 11,079,660
1914 97,177,306 97,379,268 194,556,574 201,962 ——
1915 98,624,367 107,626,008 206,250,375 9,001,641 ——
1916 90,992,675 139,874,365 230,867,040 48,881,690 ——
1917 131,594,061 191,208,613 322,802,674 59,614,552 ——
1918 197,198,423 270,388,964 467,587,387 73,190,541 ——
1919 237,278,104 226,235,652 463,513,756 —— 11,042,452
1920 298,876,565 302,247,711 601,124,276 3,371,146 ——
1921 231,677,148 176,230,645 407,907,793 —— 55,446,503
1922 160,395,289 191,166,596 351,561,884 30,771,307 ——

[153]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Values of principal articles exported, 1921–1922

[Source: Bureau of Commerce and Industry]

Articles 1921 1922
Pesos Pesos
Beeswax 18,670 3,010
Breadstuffs:
Rice 49,142 58,164
All other 4,941 1,919
Chemicals, drugs, dyes and medicines:
Sapan wood 5,781 16,859
All other 2,674 1,670
Copra 26,146,913 28,206,146
Copra meal 1,208,930 2,435,290
Cotton, vegetable fiber and manufactures of:
Unmanufactured—
Canton 1,342 61,530
Hemp (Manila) 25,969,385 39,081,829
Maguey 1,848,794 2,973,203
Pacol 9,662 1,489
Sisal 28,151 52,585
All other unmanufactured 47,697 133,060
Manufactures of—
Cloth 221,944 24,536
Cordage 918,544 1,099,375
Crochet 15 5,533
Embroideries 10,696,207 6,514,597
Knotted hemp 100,267 904,440
Laces 30,057 17,082
All other manufactures 28,998 103,950
Fish and fish products 175,847 252,912
Fruits and fruit nuts 239,060 532,632
Gold and silver manufactures 4,644 3,787
Gums and resins:
Copal 140,607 127,209
Elemi 7,689 9,266
Gutta-percha 13,466 8,460
Rubber 25,700 ——
All other —— 110
Hats 608,724 950,788
Hides and skins 16,094 27,435
Iron and steel, scrap and old 95,692 28,588
Malt liquors 34,127 28,757
Matches 15,360 33,207
Mineral water 300 ——
Oils:
Coconuts 32,103,036 31,468,971
Ilang-ilang 57,554 60,606
Lumbang or candlenut 161 56
All other 565 220
Pearls, unset 3,444 15
Sesame seed 75,499 3,762
Shells:
Unmanufactured 205,249 286,816
Manufactures of—
Pearl buttons 245,905 418,933
All other 19,141 12,848
Shoes 12,026 5,190
Slippers 16,917 10,867
Soaps 4,860 16,323[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
Spirits, distilled 57,895 56,796
Sponges 2,575 3,121
Sugar:
Centrifugal 37,175,898 38,628,040
Raw 13,854,586 11,398,580
Refined 6,970 1,138,490
Tobacco:
Leaf 9,522,812 4,546,234
Cigars 6,454,886 11,602,219
Cigarettes 87,530 165,880
Smoking 328,853 674,948
All other 170,353 350,955
Vegetables 5,092 3,471
Wood:
Timber 7,591 10,328
Lumber 1,567,533 1,656,812
Rattan and reeds 615 943
Veneers 75,930 210,222
Basketware 118,802 76,379
Furniture 50,265 48,789
All other 94,978 22,627
All other domestic exports 722,335 635,919
Exports of foreign merchandise 4,465,365 3,951,818
Total 176,230,645 191,166,596

Values of principal articles imported, 1921–1922

[Source: Bureau of Commerce and Industry]

Articles 1921 1922
Pesos Pesos
Animals:
Carabaos 758,862 65,033
Other cattle 3,315,863 1,596,156
Brass, and its manufactures 932,637 454,049
Breadstuffs:
Rice 6,649,395 4,604,315
Wheat flour 7,017,174 5,783,194
Other breadstuffs 1,358,513 1,043,708
Cars, carriages, other vehicles, and parts of:
Automobiles and parts of 7,459,214 1,406,965
Other cars, carriages, etc., and parts 3,345,418 907,856
Cement 2,005,264 1,587,383
Chemicals, drugs, dyes and medicines 3,349,384 2,946,324
Clocks and watches, and parts 508,305 261,504
Coal 6,987,004 5,009,362
Cocoa or cacao 797,527 713,839
Coffee 760,593 880,135
Copper and manufactures of 794,014 190,170[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
Cotton, and its manufactures 37,648,201 47,229,720
Cotton cloths 25,463,804 34,408,508
Other manufactures 12,184,397 12,821,212
Diamonds and other precious stones, unset 517,893 374,109
Earthen, stone and chinaware 781,366 964,678
Electrical machinery, apparatus, and appliances 4,683,060 1,891,967
Eggs 1,695,605 1,457,923
Fibers, vegetable, and their manufactures 3,507,000 2,331,324
Fish and fish products 2,965,912 2,834,949
Fruits and nuts 2,115,644 1,576,678
Glass and glassware 1,812,285 869,870
Gold, platinum and silver, and their manufactures 378,899 219,618
Hats and caps and parts of 617,369 647,620
India rubber, and its manufactures 3,511,910 2,534,399
Tools and apparatus:
Not electrical 1,279,204 509,802
Motion-picture, and films for 574,275 600,948
Iron and steel, and their manufactures 43,529,079 15,208,761
Agricultural implements, and parts 700,421 30,572
Machinery and parts 17,665,808 4,022,834
All other iron and steel 25,162,850 11,155,355
Leather, and its manufactures 1,786,461 1,563,939
Meat and dairy products:
Meat products 6,255,609 4,623,158
Dairy products 4,325,411 3,924,896
Musical instruments, and parts 508,349 269,132
Oils:
Crude 954,463 5,337,775
Illuminating 9,014,714 3,476,158
Lubricating and heavy paraffin 3,943,456 655,264
Naphthas, including all lighter products of distillation 8,832,227 3,804,003
All other oils 1,060,068 1,004,899
Paints, varnishes and pigments 966,845 882,485
Paper, and its manufactures:
Books and other printed matter 3,013,988 1,407,916
All other 6,066,029 3,511,832
Perfumery and toilet preparations 1,530,011 1,026,213
Photographic equipments and supplies 446,066 350,949
Plateware, gold and silver 328,300 135,387
Silk, and its manufactures 3,721,538 3,117,454
Soap 710,879 718,802
Spirits, wines and liquors 1,564,629 822,933
Sugar and molasses 984,538 722,910
Tobacco, and its manufactures 4,301,769 2,480,322
Vegetables 2,825,998 2,665,212
Wax 216,893 350,211
Wood, and its manufactures 1,731,758 645,116
Wool, and its manufactures 1,645,701 1,337,484
All other imports 13,284,579 8,858,480
Total 231,677,148 160,395,289

[156]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Because the products of the Islands are usually exported to the countries where the imports come from, there have been established firms which deal in exports and imports of every variety, and have buying and selling organization both in the Islands and abroad. This double business, so to speak, besides being very profitable, lends itself to large scale enterprises and millions of capital have been brought together under one managing head.

Because the products from the Islands are typically exported to the countries from which imports originate, companies have been set up that handle exports and imports of all kinds, with buying and selling operations both in the Islands and overseas. This dual business, as it were, is not only very profitable but also supports large-scale businesses, and millions in capital have been consolidated under one management.

SHIPPING.—The foreign, as well as the domestic trade of the Philippines, will always depend on an adequate supply of shipping. As fast as the agriculture and industries of the Islands develop, the supply of shipping must correspondingly increase, otherwise, the commercial development of the Islands will be retarded. Hemp, oil, and sugar are bulky and the surface they require when exported is large in proportion to their value. Practically, all Philippine goods are carried thousands of miles before they reach their destinations, either to New York or London and the continent—half way around the world. Because of this, reasonable wages and a regular supply of surface for cargo in the ships calling at the ports of the Islands are indispensable. Because of this, also, it is necessary for the Islands to have a merchant marine of its own in order that products therefrom can be easily transported to the markets of the world.

SHIPPING.—The foreign and domestic trade of the Philippines will always rely on a sufficient supply of shipping. As agriculture and industries in the Islands grow, the shipping supply must increase accordingly; otherwise, the commercial development of the Islands will be held back. Hemp, oil, and sugar are bulky, and the space they occupy when exported is large compared to their value. Almost all Philippine goods are transported thousands of miles before reaching their destinations, whether in New York, London, or elsewhere on the continent—halfway around the world. Because of this, fair pay and a consistent supply of cargo space on ships arriving at the Islands' ports are essential. Additionally, it's crucial for the Islands to have their own merchant marine so that products can be easily moved to global markets.

INTERISLAND TRANSPORTATION.—Water transportation is the key to the interisland trade of the Islands. For hundreds of years before the coming of the steamboat, the Philippine seas were dotted with small sailboats of every description, made out of a log, or of rough hewn planks surmounted by a sail made from abaca cloth. They were manned by sturdy, courageous voyagers inured to hardships, who dared to go forth even into strange oceans, through typhoon and tempest.

INTERISLAND TRANSPORTATION.—Water transportation is essential for interisland trade in the Islands. For hundreds of years before the arrival of the steamboat, the Philippine seas were filled with various small sailboats made from logs or rough-hewn planks topped with sails made from abaca cloth. These boats were operated by strong, brave sailors accustomed to difficulties, who were willing to venture into unfamiliar waters, facing typhoons and storms.

The following table shows the entrances and clearances of vessels in the Philippine Islands by nationalities during 1920–1923: [157]

The following table shows the arrivals and departures of ships in the Philippine Islands by nationality from 1920 to 1923: [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Aggregate value of merchandise carried by vessels engaged in foreign trade, by nationality

[Source: Bureau of Customs]

Nationality of vessels Vessels entered and cleared 1921 Vessels entered and cleared 1922
Imports Exports Total Imports Exports Total
Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos
Philippine 170 3,379,522 484,817 3,864,339 194 2,811,668 1,344,485 4,156,153
American 336 74,809,502 64,206,170 139,015,672 367 48,873,151 83,313,550 132,186,701
British 740 109,387,341 60,335,999 169,723,340 704 79,488,095 56,090,093 135,578,188
Chinese 40 499,454 325,625 825,079 31 1,293,429 587,691 1,881,120
Danish 3 —— 1,750 1,750 2 —— —— ——
Dutch 94 6,314,435 13,203,844 19,517,779 111 6,792,919 14,244,306 21,037,225
French 8 482,434 —— 482,434 2 86,423 19,900 106,323
German —— —— —— —— 16 22,002 3,003,029 2,025,031
Spanish 13 1,304,940 5,011,874 6,316,814 12 1,272,832 1,993,246 4,266,078
Swedish 6 17 1,788,182 1,788,199 9 41 4,031,697 4,031,738
Norwegian 30 1,637,253 —— 1,637,253 38 296,657 2,295,116 2,591,773
Japanese 319 29,169,887 20,746,925 49,916,812 315 14,809,799 17,520,311 52,330,110
Mail —— 4,692,363 10,125,959 14,818,322 —— 4,648,273 6,725,172 11,371,445
Total 1,759 231,677,148 176,230,645 407,907,793 1,801 160,395,289 191,166,596 351,561,885

Not until the coming of the cargo steamer, however, could the bulky products of the Islands be gathered together in large quantities and become an important factor in the world’s commercial necessities. Every portion of the Islands is now covered by steamers, plying regular routes. [158]

Not until the arrival of the cargo steamer could the big products of the Islands be collected in large amounts and become a significant part of the world’s commercial needs. Every part of the Islands is now served by steamers that run regular routes. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Interisland Lines To the north a route leads to Aparri, the outlet from the fertile Cagayan Valley, a tobacco country, where thousands of hectares of rich unoccupied prairies await only the touch of capital. To the southward are the main channels of trade. Cebu is the metropolis of the Southern Islands, and to this port come the hemp and copra of all the Visayas, there to be transferred to Manila. Some ocean liners load direct at Cebu for the homeward voyage, saving the haul to Manila. Cebu harbor accommodates vessels of 30-foot draft, which can anchor at the sea wall, close to the warehouses of the principal commercial houses. From Iloilo comes the sugar of Negros and Panay. Here, too, is a harbor of sufficient depth to allow ocean vessels of fair tonnage to load. Ships of the Spanish lines in particular are accustomed to procure their cargoes here and omit Manila. Commercial routes encircle Mindanao, drawing from it copra and hemp, and supplying in return cotton cloth, canned goods, rice, and other commercial staples. Smaller vessels ply between the Bicol provinces, Masbate, Leyte, and Manila, carrying hemp principally.

Island Hopping Lines To the north, there’s a route to Aparri, the exit from the fertile Cagayan Valley, known for its tobacco production, where thousands of hectares of rich, unused land are just waiting for investment. To the south are the main trade routes. Cebu is the capital of the Southern Islands, where hemp and copra from all over the Visayas are shipped to Manila. Some ocean liners load directly in Cebu for their return journey, avoiding the trip to Manila. Cebu harbor can accommodate vessels with a draft of 30 feet, allowing them to anchor at the seawall near the warehouses of the major commercial companies. From Iloilo, the sugar from Negros and Panay is shipped out as well. This harbor is deep enough for ocean vessels of decent size to load cargo. Spanish shipping lines especially often pick up their cargo here, skipping Manila. Trade routes circle Mindanao, bringing in copra and hemp while sending back cotton fabric, canned goods, rice, and other essential goods. Smaller vessels travel between the Bicol provinces, Masbate, Leyte, and Manila, mainly carrying hemp.

Control over Rates The steamers of the Philippine Islands are not allowed to charge the prices “the traffic will bear,” without any recourse by shippers. The Public Utility Commission fixes the maximum rates for all classes of traffic and for all ports of the Islands. In this way the interests of the producing and consuming public are protected, and destructive rate wars between shipper and carrier and among the several companies are avoided.

Rate Control The steamers in the Philippine Islands can’t just charge whatever prices the market can handle, leaving shippers with no options. The Public Utility Commission sets the maximum rates for all types of traffic and for all ports in the Islands. This protects the interests of producers and consumers and prevents harmful rate wars between shippers and carriers, as well as among different companies.

The number and tonnage of vessels engaged in domestic shipping are as follows: [159]

The number and weight of ships involved in domestic shipping are as follows: [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Number and registered tonnage of vessels engaged in domestic shipping, by ports of entry, 1918–22

Number and registered tonnage of vessels involved in domestic shipping, by ports of entry, 1918–22

[Source: Bureau of Customs]

[Source: Customs Bureau]

MANILA

Year Entered Cleared
1918. 3,782 630,980 3,858 644,831
1919. 3,359 709,980 3,474 723,986
1920. 3,266 845,227 3,452 975,448
1921. 3,210 888,238 3,410 1,090,668
1922. 3,570 1,006,556 3,741 1,293,564

ILOILO

1918. 4,770 357,641 4,755 320,441
1919. 5,317 447,272 5,355 456,308
1920. 6,830 687,828 6,818 625,746
1921. 6,699 755,521 6,708 667,506
1922. 6,822 878,074 6,843 806,642

CEBU

1918. 5,625 357,523 5,645 327,196
1919. 5,386 432,007 5,562 437,896
1920. 4,947 560,925 5,029 464,791
1921. 5,157 634,904 5,170 465,355
1922. 5,713 967,494 5,800 656,828

ZAMBOANGA

1918. 831 158,116 859 165,043
1919. 1,161 207,992 1,168 215,233
1920. 1,520 231,060 1,533 224,499
1921. 1,515 219,732 1,520 242,201
1922. 1,272 278,481 1,280 303,311

ALL OTHERS

1918. 138 31,430 137 30,983
1919. 185 49,787 182 47,578
1920. 175 36,665 179 36,365
1921. 153 42,893 150 42,577
1922. 177 50,093 182 50,218

TOTAL

1918. 15,146 1,535,690 15,254 1,488,494
1919. 15,408 1,847,038 15,741 1,881,001
1920. 16,738 2,361,705 17,011 2,326,849
1921. 16,734 2,541,288 16,958 2,508,307
1922. 17,554 3,180,698 17,846 3,110,563

[160]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

XII. Structure of the Philippine Government

Patterned after American system The government of the Philippine Islands as it now exists and functions resembles in structure the Federal and State governments of the United States. It is reared on the same fundamental principles of representative democracy which have made the United States government the model for other states, so that the Philippine government is just as much a republican government as that of the United States; the will of the majority rules.

Inspired by the American system The government of the Philippines, as it currently operates, is similar in structure to the Federal and State governments of the United States. It is based on the same core principles of representative democracy that have made the United States government a model for other countries, meaning that the Philippine government is just as much a republican government as that of the United States; the majority's will prevails.

The law of public officers as observed in the United States is in effect in the Philippine Islands. The principle of division of powers is recognized, and the functions of government are distributed among three departments, the executive, the legislative, and the judicial. The principle of checks and balances is likewise observed, and the legislature and the courts are prohibited from delegating their powers. The passage of irrepealable laws is forbidden. The government is immune from suit at the instance of private individuals except with its consent.

The laws governing public officials in the United States also apply in the Philippines. The principle of separation of powers is acknowledged, with government functions divided among three branches: the executive, the legislative, and the judicial. The system of checks and balances is also upheld, and neither the legislature nor the courts can delegate their powers. The enactment of irrevocable laws is not allowed. The government cannot be sued by private individuals unless it gives its consent.

The Council of State in session

The Council of State in session

The Council of State is in session

DEPARTURES FROM AMERICAN STANDARDS.—There have been several departures, however, from the American standard of government that have been made by the Filipinos. For instance, the budget system has been adopted previous to its adoption in the United States to provide for economy and certainty in expenditures. The Council of State was created as a coördinating and advisory body to the Governor-General. It is made up of the Governor-General as presiding officer, the six members of the cabinet, the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives. [161]It also serves to bring the executive and the legislative departments into close relationship. The creation of the council seems to indicate a tendency to adopt in the future a parliamentary or semi-parliamentary system of government.

DEPARTURES FROM AMERICAN STANDARDS.—The Filipinos have made several departures from the American standard of government. For example, the budget system was adopted before it was implemented in the United States to ensure efficiency and predictability in spending. The Council of State was established as a coordinating and advisory group for the Governor-General. It includes the Governor-General as the chairperson, the six cabinet members, the President of the Senate, and the Speaker of the House of Representatives. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] It also helps to link the executive and legislative branches closely. The formation of the council suggests a move towards potentially adopting a parliamentary or semi-parliamentary system of government in the future.

In addition to the foregoing departments there is the further innovation conferring on either house of the legislature, the right to call and interpellate the secretaries of departments before it. The secretaries of departments in turn have the right to be heard in the legislature. The chairmen of the appropriation committees are also empowered to require the attendance of chiefs of bureaus and offices, thus bringing the executive and legislative departments in close harmony.

In addition to the previous departments, there's a new innovation that allows either house of the legislature, the right to call and question the secretaries of departments before them. The secretaries of departments, in turn, have the right to speak in the legislature. The chairs of the appropriation committees are also allowed to require the attendance of bureau and office heads, creating a closer alignment between the executive and legislative branches.

Autonomy All of the officials of the government are Filipinos with the exception of the Governor-General and the Vice-Governor-General and the majority of the members of the Supreme Court who are Americans, appointed by the President of the United States. There is thus a practical autonomy, the American chief executive having supervision and control of the government in theory but in actual practice rarely acting on matters of domestic concern except with the advice of the Council of State.

Self-governance All government officials are Filipinos except for the Governor-General, the Vice-Governor-General, and most members of the Supreme Court, who are Americans appointed by the President of the United States. This creates a practical autonomy, where the American chief executive has theoretical supervision and control of the government but in reality, rarely intervenes in domestic issues without the advice of the Council of State.

Appointments made by the Governor-General are with the advice and consent of the Philippine Senate.

Appointments made by the Governor-General are subject to the advice and approval of the Philippine Senate.

The Members of the Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands

The Members of the Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands

The Members of the Supreme Court of the Philippines

THE GOVERNOR-GENERAL.—The Governor-General is appointed by the President by and with the consent of the Senate and holds his office at the pleasure of the President and until his successor is chosen and qualified. Through the Secretary of War, he is responsible to the President and the American people for his acts. He has a more responsible position than that held by the Governors of the several states of the union. He is paid a handsome salary from the Philippine government and is given free quarters. As chief executive of the Islands, he is in charge of the executive control of the Philippine government; which he exercises [162]either in person or through the secretaries of departments. He can veto laws passed by the Philippine Legislature.

THE GOVERNOR-GENERAL.—The Governor-General is appointed by the President with the approval of the Senate and serves at the President's discretion until a successor is chosen and qualified. He is accountable to the President and the American people for his actions through the Secretary of War. His role is more significant than that of the Governors of the various states in the union. He receives a substantial salary from the Philippine government and has free housing. As the chief executive of the Islands, he oversees the executive management of the Philippine government, which he does [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]either personally or through department secretaries. He has the authority to veto laws passed by the Philippine Legislature.

THE VICE-GOVERNOR.—The Vice-Governor is also appointed by the President of the United States with the consent of the Senate. He acts at the same time as the Secretary of Public Instruction and may be assigned such other executive duties as the Governor-General may designate. In case of vacancy in the office of the Governor-General, the Vice-Governor acts.

THE VICE-GOVERNOR.—The Vice-Governor is appointed by the President of the United States with the Senate's approval. He also serves as the Secretary of Public Instruction and may be given other executive responsibilities as the Governor-General designates. If there is a vacancy in the Governor-General's office, the Vice-Governor steps in to fill the role.

THE EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENTS.—There are six executive departments. At the head of each is a department secretary, who, with the exception of the Secretary of Public Instruction, must be a citizen of the Philippine Islands. As Secretary he is assisted by an under-secretary who temporarily performs the duties of department secretary in case of vacancy. The executive departments and bureaus, offices, and boards pertaining to each are given below:

THE EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENTS.—There are six executive departments. Each one is led by a department secretary, who, except for the Secretary of Public Instruction, must be a citizen of the Philippine Islands. The secretary is supported by an under-secretary who takes on the responsibilities of the department secretary if there's a vacancy. The executive departments, along with their corresponding bureaus, offices, and boards, are listed below:

  • Governor-General:
    • Bureau of Audits.
    • Bureau of Civil Service.
    • All other offices and branches of the service not assigned by law to any Department.
  • Interior Department:
    • Bureau of Non-Christian Tribes.
    • Philippine General Hospital.
    • Board of Pharmaceutical Examiners.
    • Board of Medical Examiners.
    • Board of Dental Examiners.
    • Board of Optical Examiners.
    • Board of Examiners for Nurses.
    • Board of Dental Hygiene.
    • Executive Bureau.
    • Philippine Constabulary.
    • Public Welfare Commissioner.
  • Department of Education:
    • Bureau of Education.
    • Philippine Health Service.
    • Bureau of Quarantine Service.
    [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  • Finance Department:
    • Bureau of Customs.
    • Bureau of Internal Revenue.
    • Bureau of the Treasury.
    • Bureau of Printing.
    • General supervision over banks, banking transactions, coinage, currency, and except as otherwise specially provided, over all funds the investments of which may be authorized by law.
  • Justice Department:
    • Bureau of Justice.
    • Courts of First Instance and Inferior Courts.
    • Philippine Library and Museum.
    • Bureau of Prisons.
    • Public Utility Commission.
  • Department of Agriculture and Natural Resources:
    • Bureau of Agriculture.
    • Bureau of Forestry.
    • Bureau of Lands.
    • Matters pertaining to colonies and plantations on public lands.
    • Bureau of Science.
    • Weather Bureau.
    • Matters concerning hunting, fisheries, sponges, and other sea products.
  • Commerce and Communications Department:
    • Bureau of Public Works.
    • Bureau of Posts.
    • Bureau of Supply.
    • Bureau of Labor.
    • Bureau of Coast and Geodetic Survey.
    • Bureau of Commerce and Industry.

The Executive Bureau and the Bureau of Non-Christian Tribes, both of which are under the Department of the Interior, exercise supervision over the provincial and municipal governments. The Executive Bureau has charge of the so-called regular provinces, and the Bureau of Non-Christian Tribes of those inhabited by the backward inhabitants of the Philippines including the Moros in Mindanao and the Igorotes of the mountain regions of Luzon. The functions of these two bureaus are practically identical, the difference lying only in the degree of civilization of the inhabitants over whom they have supervision. [164]

The Executive Bureau and the Bureau of Non-Christian Tribes, both part of the Department of the Interior, oversee the provincial and municipal governments. The Executive Bureau is responsible for the regular provinces, while the Bureau of Non-Christian Tribes manages those areas inhabited by less developed groups in the Philippines, including the Moros in Mindanao and the Igorotes in the mountainous regions of Luzon. The functions of these two bureaus are mostly the same; the only difference is the level of civilization of the populations they supervise. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

THE LEGISLATIVE DEPARTMENT.—The legislative branch of the Philippine government is vested in the Philippine legislature. It is made up of two separate coördinate bodies, the Senate and the House of Representatives. All the senators and representatives are elected by direct popular suffrage with the exception of the representatives and senators from the Mountain Province, the Province of Nueva Vizcaya, and the provinces in Mindanao and Sulu who are appointed by the Governor-General with no restriction as to residence or length of office. The elective representatives hold their office for terms of three years and the senators for terms of six years.

THE LEGISLATIVE DEPARTMENT.—The legislative branch of the Philippine government is held by the Philippine legislature. It consists of two separate but equal bodies, the Senate and the House of Representatives. All senators and representatives are elected by popular vote, except for those from the Mountain Province, Nueva Vizcaya, and the provinces in Mindanao and Sulu, who are appointed by the Governor-General without restrictions on residence or term length. Elected representatives serve three-year terms, while senators serve six-year terms.

Laws dealing with certain special subjects such as the tariff and the mining laws require the approval of the President of the United States.

Laws concerning specific topics like tariffs and mining regulations need the approval of the President of the United States.

The Senate has twenty-four members consisting of two senators from each of the twelve senatorial districts. The lower house has ninety members, determined by the population of each province. Appropriation bills originate by custom in the House of Representatives.

The Senate has twenty-four members, with two senators from each of the twelve senatorial districts. The lower house has ninety members, based on the population of each province. By tradition, appropriation bills start in the House of Representatives.

THE JUDICIARY.—An independent judiciary system completes the governmental structure. The administration of justice is entrusted to the Supreme Court, the Courts of First Instance, the Municipal Court of the City of Manila, and the courts of justices of the peace in each municipality.

THE JUDICIARY.—An independent judiciary system completes the government structure. The administration of justice is handled by the Supreme Court, the Courts of First Instance, the Municipal Court of the City of Manila, and the justices of the peace courts in each municipality.

The Supreme Court is the highest legal entity in the judiciary system. It has an appellate jurisdiction in all actions and special proceedings brought to it from the Courts of First Instance and from other inferior tribunals from whose decision appeals to the Supreme Court are allowed. The justices of the Supreme Court are appointed by the President of the United States with the consent of the United States Senate and serve during good behavior. It is made up of nine justices, the chief justice and eight associate justices. The chief justice has always been a Filipino. It seats in banc to transact business. It also seats in divisions for the same purpose, and when it so sits, four [165]justices constitute a quorum so that two divisions may sit at the same time.

The Supreme Court is the top legal authority in the judicial system. It has the power to review all cases and special proceedings that come to it from the Courts of First Instance and other lower courts that allow appeals to the Supreme Court. The justices of the Supreme Court are appointed by the President of the United States with approval from the United States Senate and serve as long as they maintain good behavior. The Court is composed of nine justices, including a chief justice and eight associate justices. The chief justice has always been Filipino. The Court operates in full session to conduct business and also sits in smaller divisions for the same purpose, where a minimum of four [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]justices make up a quorum, allowing two divisions to meet up at the same time.

Appeals to the Supreme Court of the United States are allowed in certain cases only.

Appeals to the Supreme Court of the United States are permitted only in specific cases.

The judges of the Court of First Instance are appointed by the Governor-General with the consent of the Philippine Senate and serve practically for life, the only restriction being that they must retire upon reaching sixty-five years of age. The justices of the peace are also appointed by the Governor-General with the advice and consent of the Philippine Senate.

The judges of the Court of First Instance are appointed by the Governor-General with the approval of the Philippine Senate and essentially serve for life, with the only limitation being that they must retire when they turn sixty-five. The justices of the peace are also appointed by the Governor-General with the advice and approval of the Philippine Senate.

PROVINCIAL GOVERNMENT.—The Philippine Archipelago is divided into 46 provinces, 34 of which are designated as regular provinces and the remaining 12 as special provinces.—The chief executive of a regular province is the provincial governor, who is an elective official. He, together with two other elective members, form the provincial board which constitutes the legislative branch of the provincial government. In the special provinces, with the exception of Mindoro, Palawan, and Batanes, the provincial governors are appointive officials.

PROVINCIAL GOVERNMENT.—The Philippine Archipelago is divided into 46 provinces, 34 of which are called regular provinces and the other 12 are known as special provinces. The main leader of a regular province is the provincial governor, who is elected. Along with two other elected officials, he forms the provincial board, which is the legislative branch of the provincial government. In the special provinces, except for Mindoro, Palawan, and Batanes, the provincial governors are appointed officials.

MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT.—As the name indicates, this branch of the Government has charge of the municipalities or towns. The chief executive of a municipality is called the municipal president. The municipal council, which is the legislative branch of the municipal government, consists of from 8 to 18 councilors, depending on the size of the municipality. There is a vice-president who substitutes the president during his absence or disability and who is ex-officio member of the council. All these officials are elected by the people.

MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT.—As the name suggests, this branch of the government is responsible for the municipalities or towns. The main leader of a municipality is called the municipal president. The municipal council, which is the legislative branch of the municipal government, includes 8 to 18 councilors, depending on the size of the municipality. There is also a vice-president who fills in for the president during their absence or inability to serve and is an ex-officio member of the council. All these officials are elected by the people.

EXPENSES OF THE PHILIPPINE GOVERNMENT.—All the expenses of the Philippine government are paid for from the Insular Treasury. The United States government pays for nothing in the administration of the Islands except for the army and navy and the salaries of the resident commissioners [166]from the Philippines who are stationed in Washington and granted the privileges of members of Congress.

EXPENSES OF THE PHILIPPINE GOVERNMENT.—All the expenses of the Philippine government are covered by the Insular Treasury. The United States government does not contribute to the administration of the Islands, except for the military and the salaries of the resident commissioners [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] from the Philippines who are based in Washington and enjoy the privileges of Congress members.

An investigation into the expenses incurred by the United States for the Philippine Islands, exclusive of the maintenance of her army and navy, elicits the following facts:

An investigation into the costs the United States has spent on the Philippine Islands, not including the upkeep of its army and navy, reveals the following facts:

1. That the Philippines has always been a self-supporting country; all expenditures have been drawn from ordinary revenues.

1. The Philippines has always been a self-sufficient country; all expenses have been covered by regular income.

2. That the sum of $267,663.26 pertaining to the former government of Spain and seized by the United States, and therefore legally pertaining to the latter country, was subsequently turned over into the general fund of the insular government.

2. That the amount of $267,663.26 that belonged to the former government of Spain and was seized by the United States, and therefore legally belonged to the latter country, was later transferred into the general fund of the insular government.

3. That the Congress of the United States appropriated the sum of $3,000,000, known as the “Congressional Relief Fund,” for the purchase, distribution and sale of farm implements, farm or draft animals, supplies and necessaries of life, extermination of pests, relief for sufferers due to fire and other calamities, etc. This amount has been, at different times, appropriated by the Philippine Commission for the purposes above mentioned. The unexpended balance from this fund was subsequently turned over into the general funds.

3. The Congress of the United States allocated $3,000,000, referred to as the “Congressional Relief Fund,” for buying, distributing, and selling farm equipment, farm or working animals, supplies and essentials for life, pest control, and aid for those affected by fires and other disasters, among other things. This amount has been used at various times by the Philippine Commission for the purposes mentioned above. The unused balance from this fund was later transferred to the general funds.

Aside, therefore, from the Spanish seized funds and the expenses for the army and navy, the only amount expended by the United States directly for the benefit of the Philippine Islands was the Congressional Relief Fund. The Philippine government having always had, at the end of every year, an excess of ordinary revenue over ordinary expenditure, the United States could not have any other occasion to give direct pecuniary aid for the maintenance of the Islands.

Aside from the Spanish seized funds and the expenses for the army and navy, the only amount spent by the United States directly for the benefit of the Philippine Islands was the Congressional Relief Fund. The Philippine government always had, at the end of each year, more ordinary revenue than ordinary expenses, so the United States had no other reason to provide direct financial aid for the maintenance of the Islands.

FINANCIAL STATUS.—The Philippine government today is on a solid financial basis as any government in the world. It is self-supporting, its taxation is adequate to its needs, the per capita tax of the people is low. The Filipinos bear a [167]smaller burden of taxation than the natives of Great Britain, United States, Japan, Argentina, and Brazil. The year, 1922, was presented with an aggregate surplus of approximately $64,000,000 in central, provincial, and municipal governments including the City of Manila. This goes to show that both the central and local governments are on a sound financial basis.

FINANCIAL STATUS.—The Philippine government today is on a solid financial foundation, comparable to any government in the world. It is self-sufficient, its taxation is adequate for its needs, and the per capita tax for the people is low. Filipinos face a [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]smaller tax burden than the citizens of Great Britain, the United States, Japan, Argentina, and Brazil. In 1922, there was a total surplus of about $64,000,000 across central, provincial, and municipal governments, including the City of Manila. This demonstrates that both the central and local governments are in a strong financial position.

A clearer comprehension of the financial standing of the government may be had from an inspection of the following tables:

A better understanding of the government's financial situation can be gained by looking at the following tables:

Statement of receipts, expenditures, and surplus of the Insular government, 1921–1922

[Source: Bureau of Audits]

Items of revenue and expenditures 1921 1922
Revenue: Pesos Pesos
Licenses and business. 14,246,440 13,755,670
Import duties. 12,778,791 11,362,250
Excise Tax. 13,327,843 13,444,281
Income tax. 4,880,370 1,943,716
Wharfage tax. 1,473,627 1,852,095
Franchise tax. 243,618 109,749
Documentary stamp tax (customs and internal revenue). 951,809 990,933
Immigration tax. 237,040 239,152
Tonnage dues. 254,515 276,130
Inheritance tax. 210,303 121,812
Revenue from public forests. 923,216 854,337
United States internal revenue. 756,444 1,428,959
Fines and forfeitures. 663,415 799,553
Sales and rentals of public domain. 22,110 24,254
Income from commercial and industrial units. 12,771,068 11,130,403
Income from operating units. 254,514 133,698
Dividends on bank stock. 463,373 ——
Interest repayments, railway companies. 192,716 387,785
All other income1. 67,430,039 74,427,334
Prior year adjustments. 1,282,547 531,826
Total. 133,363,798 133,813,937
Less apportionments of internal revenue to local governments. 3,164,084 3,164,084
Total revenue. 130,199,714 130,649,853[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
Expenditures:
General administration2 2,046,646 2,272,591
Legislation 1,413,541 1,547,683
Adjudication 1,891,080 1,747,093
Protective service3 5,783,904 4,866,840
Social improvement4 13,084,682 13,709,846
Economic development5 53,820,568 14,037,386
Aid to local governments 14,305,267 15,561,867
Expense of revenue collection 11,275,497 9,963,714
Public debt 3,811,266 5,117,494
Public works and purchase of equipment 10,209,597 9,670,476
Retirement gratuities6 521,226 397,886
Pensions Acts 2909 and 2922 12,000 12,000
Prior year adjustments 18,937 6,248
Total 118,194,211 78,911,424
Current surplus for the year 12.01 million 51,738,429
Current surplus at the beginning of the year 43,937,712 55,943,215
Current surplus at the end of the year 55,943,215 107,681,644

1 Includes income incidental to functional activities, sales of fixed property, Friar Lands estates and San Lazaro estate, proceeds of loan from currency reserve fund, and sales of agricultural bank loans, etc. 

1 Includes income related to operational activities, sales of fixed property, Friar Lands estates, and the San Lazaro estate, proceeds from loans from the currency reserve fund, and sales of agricultural bank loans, etc.

2 Executive direction and control. 

2 Executive oversight and management. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

3 Includes expenditures on law and order, national defense, suppression of animal diseases and plant pests, protection against forces majeures and other protective service. 

3 Includes spending on law enforcement, national defense, manage of animal diseases and plant pests, protection against natural disasters, and other protective services.

4 Includes expenditures on public health, public education, public corrections, public charities, and other social improvements. 

4 Covers spending on public health, education, corrections, charities, and other social enhancements.

5 Includes expenditures on conservation of natural resources, development of commerce and agriculture, regulation of public utilities, Philippine publicity, development of industrial arts and sciences, operation of commercial and industrial units, corporate investments, advances to railway companies under guaranty contracts and exchange on advances to railway companies, etc. 

5 Covers spending on protecting natural resources, boosting commerce and agriculture, overseeing public utilities, promoting the Philippines, developing industrial arts and sciences, running commercial and industrial operations, corporate investments, loans to railway companies under guarantee contracts, and exchanges on loans to railway companies, etc.

6 Act No. 2589, amended by Act No. 2796, provides for a gratuity by reason of retirement to officers and employees of the Philippine Government who have rendered satisfactory service during six continuous years or more. 

6 Act No. 2589, changed by Act No. 2796, offers a retirement bonus to officers and employees of the Philippine Government who have provided satisfactory service for six consecutive years or more.

[169]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Budget estimates for the Insular government, 1918–1923

[Source: Budget presented by the Executive Department to the Philippine Legislature]

Items of revenue and expenditures 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923
Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos
Income 45,511,037 70,957,757 73,977,000 84,289,932 63,051,435 65,952,560
Revenue from taxation 30,220,916 48,463,600 47,012,230 56,036,000 42,867,320 42,925,310
Incidental revenue 1,730,000 2,950,000 3,495,000 4,681,600 2,120,000 5,233,500
Earnings and other credits 13,560,120 19,544,157 23,469,770 23,572,332 18,064,115 13,143,750
Income from proposed legislation b4,650,000
Current surplus at the beginning of the year 18,996,477 33,470,664 10,560,300 11,964,152
Total available for expenditures 64,477,514 104,428,421 84,537,300 84,289,932 75,015,587 65,952,560
Expenditures 51,051,725 92,003,494 84,453,806 83,549,778 72,538,593 65,677,327
Expense of revenue collection 1,138,904 1,835,078 1,741,202 1,688,370 1,564,726 1,611,533
Operating expense of commercial and industrial units 8,002,820 12,699,877 14,089,177 14,502,504 8,981,853 7,661,867
Public debt 2,087,500 2,310,276 2,308,326 3,459,281 5,189,878 9,698,667
General administration 3,911,100 8,083,832 5,114,677 5,202,098 4,995,090 5,170,217
Protective service 8,261,259 9,696,100 11,185,108 10,373,411 9,284,643 9,393,072
Social improvement 5,680,914 7,987,190 8,498,527 9,093,423 8,818,029 8,317,816
Economic development 3,950,459 6,883,934 9,397,034 10,437,851 8,740,857 7,326,511
Aid to local governments 9,618,425 11,992,281 13,163,155 15,347,095 17,883,667 13,287,409
Retirement gratuities, Act 2589 700,000 800,000 750,000 600,000 500,000 300,000
Emergency service 1,000,000 1,000,000 3,000,000 3,000,000 2,000,000
Outlays and investments 6,700,344 14,102,181 15,206,600 9,845,745 4,579,850 2,910,235
Appropriation balances for public works a4,296,754
Appropriation balances for miscellaneous accounts a10,315,991
Current surplus at the end of the year 13,425,789 12,424,927 83,494 740,154 2,476,994 275,233

a Unexpended balances from appropriations for public works and for cadastral survey, construction of irrigation systems, etc. 

a Unused funds from budgets for public works and for land surveying, building irrigation systems, etc.

b Proceeds of proposed luxury tax to cover probable deficit. 

b Income from the suggested luxury tax to address the expected shortfall.

[170]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CURRENCY.—At the time of the American occupation, the Mexican dollar and the Spanish peso were in circulation in the Islands as a part of the currency. The Mexican dollar had been introduced because of the trade between the Philippines and Mexico, which was fostered by the Spanish galleons. Besides the Mexican dollar and the Spanish peso, there also circulated the silver peso or dollar of the various South American countries. For fractional currency, however, the Spanish coins predominated. The denominations were half peso, peseta, and media peseta. Gold pieces were of ₱1, ₱2, and ₱4 denominations.

CURRENCY.—During the American occupation, the Mexican dollar and the Spanish peso were commonly used as part of the currency in the Islands. The Mexican dollar was introduced due to trade between the Philippines and Mexico, facilitated by the Spanish galleons. In addition to the Mexican dollar and the Spanish peso, various silver pesos or dollars from South American countries were also in circulation. However, for smaller denominations, Spanish coins were the most common. The fractional currency included half peso, peseta, and media peseta. Gold coins were available in ₱1, ₱2, and ₱4 denominations.

The first mint in the Islands was installed during the reign of Isabela II. It was then that the Philippine peso, both in gold and silver, was first coined.

The first mint in the Islands was set up during the reign of Isabela II. It was then that the Philippine peso, in both gold and silver, was first minted.

Currency Legislation America early decided to make the currency system more stable and scientific. On March 2, 1903, Congress passed the Philippine Coinage Act which established the conant or Philippine peso as the official coin of the Islands. The effect of this Act was to drive away all the previous coins in circulation, and it is the basis of the present currency system in the Philippine Islands. The coins provided for were of the denomination of the peso, half-peso, peseta, media peseta, 5 centavos, 1 centavo, and one-half centavo, while the silver certificates were in the denominations of ₱2, ₱5, ₱10, ₱20, ₱50, ₱100, ₱500. The peso was issued on the basis of two Philippine pesos (₱2) to one dollar ($1) gold, United States currency. To maintain the parity the Gold Standard Act was passed by the Philippine Commission in October, 1903. There are gold deposits in the banks of the United States to guarantee every Philippine Government certificate in circulation. This places the Philippines practically on an actual gold basis.

Currency Law America quickly decided to make its currency system more stable and scientific. On March 2, 1903, Congress passed the Philippine Coinage Act, which established the conant or Philippine peso as the official currency of the Islands. The effect of this Act was to eliminate all previous coins in circulation, and it serves as the foundation of the current currency system in the Philippine Islands. The coins included denominations of the peso, half-peso, peseta, media peseta, 5 centavos, 1 centavo, and half centavo, while silver certificates were available in denominations of ₱2, ₱5, ₱10, ₱20, ₱50, ₱100, and ₱500. The peso was issued at a rate of two Philippine pesos (₱2) to one U.S. dollar ($1) in gold currency. To maintain this parity, the Philippine Commission passed the Gold Standard Act in October 1903. There are gold deposits in U.S. banks to guarantee every Philippine Government certificate in circulation. This effectively puts the Philippines on an actual gold standard.

Notes The notes in circulation at the time the Americans came were those issued by the Banco Español-Filipino. They were in 10, 25, 50, 100, and 200 Mexican denominations. After the introduction of the Philippine peso, ₱1 notes were also allowed to circulate. In 1912, this same Banco Español was allowed [171]to change its name to that of the Bank of the Philippine Islands, and thereafter, a new series of notes were issued, having the same size as the certificates issued by the Philippine Government, but of the denominations of ₱5, ₱10, ₱20, ₱50, ₱100, and ₱200.

Notes The currency in circulation when the Americans arrived was that issued by the Banco Español-Filipino. It came in denominations of 10, 25, 50, 100, and 200 Mexican pesos. After the Philippine peso was introduced, ₱1 notes were also permitted to circulate. In 1912, this same Banco Español was allowed [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]to change its name to the Bank of the Philippine Islands, and from then on, a new series of notes was issued, matching the size of the certificates issued by the Philippine Government, but with denominations of ₱5, ₱10, ₱20, ₱50, ₱100, and ₱200.

When the Philippine National Bank was established in 1916, it was authorized to issue notes to be known as circulating notes. In accordance with this authorization, denominations of ₱1, ₱2, ₱5, and ₱10 began to appear.

When the Philippine National Bank was founded in 1916, it was given the authority to issue notes called circulating notes. Following this authorization, denominations of ₱1, ₱2, ₱5, and ₱10 started to be issued.

The stability of the currency system in the Philippines depends solely on the maintenance of the parity of the Philippine peso with the gold dollar on the established basis of 2 to 1. This can be easily accomplished by keeping always intact the gold deposits in the United States.

The stability of the currency system in the Philippines relies entirely on maintaining the value of the Philippine peso equal to the gold dollar at the established rate of 2 to 1. This can be easily achieved by consistently preserving the gold reserves in the United States.

Table of currency in circulation, 1913–1922

Year Amount in circulation Per capita circulation
Pesos Pesos
1913 50,697,253 5.53
1914 52,575,118 5.63
1915 51,284,907 5.40
1916 67,059,189 6.86
1917 102,580,314 10.20
1918 131,151,883 12.67
1919 146,576,956 13.87
1920 124,589,240 11.56
1921 103,661,820 10.01
1922 97,217,468 9.03

ELECTORS.—The total number of electors registered in the election of June 3, 1919, was 717,295 and the votes cast was 672,722, which is a very fine percentage when compared to the interest in elections shown in other countries. In the elections of 1912, 248,154 voters registered, of which 235,786 voted. Of the number of voters registered in 1919, 407,346 possessed educational qualifications, while only 81,916 were educationally qualified in 1912. It should be noted that the Philippine voters must have either property or educational qualifications, so that these figures show the progress of the people in political matters and in education in general during the last few years. In the elections of June, 1922, there were 824,058 voters registered. [172]

ELECTORS.—The total number of registered voters in the election on June 3, 1919, was 717,295, and the votes cast were 672,722, which is a strong percentage when compared to voter interest in elections in other countries. In the 1912 elections, 248,154 voters registered, with 235,786 actually voting. Of the voters registered in 1919, 407,346 met the educational requirements, while only 81,916 were educationally qualified in 1912. It's important to note that Philippine voters must have either property or educational qualifications, so these figures reflect the progress of the population in political engagement and education in recent years. In the elections of June 1922, there were 824,058 registered voters. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The minority party has always accepted the decision of the majority, unless it thinks that the election has been vitiated by some illegal act, in which case it takes the matter up with the courts for decision. The practice of revolutionary countries where defeated minorities take the law in their own hands or use violence against the triumphant party, or utilize every other means to hinder the working of the government, has never been resorted to in the Islands. [173]

The minority party has always accepted the majority's decision, unless it believes that the election has been compromised by some illegal activity, in which case it seeks a resolution through the courts. The behavior seen in revolutionary countries, where losing minorities take matters into their own hands, resort to violence against the winning party, or use any means necessary to obstruct the government, has never occurred in the Islands. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

XIII. The Filipinos in Control

Original Policy The Second Philippine Commission sent out to the Philippines by President McKinley on March 16, 1900 were given the following instruction, among others:

Original Policy The Second Philippine Commission, sent to the Philippines by President McKinley on March 16, 1900, received the following instructions, among others:

“That in all cases, the municipal officers who administer the local affairs of the people are to be selected by the people and that wherever officers of more extended jurisdiction are to be selected in any way, natives of the Islands are to be preferred, and if they can be found competent and willing to perform their duties they are to receive the offices in preference to any others.”

“In all instances, local officials responsible for managing the community should be elected by the people, and when officials with wider authority are appointed, preference should be given to natives of the Islands. If there are qualified and willing individuals available, they should be prioritized for the positions over others.”

These instructions were confirmed by President Roosevelt when he said that the Government of the Philippine Islands would cease to be a government of Americans aided by Filipinos and instead would be a government of Filipinos aided by Americans. And in 1908 after the opening of the Philippine Assembly, President Roosevelt in his message to Congress added:

These instructions were confirmed by President Roosevelt when he said that the government of the Philippine Islands would no longer be an American-led government with Filipino support, but would instead be a Filipino-led government with American assistance. And in 1908, after the Philippine Assembly was opened, President Roosevelt included in his message to Congress:

“I trust that within a generation the time will arrive when the Filipinos can decide for themselves whether it is well for them to become independent or continue under the protection of a strong and disinterested power, able to guarantee to the islands order at home and protection from foreign invasion.”

“I believe that within a generation, the time will come when Filipinos will be able to decide for themselves whether it’s better for them to be independent or to stay under the protection of a strong and impartial power that can maintain order at home and defend against foreign invasion.”

Filipinization In pursuance of all this policy the placing of Filipinos in government offices was hastened from 1913 to 1921, the turning over of power into Filipino hands having been virtually made complete by the passage of the Jones Law in 1916. This law provided for the creation of an elective Senate and House of Representatives and for the appointment of heads of departments and [174]other government officials. Appointments made by the Governor-General were made to be with the advice and consent of the Philippine Senate.

Filipinization As part of this policy, the appointment of Filipinos to government positions was accelerated from 1913 to 1921, with the transfer of power to Filipino leadership being nearly completed by the passing of the Jones Law in 1916. This law established an elected Senate and House of Representatives and set up a process for appointing department heads and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]other government officials. Appointments made by the Governor-General required the advice and consent of the Philippine Senate.

The proportion of Filipinos to Americans in the Philippine Government during the period 1914–1921 is shown in the following table:

The ratio of Filipinos to Americans in the Philippine Government from 1914 to 1921 is shown in the following table:

Number Percentage
Year Americans Filipinos Total Americans Filipinos
Per cent Per cent
1914 2,148 7,283 9,451 23 77
1915 1,935 7,881 9,816 20 80
1916 1,730 8,725 10,455 17 83
1917 1,310 9,859 11,169 12 88
1918 948 10,866 11,814 8 92
1919 760 12,047 12,807 6 94
1920 582 12,651 13,143 4 96
1921 614 13,240 13,854 4 96
1922 604 13,726 14,330 4 96

Instruments of Autonomy The principal agencies that gave the Filipinos effective control over domestic affairs in conformity with the spirit of the Jones Law, were the following:

Tools of Independence The main agencies that allowed Filipinos to have real control over their domestic affairs, in line with the spirit of the Jones Law, were the following:

1. The creation of a Council of State on October 16, 1918, to help and advise the Governor-General on matters of public importance. In this council many prominent leaders of the Filipino people have figured prominently.

1. The establishment of a Council of State on October 16, 1918, to assist and advise the Governor-General on important public issues. This council has included many prominent leaders of the Filipino people.

2. The creation of the Philippine Cabinet by which the Government Departments were organized and the work of the Executive Department divided among them. The aim was to have them undertake the work expressly entrusted to them, and to have in each branch of the administration a head responsible for its policy and direction. Each Secretary of Department assumes responsibility for all the activities of the government under his control and supervision. To this end he has the power to initiate, the power [175]to regulate, the power to direct and inspect, and the power to appoint and remove.

2. The establishment of the Philippine Cabinet organized the Government Departments and divided the responsibilities of the Executive Department among them. The goal was to ensure that each department handled the specific tasks assigned to them and that there was a leader in every sector of the administration accountable for its policies and direction. Each Secretary of Department is responsible for all activities of the government under their control and supervision. To achieve this, they have the authority to initiate actions, regulate processes, direct and inspect operations, and appoint or remove personnel.

3. The several laws that had given to the Council of State and to the Chairmen of the two houses of the Legislature the power to supervise and control the execution of the laws.

3. The various laws that granted the Council of State and the Chairmen of the two houses of the Legislature the authority to oversee and manage the enforcement of the laws.

4. The liberal policy followed by Governor-General Harrison in accordance with the liberal tenor of the Jones Law, a policy really preparatory for the independence of the Philippines.

4. Governor-General Harrison's liberal approach, which aligned with the progressive spirit of the Jones Law, was essentially a step towards preparing the Philippines for independence.

Speaking of this policy, Governor-General Harrison on September 1, 1916, said:

Speaking about this policy, Governor-General Harrison said on September 1, 1916:

“I firmly believe that the Chief Executive should consult the people through their representatives who are called upon to serve them. This is the very life-blood of self-government. It should never be possible for a Chief Executive—and it will now never be possible here—to ride ruthlessly over the people he has been sent here to govern, without taking into account their feelings, and without due consideration to their desires.”

“I genuinely believe that the Chief Executive should engage with the people through their representatives who are meant to serve them. This is the core of self-government. It should never be possible for a Chief Executive—and it won’t be possible here—to ignore the people they are meant to govern, without taking their feelings into account and without paying proper attention to their wishes.”

ACHIEVEMENTS OF THE FILIPINO GOVERNMENT.—The outstanding achievements of the Filipinized government are summarized below.

ACHIEVEMENTS OF THE FILIPINO GOVERNMENT.—The remarkable achievements of the Filipino government are summarized below.

I. REORGANIZATION OF DEPARTMENTS.—The Reorganization Act, as finally passed by the Philippine Legislature (Act No. 2666 as amended by Act No. 2803), has provided the Philippine government with a more logical and scientific grouping of bureaus and offices. It has given the new department heads more authority and power over the offices and bureaus under them. They are now empowered to promulgate rules, regulations, orders, circulars, memorandums, and other instructions for the harmonious and efficient administration of each and all of the offices and dependencies of each department. Secretaries of departments may be called by either of the two Houses of the [176]Legislature for the purpose of reporting on matters pertaining to their departments. In this case they are also responsible to the two Houses. The six departments created by the Reorganization Act correspond to the six principal purposes of a fairly well organized government, to wit:

I. REORGANIZATION OF DEPARTMENTS.—The Restructuring Act, as finally passed by the Philippine Legislature (Act No. 2666 as amended by Act No. 2803), has given the Philippine government a more logical and efficient structure for its bureaus and offices. It has granted the new department heads greater authority and control over their respective offices and bureaus. They can now issue rules, regulations, orders, circulars, memorandums, and other instructions to ensure smooth and effective administration across all offices and components of each department. Secretaries of departments may be summoned by either of the two Houses of the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Legislature to report on issues related to their departments. In this context, they are also accountable to both Houses. The six departments established by the Reorganization Act align with the six main functions of a well-organized government, namely:

Functions of the Departments (1) The maintenance of order and political direction of local administrative units, such as departments, provincial and municipal governments, and special governments—the Department of Interior;

Department Functions (1) The upkeep of order and the political oversight of local administrative units, including departments, provincial and municipal governments, and special governments—the Department of Interior;

(2) The guardianship of the State over the mental development and physical welfare of the citizens—the Department of Public Instruction;

(2) The State's responsibility for the mental growth and physical well-being of its citizens—the Department of Public Instruction;

(3) The collection of the public revenues and administration of the finances and business of the government—the Department of Finance;

(3) The collection of public revenue and management of government finances and operations—the Department of Finance;

(4) The enforcement of the law and safeguarding of the citizens and their rights—the Department of Justice;

(4) The enforcement of the law and protection of the citizens and their rights—the Department of Justice;

(5) The guardianship in connection with the preservation of the natural resources and the development of the country’s sources of wealth—the Department of Agriculture and Natural Resources; and

(5) The guardianship for preserving natural resources and advancing the country's wealth— the Department of Agriculture and Natural Resources; and

(6) The carrying out of such work and services as cannot be performed by private citizens, conducive to the common welfare and public prosperity—the Department of Commerce and Communications.

(6) The execution of work and services that private citizens cannot perform, contributing to the common good and public prosperity—the Department of Commerce and Communications.

II. ADOPTION OF A BUDGETARY SYSTEM.—A scientific budgetary system has been adopted. Under the system the estimates are made under the supervision and control of the department heads who have the power to add or cut down items. These different estimates are then submitted to the Secretary of Finance, who coördinates them. Any conflict between a departmental head and the Secretary of Finance is submitted to the Council of State for decision. Once the budget is definitely approved by the Council of State the Governor-General submits it with a message to the Legislature.

II. ADOPTION OF A BUDGETARY SYSTEM.—A scientific budget system has been put in place. Under this system, department heads are responsible for creating estimates, with the ability to add or reduce items. These various estimates are then sent to the Secretary of Finance, who coordinates them. If there's any disagreement between a department head and the Secretary of Finance, the matter is referred to the Council of State for a decision. Once the budget is officially approved by the Council of State, the Governor-General sends it along with a message to the Legislature.

The Gilbert Steel bridge, Laoag, Ilocos Norte

The Gilbert Steel bridge, Laoag, Ilocos Norte

The Gilbert Steel Bridge, Laoag, Ilocos Norte

[177]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The lower house is the first one to take up the budget. The corresponding Department Secretary appears before it to explain the details of the budget for his Department and to answer all questions by the members. Once the budget is approved in principle it is sent to the Committee on Appropriations with instructions to draft the appropriation bill in accordance therewith. When the appropriation bill is approved by the house, it is sent to the Senate and practically the same procedure is followed.

The lower house is the first to review the budget. The relevant Department Secretary presents the budget details for their Department and answers questions from the members. Once the budget is approved in principle, it goes to the Committee on Appropriations with instructions to create the appropriation bill accordingly. When the house approves the appropriation bill, it’s sent to the Senate, where the same general process is followed.

The Emergency Board To make the budgetary system sufficiently elastic to meet changing conditions, there has been created the so-called Emergency Board composed of the Secretary of Finance as Chairman, two members of the Legislature, the Insular Auditor and the Attorney-General as members. In the general Appropriation Act, this board is given a substantial amount with which to supply the additional funds that the various units of the government may need for the purpose authorized by the appropriation law. As an additional safe-guard, the actions of the Emergency Board do not become operative until after approval by the Governor-General and the presidents of both houses.

The Crisis Management Team To make the budget system flexible enough to adapt to changing conditions, the Emergency Board has been established. It includes the Secretary of Finance as the Chair, two members from the Legislature, the Insular Auditor, and the Attorney-General. In the general Appropriation Act, this board is allocated a significant amount of funds to provide the extra money that various government units may need for purposes authorized by the appropriation law. As an additional safeguard, the actions of the Emergency Board do not take effect until they are approved by the Governor-General and the leaders of both houses.

III. PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS.—In public improvements, the following was the record of the Filipinos within the last nine years. The mileage of first-class roads was more than doubled increasing from 2,172 kilometers in 1913 to 4,782 in 1922, not to speak of the second and third class; 7,562 permanent bridges and culverts are now in existence; 725 permanent government buildings were built, including schools, public markets, hospitals, provincial capitols, and large and beautiful edifices for the university and the Insular government; a network of wireless stations was erected throughout the provinces; a vast program of improvements in port works was launched, and a bond issue of ten million pesos was sold in the United States for harbor improvements in Manila alone; irrigation works estimated to cost about ten million pesos, and designed to benefit 150,000 [178]acres of land in sixteen different localities, were initiated; 949 artesian wells in the different provinces, an average of one to each municipality, were drilled at a total cost of nearly two and one-half million pesos, and 55 new water-works systems were installed with 36 more under active construction, to cost more than three million pesos.

III. PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS.—In public improvements, the following was the record of the Filipinos within the last nine years. The mileage of first-class roads more than doubled, increasing from 2,172 kilometers in 1913 to 4,782 in 1922, not to mention the second and third class roads; 7,562 permanent bridges and culverts now exist; 725 permanent government buildings were constructed, including schools, public markets, hospitals, provincial capitols, and large, beautiful buildings for the university and the Insular government; a network of wireless stations was established throughout the provinces; a vast program for improving port facilities was launched, and a bond issue of ten million pesos was sold in the United States for harbor improvements in Manila alone; irrigation projects estimated to cost about ten million pesos, aimed at benefiting 150,000 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] acres of land in sixteen different areas, were initiated; 949 artesian wells were drilled in various provinces, averaging one per municipality, at a total cost of nearly two and a half million pesos, and 55 new water systems were installed, with 36 more under active construction, totaling over three million pesos.

IV. AGRICULTURE AND TAXATION.—The progress in agriculture was remarkable. The chief point of interest here is that the placing of Filipinos in control of the agricultural departments greatly enlarged the power of the Government to influence the people to increased production. Of rice alone, 1,285,385 acres more were planted during the last nine years (1913–1922); 544 rural-credit societies were established with a membership of 75,114 and coöperation in agriculture, a new spirit among the farmers, encouraged and explained.

IV. AGRICULTURE AND TAXATION.—The advancements in agriculture were impressive. The key aspect here is that putting Filipinos in charge of the agricultural departments significantly boosted the Government's ability to encourage the public to increase their production. In terms of rice alone, an additional 1,285,385 acres were planted over the last nine years (1913–1922); 544 rural credit societies were created with a membership of 75,114, promoting a new spirit of cooperation among farmers.

Taxation was revised and increased, and the government revenue from this source which in 1913 had been only ₱39,236,007, rose to ₱62,900,403 in 1919 and ₱64,259,776 in 1922; there are twelve banking institutions in the Islands, now, instead of only six, and the money in circulation has risen from ₱50,000,000 in 1914 to three times that figure.

Taxation was updated and raised, and the government revenue from this source, which in 1913 was only ₱39,236,007, increased to ₱62,900,403 in 1919 and ₱64,259,776 in 1922. There are now twelve banking institutions in the Islands, instead of just six, and the money in circulation has grown from ₱50,000,000 in 1914 to three times that amount.

V. PUBLIC ORDER.—Public order, the first requisite of a stable government, has been splendidly maintained through the agency of the Philippine Constabulary and the municipal police. The Constabulary has always been dependable and thoroughly efficient. There is hardly any country in the world more peaceful than the Philippines.

V. PUBLIC ORDER.—Public order, the essential foundation of a stable government, has been excellently maintained by the Philippine Constabulary and local police. The Constabulary has consistently proven to be reliable and highly effective. There are very few countries in the world that are more peaceful than the Philippines.

VI. EDUCATION.—The present school system in the Philippines has been one of the principal uplifting agencies in the colonial enterprise undertaken by the United States as a result of the Spanish-American war. Immediately after the capitulation of Manila, an army officer acting as superintendent of schools opened schools. Everywhere the army went afterwards a public school was established and put into operation. [179]

VI. EDUCATION.—The current school system in the Philippines has been a key factor in the uplifting efforts initiated by the United States following the Spanish-American War. Right after Manila surrendered, an army officer who acted as the superintendent of schools opened educational institutions. Wherever the army moved afterwards, a public school was set up and started operating. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The school system is supported entirely from Philippine revenue. The advance has been rapid, there now being about a million pupils in the schools being taken care of by the Philippine government. The attendance of almost a million is entirely voluntary, there being no compulsory education law.

The school system is fully funded by Philippine revenue. The progress has been quick, with around a million students enrolled in schools supported by the Philippine government. The attendance of nearly a million students is completely voluntary, as there is no law requiring compulsory education.

The public school system has received the unstinted support of the Filipino people. The first bill passed by the Philippine Assembly in 1907 was the appropriation of one million pesos for the building of rural schools. In 1918 the thirty million-peso act was passed, which provided that thirty million pesos be set aside, over and above the regular annual appropriation, for school-housing and equipment. The law is expected to provide school facilities for every boy and girl of school age in the Islands by 1924.

The public school system has received strong support from the Filipino people. The first bill passed by the Philippine Assembly in 1907 was the allocation of one million pesos for building rural schools. In 1918, the thirty million-peso act was passed, which designated an additional thirty million pesos, beyond the regular annual budget, for school housing and equipment. This law is expected to ensure that there are school facilities for every boy and girl of school age in the Islands by 1924.

The head of the public-school system is the Vice-Governor-General who is at the same time Secretary of Public Instruction. The executive control is centered in the Bureau of Education headed by a director, who is responsible for the conduct of public schools and has the authority necessary to make his control effective.

The leader of the public school system is the Vice-Governor-General, who also serves as the Secretary of Public Instruction. The executive oversight is managed by the Bureau of Education, led by a director who is accountable for the operation of public schools and has the authority needed to ensure effective management.

School divisions.—The Islands are divided into forty-nine school divisions, each division generally coinciding with the boundaries of a province, except the City of Manila, and four Insular schools—the Philippine Normal School, the Philippine School of Arts and Trades, the Philippine Nautical School, and the Central Luzon Agricultural School—each of which is considered as a distinct division. A division is under the immediate charge of a superintendent who is the representative of the Director of Education. The Division Superintendent in the province is generally assisted by a provincial industrial supervisor and an academic supervisor. Each provincial division is divided into different districts consisting of one or more municipalities and several barrios or villages, each under the charge of a supervising teacher. [180]

School divisions.—The Islands are divided into forty-nine school divisions, and each division typically lines up with the borders of a province, except for the City of Manila, and four special schools—the Philippine Normal School, the Philippine School of Arts and Trades, the Philippine Nautical School, and the Central Luzon Agricultural School—which are each viewed as a separate division. A division is led by a superintendent who represents the Director of Education. The Division Superintendent in the province is usually supported by a provincial industrial supervisor and an academic supervisor. Each provincial division is further divided into various districts made up of one or more municipalities and several barrios or villages, each overseen by a supervising teacher. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

There are 50 provincial high schools. There are 20 provincial trade schools and 14 provincial shops, the principals of which are responsible directly either to the principal of the provincial school or to the Division Superintendent of Schools.

There are 50 provincial high schools. There are 20 provincial trade schools and 14 provincial shops, whose principals are directly responsible either to the principal of the provincial school or to the Division Superintendent of Schools.

The original feature of all school work was the academic. Soon the Bureau of Education labored to make industrial work a part and parcel of the curriculum. This was followed by making physical education a vital part of the courses. And now the aim is to maintain a proper balance in the academic, industrial, physical, and social work.

The main focus of all school work was academics. Soon, the Bureau of Education worked to incorporate industrial work into the curriculum. This was followed by making physical education an essential part of the courses. Now, the goal is to keep a proper balance among academics, industrial work, physical education, and social activities.

The English language is the only medium of instruction.

The only language used for teaching is English.

There are seven elementary grades—four primary and three intermediate. The secondary courses take four years. There has been built up an English-speaking Filipino teaching staff—a distinctive achievement reflecting credit on Filipinos and Americans alike.

There are seven elementary grades—four primary and three intermediate. The secondary courses last four years. An English-speaking Filipino teaching staff has been developed—a unique achievement that reflects well on both Filipinos and Americans.

Vocational instruction.—Graded vocational instruction occupies an important place in the school curricula. Approximately 14 per cent of the total time in the primary grades and about 17 per cent of the total time in the general intermediate course is devoted to this form of instruction. The special intermediate vocational courses include farming and trades for boys and housekeeping and household arts for girls. The chief aims of industrial instruction are: first, industrial intelligence; second, industrial skill; and, third, industrial sympathy. The educational and economic values of industrial education are kept in view. It may be of interest to mention that the Bureau of Education annually receives orders amounting to $150,000 a year from various firms abroad, especially from America, for handicraft articles; that trade school production yearly is over $100,000 and that the yearly agricultural production of the schools is over $281,000. [181]

Vocational instruction.—Graded vocational instruction plays an essential role in school curricula. About 14% of the total time in primary grades and around 17% of the total time in the general intermediate course are allocated to this type of instruction. The special intermediate vocational courses include farming and trades for boys, and housekeeping and household arts for girls. The main goals of industrial instruction are: first, understanding industrial concepts; second, developing industrial skills; and third, fostering industrial empathy. The educational and economic benefits of industrial education are taken into account. It's worth noting that the Bureau of Education receives orders worth $150,000 a year from various companies overseas, particularly from the U.S., for handcrafted items; that trade school production exceeds $100,000 annually; and that the annual agricultural output of the schools is over $281,000. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Agricultural education.—The Philippines being essentially an agricultural country, agricultural education is given considerable attention. The Bureau of Education at present maintains 13 large agricultural schools, 15 farm schools, and 162 settlement farm schools. The agricultural school range in area from about 125 to about 3,000 acres; the farm schools, from about 40 to 125 acres; the settlement farm schools, from about 30 to about 100 acres. In addition to these, the Bureau of Education has an extensive program of school and home gardening and maintains numerous agricultural clubs for boys and girls. Under the stress of the world-wide economic crisis brought about by the World War, the general office appealed to the country for increased productions, and in response to this appeal, the schools now have over 4,000 school gardens and over 100,000 home gardens. Annually there are held over 20,000 Garden Days where there are over 143,000 pupils’ exhibits and about 40,000 farmers’ exhibits.

Agricultural education.—Since the Philippines is mainly an agricultural country, agricultural education is given a lot of focus. The Bureau of Education currently manages 13 large agricultural schools, 15 farm schools, and 162 settlement farm schools. The agricultural schools range in size from about 125 to around 3,000 acres; the farm schools range from about 40 to 125 acres; and the settlement farm schools vary from about 30 to about 100 acres. In addition to these, the Bureau of Education has a comprehensive program for school and home gardening and supports numerous agricultural clubs for boys and girls. In response to the global economic crisis caused by World War, the general office called for increased production, and as a result, there are now over 4,000 school gardens and more than 100,000 home gardens. Every year, over 20,000 Garden Days are held, featuring more than 143,000 student exhibits and around 40,000 farmer exhibits.

Athletics.—The system of physical education here compares favorably with the best in the world. The temptation of developing only a few “stars” has been valiantly resisted and the athletic slogan of “Athletics for Everybody” has been stressed instead. As a result of this policy over 96 per cent of the pupils enrolled in the elementary and secondary schools take active participation in the program of athletics and games during the year.

Athletics.—The physical education system here is on par with the best in the world. The urge to focus solely on producing a few “stars” has been strongly resisted, and the athletic motto of “Athletics for Everybody” has been emphasized instead. Because of this approach, over 96 percent of students in elementary and secondary schools actively participate in the athletics and games program throughout the year.

Primary and Secondary Curriculum.—In the seven years’ course the studies are principally language, reading, good manners and right conduct, arithmetic, civics, hygiene and sanitation, writing, drawing, music, and Philippine history and government, in addition to a definite vocational training and organized play and athletics. Besides the regular secondary course, specialized secondary courses such as the normal, commercial, trade, agricultural, and domestic science are offered. [182]

Primary and Secondary Curriculum.—Over the seven-year program, the main subjects include language, reading, good manners and proper behavior, math, civics, health and sanitation, writing, art, music, and Philippine history and government, along with specific vocational training and structured play and sports. In addition to the standard secondary curriculum, specialized secondary programs like normal education, commerce, trade, agriculture, and home economics are available. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Number of pupils.—The enrollment of pupils in the public schools below the University of the Philippines from the school year 1913–1914 to 1920–1921 is as follows:

Number of pupils.—The enrollment of students in the public schools below the University of the Philippines from the school year 1913–1914 to 1920–1921 is as follows:

Year Enrollment Increase over previous year
Number Per cent
1913–1914 621,114 180,980 41.0
1914–1915 621,114 —— ——
1915–1916 638,548 17,434 2.8
1916–1917 675,997 37,449 5.8
1917–1918 671,398 4,699 .7
1918–1919 681,588 10,290 1.5
1919–1920 791,626 110,040 16.0
1920–1921. 943,364 151,736 19.0
1921–1922. 1,077,342 133,978 13.0

Number of schools and teachers.—The number of schools rose from 2,934 in 1913 to 7,670 in March, 1922, representing an increase of 128 per cent. The average annual decrease in the number of schools from 1909 to 1913 (5 years preceding Filipino autonomy) was 181, or 4.8 per cent, while the average yearly increase from 1914 to 1920 was 416.

Number of schools and teachers.—The number of schools grew from 2,934 in 1913 to 7,670 in March 1922, representing a 128 percent increase. The average annual decline in the number of schools from 1909 to 1913 (the 5 years before Filipino autonomy) was 181, or 4.8 percent, while the average yearly increase from 1914 to 1920 was 416.

The number of Filipino teachers increased from 7,671 in 1913 to 24,017 in 1922, which means an increase of 16,346, or 213 per cent. The number of American teachers dropped from 658 in March, 1913, to 347 in March, 1922.

The number of Filipino teachers grew from 7,671 in 1913 to 24,017 in 1922, showing an increase of 16,346, or 213 percent. The number of American teachers decreased from 658 in March 1913 to 347 in March 1922.

Number of school buildings.—The number of permanent school buildings constructed up to 1913 was 624, which number rose to 1,301. In other words, during nine years (1913–1922), 108 per cent more permanent buildings were erected.

Number of school buildings.—The number of permanent school buildings built by 1913 was 624, which then increased to 1,301. In other words, during nine years (1913–1922), 108 percent more permanent buildings were constructed.

Universities.—Foremost among the universities in the Islands is the University of the Philippines, which corresponds to a state university. It gives courses in liberal arts, the sciences, education, medicine and surgery, dentistry, pharmacy, agriculture, veterinary medicine, engineering, law, forestry, music, and the fine arts. Collegiate degrees are [183]conferred upon graduates in all the courses mentioned with the exception of the last two, for which diplomas of proficiency are issued to the graduates.

Universities.—At the top of the universities in the Islands is the University of the Philippines, which is a state university. It offers courses in liberal arts, sciences, education, medicine and surgery, dentistry, pharmacy, agriculture, veterinary medicine, engineering, law, forestry, music, and fine arts. College degrees are [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]awarded to graduates in all the courses listed, except for the last two, which provide diplomas of proficiency to the graduates.

The enrollment in the University for the school year 1922–1923 is 4,839, so that in 10 years the attendance rose from 1,400 in 1911–1912 to 4,839 in 1922–1923, representing an increase of 237 per cent. The University has now 45 buildings of permanent materials.

The enrollment at the University for the school year 1922–1923 is 4,839, which means that in 10 years, attendance increased from 1,400 in 1911–1912 to 4,839 in 1922–1923, representing a growth of 237 percent. The University now has 45 buildings made of permanent materials.

The Santo Tomas University was the first to be established. It has the distinction of being the oldest university under the American flag, having been founded a quarter of a century before Harvard. It gives courses in law, medicine, pharmacy, civil engineering, philosophy and letters, and theology, and has about 700 students. The medium of instruction is the Spanish language.

The Santo Tomas University was the first to be established. It is recognized as the oldest university under the American flag, founded 25 years before Harvard. It offers programs in law, medicine, pharmacy, civil engineering, philosophy and letters, and theology, and has around 700 students. The primary language of instructions is Spanish.

Besides these two universities there is the National University with upwards of 4,500 students and the Manila University with almost 3,000. The presidents of the last two universities are Filipinos.

Besides these two universities, there's the National University, which has over 4,500 students, and Manila University, which has nearly 3,000. The presidents of the last two universities are Filipinos.

The overwhelming majority of the faculty in all the institutions of high learning in the Islands are Filipinos.

The vast majority of the faculty at all the higher education institutions in the Islands are Filipinos.

VII. SANITATION.—In sanitation the progress attained by the Philippines during the Filipinized government has also been rapid. The sanitary work is now controlled by a central bureau called the Philippine Health Service. With this centralization of activities health measures can be enforced more economically and more effectively than in previous years.

VII. SANITATION.—In sanitation, the Philippines has made significant progress during the locally led government. The sanitary efforts are now managed by a central agency known as the Philippine Health Service. This centralization of activities allows for health measures to be implemented more efficiently and effectively than in the past.

The municipalities are grouped into sanitary divisions, each of which is in charge of a competent official. With few exceptions the men in charge are qualified physicians. At the end of the year 1921, there were 307 sanitary divisions comprising 792 out of the 846 municipalities. In other words, nearly 94 per cent of the total number of municipalities in the Philippines form a part of these sanitary divisions. [184]

The municipalities are organized into sanitary divisions, each managed by a qualified official. With a few exceptions, the individuals in charge are licensed physicians. By the end of 1921, there were 307 sanitary divisions covering 792 out of the 846 municipalities. In other words, almost 94 percent of all municipalities in the Philippines are part of these sanitary divisions. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Some of the important functions of the Philippine Health Service are as follows:

Some important functions of the Philippine Health Service are as follows:

1. Control and supervision of all hospitals for dangerous communicable diseases, and the isolation of persons suffering from such diseases.

1. Oversee and monitor all hospitals for highly contagious diseases, and isolate individuals affected by these diseases.

2. Control of sanitation of schoolhouses and premises, prisons and all other places for the detention of prisoners.

2. Managing sanitation in school buildings and grounds, jails, and all other facilities used for detaining prisoners.

3. Establishment and maintenance of internal quarantine in times of epidemic and the systematic inoculation of the inhabitants with virus, sera, and prophylactics.

3. Setting up and maintaining internal quarantine during an epidemic and systematically vaccinating the residents with virus, serum, and preventive treatments.

Comparative death rate scale for 1917

Countries Death rate per 1,000 inhabitants
Asian:
Egypt. 40.50
China. 40.00
India. 35.00
Straits Settlement. 31.64
Ceylon. 27.00
Burma. 24.93
Philippines. 22.29
Anglo-Saxon:
United States. 14.70
England. 13.70
Canada. 12.70
South Australia. 11.73
Queensland. 11.00
New Zealand. 10.35
Latin:
Porto Rico. 28.50
Mexico. 23.39
Cuba. 19.70
Italy. 18.20
France. 17.70

VIII. LOCAL AUTONOMY.—Greater autonomy has been extended to the provinces and municipalities especially as regards local taxes, education, sanitation, and permanent public improvements.

VIII. LOCAL AUTONOMY.—More autonomy has been given to the provinces and municipalities, especially concerning local taxes, education, sanitation, and long-term public improvements.

One of the significant and substantial results of the new policy is the remarkable improvement in the finances of the provinces and municipalities. During the period 1914 to [185]1920 a general revision of assessment of real properties was conducted in all the provinces. From this assessment we find an increase of 1,703,449 in the number of lots of taxable real property on December 31, 1920, as compared with the corresponding figure on September 30, 1913, representing an increase of about 100 per cent. The increase, of course, means increased revenue from the real property taxes for the local government.

One of the major outcomes of the new policy is the significant improvement in the finances of the provinces and municipalities. From 1914 to [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]1920, a general reassessment of real estate was carried out across all the provinces. This assessment shows an increase of 1,703,449 in the number of taxable real estate lots as of December 31, 1920, compared to the figure from September 30, 1913, representing an increase of about 100 percent. This increase, of course, translates to higher revenue from real property taxes for local governments.

A study of the revenues of the provinces and municipalities during 1914 to 1920, as compared with the period 1909 to 1913, shows an increase of 1,090 per cent, the average percentage of yearly increase being 155.5 per cent. In 1922 the revenues of the provinces were ₱19,264,264; those of the municipalities were ₱32,486,068.

A study of the revenues of the provinces and municipalities from 1914 to 1920, compared to the period from 1909 to 1913, shows an increase of 1,090 percent, with an average yearly increase of 155.5 percent. In 1922, the revenues of the provinces were ₱19,264,264, while those of the municipalities were ₱32,486,068.

IX. PUBLIC WELFARE.—One of the first acts of the Philippine government since control was turned over into the hands of Filipinos was the creation of the so-called Public Welfare Board entrusted with the task of coördinating the work of private and public welfare agencies. The board acts as the agency for controlling the disbursement of public charity funds to semi-public institutions like the Anti-tuberculosis Society, the Gota de Leche, and the Women’s Clubs.

IX. PUBLIC WELFARE.—One of the first actions of the Philippine government after control was handed over to Filipinos was the establishment of the Public Welfare Board. This board was tasked with coordinating the efforts of both private and public welfare organizations. It serves as the agency for management the distribution of public charity funds to semi-public institutions such as the Anti-tuberculosis Society, the Gota de Leche, and the Women’s Clubs.

On February 23, 1916, an act was passed by the Legislature appropriating ₱1,000,000 for the protection of early infancy and the establishment of branches of the “Gota de Leche.” Local organizations were granted aid from this funds as much as what they raised.

On February 23, 1916, the Legislature passed a law allocating ₱1,000,000 for the protection of infants and the establishment of branches of the “Gota de Leche.” Local organizations were given financial support from these funds, matching what they were able to raise.

In 1917 the government established an orphanage for destitute and dependent children from all over the islands, managed according to the most modern methods.

In 1917, the government set up an orphanage for impoverished and dependent children from across the islands, operated using the latest methods.

Public Welfare Commissioner On February 18, 1918, the public welfare board membership was reduced to five and its administrative control placed under the Department of the Interior. The administration of the million-peso funds for the protection of early infancy and the establishment of maternity and child-welfare centers were also placed under the control of the Secretary [186]of the Interior on March 22, 1920. Later these activities were all grouped together by Act 2988, enacted February 24, 1921, into one office—the office of the public welfare commissioner—which started operation on May 1, 1921.

Welfare Commissioner On February 18, 1918, the public welfare board was reduced to five members, and its management was put under the Department of the Interior. The handling of the one-million-peso funds for early infant care and the creation of maternity and child welfare centers was also assigned to the Secretary of the Interior on March 22, 1920. Later, these activities were consolidated by Act 2988, passed on February 24, 1921, into a single office—the office of the public welfare commissioner—which began operations on May 1, 1921. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The aim of the office is summarized thus: To promote all work directed towards the early reduction of infant mortality in the Philippines by employing adequate means for this purpose and for carrying out other activities intended to bring about the general welfare of the community, especially that which concerns children.

The office's goal is simple: To support all efforts aimed at reducing infant mortality in the Philippines as quickly as possible by using the right resources and carrying out other activities that promote the overall well-being of the community, particularly focusing on children.

A central executive office is maintained in Manila. It investigates social conditions and compiles sociological information for distribution. Social centers are being established throughout the Islands. On December, 1922, 183 puericulture centers were in existence as against 80 on December, 1921.

A central executive office is based in Manila. It looks into social conditions and gathers sociological data for sharing. Social centers are being set up all over the Islands. In December 1922, there were 183 puericulture centers compared to 80 in December 1921.

X. ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE.—The Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands presided over by a Filipino has always enjoyed the respect and confidence of every citizen. It is above all influence, being composed of men of integrity and of exceptional talent.

X. ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE.—The Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands, led by a Filipino, has always earned the respect and trust of every citizen. It operates independent of outside influence and is made up of individuals of integrity and outstanding talent.

The Courts of First Instance have also a comparatively good record as is evident from the number of decisions affirmed, reversed, and modified by the Supreme Court. The figures are as follows:

The Courts of First Instance also have a relatively good track record, as shown by the number of decisions that the Supreme Court has upheld, overturned, and altered. The figures are as follows:

Period Total number Affirmed Reversed Modified
Number Per cent Number Per cent Number Per cent
August 31, 1911 to September, 1, 1913. 1,454 910 62.5 365 25.1 179 12.2
March 3, 1919 to March 4, 1921. 1,782 1,194 67.0 372 20.8 216 12.1

The foregoing figures indicate that there was a larger percentage of decisions affirmed and smaller percentage of decisions reversed by the Supreme Court during the time [187]when the Filipino people were given substantial autonomy proving that the administration of justice has been considerably improved with the Filipinos in control.

The above figures show that a greater percentage of decisions were upheld and a smaller percentage were overturned by the Supreme Court during the time [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] when the Filipino people were given significant autonomy, demonstrating that the administration of justice has greatly improved with Filipinos in charge.

In 1913 there were 12,000 pending cases disposed of; in 1921 the number rose to 16,874; in 1922, 20,632.

In 1913, there were 12,000 pending cases resolved; by 1921, that number increased to 16,874; and in 1922, it reached 20,632.

From 1907 to 1913, for a period of seven years before Filipino autonomy, the average yearly number of decrees of titles to land issued by the Philippine courts was only 1,935; while from 1914 to 1920, during seven years of Filipino self-government, the average yearly number of land titles settled was 12,396, six times more than the preceding period.

From 1907 to 1913, in the seven years leading up to Filipino autonomy, the average yearly number of land titles issued by Philippine courts was just 1,935. However, from 1914 to 1920, during seven years of Filipino self-government, the average yearly number of land titles settled jumped to 12,396, which is six times more than the earlier period.

XI. GOVERNMENT ENTERPRISES.—In order to hasten the economic progress of the Islands, the Philippine government has been compelled to organize and engage in certain business enterprises of national importance that private initiative and capital have so far failed to develop. There are now four of these government owned enterprises—the Philippine National Bank, the Manila Railroad, the National Coal Company, and the National Development Company. The underlying motives behind these ventures are:

XI. GOVERNMENT ENTERPRISES.—To speed up the economic growth of the Islands, the Philippine government has had to set up and participate in specific business ventures of national significance that private investors have not yet developed. There are currently four government-owned enterprises: the Philippine National Bank, the Manila Railroad, the National Coal Company, and the National Development Company. The main reasons behind these ventures are:

(1) To conserve the resources of the Islands for Filipinos; (2) to protect the people against exploitation; (3) to safeguard against profiteering; (4) to facilitate the extension of credit to private concerns.

(1) To preserve the Islands' resources for Filipinos; (2) to protect the people from exploitation; (3) to prevent profiteering; (4) to make it easier to extend credit to private businesses.

The Philippine National Bank.—The need for a national bank in the Islands has long been felt. Previous to its establishment, Filipino farmers and merchants had to go to foreign banks in order to secure the necessary capital. The Philippine government had also to deposit its money with foreign banking institutions which gave a very low rate of interest. All the foreign banks made very little investments in the Islands, preferring to deal almost exclusively with export and import trade.

The Philippine National Bank.—There has been a long-standing need for a national bank in the Philippines. Before it was established, Filipino farmers and merchants had to rely on foreign banks to obtain the capital they needed. The Philippine government also had to deposit its money with foreign banking institutions that offered very low interest rates. All the foreign banks invested very little in the Philippines, choosing instead to focus almost exclusively on export and import trade.

To remedy these conditions the Philippine National Bank was organized. From a modest beginning the bank grew by leaps and bounds, especially during the war. [188]

To fix these issues, the Philippine National Bank was established. Starting from a small foundation, the bank rapidly expanded, especially during the war. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Constructive Service In spite of the many criticisms hurled against it, the constructive service that the bank has rendered to the community stands out in bold relief—the financing of the liberty loans, the handling of the sale of alien property, the financial assistance extended in time of dire need to two banks doing business in the islands, the financing of sugar centrals, the giving of loans to agriculturists, and the extension of banking facilities to merchants and manufacturers.

Helpful Service Despite the numerous criticisms directed at it, the constructive service the bank has provided to the community is clearly significant—the financing of liberty loans, managing the sale of foreign property, offering financial help during tough times to two banks operating in the islands, funding sugar mills, granting loans to farmers, and providing banking services to merchants and manufacturers.

The post-war depression caught the bank unprepared to meet the emergencies and it suffered heavy losses. The bank, however, is now in a fair way to sound footing. But as an institution, despite its reverses, it has come to be part and parcel of Philippine financial life. The Filipino people regard the bank as indispensable in the economic development of the islands.

The post-war recession took the bank by surprise, leading to significant losses. However, the bank is now on its way to recovery. Despite its setbacks, it has become an essential part of Philippine financial life. The Filipino people see the bank as crucial for the economic development of the islands.

The Manila Railroad.—The Philippine railroads were taken over by the government in 1916. They were bought from an old English company. The principal motive that impelled the purchase of the lines from the English owners was the failure of the owners to operate the lines with profit. This failure resulted in the imposition of greater burden on the taxpayers in the way of payment for interest on railroad bonds guaranteed by the government from the early days of American administration. The secondary motive was of course to nationalize this most important medium of communication and to put it at government disposal in case of emergency.

The Manila Railroad.—The Philippine railroads were taken over by the government in 1916. They were purchased from an old English company. The main reason for buying the lines from the English owners was their inability to run the lines profitably. This failure resulted in an increased burden on taxpayers, who had to cover the interest on railroad bonds that the government guaranteed since the early days of American administration. The secondary reason was, of course, to nationalize this crucial means of communication and make it available for government use in case of emergencies.

From 1914 to 1916 the aggregate net deficit of the company was about $600,000. Under government management the railroad has been gaining steadily. In 1917 the gain was $400,000; in 1918, $130,000; in 1920, $120,000; and in 1921 $148,000, with the added advantage that the government has not been called upon to pay any interest on the bonds.

From 1914 to 1916, the total net loss of the company was about $600,000. Under government management, the railroad has been steadily improving. In 1917, the profit was $400,000; in 1918, $130,000; in 1920, $120,000; and in 1921, $148,000, plus the benefit that the government hasn't had to pay any interest on the bonds.

The National Coal Company.—During the war the coal shortage was one of the great problems that the government had to solve. The Philippine Islands are rich in coal deposits, but very little private capital has been invested in its [189]exploitation. The Philippine Legislature, therefore, chartered the National Coal Company and supplied it with a capital of $1,700,000. The company is now ready to furnish at least the coal needed by the government, which is about 120,000 tons a year, heretofore imported from foreign countries.

The National Coal Company.—During the war, the coal shortage was one of the major issues the government had to address. The Philippine Islands have plenty of coal deposits, but very little private money has been put into its [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]development. To solve this, the Philippine Legislature established the National Coal Company and provided it with $1,700,000 in capital. The company is now prepared to supply at least the amount of coal the government needs, which is about 120,000 tons a year, previously imported from other countries.

The National Development Company.—The company was organized for the purpose of financing isolated commercial, industrial or agricultural enterprises that the government may desire to establish for the general welfare of the country, the motive being that whenever or wherever there was profiteering the government should enter into competition with the profiteer and compel him to reduce the cost of his goods.

The National Development Company.—The company was created to fund remote commercial, industrial, or agricultural projects that the government wants to set up for the overall benefit of the country. The idea is that whenever there is price gouging, the government should step in and compete with the profiteer to force them to lower their prices.

The stock of the company is controlled, as in other government companies, by a committee of three, composed of the Governor-General, the President of the Senate, and the Speaker of the House of Representatives.

The company's stock is managed, like in other government-owned companies, by a committee of three: the Governor-General, the President of the Senate, and the Speaker of the House of Representatives.

Other development companies which have been established by law, some of which have not yet begun to function, are the National Cement Company (2855), the National Coal Company (2705), the National Iron Company (2862), and the National Petroleum Company (2814). [190]

Other development companies that have been set up by law, some of which haven't started operating yet, include the National Cement Company (2855), the National Coal Company (2705), the National Iron Company (2862), and the National Petroleum Company (2814). [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

XIV. The Independence Movement

The sporadic but persistent agitation for reform which ultimately evolved into the organized movement for independence since 1892, began soon after the discovery of the Islands. In the beginning, dissatisfaction manifested itself in more or less unimportant and localized uprisings against the oppressive measures which the Spanish rulers sought to impose upon the inhabitants.

The occasional but ongoing push for reform that eventually developed into a structured movement for independence since 1892 started shortly after the Islands were discovered. At first, discontent showed up as relatively minor and localized protests against the harsh policies that the Spanish authorities tried to impose on the residents.

Some of these uprisings, in outline form, were the following:

Some of these uprisings, summarized briefly, were the following:

Uprisings against Spain 1574.—The first governor in Manila ordered the residents to supply his troops food, and took two of the leading Filipinos as hostages. After a time the Filipinos refused to submit any longer to the imposition. The governor ordered the hostages to be shot. The Filipinos revolted.

Uprisings against Spain 1574.—The first governor in Manila instructed the residents to provide food for his troops and took two prominent Filipinos as hostages. Eventually, the Filipinos resisted the demands. The governor commanded that the hostages be executed. The Filipinos rebelled.

1585.—The Province of Pampanga was a center of revolts.

1585.—The Province of Pampanga was a hotspot for uprisings.

1588.—A conspiracy against Legaspi and against the principal officials of the city. The idea in this revolt was to expel the Spaniards from the Philippine Islands.

1588.—A plot against Legaspi and the main officials of the city. The goal of this uprising was to drive the Spaniards out of the Philippine Islands.

1589.—Popular revolt in the Provinces of Cagayan and Ilocos Norte.

1589.—Popular uprising in the regions of Cagayan and Ilocos Norte.

1622.—Like Pampanga, Bohol became a center of revolts. This year saw a strange revolt which had a religious cause but later gained national importance. It also developed leadership in the person of one Tamblot. He was executed but his memory lived to inspire another rebellion.

1622.—Similar to Pampanga, Bohol became a hub for revolts. This year witnessed an unusual uprising that started with a religious motive but later gained national significance. It also saw the emergence of a leader named Tamblot. He was executed, but his legacy continued to inspire another rebellion.

This same year saw an uprising in the Province of Leyte.

This same year saw a revolt in the Province of Leyte.

1643.—Ladia led a revolt in Bulacan. His plan was easily discovered and he was put to death. [191]

1643.—Ladia led a revolt in Bulacan. His plan was quickly uncovered and he was executed. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

1645.—An uprising against the tax system in the Province of Pampanga, the second revolt in that province.

1645.—A revolt against the tax system in the Province of Pampanga, the second uprising in that province.

1649.—The most widespread revolt the Spanish government had yet seen against the system of conscripting labor whenever a Spaniard needed it. Starting in Leyte the uprising spread from one province to another and would not have been suppressed had not the governor incited Filipinos against Filipinos.

1649.—The largest revolt the Spanish government had ever seen against the system of forcing labor whenever a Spaniard needed it. Beginning in Leyte, the uprising spread from one province to another and would not have been put down if the governor hadn't turned Filipinos against each other.

1660.—Miniago led a rebellion in Pampanga against the system of forced labor. At this time the Filipinos had already learned the Spanish way of making promises which were never fulfilled, thus instilling hatred in the Filipinos.

1660.—Miniago led a rebellion in Pampanga against the system of forced labor. By this time, the Filipinos had already learned the Spanish way of making promises that were never kept, which fueled their hatred.

This same year witnessed another revolt in Pangasinan following the Miniago revolt. The leader by the name of Malong gave the Spanish government an almost unbearable trouble. He proclaimed his province, Pangasinan, independent and started to set up a government of its own. His army swept everything before it, but at last suffered defeat by the hands of Spaniards. The Filipinos were gradually developing military men, and at this time, one General Pedro Gumapus had been recognized. He was arrested, however, and put to death with many of his comrades.

This same year saw another uprising in Pangasinan after the Miniago revolt. The leader, Malong, caused the Spanish government a lot of trouble. He declared his province, Pangasinan, independent and began to establish its own government. His army advanced powerfully, but eventually faced defeat at the hands of the Spaniards. The Filipinos were slowly developing military leaders, and at this time, General Pedro Gumapus had gained recognition. However, he was arrested and executed along with many of his comrades.

1661.—A revolt in Ilocos, an aftermath of the Malong rebellion.

1661.—A revolt in Ilocos, a result of the Malong rebellion.

1686.—A conspiracy in Manila, but soon suppressed.

1686.—A conspiracy in Manila, but it was quickly shut down.

1719.—The riot in which Governor Bustamante and his son were killed. This was the result of the long discord between the government and the church.

1719.—The riot in which Governor Bustamante and his son were killed. This was the result of the long-standing conflict between the government and the church.

1744.—Another rebellion in Bohol. This time the leader was Dagohoy and under his leadership his army was able to drive the Spanish troops away. Dagohoy set up a government in Bohol.

1744.—Another rebellion in Bohol. This time the leader was Dagohoy, and under his leadership, his army managed to drive the Spanish troopsgone. Dagohoy established a government in Bohol.

1762.—Pangasinan revolted again, but again unsuccessful.

1762.—Pangasinan rebelled once more, but once again it was unsuccessful.

1762.—A revolt occurred during the war with Great Britain. Silan offered his services to raise troops against the British. In reply the government sent him to prison for a spy. The Filipinos revolted and broke jail, letting the prisoner out. Silan was later murdered by an assassin whom the Spaniards hired. His widow who continued the revolt was arrested and hanged. [192]

1762.—During the war with Great Britain, a revolt broke out. Silan offered to gather troops to fight against the British. In response, the government imprisoned him, accusing him of being a spy. The Filipinos rebelled and broke into the jail, freeing him. Later, Silan was killed by an assassin hired by the Spaniards. His widow, who continued the revolt, was arrested and hanged. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

1762.—The Provinces of Cagayan, Laguna, and Batangas revolted against the tax system.

1762.—The provinces of Cagayan, Laguna, and Batangas protested against the tax system.

1785.—Nueva Ecija revolted.

1785.—Nueva Ecija rebelled.

1807.—A rebellion in Ilocos in which the Filipinos demanded constitutional rights. The rebels captured the town of Piddig and overcame the Spanish forces.

1807.—A rebellion in Ilocos where Filipinos sought constitutional rights. The rebels took control of the town of Piddig and defeated the Spanish forces.

1811.—The Igorots plotted to annihilate all the Spaniards. The plan was betrayed to the authorities and was nipped in the bud.

1811.—The Igorots planned to wipe out all the Spaniards. The plot was revealed to the authorities and was stopped before it could get started.

1812.—For the first time in the history of Spain the demand for reforms was met with constitutional concession. The Filipinos were to have representation in the Cortes of Spain. The constitution was later discarded by King Ferdinand VII and upon hearing this the Filipinos revolted.

1812.—For the first time in Spain's history, the call for reforms was answered with a constitutional concession. The Filipinos were to be represented in the Cortes of Spain. The constitution was later dismissed by King Ferdinand VII, and upon learning this, the Filipinos revolted.

1814.—A rebellion against the oppressive tax system.

1814.—A revolt against the unfair tax system.

1820.—An uprising during a cholera epidemic, as the people believed that the government had been neglecting its duty. It was quelled, and a frightful massacre followed.

1820.—An uprising occurred during a cholera epidemic because the people believed the government had been neglecting its responsibilities. It was suppressed, resulting in a horrific massacre.

1823.—A mutiny at Novales led by a mestizo army officer.

1823.—A rebellion at Novales led by a mixed-race army officer.

1827.—This year the rebels of Bohol were temporarily subjugated after an independence of about eight years.

1827.—This year, the rebels of Bohol were temporarily brought under control after being independent for about eight years.

1840.—An extensive revolt in southern Luzon led by Apolinario de la Cruz, a student in theology. Cruz organized a Brotherhood of San Juan and asked for the coöperation of the church. In reply, De la Cruz was arrested for working seditiously. Revolt followed in which the leader was arrested and shot.

1840.—A large uprising in southern Luzon was led by Apolinario de la Cruz, a theology student. Cruz formed a Brotherhood of San Juan and sought the church's support. In response, De la Cruz was arrested for inciting rebellion. A revolt ensued, during which the leader was arrested and executed.

1843.—An uprising in Manila as a resentment against the treatment of De la Cruz.

1843.—A rebellion in Manila in protest of the treatment of De la Cruz.

1872.—This revolt was different from any other previous revolt as it was no longer a protest against specific injustice but a revolt based upon idealistic basis. The leaders came from the educated class. The victims included such harmless men as Father Burgos, Father Zamora, and Father Gomez who were executed.

1872.—This uprising was unlike any earlier revolt, as it was no longer just a reaction to specific injustices but was rooted in idealism. The leaders came from the educated class. Among the victims were innocent men like Father Burgos, Father Zamora, and Father Gomez, who were executed.

1883, 1888.—These years saw various revolts against oppressive treatments.

1883, 1888.—These years witnessed several uprisings against harsh treatment.

1892.—This year marked the beginning of the long and constructive struggle which changed the history [193]of the Filipino people. It was characterized by a systematic campaign for freedom, culminating in the execution of Jose Rizal and the successful Revolution of 1896.

1892.—This year marked the start of the long and impactful struggle that transformed the history [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] of the Filipino people. It featured a coordinated effort for freedom, culminating in the execution of Jose Rizal and the successful Revolution of 1896.

THE ORGANIZED MOVEMENT.—The leadership and the national ideals which these uprisings developed, became apparent in the Revolution of 1896 when the masses rose in arms against Spain and demanded separation and freedom. General MacArthur said of this Revolution:

THE ORGANIZED MOVEMENT.—The leadership and the national ideals that emerged from these uprisings became clear in the Revolution of 1896 when the people took up arms against Spain and demanded independence and freedom. General MacArthur commented on this Revolution:

“When I first started in against these rebels, I believed that Aguinaldo’s troops represented only a faction. I did not like to believe that the whole population of Luzon—the native population, that is—were opposed to us and our offers of good government. But after having come this far, after having occupied several towns and cities in succession, and having been brought much in contact with both insurrectos and amigos, I have been reluctantly compelled to believe that the Filipino masses were loyal and devoted to Aguinaldo and the government which he heads.”

“When I first got involved with these rebels, I thought Aguinaldo’s troops were just one group. I didn't want to believe that the entire population of Luzon—the native people, that is—was against us and our ideas for good governance. But after getting this far, after occupying several towns and cities one after another, and being in close contact with both insurrectos and amigos, I've been reluctantly forced to accept that the Filipino masses were loyal and devoted to Aguinaldo and the government he leads.”

Upon the cessation of hostilities and after the organization of the civil government in the Islands under the American régime, the Philippine Commission passed an act which virtually prohibited all agitations for Philippine independence. Under these circumstances, the movement had to go on in an unorganized manner against the opposition of the Federal Party which indorsed annexation of the Philippines to the United States. The party, however, never had any substantial support, and soon lost the little it had. Another party had appeared on the scene, having immediate independence for its slogan and the multitude rallied around its standard.

Once the fighting stopped and the civil government was set up in the Islands under American control, the Philippine Commission passed a law that effectively banned all movements for Philippine independence. Given these conditions, the movement continued in a disorganized way against the opposition from the Federal Party, which supported the annexation of the Philippines to the United States. However, this party never had significant backing and quickly lost what little support it had. Another party emerged, advocating for immediate independence, and many people rallied around its cause.

As an organized and systematic movement, the agitation began with the institution of the Philippine Assembly in 1907. The Philippine Assembly was then the popular branch of the Philippine Legislature, the upper house being the Commission of which the majority were Americans. The issue in the general elections was independence for the Islands, and the Nacionalista Party, which championed the cause, gained an overwhelming majority in the Assembly [194]over the Federal Party. At the close of the first session of this representative body, the Speaker, Hon. Sergio Osmeña, declared:

As a well-organized and systematic movement, the push for change started with the formation of the Philippine Assembly in 1907. The Philippine Assembly was the popular branch of the Philippine Legislature, while the upper house was the Commission, mostly made up of Americans. The main issue in the general elections was independence for the Islands, and the Nacionalista Party, which supported this cause, won a landslide majority in the Assembly [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] against the Federal Party. At the end of the first session of this representative body, the Speaker, Hon. Sergio Osmeña, announced:

“Permit me, gentlemen of the chamber, to declare solemnly before God and before the world, upon my conscience as a deputy and representative of my compatriots, and under my responsibility as president of this chamber, that we believe the people desire independence, and that we believe ourselves capable of leading an orderly existence, efficient both in internal and external affairs, as a member of the free and civilized nations.”

“Allow me, gentlemen of the chamber, to solemnly declare before God and the world, based on my conscience as a deputy and representative of my fellow citizens, and under my responsibility as president of this chamber, that we believe the people want independence, and that we are capable of maintaining an orderly existence and effectively managing both internal and external matters as members of the free and civilized nations.”

The cause of Philippine independence has been paramount in Philippine affairs since then, but the Filipino people have been striving for that national objective in the most peaceful manner. After the war the movement was resumed, and since 1919 two delegations have been sent to the United States to present pleas for independence to the President and Congress. The first went in 1919, the second in 1921.

The quest for Philippine independence has been a top priority in the country's issues ever since, and the Filipino people have been working towards that national goal in the most peaceful way possible. After the war, the movement picked up again, and since 1919, two delegations have traveled to the United States to ask the President and Congress for independence. The first delegation went in 1919, followed by the second in 1921.

AMERICA’S POLICY AND PROMISE TO THE FILIPINO PEOPLE.—The plea for freedom is based on two contentions. First, that it is the right of all nations to be free; second, that independence has been promised by the United States. Both of which premises are admitted. The only question is when independence will be granted.

AMERICA’S POLICY AND PROMISE TO THE FILIPINO PEOPLE.—The call for freedom is based on two points. First, that every nation has the right to be free; second, that the United States has promised independence. Both of these points are accepted. The only question is when independence will be given.

The Filipino people are one in their appeal for independence. All political parties have this as a common objective. There is not one discordant note in the age-long desire. The people are willing to stake their all—take all the chances attendant upon an independent existence. They want their freedom now.

The Filipino people are united in their call for independence. All political parties share this common goal. There isn't a single disagreement in their long-standing desire. The people are ready to risk everything—embracing all the challenges that come with an independent life. They want their freedom now.

On the other hand, America’s policy toward the Islands has been consistent. The pronouncements of her executive officials as well as Congressional legislations all point to one conclusion: It has never been the intention to make of the Philippines a perpetual possession; independence is to be granted as soon as a stable government “can be established.” [195]

On the other hand, America's policy toward the Islands has remained steady. The statements from its executive officials as well as Congressional laws all indicate one thing: It has never been the goal to make the Philippines a permanent possession; independence will be granted as soon as a stable government "can be established." [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

PRONOUNCEMENTS OF AMERICAN PRESIDENTS.—In January 30, 1899, eight months after the battle of Manila Bay, President McKinley dispatched the First Philippine Commission to the Islands with the assurance that the Commission would bring “the richest blessings of a liberating rather than a conquering nation.” Later on he added: “The Philippines are ours, not to exploit but to develop, to civilize, to educate, to train in the science of self-government.

PRONOUNCEMENTS OF AMERICAN PRESIDENTS.—On January 30, 1899, eight months after the battle of Manila Bay, President McKinley sent the First Philippine Commission to the Islands with the assurance that the Commission would bring “the richest blessings of a liberating rather than a conquering nation.” Later, he added: “The Philippines are ours, not to exploit but to develop, to civilize, to educate, to train in the science of self-government.

In 1903 Mr. Taft, as Civil Governor of the Philippine Islands, eloquently expressed himself thus:

In 1903, Mr. Taft, serving as the Civil Governor of the Philippine Islands, expressed himself eloquently in this way:

“From the beginning to the end, the state papers which were circulated in these Islands as authoritative expressions of the Executive had for their motto that ‘the Philippines are for the Filipinos,’ and that the government of the United States are here for the purpose of preserving the ‘Philippines for the Filipinos’ for their benefit, for their elevation, for their civilization, again and again appears.”

“From beginning to end, the official documents distributed in these Islands as definitive statements from the Executive declared that ‘the Philippines are for the Filipinos,’ and that the government of the United States is here to preserve the ‘Philippines for the Filipinos’ for their benefit, their upliftment, and their progress, which is repeatedly emphasized.”

And again, in 1907, he said:

And again, in 1907, he said:

“The policy looks to the improvement of the people, both industrially and in self-governing capacity. As the policy of extending control continues, it must logically reduce and finally end the sovereignty of the United States in the Islands, unless it shall deem wise to the American and Filipino peoples, on account of mutually beneficial trade relations and possible advantages to the Islands in their foreign relations, that the bond shall not be completely severed.”

“The policy is designed to enhance the lives of people, both in industry and in their self-governance. As the push for control continues, it will probably reduce and eventually eradicate the sovereignty of the United States in the Islands, unless both the American and Filipino people decide, because of shared trade benefits and possible advantages for the Islands in their international relations, that the connection should remain intact.”

In his message in 1908 President Roosevelt said:

In his message in 1908, President Roosevelt said:

“I trust that within a generation the time will arrive when the Filipinos can decide for themselves whether it is well for them to become independent or to continue under protection of a strong and disinterested power, able to guarantee to the Islands order at home and protection from foreign invasion.”

“I believe that in a generation, there will be a time when Filipinos can decide for themselves whether it's better to be independent or to remain under the protection of a strong and impartial country that can guarantee peace at home and safety from foreign threats.”

And in his autobiography Mr. Roosevelt remarked:

And in his autobiography, Mr. Roosevelt noted:

“As regards the Philippines my belief was that we should train them for self-government as rapidly as possible and leave them free to decide their own fate.”

“Regarding the Philippines, I felt we should get them ready for self-government as soon as we can and let them decide their own future.”

[196]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

On October 6, 1913, President Wilson, in a message for the Filipino people, formulated America’s policy thus:

On October 6, 1913, President Wilson, in a message for the Filipino people, outlined America’s policy this way:

“We regard ourselves as trustees not for the advantage of the United States, but for the benefit of the people of the Philippine Islands. Every step we take will be taken with a view to ultimate independence of the Islands and as a preparation for that independence.”

“We see ourselves as caretakers, not for the benefit of the United States, but for the people of the Philippines. Every action we take is focused on ultimately granting independence to the Islands and getting ready for that independence.”

THE JONES LAW.—All these official declarations at last found Congressional sanction and expression in the Jones Law passed in 1916 which in the opinion of the author, Congressman William Atkinson Jones, is “the everlasting covenant of a great and generous people speaking through their accredited representatives that they (the Filipinos) shall in due time enjoy the incomparable blessings of liberty and freedom.” The preamble of the Law reads:

THE JONES LAW.—All these official statements finally received Congressional approval and expression in the Jones Law passed in 1916, which, in the opinion of the author, Congressman William Atkinson Jones, is “the lasting agreement of a great and generous people speaking through their elected representatives that they (the Filipinos) shall, in due time, enjoy the unmatched blessings of liberty and freedom.” The preamble of the Law reads:

Whereas it was never the intention of the people of the United States in the incipiency of the War with Spain to make it a war of conquest or territorial aggrandizement; and

The people of the United States never intended to turn the War with Spain into a conquest or to expand their territory; and

Whereas it is, as it has always been, the purpose of the people of the United States to withdraw their sovereignty over the Philippine Islands and to recognize their independence as soon as a stable government can be established therein; and

As has always been the case, the goal of the people of the United States is to relinquish their control over the Philippine Islands and recognize their independence once a stable government is established there; and

Whereas, for the speedy accomplishment of the purpose, it is desirable to place in the hands of the people of the Philippines as large a control of their domestic affairs as can be given them without in the meantime impairing the exercise of the right of sovereignty by the people of the United States in order that by the use and exercise of popular franchise and government powers they may be better prepared to fully assume the responsibilities and enjoy all the privileges of complete independence;

Because of this, to quickly achieve this goal, it’s crucial to give the people of the Philippines as much control over their own affairs as possible, without undermining the sovereignty of the United States. This way, by exercising their voting rights and governmental powers, they can be better equipped to fully take on the responsibilities and enjoy all the benefits of complete independence;

Therefore.…

Therefore.…

This law is the first formal pronouncement of the American people, through their accredited representatives, on the purpose of the United States as regards the Philippine Islands. It is the formal pledge that Independence will be granted. The only condition required is that a stable government be first established in the Islands. [197]

This law is the first official statement from the American people, through their authorized representatives, about the purpose of the United States concerning the Philippine Islands. It is a formal commitment to granting Independence. The only requirement is that a stable government must be established in the Islands first. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Executive recommendation for the fulfillment of America’s promise.—That there is now such a stable government in the Islands is the claim of the Filipinos, and America is being asked to perform her part of the covenant. In this claim of theirs, the Filipinos are supported by the official representatives of the American people themselves.

Executive recommendation for the fulfillment of America’s promise.—The Filipinos assert that there is now a stable government in the Islands, and they are asking America to fulfill its part of the agreement. In their assertion, the Filipinos have the backing of the official representatives of the American people themselves.

In his last message to Congress, December 2, 1920, President Wilson made this recommendation:

In his final message to Congress on December 2, 1920, President Wilson made this recommendation:

“Allow me to call your attention to the fact that the people of the Philippine Islands have succeeded in maintaining a stable government since the last action of the Congress in their behalf, and have thus fulfilled the condition set by the Congress as precedent to a consideration of granting independence to the Islands.

“I want to highlight that the people of the Philippine Islands have successfully maintained a stable government since Congress's last action on their behalf, and in doing so, they have fulfilled the requirement set by Congress as a condition for considering independence for the Islands.”

“I respectfully submit that this condition having been fulfilled, it is our liberty and our duty to keep our promise to the people of those islands by granting them the independence which they so honorably covet.”

“I respectfully propose that now that this condition has been met, it is our right and our duty to keep our promise to the people of those islands by granting them the independence they sincerely desire.”

Governor-General Harrison also testified before the Joint Committee of Congress in 1919 that a stable government had already been established in the Philippine Islands, to wit, “a government elected by the suffrages of the people, which is supported by the people, which is capable of maintaining order and of fulfilling its international obligations.”

Governor-General Harrison also testified before the Joint Committee of Congress in 1919 that a stable government had already been established in the Philippine Islands, namely, “a government elected by the votes of the people, which is supported by the people, which is capable of maintaining order and fulfilling its international obligations.”

MISSIONS TO UNITED STATES.—Soon after the termination of the world war, it was decided to push the campaign for freedom with greater vigor than ever before.

MISSIONS TO UNITED STATES.—Shortly after the end of the world war, it was decided to intensify the campaign for freedom more than ever before.

There was need, besides, of centralizing the campaign if it was to be more effective. Accordingly, the Philippine Legislature, on November 1, 1918, created a “Commission of Independence,” composed of the presiding officers and members of both houses of the Legislature. The Commission was for the purpose of considering and reporting to the Legislature:

There was also a need to centralize the campaign if it was going to be more effective. So, on November 1, 1918, the Philippine Legislature created a "Commission of Independence," made up of the presiding officers and members of both houses of the Legislature. The Commission was set up to consider and report back to the Legislature:

(a) Ways and means of negotiating immediately for the granting and recognition of the Independence of the Philippines. [198]

(a) Ways and methods to negotiate right away for the granting and acknowledgment of the Independence of the Philippines. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

(b) External guarantees of the stability and permanence of said independence as well as of territorial integrity.

(b) External guarantees of the stability and permanence of that independence as well as territorial integrity.

(c) Ways and means of organizing in a speedy, effectual and orderly manner a constitutional and democratic internal government.

(c) Methods for quickly, effectively, and systematically organizing a constitutional and democratic internal government.

The First Mission.—One of the first actions of the Commission was to recommend the sending of a special mission to the United States to present the plea for freedom in a formal manner. The Legislature approved this recommendation, and in May, 1919, a delegation arrived at Washington, composed of forty prominent Filipinos representing the two houses of the Legislature as well as the commercial, industrial, agricultural, and labor interests of the Islands.

The First Mission.—One of the first actions of the Commission was to recommend sending a special mission to the United States to formally present the request for freedom. The Legislature approved this recommendation, and in May 1919, a delegation of forty prominent Filipinos arrived in Washington, representing both houses of the Legislature as well as the commercial, industrial, agricultural, and labor interests of the Islands.

About the time it sailed, the Legislature adopted a “Declaration of Purposes” for the guidance of the Commission of Independence and the Philippine Mission. This declaration recited, among other things:

About the time it set sail, the Legislature adopted a “Declaration of Purposes” to guide the Commission of Independence and the Philippine Mission. This declaration stated, among other things:

Declaration of Purposes.—* * * “In applying the principles enunciated in documents and utterances on the Philippines to the conditions now existing in the Islands, the Commission of Independence will find the following facts:

Declaration of Purposes.—* * * “When we apply the principles outlined in documents and statements about the Philippines to the current situation in the Islands, the Commission of Independence will discover the following facts:

“That there exist likewise in the Philippines all the conditions of stability and guarantees for law and order that Cuba had to establish to the satisfaction of America in order to obtain her independence, or to preserve it, during the military occupation of 1898–1902 and during the intervention of 1906–1909, respectively.

“Just like in the Philippines, all the conditions for stability and guarantees for law and order that Cuba had to establish to satisfy America for independence, or to maintain it, during the military occupation from 1898 to 1902 and the intervention from 1906 to 1909, are also present.”

“That the ‘preparation for independence’ and the ‘stable government’ required by President Wilson and the Congress of the United States, respectively, contain no new requisite not included in any of the cases above cited.

“The 'preparation for independence' and the 'stable government' requested by President Wilson and Congress do not include any new requirements that haven’t already been mentioned in the previous cases.”

“That these prerequisites for Philippine Independence are the same as those virtually or expressly established by the Republican administration that preceded President Wilson’s administration.

“These requirements for Philippine Independence are the same as those nearly or explicitly outlined by the Republican administration before President Wilson’s administration.”

“That during the entire time that the Filipino people have been with America, they have been living in the confidence that the American occupation was only temporary and that its final aim was not aggrandizement [199]or conquest, but the peace, welfare, and liberty of the Filipino people.

“Throughout the entire time the Filipino people have been connected with America, they have believed that the American occupation was only temporary and that the ultimate goal was not to gain power or conquer, but to ensure peace, welfare, and freedom for the Filipino people. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“That this faith in the promises of America was a cardinal factor not only in the coöperation between Americans and Filipinos during the years of peace, but also in the coöperation between Americans and Filipinos during the late war.

“This trust in America's promises was a key factor not only in the collaboration between Americans and Filipinos during peaceful years but also in the cooperation between Americans and Filipinos during the recent war.

“That the condition of thorough development of the internal affairs of the country and the present international atmosphere of justice, liberty, and security for all peoples, are the most propitious for the fulfillment by America of her promises and for her redemption of the pledges she has made before the world.

“The condition of fully developing the country's internal affairs, along with the current global environment of justice, freedom, and security for all, are the most favorable for America to fulfill its promises and uphold the commitments it has made to the world.”

“Therefore, so far as it is humanly possible to judge and say, we can see only one aim for the Commission of Independence—independence; and we can give only one instruction—to get it. * * *”

“Therefore, as far as we can reasonably determine, we see only one goal for the Commission of Independence—independence; and we have only one instruction—to achieve it. * * *”

The Mission proceeded to Washington to confer with President Wilson and to make known their desires. It happened, however, that the President was in Paris, at the Peace Conference, and could not receive the mission in person. He delegated Secretary of War Baker to represent him and to read for him to the Mission a letter in which he expressed sentiments of sympathy and good will. In that letter, the President said in part:

The Mission went to Washington to meet with President Wilson and share their wishes. However, the President was in Paris at the Peace Conference and wasn't able to meet with the Mission directly. He appointed Secretary of War Baker to speak on his behalf and read a letter in which he conveyed his feelings of sympathy and goodwill. In that letter, the President wrote in part:

“I am sorry that I cannot look into the faces of the gentlemen of this Mission from the Philippine Islands and tell them all that I have in mind and heart as I think of the patient labor, with the end almost in sight, undertaken by the American and Filipino people for their permanent benefit. I know, however, that your sentiments are mine in this regard and that you will translate truly to them my own feelings.”

“I apologize for not being able to look into the faces of the gentlemen on this Mission from the Philippine Islands and share everything I’m thinking and feeling about the dedicated effort, with the end almost in sight, made by the American and Filipino people for their long-term benefit. I trust that your feelings align with mine on this and that you will accurately communicate my sentiments to them.”

And Secretary Baker, on his part, said:

And Secretary Baker stated:

“I know that I express the feeling of the President—I certainly express my own feeling; I think I express the prevailing feeling in the United States—when I say that we believe the time has substantially come, if not quite come, when the Philippine Islands can be allowed to sever the mere formal political tie remaining and become an independent people.”

“I know that I echo the President's views—I certainly express my own feelings; I believe I represent the general sentiment in the United States—when I say that the time has mostly come, if not entirely, for the Philippine Islands to sever the final formal political ties and become an independent nation.”

[200]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Hearing Before Congressional Committee.—Because of the absence of President Wilson, the mission had to return to the Islands with its object unattained. The members, however, had visited many cities of the United States and delivered speeches pleading for independence. They also succeeded in getting a hearing before a joint-committee of Congress, presided over by the then Senator Harding. But the committee was adverse to any action being taken at the time on the issue of Philippine independence and so stated. The Mission then presented a memorial “to the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States,” wherein it submitted the case of the Filipinos in substance thus:

Hearing Before Congressional Committee.—Due to President Wilson's absence, the mission had to go back to the Islands without achieving its goal. However, the members had visited several cities across the United States and gave speeches advocating for independence. They also managed to get a hearing before a joint committee of Congress, led by Senator Harding at the time. But the committee was not in favor of taking any action on the issue of Philippine independence and made that clear. The Mission then submitted a memorial “to the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States,” where it presented the Filipinos' case as follows:

1. That as defined and established in the Act of Congress of August 29, 1916, the purpose of the Government of the United States is to withdraw its sovereignty over the Philippine Islands as soon as a stable government can be established therein.

1. According to the Act of Congress from August 29, 1916, the U.S. Government aims to relinquish its control over the Philippine Islands as soon as a stable government is established there.

2. That in accordance with the terms and provisions of said law, the people of the Philippines have organized a government that has been in operation for nearly three years and which has offered complete evidence that conditions are ripe for the establishment of an independent government that will be fully capable of maintaining law and order, administer justice, promote the welfare of all the inhabitants of the islands, and discharge as well its international obligations.

2. Following the terms of that law, the people of the Philippines have created a government that has been operational for nearly three years, demonstrating that the conditions are ripe for establishing an independent government capable of effectively maintaining law and order, administering justice, improving the welfare of all island residents, and meeting its international obligations.

3. That the Filipino people desire their independence at this time, and along with that independence, they confidently hope to preserve the bonds of good understanding and friendship which bind them to the United States, and to foster the free development of commercial relations between the two countries.

3. The Filipino people are seeking their independence now, and along with that independence, they confidently hope to preserve the strong relationships of understanding and friendship with the United States and to encourage the free development of trade relations between the two nations.

The Second Mission.—The first Mission failing to get independence, a second one was dispatched in 1922, with identically the same purpose—to negotiate for independence. It was designated a Parliamentary Mission, presided over by the Speaker of the House and the President of the Senate, and was composed of 14 members. Arriving at Washington, it presented a memorial to President Harding, which, in point of logic, force, earnestness, and diction, must stand unique [201]in the annals of peoples aspiring to be free through peaceful methods. It is the case of the Filipinos in a nutshell. It recites in part:

The Second Mission.—After the first Mission failed to achieve independence, a second one was sent in 1922, with the same goal—to negotiate for independence. It was called a Parliamentary Mission, led by the Speaker of the House and the President of the Senate, and included 14 members. Upon reaching Washington, it presented a petition to President Harding, which, in terms of logic, strength, sincerity, and language, is truly unique in the history of peoples seeking freedom through peaceful means. It captures the situation of the Filipinos perfectly. It states in part:

MEMORIAL OF JUNE 16, 1922

MEMORIAL OF JUNE 16, 1922

Mr. President: With the deepest sense of loyalty and confidence in the American people, the Philippine Legislature has decided to send the present Parliamentary Mission to the United States. The Mission brings a message of good-will and friendship from the Filipino people to the people of the United States, and is charged to resume the negotiations for the independence of the Philippines begun by the first Mission sent in 1919.

Mr. President: With deep loyalty and trust in the American people, the Philippine Legislature has chosen to send this Parliamentary Mission to the United States. The Mission carries a message of goodwill and friendship from the Filipino people to the people of the United States and is responsible for continuing the negotiations for Philippine independence that were initiated by the first Mission sent in 1919.

MCKINLEY AND ROOT’S DEFINITION OF STABLE GOVERNMENT

MCKINLEY AND ROOT’S DEFINITION OF STABLE GOVERNMENT

“There are, in President McKinley’s estimate, two main elements in a stable government: First, ability to maintain order and insure peace and tranquility, and the security of citizens; second, ability to observe international obligations. To those two elements, Mr. Root in his instruction for the Cuban people, added the following: It must rest upon the peaceful suffrages of the people and must contain constitutional limitations to protect the people from the arbitrary actions of the Government. All these elements are to be found in the Philippines today.

“In President McKinley’s opinion, a stable government has two main components: First, it must maintain order and ensure peace and safety for its citizens; second, it must uphold international obligations. To these two components, Mr. Root, in his guidance for the Cuban people, added that it should be based on the peaceful choices of the citizens and must include constitutional limits to protect them from arbitrary actions by the government. All these components can be found in the Philippines today.”

PRESENT PHILIPPINE GOVERNMENT SATISFIES ALL CONDITIONS

PRESENT PHILIPPINE GOVERNMENT MEETS ALL CONDITIONS

“It is admitted by the Wood-Forbes Mission that order has been properly maintained and that our Insular police or constabulary, “has proved itself to be dependable and thoroughly efficient. * * * They are naturally an orderly people.”

“The Wood-Forbes Mission acknowledges that order has been well maintained and that our Insular police or constabulary has demonstrated reliability and high efficiency. * * * They are inherently an orderly people.”

“The Filipino people are by nature and tradition hospitable and courteous to foreigners. There has been no anti-foreign agitation or outbreak. The business of foreigners has been amply protected and will continue to be so protected under an independent Philippines. During the short-lived Philippine Republic prisoners of war were treated according to the law of nations, and there was security for foreigners. [202]

The Filipino people are naturally and traditionally welcoming and courteous to outsiders. There has been no anti-foreign unrest or incidents. Foreign interests have been well protected and will continue to be safeguarded in an independent Philippines. During the brief period of the Philippine Republic, prisoners of war were treated according to international law, and safety for foreigners was ensured. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

ORDERLY ELECTIONS

ORDERLY ELECTIONS

“The Insular, provincial, and municipal governments of the Philippines rest on the free and peaceful suffrage of the people. The people elect members of the Insular legislature, provincial governors, members of the provincial boards, municipal presidents, and members of the municipal councils. Interest in the elections is widespread and election day passes without any serious disturbances. There was a general, quiet acceptance by the minority of the results of the popular vote. * * *

“The national, provincial, and local governments of the Philippines are based on the free and peaceful voting rights of the populace. Citizens elect members of the national legislature, provincial governors, members of provincial boards, city mayors, and members of municipal councils. There is widespread interest in elections, and election day passes without serious issues. The minority generally accepts the results of the popular vote without complaint. * * *

CONSTITUTIONAL GUARANTEES

CONSTITUTIONAL GUARANTEES

“The structure and workings of our government also conform to the standard defined by Mr. Root in that it is “subject to the limitations and safeguards which the experience of a constitutional government has shown to be necessary to the preservation of individual rights.” The Filipino people fought for such constitutional safeguards during the Spanish régime. A modern bill of rights was inserted in the Constitution of the Philippine Republic. Our present constitutional limitations and safeguards have been in operation since 1900 when President McKinley in his instructions to the second Philippine Commission set down as inviolable rules the fundamental provisions of the American Bill of Rights. These provisions with slight modification were later included in the Organic Act of 1902, and again set forth in the Jones Law of 1916. For more than twenty years, therefore, the Philippine Government has been subject to constitutional practices. They are imbedded in the political life of the people, and no matter what political change may occur in the Philippines they will find no material alteration. An impartial judiciary is there to enforce them.

“The structure and operations of our government adhere to the standards set by Mr. Root in that it is “subject to the limitations and safeguards which the experience of a constitutional government has shown to be necessary for the protection of individual rights.” The Filipino people fought for these constitutional protections during Spanish rule. A modern bill of rights is part of the Constitution of the Philippine Republic. Our current constitutional limitations and safeguards have been in place since 1900 when President McKinley instructed the second Philippine Commission to establish the fundamental provisions of the American Bill of Rights as inviolable rules. These provisions, with minor adjustments, were later incorporated into the Organic Act of 1902 and reiterated in the Jones Law of 1916. For over twenty years, therefore, the Philippine Government has followed constitutional practices. They are ingrained in the political fabric of the people, and regardless of political changes in the Philippines, there will be no significant alteration. An impartial judiciary is there to enforce them.”

COMPETENT JUDICIARY

COMPETENT JUDICIARY

“The Supreme Court has the respect and confidence of the Filipino people. The courts of First Instance, mostly presided over by Filipinos ever since 1914, have maintained a standard which, in general, compares favorably with the state courts of the Union. From August 31, 1912, to September 1, 1913, during the last two years of Governor Forbes’ administration, only 25.1 per cent of the decisions appealed from these courts were reversed by the Supreme Court. [203]From March 3, 1919, to March 4, 1921, another period of two years with Filipinos in control, the percentage of reversals decreased to 20.8 per cent. The number of cases disposed of by the Courts of First Instance for the eight years (1906 to 1913, inclusive) was as many as 82,528. The total number of cases disposed of for the same length of time, with Filipinos in greater control (1914 to 1921, inclusive), was 117,357 or an increase of 34,829, or 42 per cent.

“The Supreme Court has the respect and confidence of the Filipino people. The Courts of First Instance, mostly led by Filipinos since 1914, have maintained standards that generally compare favorably with the state courts in the United States. From August 31, 1912, to September 1, 1913, during the last two years of Governor Forbes’ administration, only 25.1 percent of the decisions appealed from these courts were overturned by the Supreme Court. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__]From March 3, 1919, to March 4, 1921, another two-year period under Filipino leadership, the percentage of reversals dropped to 20.8 percent. The total number of cases handled by the Courts of First Instance over the eight years (1906 to 1913, inclusive) was 82,528. In the same timeframe, with more Filipinos in control (1914 to 1921, inclusive), the total cases resolved increased to 117,357, an increase of 34,829, or 42 percent.”

GENERAL PROGRESS

GENERAL PROGRESS

“Philippine autonomy has also increased the agencies of social and political progress, such as schools, roads, public buildings, hospitals, etc. In 1913, when the Filipino people had even less share in the government than they have now, there were enrolled in public schools 440,050 pupils, in 1921 there were nearly a million (943,422). In 1913, there were only 2,934 public schools; in 1920 there were 5,944. In 1913, there were 2,171 kilometers of first-class roads in operation, in 1921 the figure was 4,698.8 in addition to about 5,000 kilometers of second-class roads. In 1913, there were no dispensaries where the poor could be given medical treatment; in 1921, there were over 800. In 1913 the appropriation for medical aid to the poor was ₱1,548,371.25; in 1921 the sum was ₱3,153,828.00.

“Philippine autonomy has also fostered agencies of social and political progress, such as schools, roads, public buildings, hospitals, and more. In 1913, when the Filipino people had even less involvement in government than they do now, there were 440,050 students enrolled in public schools; by 1921, that number had approached a million (943,422). In 1913, there were only 2,934 public schools; by 1920, that number had grown to 5,944. In 1913, there were 2,171 kilometers of first-class roads in operation; by 1921, that number had increased to 4,698.8, along with around 5,000 kilometers of second-class roads. In 1913, there were no dispensaries providing medical treatment to the poor; by 1921, there were over 800. In 1913, the budget for medical aid to the poor was ₱1,548,371.25; in 1921, it increased to ₱3,153,828.00.”

“Social and economic progress has also been tremendous during this period. In 1913 there were hardly a dozen women’s clubs, in 1921 there were 342 in active work. In 1913, the volume of Philippine commerce was only ₱202,171,484, in 1920 it swelled to ₱601,124,276. The cultivated area in 1913 was 2,361,483 hectares as compared with 3,276,942 hectares in 1920, or 38.7 per cent increase. The present conditions in the Philippines compare favorably with those existing in many nations whose right to national sovereignty is not in the least questioned.

“Social and economic progress has also been remarkable during this period. In 1913, there were barely a dozen women’s clubs; by 1921, there were 342 actively working. In 1913, the total volume of Philippine commerce was only ₱202,171,484, but by 1920 it surged to ₱601,124,276. The cultivated area in 1913 was 2,361,483 hectares compared to 3,276,942 hectares in 1920, representing a 38.7 percent increase. The current situation in the Philippines compares favorably with that of many nations whose right to national sovereignty is completely unchallenged.”

THE FAVORABLE INTERNATIONAL SITUATION

THE FAVORABLE INTERNATIONAL SITUATION

“Three years ago the impression of the members of the first Philippine Mission was that the main objection in the minds of many Americans to the immediate independence of the Philippines was the danger of foreign aggression. While this is entirely outside of the question as to whether we have complied [204]with the requirements of the Jones Law, it may not be amiss to call the attention of those Americans to the great change in international affairs which has taken place since the visit of the last Mission.

“Three years ago, the members of the first Philippine Mission believed that many Americans were primarily concerned about granting immediate independence to the Philippines due to the risk of foreign aggression. While this is unrelated to whether we have satisfied the requirements of the Jones Law, it might be worth reminding those Americans of the significant changes in international relations that have occurred since the last Mission's visit.[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__]

THE WASHINGTON CONFERENCE

THE WASHINGTON CONFERENCE

Wholesome relationship has especially been established in the Pacific area. The recent Washington Conference has cleared away many doubts and misgivings.

Strong relationships have especially developed in the Pacific region. The recent Washington Conference has resolved many uncertainties and concerns.

“In the words of the President of the United States that conference was called to provide some means whereby just, thoughtful, righteous peoples, who are not seeking to seize something which does not belong to them can live peaceably together and eliminate cause of conflict.

“In the words of the President of the United States, that conference was convened ‘to provide some means whereby just, thoughtful, righteous people, who are not trying to take what doesn’t belong to them, can live peacefully together and eliminate the causes of conflict.’”

IRELAND, EGYPT, AND INDIA

IRELAND, EGYPT, AND INDIA

“To the favorable international atmosphere may be added the fact that the first of colonial powers is already reversing her former policies. She has granted recognition of freedom and equality to peoples hitherto held as subjects and vassals. Egypt has regained her independence. The Irish people have been asked to enter into an agreement with England, looking to the establishment of a free state. Liberal institutions are now being established in India.

“To this positive international climate can be added the fact that the leading colonial power is already changing its previous policies. It has recognized the freedom and equality of peoples that were once seen as subjects and vassals. Egypt has regained its independence. The Irish people have been invited to negotiate an agreement with England aimed at establishing a free state. Liberal institutions are now being implemented in India.”

TRIUMPH OF AMERICAN IDEALS

TRIUMPH OF AMERICAN IDEALS

“We see in all these events the gradual triumph of American ideals, especially of that fundamental American principle that declares that governments derive their just powers from the consent of the governed.

“We see in all these events the gradual triumph of American ideals, particularly the fundamental American principle that governments derive their legitimate powers from the consent of the governed.”

“Hence we come to America in the full expectation that the United States can do no less than other nations have done to their dependencies; that she cannot now refrain from practicing those principles which were initiated by her and followed by her sister nations; that she cannot now refuse specific realization of those purposes and ideals, which found eloquent expression in her spokesmen both in times of war and in times of peaceful reconstruction; and that she will make the Filipino people a determining factor in the relationship that should exist between the United States and the only unincorporated and subject country now under the American flag. [205]

"Therefore, we come to America fully expecting that the United States will do no less for its territories than other nations have done. That it cannot now refrain from implementing the principles it initiated and that its sister nations have adopted. That it cannot refuse to make those purposes and ideals a reality, which were strongly expressed by its leaders during times of war and peace. And that it will regard the Filipino people as a crucial factor in the relationship that should exist between the United States and the only unincorporated and dependent country currently under the American flag. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__]

MISSION HAS FULL POWERS

MISSION HAS FULL POWERS

“We, therefore, submit our case, with faith and confidence, frankly and without evasion. It is the case of the Filipino people whom in fact and in law we represent, for certainly under the present circumstances no other agency can speak or act with as much authority on what the Filipino people want or on Philippine conditions in general, as their duly accredited representatives. That is the very essence of representative government.”

“We are, therefore, presenting our case with faith and confidence, clearly and without hesitation. It represents the Filipino people whom we genuinely represent, because under the current circumstances, no other organization can speak or act with as much authority on what the Filipino people desire or on Philippine conditions as their officially designated representatives. This is the fundamental principle of representative government.”

President Harding replied after due deliberation, stating that he was not yet ready to recommend the concession of independence to Congress, but assured the members of the Mission and, thru them, the Filipino people, that there would be no backward step taken during his administration, and that the autonomy now enjoyed by the Filipinos would remain unimpaired.

President Harding replied after careful consideration, saying that he wasn't ready to recommend granting independence to Congress yet. However, he assured the members of the Mission and, through them, the Filipino people, that there would be no regression during his administration, and that the autonomy currently enjoyed by the Filipinos would remain intact.

Petition for a constitutional convention.—The second Mission, failing in its object like the first, the Philippine Legislature at its next session in 1922, set about to devise other means whereby action on the question of independence could be hastened. After days of stirring debate, it was decided to ask Congress for permission to call a Constitutional Convention to draft a Constitution for a Philippine Republic, and the following resolution was passed:

Petition for a constitutional convention.—The second Mission, just like the first, didn't achieve its goal, so during its next session in 1922, the Philippine Legislature sought other ways to speed up action on the independence issue. After several days of passionate debate, they decided to request Congress for permission to call a Constitutional Convention to create a Constitution for a Philippine Republic, and the following resolution was passed:

“Whereas, the people and government of the United States have solemnly promised to grant independence as soon as a stable government can be established in the Philippines; and

“Whereas, the people and government of the United States have officially promised to grant independence as soon as a stable government can be established in the Philippines; and

“Whereas, a stable government now exists and is now in operation with the necessary guarantees that insure success, permanency, and security; and

“Whereas, a stable government is now in place and functioning with the necessary guarantees for success, permanence, and security; and

“Whereas, preparation and approval by legitimate representatives of the Filipino people of a political constitution for the Philippines is, in the sense of the legislature, a proper and efficacious step for the securing of Philippine independence; therefore, be it

“Whereas, preparing and securing approval from legitimate representatives of the Filipino people for a political constitution for the Philippines is, in legislative terms, a suitable and effective step towards ensuring Philippine independence; therefore, be it

“Resolved, by the Philippine Senate, with the concurrence of the House of Representatives, that the United States Congress be asked, as it is hereby asked, [206]to authorize the Philippine Legislature to make arrangements for the holding of a general election for the selection of delegates to a constitutional assembly which shall have the duty of preparing, discussing, and adopting a political constitution for an independent Philippine Republic; of determining, with the government of the United States, what kind of relationship, if any, should exist between said government of the United States and the Philippines; and finally of prescribing the election by the people of the Philippines of officials that shall exercise the authority and functions prescribed by the constitution to be adopted and to whom the present government of the Philippines shall be transferred as soon as they have legally assumed their posts.”

“Resolved, by the Philippine Senate, with the approval of the House of Representatives, that the United States Congress is hereby requested, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] to permit the Philippine Legislature to arrange a general election to choose delegates for a constitutional assembly. This assembly will be tasked with preparing, discussing, and adopting a political constitution for an independent Philippine Republic; determining, in collaboration with the United States government, what type of relationship, if any, should exist between the United States and the Philippines; and finally, organizing an election for Philippine officials who will exercise the authority and functions outlined in the new constitution, to whom the current government of the Philippines will transfer power as soon as they have legally assumed office.”

This resolution is now before the Congress of the United States, awaiting action by that body. [207]

This resolution is currently presented to the United States Congress, waiting for action from that group. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

15. Appendices

WHERE TO GO IN MANILA

WHERE TO GO IN MANILA

LIST OF HOTELS

HOTEL DIRECTORY

There is generally a hotel in the principal towns and cities, conducted on the American plan.

There’s usually a hotel in the main towns and cities that operates on the American plan.

The following are the principal hotels in Manila:

The main hotels in Manila are:

  • The Delmonico Hotel, 278 General Luna, Intramuros.
  • The Imperial, 118 Real, Intramuros.
  • The Oriente Hotel, 121 Real, Intramuros.
  • The Luneta Hotel, 38–40 San Luis.
  • The Manila Hotel, Luneta.
  • Banahaw Hotel, 104 Postigo.
  • Bayside Hotel, 121 Alhambra.
  • Chicago Hotel, 219 Real.
  • Cosmopolitan Hotel, 504 Rizal Avenue.
  • Hotel de France, 35 Plaza Goiti.
  • Hotel Dimas-Alang, 525 Magdalena.
  • Hotel Mecca, 323–31 P. Gomez.
  • Hotel Mignon, 119 T. Pinpin.
  • Japanese Hotel, 335 Regidor.
  • New Paris Hotel, 135 Plaza Santa Cruz.
  • New Washington Hotel, 207–9 Echague.
  • Elite Hotel, 300 Echague.
  • Palma de Mallorca, Intramuros.
  • Park Hotel, 1099 R. Hidalgo.
  • San Sebastian Hotel, 103–105 Legarda.
  • Stag Hotel, 300 Echague.
  • Vallejo’s Hotel, 165 Solana.
  • Windsor Hotel, 4 Nebraska.

[208]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

GARAGES AND STABLES

Garages and stables

(Note.—There are no “taxis” in the Islands. The traveler either has to hail a car marked “PU” (Public Utility) or telephone for a garage car, marked “G.” They are paid by the hour depending on the make of the car.)

(Note.)—There are no “taxis” in the Islands. Travelers either have to hail a car marked “PU” (Public Utility) or call for a garage car, marked “G.” Charges are based on the hour and depend on the type of car.)

  • Banner Garage, 55 Echague.
  • Bulakeña Garage, D. Mistica, prop., 1312 F. Huertas.
  • Cosmopolitan Garage and Stables, 677 Legarda.
  • Estrella Auto Palace, 560 Gandara.
  • Iberia Garage, Branch Office 126 Plaza Goiti.
  • La Palma de Mallorca Garage, 154 Real, Intramuros.
  • Luneta Motor Co., Inc., 54 San Luis.
  • Malate Stables, Garage & Car Works, 767 Dakota.
  • Manila Garage, 1423 Herran.
  • N. & B. Port Stables, 22d Street.
  • National Garage, 3158 Azcarraga.
  • One-Two-Three Garage, 159 Plaza Santa Cruz.
  • Paco American Stables, 723 Kansas.
  • Paco Stables and Garage, 723 Kansas.
  • Pedro’s Garage and Livery Stables, 141 Real.
  • Real Stables and Garage, 118 Real.
  • Rosenberg’s Garage, 473 A. Mabini.
  • San Jose Garage, 212 Perdigon.
  • Waldorf Stables, 731 Rizal Avenue.

STEAMSHIP AGENCIES

Shipping Agencies

  • Admiral Line, The, 24 David.
  • American and Manchurian Line, Smith, Bell & Co., agents, Hongkong Shanghai Bank Building.
  • Atkins Kroll & Co., 324–326 Pacific Building.
  • Australian Oriental Line, 503–511 Echague.
  • Barber Steamship Lines, Admiral Line, agents, 24 David.
  • China Navigation Co., Smith, Bell & Co., agents, Hongkong-Shanghai Bank Building.
  • Canadian Pacific Railway, Roxas Building, Escolta.
  • Columbia Pacific Shipping Co., 321 Roxas Building.
  • Compañía Trasatlántica de Barcelona, El Hogar Filipino Building. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  • Dollar Co., The Robert, 406–410 Uy Chaco Building.
  • Eastern & Australasian Steamship Co., Smith, Bell & Co., agents, Hongkong-Shanghai Bank Building.
  • Ellerman Line, W. F. Stevenson & Co., agents, El Hogar Filipino Building.
  • Hamburg-Amerika Linie, Viegelman, Inc., agents, 90 Rosario.
  • Holland-East Asia Line, 979 Muelle de la Industria.
  • Hugo Stinnes Lines, 132 Juan Luna.
  • Indo-China Navigation Co., Smith, Bell & Co., agents, Hongkong-Shanghai Bank Building.
  • Isthmian Line, McCleod & Co., agents, Uy Chaco Building.
  • Lloyd Triestino, S. N. Co., Wise Building.
  • Messageries Maritimes, 540 Sales Street.
  • Nippon Yusen Kaisha, Warner Barnes & Co., agents, El Hogar Filipino Building.
  • Osaka Shosen Kaisha, Stevenson & Co., agents, El Hogar Filipino Building.
  • Pacific Mail Steamship Co., 104 Nueva.
  • P. & O. S. N. Line, Stevenson & Co., agents, El Hogar Filipino Building.
  • Prince Line, Ltd. Warner Barnes, agents, El Hogar Filipino Building.
  • Struthers & Barry, San Francisco-Los Angeles, direct service, Pacific Building.
  • Tampa Inter-Ocean Steamship Co., Pacific Mail, agents, 104 Nueva.
  • The Blue Funnel Line, London Service, Smith, Bell & Co., agents, Hongkong Bank Building.
  • The Blue Funnel Line, New York Service, W. F. Stevenson & Co., agents, El Hogar Filipino Building.
  • Toyo Kisen Kaisha, Uy Chaco Building.
  • United States Shipping Board, Masonic Temple.

FOREIGN CONSULATES

Consulates

  • Argentine Republic.—J. F. Fernandez, consul, 109 Juan Luna.
  • Belgium.—M. Verlinden, acting consul, 205 El Hogar Filipino. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  • Brazil, United States of.—Jean M. Poizat, consul, El Hogar Filipino Building.
  • Chili.—Antonio Malvehy, consul, 212 Marques de Comillas.
  • China.—Chow Kwo Hsien, consul general, 62 M. H. del Pilar, Ermita; C. F. Pan, vice-consul; C. C. Chu, deputy consul.
  • Denmark.—W. V. Caddel Kauffeldt, consul, 15 Cristobal.
  • France.—A. Valentini, consul, 443 A. Mabini, Ermita.
  • Germany.—Swiss consul, in charge. (See Switzerland.)
  • Great Britain.—Thomas Harrington, consul general, Manila, 231 General Solano; E. H. de Bunsen, acting vice-consul, Manila; H. Walford, acting vice-consul, Iloilo; Guy Walford, acting vice-consul, Cebu; H. Thompson, Zamboanga, acting vice-consul.
  • Italy.—C. G. Ghezzi, 256 Calle David.
  • Japan.—Tsunezo Sugimura, consul general; Mitsuo Hamaguchi, vice-consul, 213 Roxas Bldg. Detached office in Davao; Mikaeru Shibasaki, vice-consul.
  • Liberia.—R. Summers, consul, 792 Santa Mesa.
  • Mexico.—Teodoro R. Yangco, honorary consul, 421 Muelle de la Industria.
  • Netherlands.—P. K. A. Meerkamp van Embden, consul general; T. Bremer, vice-consul, 979 Muelle de la Industria. Guy Walford, vice-consul, Cebu; H. Walford, vice-consul, Iloilo.
  • Nicaragua.—T. R. Lacayo, consul (absent), 7 Magallanes; Dr. Carlos Gelano, acting consul, 1919 Herran.
  • Norway.—Capt. N. C. Gude, consul general, Uy Chaco Bldg., Cebu; Guy Walford, vice consul, Iloilo; H. Walford, acting vice-consul.
  • Peru.—Antonio M. Barretto, consul, Hotel de France.
  • Portugal.—J. W. Ferrier, consul, 12 Escolta.
  • Russia.—(See France.)
  • Spain.—Juan Potous y Martinez, consul general; Jose Ledesma y Reina, vice-consul, Casa de España, Taft Avenue; Jose de Reguera, acting consul, Iloilo; Cristobal Garcia Gimenez, vice-consul, Cebu. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  • Sweden.—Carl Orton, consul general, Connell Bros., Lack & Davis Bldg.
  • Switzerland.—Albert Sidler, consul, 936 Raon, Quiapo.
  • Venezuela.—Albert P. Delfino, consul, 546 Calle Sales.

Note.—The Governments of Belgium, China, France, Great Britain, Japan, and Spain are represented by consuls of career.

Note.—The governments of Belgium, China, France, Great Britain, Japan, and Spain are represented by professional consuls.

CABLE OFFICES

CABLE OFFICES

  • Eastern Extension, Australasia and China Telegraph Co., El Hogar Filipino Building.
  • Commercial Pacific Cable Co., El Hogar Filipino Building.

LIST OF BANKS DOING BUSINESS IN 1923

LIST OF BANKS DOING BUSINESS IN 1923

  • The International Banking Corporation. Head office in New York; Branch in Manila, Plaza Moraga; local branches in Cebu and Iloilo.
  • The Chartered Bank of India, Australia and China. Head office in London; branch in Manila, Plaza Cervantes; agencies in Cebu, Iloilo, and Zamboanga.
  • The Bank of the Philippine Islands. Head office in Manila, Plaza Cervantes; agencies in Iloilo and Zamboanga.
  • The China Banking Corporation, Manila.
  • The Philippine Trust Company, Manila.
  • The Monte de Piedad and Savings Bank, Manila.
  • El Hogar Filipino, Manila.
  • The Manila Building and Loan Association, Manila.
  • The Zamboanga Building and Loan Association, Cebu.
  • The Cebu Mutual Building Association, Zamboanga.
  • The Philippine National Bank, Head Office in Manila; branches in Cebu, Iloilo, Lucena, Aparri, Legazpi, Dagupan, Naga, Davao, and Cabanatuan.

CHAMBERS OF COMMERCE

Chambers of Commerce

  • Alliance French, 445 A. Mabini.
  • American Chamber of Commerce, 2 T. Pinpin.
  • Chamber of Commerce of the Philippine Islands, 12 Escolta. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  • Chambre de Commerce French, 445 A. Mabini.
  • Chinese Chamber of Commerce, 175 Juan Luna.
  • Cámara de Comercio Española, Taft Avenue.

CINEMATOGRAPHS AND THEATRES

Movies and theaters

  • Amor Theatre, 254 Cabildo.
  • Zorilla Theatre, Azcarraga.
  • Cine Magdalo, 973 Magdalena.
  • Empire Theatre, The, 212 Echague.
  • Grand Opera House, Rizal Avenue.
  • Fraternidad, Inc., 729 Dart.
  • Gaiety Theatre, The, 630 M. H. del Pilar.
  • Ideal Cinematograph, 417 Rizal Avenue.
  • Lux Cinematograph, 149–51 Plaza Santa Cruz.
  • Lyric Theatre, 81–83 Escolta.
  • Rivoli Theatre, 123 Plaza Santa Cruz.
  • Savoy Theatre, 57 Echague.
  • Cine Star, Azcarraga, Tondo.
  • Cine Plaridel, Madrid, San Nicolas.
  • Cine Madrid, Madrid, San Nicolas.
  • Cine Royal, Potenciana, Walled City.
  • Cine Magallanes, Magallanes, Walled City.
  • Cine Paz, Herran, Paco.
  • Cine Paco, Dart, Paco.
  • Cine Obrero, Castaños, Sampaloc.
  • Cine Kami-Naman, Anak n͠g Bayan, Malate.
  • Cine Katubusan, Moriones, Tondo.
  • Cine Dimasalang, Azcarraga, Tondo.
  • Cine Moderno, Legarda, Sampaloc.

CLUBS

CLUBS

  • Army and Navy Club, South Boulevard.
  • Bohemian Sporting Club, 428 Rizal Avenue.
  • Cantonese Club, 459 Dasmariñas.
  • Casino Español, Taft Avenue.
  • Che Yong Club, 470 Juan Luna.
  • Che Lon Pit Sui, 424 Soler.
  • Chin Poo Tong, 245 Carvajal. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  • Chinese Merchants Club, 1377 General Luna.
  • Chinese Reading Club, 522 Benavides.
  • Club Filipino, 1012 Rizal Avenue.
  • Club Libertad, 826 Magdalena.
  • Club Nacionalista de Chinos, 276 M. de Binondo.
  • Columbia Club of Manila, 573 Isaac Peral.
  • Coon Woo Club, 522 Misericordia.
  • Deutscher Club, Inc., and German Club, 1034 Isaac Peral.
  • Elks Club, South Boulevard.
  • Rotary Club, Manila Hotel.

BOOKSELLERS AND STATIONERS

Bookstores and Stationery Stores

  • Libreria de P. Sayo Vda. de Soriano, Rosario.
  • Agencia Editorial, 200 Carriedo.
  • Escolta Bazar and Book Store, Inc., The, 139–141 Escolta.
  • Martinez, J., 108 Plaza Calderon de la Barca.
  • Oriental Commercial Co., Inc., 684 Rizal Avenue.
  • Philippine Education Co., Inc., 34 Escolta.
  • Frank & Co., Escolta.
  • Manila Filatélica, Carriedo.
  • Libreria de I. R. Morales, Plaza Miranda, Quiapo.

EMBROIDERIES

Embroideries

  • Art Embroidery Co., The, 2641 Herran.
  • Ackad & Co., E., 435 Juan Luna.
  • Bardwill Brothers, 252 Plaza Guipit.
  • Blanca Nieve, 209 Ongpin.
  • Blanco & Reyes, 1018 Herran.
  • Brown Louise P. Retail, 12 San Luis.
  • Cacho, Jusi and Piña, 233 General Luna.
  • Daisy Philippine Underwear, 1515–23 General Luna.
  • Elser, H. W., 600 M. H. del Pilar.
  • Feltman Bros. and Hermel Inc., 1103 Herran.
  • Filipino Hand Embroidery and Hat Co., 33 Aviles.
  • Mallouk & Brother, E. G. Orfaley Manager, 562 Legarda.
  • Manila A B C Embroidery Co., 694 A. Mabini.
  • Manila Lingerie Corporation, 2915 Herran.
  • Marshall Field & Co., 72 Gastambide. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  • Miller Embroidery Co., The Alic M., 155 M. de Comillas.
  • Philippine Handicraft Export, 20 Divisoria.
  • Phil. “X L Ent” Embroidery Co., 1445 California.
  • Philippine Underwear Co., 228 Alonso.
  • Powis-Brown Co., 2957 Herran.
  • Reyes, Rafaela Tolentino de, 267 Lavanderos.
  • Salamy & Baloutine, 426 San Luis.
  • Schulz Embroideries, 20 Divisoria.
  • Waddington & Co., 1234 A. Mabini.
  • Woolf Alex. L., 60 San Luis.

PHILIPPINE HATS

FILIPINO HATS

  • Aguado Hermanos, 103 Balmes.
  • Alonso, H., 169 Escolta.
  • Ang Manggagawa, 487 Juan Luna.
  • Ang Tondeña, 175 Rosario.
  • Austria, P., 247 Carriedo.
  • Baliwag Hat Store, 82–84 Real.
  • Bazar Remedios, 982 Juan Luna.
  • Hat Store S. Pacheco & Co., 71 Real.
  • Ideal Sombreria, 481 Juan Luna.
  • Jureidini & Bros., A. N., 205 David.
  • Koch & Co., A., 333 Azcarraga.
  • La Bulakeña, 205 Rosario.
  • La Minerva, 45–47 Escolta.
  • Largest Baliwag Hat Store, The, 409 M. H. del Pilar.
  • Manila Hat Store Factory, 319 M. H. del Pilar.
  • Philippine Hat Co., Inc., 424 Azcarraga.
  • Philippine Hat Factory, 73 Real, Intramuros.
  • Reyes Hat Store, 415 Rizal Avenue.
  • San Marcelino Hat Store, 84 San Marcelino.
  • Sombreria Bagong Araw, 735 Legarda.
  • Sombreria Ideal, 481 Juan Luna.
  • Sombreria J. Tolosa, 404 Carriedo.
  • Syyap & Co., 21 Escolta.
  • Veloso & Co., J., 89–91 Real.
  • Vicente & Co., R., 411 R. Hidalgo.
  • White Star Hat Store, The, 152–4 Villalobos.

[215]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

LIST OF CHURCHES HOLDING SERVICES IN ENGLISH

LIST OF CHURCHES HOLDING SERVICES IN ENGLISH

  • Cathedral of Saint Mary and Saint John, corner Isaac Peral and San Antonio, Ermita (Protestant Episcopal).
  • Cathedral of the Immaculate Conception, Plaza McKinley, Intramuros (Roman Catholic).
  • Central Methodist Episcopal Church, 120 Nozaleda, Ermita.
  • Christian Church, Azcarraga, Santa Cruz.
  • Christian Science Society of Manila, 272 Nueva, Ermita.
  • First Presbyterian Church, Padre Faura, Ermita.

RATES OF FARE FOR PUBLIC VEHICLES

RATES OF FARE FOR PUBLIC VEHICLES

The rates of fare for use of each public carriage shall be computed from the time the same is engaged until dismissed, in accordance with the following schedule:

The fare rates for using each public vehicle will be calculated from the moment it is hired until it is let go, based on the following schedule:

FIRST CLASS PUBLIC VEHICLES

First one fourth hour First one half hour First hour Each succeeding hour
Motor vehicle of five-passenger capacity or less. ₱ 2.00 ₱ 3.00 ₱ 5.00 ₱ 4.50
Motor vehicle of more than five-passenger capacity. 2.50 4.00 7.00 6.00
Four-wheeled vehicle, two horses. .60 1.00 1.60 1.20
Four-wheeled vehicle, one horse. .40 .60 1.00 .80
Two-wheeled vehicle, one horse. .40 .70 1.00 .80

SECOND CLASS PUBLIC VEHICLES

First one fourth hour First one half hour First hour Each succeeding hour
Four-wheeled vehicle, two horses. ₱ 0.30 ₱ 0.50 ₱ 1.50 ₱ 0.70
Four-wheeled vehicle, one horse. .20 .40 .70 .60
Two-wheeled vehicle, one horse. .30 .40 .70 .60

Double fare may be charged between one and five o’clock antemeridian. Drivers shall not be compelled to carry passengers beyond the city limits. [216]

Double fare may be charged between 1 AM and 5 AM. Drivers are not required to take passengers outside the city limits. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

In the smaller towns and in the country the hiring of a vehicle, like most commercial transactions, is a matter of bargain. The proper fare depends very largely on the state of the road and the chance of securing a return passenger, and therefore varies very greatly. The customary rate over a frequently traveled route can usually be learned by consulting some disinterested person, preferably an American. In every case the amount to be paid should be settled in advance.

In smaller towns and rural areas, hiring a vehicle, like most business deals, is all about negotiating. The right fare largely depends on the condition of the road and the possibility of getting a return passenger, so it can vary quite a bit. You can usually find out the going rate for a commonly used route by asking someone who is unbiased, preferably an American. In every instance, it’s best to agree on the payment amount beforehand.

POSTAL, TELEGRAPH, AND CABLE RATES

Postal, telegraph, and cable fees

(a) Rates on mail addressed for delivery in the Philippine Islands: First class, ₱0.02 for each half ounce or fraction; no limit of weight; post cards, ₱0.02.

(a) Rates for mail delivered in the Philippine Islands: First class, ₱0.02 for each half ounce or part of it; no weight limit; post cards, ₱0.02.

Second class (newspapers and periodicals), when mailed by publishers, ₱0.02 per pound or fraction; when mailed by others, ₱0.02 for each four ounces or fraction; no limit of weight.

Second class (newspapers and periodicals), when sent by publishers, is ₱0.02 per pound or any part of a pound; when sent by others, it's ₱0.02 for every four ounces or any part of that; there's no weight limit.

Third class (printed matter), ₱0.02 for each two ounces or fraction, except single books weighing more than that amount; limit of weight, four pounds.

Third class (printed issue), ₱0.02 for every two ounces or part of that, except for individual books that weigh more; weight limit is four pounds.

Fourth class (merchandise), ₱0.02 per ounce or fraction; limit of weight, four pounds, except single blank books.

Fourth class (merchandise), ₱0.02 per ounce or any part of an ounce; weight limit is four pounds, except for single blank books.

(b) Rates on Mail addressed for delivery in the United States (including Hawaii and Porto Rico), Guam, Tutuila, the Canal Zone, the Shanghai Postal Agency, Canada, Cuba, Mexico, and Panama:

(b) Rates for mail sent to addresses in the United States (including Hawaii and Puerto Rico), Guam, Tutuila, the Canal Zone, the Shanghai Postal Agency, Canada, Cuba, Mexico, and Panama:

First class, ₱0.04 for each ounce or fraction; weight limit, four pounds.

First class, ₱0.04 for each ounce or part of an ounce; weight limit, four pounds.

Second, third, and fourth classes same as (a) above.

Second, third, and fourth classes are the same as (a) above.

(c) Rates on mail addressed for delivery in all other countries: Letters, ₱0.10 for each half ounce or fraction; no limit of weight; post cards, ₱0.04 each.

(c) Rates for mail sent to all other countries: Letters, ₱0.10 for every half ounce or part of that; no weight limit; post cards, ₱0.04 each.

Printed matter (within certain limits of size), ₱0.02 for each two ounces or fraction; limit of weight, four pounds six ounces. [217]

Printed material (within specific size limits), ₱0.02 for every two ounces or part of it; weight limit, four pounds six ounces. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Samples of merchandise (within certain limits of size), ₱0.04 for first four ounces or less; and ₱0.02 for each additional two ounces or fraction; limit of weight twelve ounces.

Samples of merchandise (within certain size limits), ₱0.04 for the first four ounces or less; and ₱0.02 for each additional two ounces or fraction; weight limit of twelve ounces.

(d) Rates on mail specially addressed via the Trans-Siberian Railway; letters, ₱0.20 for each half ounce or fraction; post cards, ₱0.08 each.

(d) Rates for mail specifically sent via the Trans-Siberian Railway; letters, ₱0.20 for each half ounce or part of it; postcards, ₱0.08 each.

(e) Rates on registered mail, ₱0.16 in addition to ordinary postage. All classes of mail may be registered.

(e) Rates for registered mail, ₱0.16 on top of regular postage. All types of mail can be registered.

(f) There are parcels post arrangements between the Philippines and a considerable number of foreign countries. Details in regard to the size, weight, and value of parcels, and the rates may be obtained on application at the Bureau of Posts.

(f) There are parcel post options between the Philippines and many foreign countries. You can get details about the size, weight, and value of parcels, as well as the rates, by contacting the Bureau of Posts.

(g) Money orders are now issued in the Philippines to be paid in the United States and its possessions, Cuba, Mexico, and most of the British dominions in the Western Hemisphere, at the following rates:

(g) Money orders are now available in the Philippines to be cashed in the United States and its territories, Cuba, Mexico, and most of the British territories in the Western Hemisphere, at the following rates:

Amount of order (U.S. currency) Payable in the Philippine Islands (U.S. currency) Payable in the other countries named above (U.S. currency)
For orders for sums not exceeding $2.50 $0.05 $0.05
Over $2 and not exceeding 5.00 .70 .07
Over 5 and not exceeding 10.00 .10 .10
Over 10 and not exceeding 20.00 .12 .16
Over 20 and not exceeding 30.00 .14 .24
Over 30 and not exceeding 40.00 .17 .31
Over 40 and not exceeding 50.00 .20 .38
Over 50 and not exceeding 60.00 .22 .45
Over 60 and not exceeding 75.00 .27 .58
Over 75 and not exceeding 100.00 .32 .75

Money orders may also be purchased, payable in some thirty-five other foreign countries and dependencies. Information regarding the fees will be furnished by the post-master at any money-order office. No order is issued for a sum greater than one hundred dollars ($100), United States currency. [218]

Money orders can also be bought, payable in about thirty-five other foreign countries and territories. The postmaster at any money order office will provide information about the fees. No order is issued for an amount greater than one hundred dollars ($100), in United States currency. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

(h) Under the present customs laws, all goods which are the growth, product, or manufacture of the United States, the Philippine Islands, or of both, or which do not contain foreign materials to the value of more than 20 per cent of their total value, are, with certain exceptions, admitted free of duty when mailed from the Islands to the United States. The only exceptions of importance to travelers are cigars and cigarettes, which are subject to a fine equivalent to the duty, if sent by mail. In order to assure the free entry of other mail shipments, every package worth less than ₱20 should have its true value and the fact that it comes within the limits just defined, certified to by the sender on the wrapper. Packages whose value is ₱20 or more require a certificate of origin, which can be issued only by the Collector of Customs at a port of entry. In Manila, however, a customs official is on duty at the central post office at certain hours to issue these documents. The certificate must be pasted in the wrapper or be placed in an envelope to the package. If the shipment is valued at ₱50 or more, a fee of ₱2 is charged for the certificate.

(h) According to current customs laws, all goods produced or manufactured in the United States, the Philippine Islands, or both, or that do not contain foreign materials worth more than 20 percent of their total value, can, with some exceptions, be sent free of duty when mailed from the Islands to the United States. The main exceptions for travelers are cigars and cigarettes, which are subject to a fine equal to the duty if sent by mail. To ensure that other mail shipments enter freely, every package valued at less than ₱20 must have its true value and the fact that it meets the specified limits certified by the sender on the wrapper. Packages worth ₱20 or more require a certificate of origin, which can only be issued by the Collector of Customs at a port of entry. However, in Manila, a customs official is available at the central post office during certain hours to issue these documents. The certificate must be affixed to the wrapper or placed in an envelope with the package. If the shipment is valued at ₱50 or more, a fee of ₱2 is required for the certificate.

(i) Rates for telegrams over the government lines:

(i) Rates for telegrams using government lines:

For ordinary message, ₱0.06 per word, including address and signature.

For a standard message, ₱0.06 per word, including the address and signature.

For rush messages, ₱0.12 per word.

For urgent messages, ₱0.12 per word.

For repeated messages, one-half more than the regular rate.

For repeated messages, it's an additional 50% on top of the standard rate.

(j) Rates for cablegrams over the most important private lines from Manila:

(j) Rates for cablegrams over the major private lines from Manila:

To the United States (Continental): Eastern Extension, Australasia, and China Telegraph Company, ₱3.48 to ₱3.66 per word, according to locality.

To the United States (Continental): Eastern Extension, Australasia, and China Telegraph Company, ₱3.48 to ₱3.66 per word, based on location.

To Honolulu: Commercial Pacific Cable Company, ₱1.70 per word.

To Honolulu: Commercial Pacific Cable Company, $1.70 per word.

To Hongkong: Eastern Extension, Australasia and China Telegraph Company ₱0.42 per word.

To Hongkong: Eastern Extension, Australasia and China Telegraph Company ₱0.42 per word.

Commercial Pacific Cable Company, ₱0.42 per word. [219]

Commercial Pacific Cable Company, ₱0.42 per word. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

To Shanghai: Eastern Extension, Autralasia and China Telegraph Company, ₱0.74 per word.

To Shanghai: Eastern Extension, Australasia and China Telegraph Company, ₱0.74 per word.

Commercial Pacific Cable Company, ₱0.74 per word.

Commercial Pacific Cable Company, ₱0.74 per word.

To Japan: Eastern Extension, Australasia, and China Telegraph Company, ₱1.56 per word.

To Japan: Eastern Extension, Australasia, and China Telegraph Company, ₱1.56 per word.

Commercial Pacific Cable Company, ₱1.56 per word.

Commercial Pacific Cable Company, ₱1.56 per word.

To Europe: Eastern Extension, Australasia, and China Telegraph Company, ₱1.42 to ₱2.54 per word, according to locality.

To Europe: Eastern Extension, Australasia, and China Telegraph Company, ₱1.42 to ₱2.54 per word, depending on the location.

To the Visayas (Iloilo, Cebu, and Bacolod): Eastern Extension, Australasia, and China Telegraph Company, ₱0.22 per word.

To the Visayas (Iloilo, Cebu, and Bacolod): Eastern Extension, Australasia, and China Telegraph Company, ₱0.22 per word.

INTERISLAND SHIPPING SCHEDULE

Interisland Shipping Timetable

MANILA-ILOILO

From Manila Vessel From Iloilo
Tuesdays. VENUS (Inchausti & Co.) Fridays.
Wednesdays. ROMULUS (Compañía Marítima) Saturdays.
Saturdays. VIZCAYA (Inchausti & Co.) Tuesdays.

MANILA-CEBU

From Manila Vessel From Cebu
Wednesday. CEBU (Compañía Marítima) Mondays.
Saturdays. BELGIKA (Compañía Marítima) Tuesdays.

MANILA-JOLO-COTABATO via Cebu, Iloilo, Zamboanga, 15 days round trip.

MANILA-JOLO-COTABATO through Cebu, Iloilo, Zamboanga, 15 days round trip.

Vessels: Fernandez Hermanos, Islas Filipinas, and Panglima all owned by Compañía Marítima.

Vessels: Fernandez Hermanos, Islas Filipinas, and Panglima are all owned by Compañía Marítima.

MANILA-DAVAO via Cebu or Iloilo, Pulupandan, Zamboanga, and Cotabato, 30 days round trip.

MANILA-DAVAO via Cebu or Iloilo, Pulupandan, Zamboanga, and Cotabato, 30 days round trip.

Vessels: Luzon, Albay, and Neil Maccleod all owned by Compañía Marítima. [220]

Vessels: Luzon, Albay, and Neil Maccleod all owned by Compañía Marítima. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VALUES OF FOREIGN COINS EXPRESSED IN TERMS OF PHILIPPINE MONEY

Country Legal standard Monetary unit Value in terms of Philippine money
Argentine Republic. Gold Peso ₱1.9296
Austria-Hungary. Gold Krone .4052
Belgium. Gold and silver Franc .3860
Bolivia. Gold Boliviano .7786
Brazil. Gold Milreis 1.0924
British Colonies in Australasia and Africa. Gold Pound sterling 9.7330
Canada. Gold Dollar 2.0000
Central American states:
Costa Rica. Gold Colon .9306
British Honduras. Gold Dollar 2.0000
Nicaragua. Gold Cordoba 2.0000
Guatemala. } Silver Peso 1.8542
Honduras.
Salvador. Gold Colon 1.0000
Chile. Gold Peso .7300
China. Silver. { Tael { Amoy. 3.0382
Canton. 3.0292
Cheefoo. 2.9058
Chin Kiang. 2.9680
Fuchau. 2.8104
Haikwan (customs). 3.0914
Hankow. 2.8426
Kiaochow. 2.9442
Nankin. 3.0066
Niuchwang. 2.8492
Ningpo. 2.9212
Peking. 2.9620
Shanghai. 2.7752
Swatow. 2.8066
Takau. 3.0574
Tientsin. 2.9442
Yuan. 1.9910
Dollar { Hongkong. 1.9982
British. 1.9982
Mexican. 2.0130
Columbia. Gold Dollar 1.9466
Cuba. Gold Peso 2.0000
Denmark. Gold Krone .5360
Ecuador. Gold Sucre .9734
Egypt. Gold Pound (100 piasters) 9.8862
Finland. Gold Markka .3860
France. Gold and silver Franc .3860
Germany. Gold Mark .4764
Great Britain. Gold Pound Sterling 9.7330
Greece. Gold and silver Drachma .3860
Haiti. Gold Gourde .5000
India (British). Gold Rupee .6488
Indo-China. Silver Piaster 2.0016
Italy. Gold and silver Lira .3860
Japan. Gold Yen .9970
Liberia. Gold Dollar 2.0000
Mexico. Gold Peso .9970
Netherlands. Gold Guilder (Florin) .8040
Newfoundland. Gold Dollar 2.0000[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
Norway Gold Krone .5360
Panama Gold Balboa 2.0000
Paraguay Gold Peso (Argentine) 1.9296
Persia { Gold Archrefi .1918
Silver Kran .3412
Peru Gold Libra 9.7330
Portugal Gold Escudo 2.1610
Roumania Gold Leu .3860
Russia Gold Ruble 1.0292
Santo Domingo Gold,, Dollar 2.0000
Serbia Gold Dinar .3860
Siam Gold Tical .7418
Spain Gold and silver Peseta .3860
Straits Settlements Gold Dollar 1.1355
Sweden Gold Krona .5360
Switzerland Gold Franc .3860
Turkey Gold Piaster .0880
United States Gold Dollar 2.0000
Uruguay Gold Peso 2.0684
Venezuela Gold Bolivar .3860

BANKING: COMBINED CONDITION OF ALL THE COMMERCIAL BANKS IN THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, IN PESOS

1921 1922
RESOURCES
Loans and discounts ₱131,507,519 ₱149,717,446
Overdrafts 70,753,659 45,609,527
Stock, securities, etc. 10,407,808 9,519,139
Real estate, furniture, and fixtures 1,915,883 2,242,125
Other real estate and mortgages owned 650,371 4,613,756
Due from head office and branches 67,650,248 40,458,548
Due from other banks 2,862,073 3,850,498
Due from agents and correspondence 6,407,068 5,323,482
Bill of exchange 19,497,053 15,747,964
Cash on hand 15,915,519 14,968,282
Checks and other cash items 1,011,653 1,533,338
Profit and loss account 7,877,758 23,881,482
Resources other than those above 44,046,038 8,737,874
Suspense accounts —— ——
Total 380,502,650 326,203,461
LIABILITIES
Capital stock ₱49,393,814 ₱48,695,900
Reserve fund 12,007,373 5,119,795
Bank notes in circulation 42,237,752 41,391,580
Undivided profits 477,326 38,567
Due to head office and branches 90,812,907 69,386,521[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
Due to other banks 2,291,346 2,091,166
Due to agents and correspondents 4,916,581 2,823,688
Dividends due and unpaid 103,160 2,683
Demand deposits 428,875 6,092,342
Time deposits 26,151,621 62,063,047
Savings deposits 16,359,041 13,296,858
Current accounts 46,582,381 52,821,970
Profit and loss accounts 7,613,172 1,506,626
Bills payable:
Domestic 119,766 7,348,386
Foreign 224,593 336,032
Cashier’s check outstanding 939,336 398,971
Certified checks 104,978 670,617
Suspense accounts —— 185,704
Liabilities other than those above 25,062,967 11,933,088
Government funds 54,675,662 ——
Total 380,502,650 326,203,461

THE AMOUNT OF CURRENCY IN CIRCULATION AND THE PER CAPITA CIRCULATION IN THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS FROM 1906 TO 1922

[Source: Insular Treasury]

Year Amount in circulation Per capita circulation
June 30—
1906 ₱30,030,411 ₱3.72
1907 42,814,315 5.21
1908 40,337,982 4.82
1909 41,528,608 4.88
1910 48,155,587 5.62
1911 48,155,587 5.45
1912 52,055,893 5.79
1913 52,034,389 6.68
December 31—
1913 50,697,253 5.53
1914 52,575,118 5.63
1915 51,284,907 5.40
1916 67,059,189 6.86
1917 102,580,314 10.20
1918 131,151,883 12.67
1919 146,576,956 13.87
1920 124,589,240 11.56
1921 103,661,820 10.01
1922 97,217,468 9.03

[223]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

TABLE SHOWING THE ASSESSED VALUATION OF REAL PROPERTY IN THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS (EXCEPT THE CITIES OF MANILA AND BAGUIO), BY PROVINCES

[Source: Executive Bureau]

December, 1921 December, 1922 March, 1923
Provinces Taxable Exempt Taxable Exempt Taxable Exempt
Abra. ₱6,827,320 ₱732,010 ₱6,686,460 ₱746,620 ₱6,649,470 ₱776,230
Albay. 30,985,290 6,085,870 30,620,610 6,655,970 30,615,200 6,653,070
Antique. 10,013,680 580,890 9,783,590 746,260 9,792,320 746,420
Bataan. 8,485,270 981,560 9,152,240 1,008,960 9,179,560 1,008,970
Batanes. 1,492,050 154,800 1,460,830 155,730 1,463,790 155,730
Batangas. 45,598,330 2,384,650 37,839,750 2,364,360 37,263,760 2,372,500
Bohol. 25,817,920 4,124,890 29,526,900 4,367,660 29,537,810 4,374,300
Bulacan. 45,545,640 6,106,600 45,692,580 6,219,540 46,182,320 6,220,180
Cagayan. 22,583,840 594,550 22,210,960 6,153,810 21,887,060 6,368,170
Camarines Norte. 14,155,290 462,150 13,356,900 458,480 13,331,750 458,420
Camarines Sur. 28,912,970 3,057,690 26,800,210 3,177,820 26,796,940 3,181,140
Capiz. 38,692,980 3,174,380 35,427,240 3,237,770 34,924,320 3,238,300
Cavite. 17,676,350 2,912,180 17,857,950 2,893,960 18,086,150 2,935,890
Cebu. 59,659,580 12,712,200 59,360,360 14,785,210 59,372,120 14,790,560
Ilocos Norte. 31,680,880 2,210,430 32,248,000 1,689,710 31,619,610 1,647,460
Ilocos Sur. 25,183,610 2,726,700 24,800,120 2,777,580 24,808,400 2,797,200
Iloilo. 76,006,720 15,694,720 75,995,250 15,788,350 75,826,940 15,787,250
Isabela. 19,611,879 1,588,580 19,757,289 1,607,630 19,847,500 1,612,250
Laguna. 52,514,740 2,765,180 46,299,570 2,997,079 46,077,720 2,980,879
La Union. 20,109,110 1,920,050 19,314,180 2,409,719 19,336,510 2,370,000
Leyte. 40,262,600 4,911,800 42,946,880 5,598,440 43,469,340 5,630,190
Marinduque. 9,247,290 694,740 9,315,340 753,040 9,324,240 754,760
Masbate. 5,653,280 885,750 6,946,630 925,140 6,956,885 924,400
Mindoro. 9,542,955 366,530 9,216,237 495,690 9,131,137 619,790
Misamis. 40,275,740 2,454,160 38,615,660 2,456,650 38,546,184 2,456,650
Nueva Ecija. 55,157,610 2,609,430 55,593,930 2,871,460 54,777,700 2,965,410
Occidental Negros. 80,710,280 3,049,390 81,279,000 3,296,020 81,266,630 3,306,870
Oriental Negros. 24,111,890 2,891,630 24,671,890 3,004,890 24,300,200 2,004,780
Palawan. 3,256,700 755,030 3,905,320 788,600 3,905,320 778,600[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
Pampanga. 55,940,550 4,357,730 53,784,310 4,348,370 53,752,530 4,346,550
Pangasinan. 50,894,810 5,469,050 50,188,090 5,556,680 82,768,990 7,191,040
Rizal. 45,610,750 8,500,700 47,062,340 8,543,580 47,430,060 8,545,280
Romblon. 8,779,010 550,340 8,698,790 580,310 8,698,790 580,310
Samar. 24,662,030 3,930,740 24,706,880 3,912,730 24,748,410 3,828,060
Sorsogon. 22,759,780 4,658,040 22,865,480 4,615,630 22,796,620 4,589,900
Surigao. 12,263,780 1,421,820 12,306,570 1,424,320 12,351,320 1,431,220
Tarlac. 25,980,990 2,440,600 36,994,920 2,492,340 37,046,860 3,346,550
Tayabas. 69,530,480 9,287,190 70,166,080 9,572,060 70,930,150 9,573,420
Zambales. 9,283,060 659,470 9,051,480 758,520 9,062,330 774,840
Total. 11.5 billion 131,409,220 11.7 billion 149 million, 2 thousand, 759 12 billion 38 million 634 thousand 420 145,123,539

[225]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

GROWTH OF THE PUBLIC SCHOOL SYSTEM

Year— No. of schools Annual enrollment Average monthly enrollment Average daily attendance Percentage of attendance
1907 3,624 479,978 346,245 85
1908 3,932 486,676 339,243 270,732 80
1909 4,424 570,502 405,478 321,415 79
1910 4,531 587,317 427,105 337,307 86
1911 4,404 610,493 446,889 355,722 80
1912 3,685 529,665 395,075 329,073 83
1913 2,934 440,050 329,756 287,995 87
1914 4,235 621,030 489,070 428,552 88
1915 4,187 610,519 493,763 441,742 89
1916 4,538 638,543 523,272 471,195 90
1917 4,702 675,998 567,625 514,263 91
1918 4,747 671,398 569,744 521,377 92
1919 4,962 681,588 569,744 501,989 88
1920 5,944 791,626 678,956 618,392 91
1921 6,904 943,364 836,281 774,882 93
1922 7,670 1,077,342 976,093 909,947 93

[226]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

PRIVATE SCHOOLS: ANNUAL ENROLLMENT, NUMBER OF TEACHERS AND SCHOOLS, 1918–1922

[Source: Office of the Superintendent of private schools]

School year Number of schools Total Total enrollment
Primary Intermediate High school College Other schools
1917–1918 129 77 34 77 257 35,907
1918–1919 152 90 36 19 297 38,716
1919–1920 169 104 38 19 330 45,947
1920–1921 190 113 42 19 18 382 57,281
1921–1922 245 150 86 20 24 525 64,835

ANNUAL EXPENDITURES FOR PUBLIC EDUCATION, 1918–1922a

[Source: Bureau of Education]

Year Insular Provincial Municipal Total Voluntary contribution Total Per capita expenditure on education
1918 ₱6,067,277 ₱431,018 ₱3,614,515 ₱10,112,810 ₱617,400 ₱10,730,210 ₱1.04
1919 10,087,450 468,125 3,715,552 14,271,127 682,550 14,953,677 1.45
1920 12,802,247 1,050,492 4,358,800 18,211,540 799,538 19,011,078 1.82
1921 14,313,825 3,278,606 4,709,287 22,301,718 1,347,124 23,648,842 2.23
1922 14,884,238 b b b 1,498,110 c16,382,348 c1.52

a Excluding expenditures for the University of the Philippines and Government scholarships in foreign countries. 

a Excluding expenses for the University of the Philippines and government scholarships in other countries.

b Data not yet available. 

b Data not available yet. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

c Insular and voluntary contributions only. 

c Only contributions that are insular and voluntary.

[227]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

TOTAL RECEIPTS, EXPENDITURES, AND ACCUMULATED SURPLUS OF THE PHILIPPINE GOVERNMENT, 1901–1922 IN PESOS

Year ended— Surplus at the beginning of the year Receipts Total Expenditures Accumulated surplus of the year
Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos
June 30:
1901 (14,395,583) 21,419,118 17,023,535 12,200,907 4,822,628
1902 4,822,628 19,072,978 23,895,606 15,314,006 8,581,600
1903 8,581,600 22,006,141 30,587,741 21,078,373 9,509,368
1904 9,509,368 19,066,227 28,575,595 23,924,104 4,651,491
1905 4,651,491 25,368,818 30,020,309 25,256,215 4,764,094
1906 4,764,094 24,685,769 29,449,863 22,047,029 7,402,834
1907 7,402,834 26,424,817 33,827,651 31,014,693 12,812,958
1908 12,812,958 28,359,502 41,172,460 27,035,532 14,136,928
1909 14,136,928 30,050,729 44,187,657 31,830,224 12,357,433
1910 12,357,433 36,741,964 49,099,397 35,090,828 14,008,569
1911 14,008,569 42,977,123 56,985,692 39,805,578 17,180,114
1912 17,180,114 42,922,030 60,102,144 43,136,104 16,966,040
1913 16,966,040 41,818,182 58,784,222 44,392,124 14,392,098
December 31:
1913 14,392,098 18,274,064 32,666,162 22,496,962 10,169,200
1914 10,169,200 35,334,625 45,503,825 36,944,597 8,559,228
1915 8,559,228 41,428,010 49,987,238 39,753,121 10,234,117
1916 10,234,117 45,704,856 55,938,973 40,906,813 15,032,160
1917 15,032,160 54,781,241 69,813,401 45,408,718 24,404,683
1918 24,404,683 68,690,105 93,094,788 57,496,044 35,598,744
1919 35,598,744 79,686,923 115,285,667 86,742,589 28,543,078
1920 28,543,078 99,404,913 127,947,991 84,010,279 43,937,712
1921 43,937,712 130,199,714 174,137,426 118,194,211 55,943,215
1922 55,943,215 130,649,853 186,593,068 78,911,424 107,681,646

Note.—Figures in parentheses are overdrafts. [228]

Note.—Numbers in parentheses are overdrafts. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

FIRE, MARINE, AND MISCELLANEOUS INSURANCE COMPANIES DOING ACTIVE BUSINESS IN THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, DURING THE YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1922

Name of company Kind of business Home office
Alliance Assurance Co., Limited. Fire, motor car. London, England.
Atlas Assurance Company. Fire. London, England.
British and Foreign Marine Insurance Company, Limited. Marine. Liverpool, England.
British Traders’ Insurance Co., Ltd. Fire, marine, typhoon, flood, and earthquake. Victoria, Hongkong.
Canton Insurance Office, Limited. Marine. Victoria, Hongkong.
China Mutual Life Insurance Co., Ltd. Life. Shanghai, China.
China Fire Insurance Co., Ltd. Fire and marine. Victoria, Hongkong.
Commercial Union Assurance Co., Ltd. Fire, marine, accident, and motor car. London, England.
East India-Sea & Fire Insurance Co., Ltd. Fire, marine, and motor car. Amsterdam, Holland.
Employers’ Liability Assurance Corporation. Fire, accident, motor car, plate glass, and bond. London, England.
Fidelity and Surety Company of the Philippine Islands. Surety, fire, marine, typhoon, flood, and earthquake. Manila, P.I.
“Filipinos” Compañía de Seguros. Fire, marine, life, and accident. Manila, P.I.
Fire Association of Philadelphia. Fire and marine. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, U.S.A
Fireman’s Fund Insurance Company. Fire and Marine. San Francisco, California, U.S.A
Fuso Marine Insurance Co., Ltd. Marine. Tokyo, Japan.
Great American Insurance Company. Fire. New York, New York, USA
Guardian Assurance Co., Ltd. Fire and marine. London, England.
Hongkong Fire Insurance Co., Ltd. Fire and marine. Victoria, Hongkong.
Insular Life Assurance Co., Ltd. Life, health, and accident. Manila, P.I.
Insurance Company of North America. Fire and marine. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, U.S.A
Law Union and Rock Insurance Co., Ltd. Fire. London, England.
Liverpool and London and Globe Insurance Company, Limited. Fire, marine, and motor car. Liverpool, England.
London Assurance Corporation. Fire. London, England.
L’Union Fire Insurance Co., Ltd. Fire. Paris, France.
L’Urbaine Fire Insurance Company. Fire. Paris, France.
“Manila” Compañía de Seguros. Marine, fidelity, and surety. Manila, P.I.[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
Manufacturers’ Life Insurance Company. Life. Toronto, Canada.
Marine Insurance Co., Ltd. Marine. London, England.
National Insurance Co. Incorporated. Fire and marine. Manila, P.I.
National Surety Company. Fidelity, surety, burglary. New York, New York, U.S.A
Netherlands Fire and Life Insurance Co. of the Hague. Fire. The Hague, Holland.
New York Life Insurance Company. Life. New York, New York, U.S.A
Niagara Fire Insurance Company. Fire. New York, New York, U.S.A
North British and Mercantile Insurance Co. Fire, marine, accident, and casualty. London, England.
North China Insurance Co., Limited. Fire and marine. Shanghai, China.
Northern Assurance Co., Limited. Fire. London, England.
Norwich Union Fire Insurance Society, Limited. Fire and marine. Norwich, England.
Orient Insurance Company. Fire and marine. Hartford, Connecticut, U.S.A
Phœnix Assurance Company. Fire and marine. London, England.
Royal Insurance Company, Limited. Fire, marine, and motor car. Liverpool, England.
Scottish Union and National Insurance Co. Fire. Edinburgh, Scotland.
Shanghai Life Insurance Co., Limited. Life. Shanghai, China.
South British Insurance Co., Limited. Fire and marine. Auckland, New Zealand.
Springfield Fire and Marine Insurance Co. Fire and marine. Springfield, Mass., U.S.A.
Saint Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Co. Fire. St. Paul, Minn., U.S.A
State Assurance Co., Limited. Fire. Liverpool, England.
Sun Insurance Office. Fire. London, England.
Sun Life Assurance Co. of Canada. Life. Montreal, Canada.
Thames and Mersey Marine Insurance Co., Ltd. Marine. Liverpool, England.
The Continental Insurance Company. Fire. New York, N.Y., U.S.A
The Philippine Guaranty Co., Incorporated. Fire, marine, fidelity, and surety. Manila, P.I.
Tokio Marine and Fire Insurance Co., Ltd. Fire and marine. Tokio, Japan.
Union Insurance Society of Canton, Ltd. Fire marine, typhoon flood, and earthquake Victoria, Hongkong.
Union Guarantee Company, Limited. Fidelity and surety. Manila, P.I.
Yangts-ze Insurance Association. Fire and marine. Victoria, Hongkong.
Yek Tong Lin Fire and Marine Insurance Company, Limited. Fire and marine. Manila, P.I.
Yokohama Fire, Marine, Transit, and Fidelity Insurance Company. Fire, marine, transit, and fidelity. 70 Honcho Gochome, Yokohama, Japan.
Yorkshire Insurance Co., Ltd. Fire and motor car. London, England.
West Coast-San Francisco Life Insurance Company. Life and accident. San Francisco, California, U.S.A

[230]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

AMERICANS AND FILIPINOS IN THE PHILIPPINE SERVICE ON JULY 1, 1921a

Office Americans Filipinos
Legislative. b302
Executive. 535 8,208
Judicial. 9 1,158
Provincial service. 9 2,651
Municipal service of Manila 61 1,371
Total. 614 13,690

a The following employees are not included: Temporary and emergency employees; enlisted men of the Philippine Constabulary; semiskilled and unskilled laborers; and persons compensated by fees only. 

a The following employees are not included: temporary and emergency workers; enlisted members of the Philippine Constabulary; semi-skilled and unskilled laborers; and individuals who are only paid by fees.

b Members of the Philippine Legislature are included in these figures. 

b The numbers include members of the Philippine Legislature.

NEWSPAPERS AND OTHER PUBLICATIONS IN THE PHILIPPINES, AS PER REVISION MADE UP TO JUNE 18, 1923

[Source: Bureau of Commerce and Industry]

Names and addresses Language Frequency of issue
1. Advertiser, The, Cebu, Cebu. English-Spanish-Visayan. Daily.
2. American Chamber of Commerce, The, Manila. English. Monthly.
3. Ang Kabus, Dumaguete, Oriental Negros. English-Visayan. Fortnightly.
4. Ang Kahayag, Cebu, Cebu. English-Visayan. Monthly.
5. Ang Kataruñgan, Cagayan, Misamis. Spanish-Visayan. Weekly.
6. Ang Mabuting Balita, Manila. Tagalog. Fortnightly.
7. Ang Paraluman, Manila. Tagalog. Fortnightly.
8. Ang Sulo, Manila. Panayan-Visayan. Quarterly.
9. Ang Tanglaw, Manila. Tagalog. Monthly.
10. Ang Watawat, Manila. Tagalog. Daily.
11. Ateneo Monthly, The, Manila. English. Monthly.
12. Babalang Kristiano, Manila. Tagalog. Monthly.
13. Bagong Lipang Kalabaw, Manila. Tagalog. Weekly.
14. Bagong Kusok, P. O. B. 121, Cebu, Cebu. Visayan. Weekly.
15. Benedicto’s Weekly, Iloilo, Iloilo. English-Visayan. Weekly.
16. Bituen Ti Amianan—North Star, P. O. B. 39, Laoag, Ilocos Norte. English-Ilocano. Fortnightly.[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
17. Boletín Eclesiástico de Filipinas, Manila. Spanish. Monthly.
18. Boletín de la Iglesia de San Ignacio, Manila. Spanish. Monthly.
19. Boletín Oficial de la Cámara de Comercio de Filipinas, Manila. Spanish. Monthly.
20. Cable Tow, The, Manila. English-Spanish. Monthly.
21. Cabuhi Sang Banua, Jaro, Iloilo. English-Visayan. Monthly.
22. Chinese Commercial News, P. O. B. 452, Manila. Chinese. Daily.
23. Clarion, The, 884 O’Donell, Manila. English-Spanish-Visayan. Monthly.
24. Community—Comunidad, 102 P. Faura, Manila. English-Spanish. Thrice a month.
25. Cultura Social, Manila. Spanish. Monthly.
26. Daguiti Naimbag a Damag, San Fernando, La Union. English-Ilocano. Weekly.
27. Dalan ti Cappia—Way of Peace, Manila. English-Ilocano. Weekly.
28. Damag a Nacristianoan, Manila. Ilocano. Monthly.
29. Damag ti Pagarian, Manila. Ilocano. Monthly.
30. Diocesan Chronicle, Manila. English. Monthly.
31. Eco de Samar y Leyte, Calbayog, Samar. Spanish-Visayan. Weekly.
32. Ecos, 1223, Vergara, Manila. Spanish. Monthly.
33. El Adalid, Iloilo, Iloilo. Spanish. Daily.
34. El Boletín Católico, Cebu, Cebu. English-Spanish-Visayan. Weekly.
35. El Centinela, Iloilo, Iloilo. Spanish. Daily.
36. El Comercio, 432 P. Gomez, Manila. Spanish. Daily.
37. El Debate, Manila. Spanish. Daily.
38. El Democrata, Magallanes-N. America, Cebu. Spanish-Visayan. Twice a week.
39. El Feniz, Zamboanga, Zamboanga. Spanish. Twice a week.
40. El Heraldo Ilocano, Vigan, Ilocos Sur. English-Spanish-Ilocano. Weekly.
41. El Mercantil, Manila. Spanish. Daily.
42. El Norte, Baguio, Mt. Province. English-Spanish-Ilocano. Monthly.
43. El Noticiero de Negros, Bacolod, Occidental Negros. English-Spanish-Visayan. Thrice a week.
44. El Precursor, P. O. B. 101, Cebu, Cebu. Spanish-Visayan. Twice a week.
45. El Pueblo, Iloilo, Iloilo. Spanish. Daily.
46. Estudio, Manila. Spanish. Weekly.
47. Excelsior, 442 A. Mabini, Manila. Spanish. Thrice a month.
48. Far Eastern Free Mason, The, Manila. English-Spanish. Monthly.
49. Freeman, The, P. O. B. 318, Cebu, Cebu. English-Visayan. Weekly.
50. Gazette, The, Manila. English. Fortnightly.
51. Health Educator, The, Manila. English-Spanish-Tagalog. Monthly.
52. Heraldo Bicol, Legaspi, Albay. English-Spanish-Bicol. Twice a week.
53. Ilocano Pagadalan a Maipaay ti Escuela Dominical, San Fernando, La Union. Ilocano. Quarterly.
54. Ideales, P. O. B. 55, Dagupan, Pangasinan. Spanish. Fortnightly.
55. Independent, The, Manila. English-Spanish. Weekly.
56. Ing Catala, San Fernando, Pampanga. Pampango. Weekly.
57. Ing Daclat ning Catutuan, San Fernando, Pampanga. Pampango. Weekly.[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
58. Ing Katipunan, San Fernando, Pampanga. Pampango. Weekly.
59. Intelligencer, The, Dagupan, Pangasinan. English. Weekly.
60. Journal of the Philippine Islands Medical Ass’n, Manila. English-Spanish. Bimonthly.
61. Juan de la Cruz, Naga, Camarines Sur. English-Spanish-Bicol. Twice a week.
62. Khaki and Red, Manila. English-Spanish. Fortnightly.
63. Kong Li Po, The, Manila. Chinese. Daily.
63a. Kusug Sang Imol, Bacolod, Occidental Negros. Spanish-Visayan. Weekly.
64. La Defensa, Manila. English-Spanish. Daily.
65. La Lucha, Manila (P. O. B. 996). English-Spanish-Ilocano. Weekly.
66. La Nación, 131 Legarda, Sampaloc, Manila. Spanish. Daily.
67. La Prensa, Iloilo, Iloilo. Spanish. Daily.
68. La Vanguardia, 334 Carriedo, Manila. Spanish. Daily.
69. La Revolución, Cebu, Cebu. Spanish-Visayan. Daily.
70. La Verdad, Tuguegarao, Cagayan. Spanish-Ibanag. Weekly.
71. La Voz del Pueblo, Zamboanga, Zamboanga. Spanish. Twice a week.
72. Level, The, Manila. English-Spanish. Monthly.
73. Leyte Educational News, The, Tacloban, Leyte. English. Monthly.
74. Lioaoa, Manaoag, Pangasinan. Pangasinan-Ilocano. Weekly.
74a. Liwayway, Manila. Tagalog. Monthly.
75. Makinaugalingon, 62 Iznart, Iloilo. Visayan. Twice a week.
76. Man Ho Po, The, Manila. Chinese. Daily.
77. Manila Daily Bulletin, Manila. English. Daily.
78. Manila Times, The, Manila. English. Daily and Sunday.
79. Manila Young Men, The, Manila. English. Monthly.
80. Manogbantay, Iloilo, Iloilo. Visayan. Twice a week.
81. Manugbantala, Iloilo, Iloilo. Visayan. Monthly.
82. Marayo, Pontevedra, Occidental Negros. Visayan. Weekly.
83. Mindanao Herald, The, Zamboanga, Zamboanga. English. Weekly.
84. Mizpa, Manila. Tagalog. Monthly.
85. National Forum, The, Manila. English. Monthly.
86. Official Gazette—Gaceta Oficial, Manila. English-Spanish. Thrice a week.
87. Pearl of the Orient, The, Iloilo, Iloilo. English. Quarterly.
88. Peng Min Daily News, P. O. B. 1478, Manila. Chinese. Daily.
89. Philippine Agricultural Review, Manila. English-Spanish. Quarterly.[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
90. Philippine Agriculturist, Los Baños, Laguna. English. Monthly.
91. Philippine Christian, The, Manila. English. Quarterly.
92. Philippine Education, The, Manila. English. Monthly.
93. Philippine Collegian, The, Manila. English. Weekly.
94. Philippine General Hospital Alumni Quarterly, The, Manila. English. Quarterly.
95. Philippine Islands Sunday School Journal, The, Manila. English. Monthly.
96. Philippine Journal of Education, Manila. English. Monthly.
97. Philippine Journal of Science, Manila. English. Monthly.
98. Philippine Observer, Manila. English. Monthly.
99. Philippine Presbyterian, Manila. English. Quarterly.
100. Philippine Résumé, The, Manila. English. Weekly.
101. Philippine Survey, The, Manila. English-Spanish. Quarterly.
102. Philippines Free Press, Manila. English-Spanish. Weekly.
103. Philippines Herald, The, Manila. English. Daily and Sunday.
104. Post-Telegraph Review, The, Manila. English. Monthly.
105. Progreso Económico de Filipinas, Manila. English-Spanish. Monthly.
106. Public Opinion, The, Cagayan, Misamis. English-Visayan. Weekly.
107. Revista de la Cámara de Comercio de las Islas Filipinas, Manila. Spanish. Monthly.
108. Revista Económica, Manila. Spanish. Monthly.
109. Revista Filipina de Medicina y Farmacia, Manila. Spanish. Monthly.
110. Rising Filipina, The, Manila. English-Spanish. Fortnightly.
111. Rizal Review, The, Manila. English-Spanish-Tagalog. Fortnightly.
112. Rural Credit—Crédito Rural, Manila. English-Spanish. Monthly.
113. Say Abigado Cristiano Pangasinan, Lingayen, Pangasinan. Pangasinan. Fortnightly.
114. School News Review, The, Manila. English. Fortnightly.
115. Sillimanian, The, Dumaguete, Oriental Negros. English. Fortnightly.
116. Sinceridad, Tuguegarao, Cagayan. English-Spanish-Ibanag. Weekly.
117. Sports, Manila. English. Weekly.
118. Sugar Central and Planters News, Manila. English-Spanish. Monthly.
119. Taliba, Manila. Tagalog. Daily.
120. Surat Habar Sing Sug, Zamboanga, Zamboanga. Moro. Monthly.
121. Telembang, Manila. Tagalog. Weekly.
122. Telembang na Bicol, Manila. Bicol. Weekly.
123. Ti Bagnos, Laoag, Ilocos Norte. English-Ilocano. Weekly.
124. Ti Silaw—The Light, Manila. English-Spanish-Ilocano. Fortnightly.
125. Trabajo, Manila. Spanish. Monthly.
126. Unitas, Manila. Spanish. Monthly.
127. Way of Peace—Ang Daan ng Kapayapaan, Manila. English-Tagalog. Weekly.
128. Woman’s Journal, The, Manila. English. Monthly.
129. Woman’s Outlook, The, Manila. English-Spanish. Monthly.

[234]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

LIST OF SUGAR CENTRALS IN THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

LIST OF SUGAR CENTERS IN THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

CENTRALS COMPLETED

Name Location Built Capacity; tons of cane per day
Calamba Sugar Estate Canlubang, Laguna 1913 1,800
Pampanga Sugar Central Floridablanca, Pampanga 1919 1,500
San Carlos Milling Co San Carlos, Occidental Negros 1914 1,200
Mindoro Sugar Co San Jose, Mindoro 1910 1,000
Isabela Sugar Central Isabela, Occidental Negros 1919 600
North Negros Sugar Co Manapla, Occidental Negros 1918 600
Bearing Central Cabancalan, Occidental Negros 1914 500
Phil. Sugar Development Co Calamba, Laguna 1914 300
De la Rama Sugar Central Bago, Occidental Negros 1913 300
Guanco Central Hinigaran, Occidental Negros 1913 300
San Isidro Central Cabancalan, Occidental Negros 1917 250
Carmen Central Calatagan, Batangas 1914 200
Palma Central Ilog, Occidental Negros 1916 200
San Antonio Central La Carlota, Occidental Negros 1913 150
Dinalupihan Factory Dinalupihan, Bataan 1913 125
Talisay Central Talisay, Occidental Negros 1913 125
Canlaon Factory Canlaon, Occidental Negros 1913 125
Muntinlupa Factory Muntinlupa, Rizal 1912 100
Saint Louis Oriental Factory Manaoag, Pangasinan 1912 90
Look Factory Nasugbu, Batangas

CENTRALS UNDER CONSTRUCTION

Hawaiian-Philippine Co Silay, Occidental Negros 1920–21 1,500
Ma-ao Sugar Central Ma-ao, Occidental Negros 1920–21 1,500
La Carlota Sugar Central La Carlota, Occidental Negros 1919–20 1,000
Bais Sugar Central Bais, Occidental Negros 1919–20 1,000

PROJECTS DEFINITELY PLANNED FOR DEVELOPMENT

Talisay-Silay Sugar Central Talisay, Occidental Negros 1,000
Bacolod-Murcia Sugar Central Bacolod, Occidental Negros 1,000
Pampanga Development Co San Fernando, Pampanga 1,200

SMALL FACTORIES USING OPEN TRAIN EVAPORATORS AND VACUUM PANS

Pampanga Sugar Factory Floridablanca, Pampanga 1916 100
Bernia Factory Dinalupihan, Bataan 1918 90
Kennedy Factory Isabela, Occidental Negros 1918 90
De la Viña Factory Vallehermosa, Occidental Negros 1918 90
Tubigon Sugar Factory Tubigon, Bohol 1917 90

Map of the City of Manila

Map of the City of Manila

Map of the City of Manila

[235]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Index

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

A

Abacá, 116.

Abacá, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Abra Province, 94.

Abra Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Administration of justice, 186.

Justice administration, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Agricultural products, 115.

Farming goods, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Agriculture, College of, 79, 178.

Agriculture College, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Agusan Province, 108.

Agusan Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Amburayan, 90.

Amburayan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Americans in Government Service, 230.

Americans in Government Service, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

America’s Monopoly in Philippine Trade, 150.

America’s Monopoly on Philippine Trade, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

American occupation, 19;
establishment of Civil Government, 20.

American occupation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
establishment of civil government, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Antipolo, 73.

Antipolo, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Apayao, 90.

Apayao, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Apo, Mount, 106.

Apo Mountain, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Arayat, Mount and village, 24.

Arayat, mountain and village, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Area, 39;
comparative, 42.

Area, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
comparison, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Articles exported, 153.

Articles exported, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Articles imported, 154.

Articles imported, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Assessed valuation of real property, 223.

Assessed property value, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Attainments in Pre-Spanish Days, 22;
religion, alphabet, books, 23;
traders and artisans, 24;
able agriculturists, 24;
written and unwritten laws, 24;
Code of Calantiao, 25;
testimonies of occidental writers, 26.

Attainments in Pre-Spanish Days, 22;
religion, alphabet, books, 23;
traders and artisans, 24;
skilled farmers, 24;
written and unwritten laws, 24;
Code of Calantiao, 25;
accounts from Western writers, 26.

Atimonan, 78.

Atimonan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Autonomy, 173;
original policy, 173;
Filipinization, 173;
instruments of
autonomy, 174;
achievements of Filipino Government, 175.

Autonomy, 173;
original policy, 173;
Filipinization, 173;
tools for autonomy, 174;
successes of the Filipino Government, 175.

Avenues at Manila, 48.

Avenues in Manila, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Ayuntamiento, 47.

City Hall, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

B

Baguio, 63, 90.

Baguio, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Balance of trade, 152.

Balance of trade, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Banahaw Mountain, 70.

Banahaw Mountain, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Banking condition, 221.

Banking situation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Banks, 211.

Banks, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Barasoain, 83.

Barasoain, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Bataan Province, 86;
attractions, 86.

Bataan Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; attractions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Batangas Province, 75;
products, 75;
historical incidents and attractions, 76.

Batangas Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
products, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
historical events and attractions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Beauty spots in Archipelago, 69.

Beauty spots in the Archipelago, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Benguet Subprovince, 90.

Benguet Subprovince, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Biac-na-Bató, 30, 83.

Biac-na-Bató, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Bicol Provinces, 79;
products, 79;
sceneries, 80;
historical incidents, 80.

Bicol Provinces, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
products, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
scenery, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__;
historical events, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__.

Bilibid Prison, 49.

Bilibid Prison, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Bohol Province, 103;
attractions and industries, 104.

Bohol Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
offers attractions and businesses, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Booksellers and stationers, 213.

Booksellers and office supply stores, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Bontoc, 91.

Bontoc, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Budget estimates—1918–1923, 169.

Budget estimates—1918–1923, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Budgetary system, 176;
Emergency Board, 177.

Budget system, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
Emergency Committee, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Bukidnon Province, 107.

Bukidnon Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Bulacan Province, 82;
description and history, 82.

Bulacan Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
description and history, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Bulusan Volcano, 80.

Bulusan Volcano, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Buttons, 141.

Buttons, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

C

Cable offices, 211.

Cable offices, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Cable rates, 218. [236]

Cable prices, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__]

Cagayan Valley, 95.

Cagayan Valley, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Calantiao, Code of, 25.

Calantiao Code, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Calamba, 78.

Calamba, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Camarines Norte, 79.

Camarines Norte, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Camarines Sur, 79.

Camarines Sur, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Camp John Hay, Baguio, 64.

Camp John Hay, Baguio, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Camp Stotsenburg, 84.

Camp Stotsenburg, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Canalaon Volcano, 101.

Canalaon Volcano, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Capital, 148.

Capital, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Capiz Province, 100.

Capiz Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Carnival grounds, 52.

Carnival fairgrounds, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Cattle raising, 137.

Ranching, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Cavite Province, 73;
attractions, 74.

Cavite Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
things to do, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Cebu, city of, 65;
places of interest, 66.

Cebu, city of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
attractions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Cebu Province, 102;
industries, 103.

Cebu Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
industries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Central Observatory, 51.

Central Observatory, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Central School, 50.

Central School, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Centro Escolar de Señoritas, 50.

Girls' School, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Chambers of Commerce, 211.

Chambers of Commerce, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Churches, 46, 215.

Churches, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Cigar, 123;
exports, 126.

Cigar, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
exports, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Cinematographs and theaters, 212.

Cinemas and theaters, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Circulation, 171, 222.

Circulation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Cities—Manila, 43;
Baguio, 63;
Cebu, 65;
Iloilo, 66;
Zamboanga, 67.

Cities—Manila, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
Baguio, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
Cebu, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__;
Iloilo, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__;
Zamboanga, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__.

Climate, 41.

Climate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Clubs in Manila, 212.

Clubs in Manila, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Coal, 134;
calorific values, 135;
importation, 135.

Coal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
calorific values, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
import, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Coal Company, National, 188.

Coal Company, National, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Coconuts, 118;
oil exports, 119.

Coconuts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
oil exports, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Coir, 120.

Coir, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Constitution of Malolos, 32;
salient features, 32.

Malolos Constitution, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
key features, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Consulates, 209.

Consulates, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

D

Davao Province, 108.

Davao Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Death rate, comparative, 185.

Comparative death rate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Desiccated coconut, 120.

Dried coconut, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Development Company, National, 189.

Development Company, National, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Dewey Boulevard, 53.

Dewey Boulevard, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Differences in time, 41.

Differences in time, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Discovery, 17.

Discovery, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Dominican Church, 48.

Dominican Church, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

E

Economic position, 147.

Economic status, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Education, 178;
system of instruction, 178 et seq;
expenditures for education, 226.

Education, 178;
system of instruction, 178 et seq;
expenditures for education, 226.

Electors, 171.

Electors, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Embroidery, 137;
factories, 138, 213;
exports, 138.

Embroidery, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
factories, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__;
exports, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__.

English speaking Filipinos, 113.

English-speaking Filipinos, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Environs of Manila, 58.

Manila area, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Executive departments, 162.

Executive departments, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Expenses, Philippine Government, 165.

Expenses, Philippines Government, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Exports, 116, 117, 119, 121, 124, 126, 154.

Exports, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_6__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

F

Factories, cigar, 126.

Factories, cigars, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Farms owned by Filipinos, 116.

Filipino-owned farms, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Filipino-American War, 20.

Filipino-American War, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Filipino Independent Church, 49.

Filipino Independent Church, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Filipinization, 173;
proportion of Filipinos and Americans in service, 174.

Filipinization, 173;
ratio of Filipinos and Americans in service, 174.

Financial status, 166.

Financial situation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

First Philippine Republic, 30.

First Philippine Republic, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

First Spanish settlement, 102.

First Spanish settlement, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Fishing, 135.

Fishing, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Foreign money and Philippine equivalent, 220.

Foreign money and its Philippine equivalent, 220.

Foreigners, 149.

Foreigners, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Forest resources, 115, 130;
area and ownership, 130;
volume, 131;
timber output, 131.

Forest resources, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
area and ownership, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__;
volume, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__;
timber production, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__.

Foreword, 15.

Foreword, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Fort Santiago, 44.

Fort Santiago, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Free trade, 150.

Free trade, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Friar lands, 144.

Friar arrives, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

G

Garages and stables, Manila, 208.

Garages and stables, Manila, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

General Hospital, 50.

General Hospital, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Geographical items, 39;
number of islands, 39;
total land area, 39;
physical features, 40;
rainfall, 42.

Geographical items, 39;
number of islands, 39;
total land area, 39;
physical features, 40;
rainfall, 42.

Gold, 133. [237]

Gold, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__]

Government—structure of, 160;
departures from American standards, 160;
executive departments, 162;
legislative department, 164;
expenses of, 165;
financial status, 166;
receipts and surplus, 167;
Budget estimates, 169;
functions of departments, 176.

Government—structure of, 160;
departures from American standards, 160;
executive departments, 162;
legislative department, 164;
expenses of, 165;
financial status, 166;
receipts and surplus, 167;
Budget estimates, 169;
functions of departments, 176.

Governor-General, 161.

Governor-General, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Government enterprises, 187.

Government businesses, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Grand Opera House, 49.

Grand Opera House, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Guinulajon Falls, 80.

Guinulajon Falls, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

H

Hats, 140;
factories, 214.

Hats, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
factories, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Hectares under cultivation, 115.

Hectares in cultivation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hemp, 116;
exports, 117.

Hemp, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
exports, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Historical background, 17.

Historical background, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Homestead, 142.

Homestead, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Homogeneity, 37.

Homogeneity, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Homonhon Island, 100.

Homonhon Island, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hospital, Philippine General, 50.

Philippine General Hospital, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hotel, Manila, 52;
list of hotels, 207.

Hotel, Manila, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
list of hotels, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Household industries, value of production, 146.

Household industries, production value, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

I

Ifugao, 91;
rice-terraces, 91.

Ifugao, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
rice terraces, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Iloilo, city of, 66;
attractions, 67.

Iloilo City, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
attractions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Iloilo Province, 100.

Iloilo Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Ilocos Norte Province, 93.

Ilocos Norte Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Ilocos Sur Province, 92;
industries, 92;
old towns, 93;
historical incidents, 93.

Ilocos Sur, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
businesses, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
historic towns, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__;
historical events, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__.

Imports, 154.

Imports, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Imports and exports, 152.

Trade, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Independence movement, 190;
the organized movement, 193;
America’s policy and promise, 194;
pronouncement of American Presidents, 195;
the Jones Law, 196;
missions to the United States, 197;
memorials, 200, 201;
petition for Constitutional Convention, 205.

Independence movement, 190;
the organized movement, 193;
America’s policy and promise, 194;
statements from American Presidents, 195;
the Jones Law, 196;
missions to the United States, 197;
memorials, 200, 201;
petition for a Constitutional Convention, 205.

Industries, 115;
miscellaneous, 135.

Industries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
miscellaneous, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Insurance companies, 228.

Insurance companies, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Interisland lines, 158.

Interisland routes, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Interisland shipping schedule, 219.

Interisland shipping timetable, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Interisland transportation, 156.

Interisland transportation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Iron, 133;
importation of iron and steel, 134.

Iron, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
import of iron and steel, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Irrigation, 128.

Irrigation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Isabela Province, 96.

Isabela Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Islam in Mindanao, 105.

Islam in Mindanao, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Iwahig Penal Colony, 98.

Iwahig Prison, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

J

Jolo town, 112;
attractions, 112.

Jolo Town, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
attractions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Jones Law, The, 196.

The Jones Law, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Judiciary, 164.

Judiciary, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

K

Kawit, 75.

Kawit, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

L

Laguna Province, 69;
industries, 70;
attractions, 70.

Laguna Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
businesses, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
sights, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Lake Lanao, 108.

Lake Lanao, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Lanao Province, 107;
attractions, 108.

Lanao Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
things to do, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Language for the tourist, 113.

Tourist language, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

La Union Province, 92.

La Union Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Legislative department, 164.

Legislative branch, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Lepanto Subprovince, 91.

Lepanto Subprovince, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Leyte Province, 104;
minerals, 104.

Leyte Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
minerals, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Life in the Islands, 55.

Life in the Islands, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Limasawa, 104.

Limasawa, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Literacy, percentage of, 22.

Literacy rate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Los Baños, 78.

Los Baños, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Lucena, 78.

Lucena, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Luneta, The, 51.

The Luneta, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

M

Mactan Island, 65.

Mactan Island, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Malacañang Palace, 58.

Malacañang Palace, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Malolos Constitution, 32.

Malolos Constitution, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Mambucal Hot Springs, 101.

Mambucal Hot Springs, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Manganese, 134.

Manganese, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Manila, city of, 43;
entrance to Bay, 43;
Walled City, 44;
Fort Santiago, 44;
three Manilas, 45;
costumes, 46;
shops, 46;
Pasig River, 46;
churches, 46;
other places of interest, 46;
avenues, 49;
clubs and societies, 54;
cemeteries, 54;
monuments, 54;
life in Manila, 55;
environs, 58.

Manila, city of, 43;
gateway to the Bay, 43;
Walled City, 44;
Fort Santiago, 44;
three facets of Manila, 45;
outfits, 46;
stores, 46;
Pasig River, 46;
churches, 46;
other attractions, 46;
streets, 49;
clubs and organizations, 54;
graveyards, 54;
memorials, 54;
life in Manila, 55;
surroundings, 58.

Manila Hotel, 52.

Manila Hotel, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Manila Railroad, 188. [238]

Manila Railway, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__]

Manufacturing establishments, percentage of production, 145.

Manufacturing businesses, output percentage, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Maria Cristina Falls, 108.

Maria Cristina Falls, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Mariquina Valley, 60;
town of Mariquina, 60.

Mariquina Valley, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
town of Mariquina, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Mariveles, 87;
mount, 87.

Mariveles, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
mount, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Matches, 141.

Matches, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Material Spain found, 21.

Material found in Spain, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Mayon Volcano, 81.

Mayon Volcano, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Mediums of trade, 150.

Trade mediums, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Memorials, 200, 201.

Memorials, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Mindanao Island, 105.

Mindanao, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Mindoro Province, 96;
mineral deposits, 97.

Mindoro Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
mineral resources, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Minerals, 115, 132.

Minerals, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Mineral baths at Marilao, 83.

Mineral baths in Marilao, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Minor forest products, 132.

Minor forest products, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Misrepresentation about Philippines, 21.

Misrepresentation about the Philippines, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Missions to the United States, 197;
first mission, 198;
second mission, 200.

Missions to the United States, 197;
first mission, 198;
second mission, 200.

Mohammedanism in Sulu, 110.

Islam in Sulu, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Montalban Dam, 61.

Montalban Dam, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Monuments, 54.

Monuments, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Mountain Province, 90.

Mountain Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Municipal government, 165;
autonomy, 184.

Local government, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
independence, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Muñoz Agricultural School, 86.

Muñoz Ag School, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Museum, 52.

Museum, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

N

National Bank, 187;
constructive service, 188.

National Bank, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
helpful service, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Negros Island, 101.

Negros Island, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Newspapers, 230.

News outlets, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Non-Christian population, 21.

Non-Christian population, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Normal Hall, 50.

Normal Hall, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Normal School, 50.

Normal School, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Nueva Ecija Province, 85.

Nueva Ecija Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Nurses’ Home, Manila, 50.

Nurses' Residence, Manila, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Nueva Vizcaya Province, 96.

Nueva Vizcaya Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

O

Observatory, Central, 51.

Observatory, Central, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Occidental Negros, 101.

Occidental Negros, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Opera House, 49.

Opera House, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Oriental Negros, 101.

Oriental Negros, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

P

Pagsanjan Falls, 71.

Pagsanjan Falls, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Palanan, 96.

Palanan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Palawan Province, 97.

Palawan Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Pampanga Province, 83;
attractions and historical incidents, 84.

Pampanga Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
attractions and historical events, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Pangasinan Province, 89;
industries, 89;
historical incidents, 89.

Pangasinan Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
industries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
historical events, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Paper and paper pulp, 136.

Paper and pulp, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Pasig River, 46.

Pasig River, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Patchouli oil, 139.

Patchouli oil, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Payatas Estate, 61.

Payatas Estate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Pearls, 141.

Pearls, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Perfumes, 138.

Fragrances, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Personnel of Philippine Commerce, 149.

Philippine Commerce Staff, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Philippine Islands—economic position, 147.

Philippine Islands—economic status, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Population, 37;
total, 38;
foreign, 38;
comparative, 38.

Population, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
total, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
foreign, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__;
comparative, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__.

Postal rates, 216.

Shipping costs, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Pre-Spanish Days, attainments, 22.

Pre-Spanish Days, achievements, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Private schools, 226.

Private schools, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Prospective agricultural industries, 127.

Future farming industries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Provinces—beauty spots, 69.

Provinces—scenic spots, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Provincial government, 165.

Provincial government, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Public improvements, 177.

Community upgrades, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Public lands, 142;
homestead, 142;
sale of, 143;
lease of, 143;
friar lands, 144.

Public lands, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
homestead, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
sale of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__;
lease of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__;
friar lands, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__.

Public order, 178.

Public safety, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Public school system, growth, 225.

Public education system, development, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Public vehicles, rates of fare, 215.

Public transit, ticket prices, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Public welfare, 185.

Social welfare, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

R

Radio station, Cavite, 74.

Radio station, Cavite, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Railroad, 188.

Railroad, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Ramon, San, Penal Colony, 68.

Ramon, San, Prison, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Rattan, 139.

Rattan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Reforms, nineteenth century, 18.

Nineteenth-century reforms, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Reorganization of departments, 175.

Department reorganization, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Republic, First Philippine, 31;
government machinery, 31;
Malolos Constitution, 32;
comments of foreigners, 34.

Republic, First Philippine, 31;
government machinery, 31;
Malolos Constitution, 32;
comments of foreigners, 34.

Reservoir, 60. [239]

Reservoir, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__]

Revenues and surplus, 227.

Revenues and surplus, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Revolutions, earlier;
causes of, 30;
Revolution of 1896, 30;
Pact of Biac-na-Bato, 30.

Revolutions, earlier;
causes of, 30;
Revolution of 1896, 30;
Pact of Biac-na-Bato, 30.

Rizal Province, 72;
attractions, 73.

Rizal Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
things to do, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Romblon Province, 99.

Romblon Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Rural Credit Associations, 128;
statistics, 129.

Rural Credit Unions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
data, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

S

Salinas Salt Springs, 96.

Salinas Salt Springs, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Samar Province, 99.

Samar Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Sanitation, 183;
death rate, 184.

Sanitation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
mortality rate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

San Juan Bridge and Heights, 59.

San Juan Bridge and Heights, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

San Lazaro Hospital, 49.

San Lazaro Hospital, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

San Pablo, 70.

San Pablo, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Santa Mesa, 59.

Santa Mesa, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

St. Rita’s Hall, 50.

St. Rita’s Hall, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Santo Tomas University, 49.

Santo Tomas University, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Secondary food products, 127.

Secondary food products, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Shipping, 156;
value of merchandise, 157;
control over rates, 158.

Shipping, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
value of goods, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
pricing control, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Shoes, 139.

Shoes, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Shops in Manila, 46.

Shops in Manila, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Sibul Springs, 83.

Sibul Springs, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Silliman Institute, 101.

Silliman Institute, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Silver, 133.

Silver, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Soap, 120.

Soap, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Sorsogon, 79.

Sorsogon, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Spanish Rule, 17;
progress, 27.

Spanish Rule, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
progress, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Schools and colleges during, 19, 27;
Filipino record abroad, 28;
opinions of foreign authors, 28.

Schools and colleges during, 19, 27;
Filipino records overseas, 28;
views of foreign authors, 28.

Stables, Livery, Manila, 208.

Stables, Livery, Manila, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Stadium, Manila, 49.

Stadium, Manila, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Statements of receipts, surplus and expenditures of Philippine Government, 167.

Statements of receipts, surplus, and expenditures of the Philippine Government, 167.

Steamship agencies, 208.

Steamship companies, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Submarine garden, Mindoro, 97.

Underwater garden, Mindoro, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Sugar, 122;
growth of industry, 123;
export of, 124.

Sugar, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
industry growth, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
export of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Sugar Centrals, 234.

Sugar Factories, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Sulu Archipelago, 109;
introduction of Mohammedanism, 110.

Sulu Archipelago, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
introduction of Islam, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Sultan of Sulu and his present position, 111;
policy of attraction, 111.

Sultan of Sulu and his current role, 111;
policy of attraction, 111.

Surigao Province, 109.

Surigao Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

T

Taal Volcano, 76.

Taal Volcano, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Taft Avenue, 50.

Taft Avenue, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Tarlac Province, 85.

Tarlac Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Tayabas Province, 78;
attractions, 78.

Tayabas Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
things to do, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Taxation, 178.

Tax, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Telegraph rates, 216.

Telegraph rates, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Timber output, 131;
export, 131;
acquisition, 132.

Wood production, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
export, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
acquisition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Tiwi Hot Sulphur Springs, 79.

Tiwi Hot Springs, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Tobacco, 123;
history, 123;
industry, 125;
Government control, 126;
factories, 126.

Tobacco, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
history, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
industry, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__;
government regulation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__;
factories, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__.

Trade, 147;
trade routes, 147;
Filipino capital, 149;
foreign, 149;
America’s monopoly, 150;
free trade, 150;
total trade, table, 151;
trade balance, 152.

Trade, 147;
trade routes, 147;
Filipino capital, 149;
foreign, 149;
America’s monopoly, 150;
free trade, 150;
total trade, table, 151;
trade balance, 152.

Transportation, interisland, 156.

Interisland transportation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Trinidad Valley, Baguio, 64.

Trinidad Valley, Baguio, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

U

Underground river, Palawan Province, 99.

Underground river, Palawan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Uprisings against Spain, 190.

Uprisings against Spain, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

V

Vessels, tonnage of, in domestic shipping, 159.

Vessels, tonnage of, in domestic shipping, 159.

Vice Governor-General, 162.

Vice Governor-General, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Visayas, The, 99.

Visayas, The, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Volcanoes—Taal, 77;
Mayon, 81;
Bulusan, 80;
Canlaon, 101;
Apo, 106.

Volcanoes—Taal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
Mayon, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
Bulusan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__;
Canlaon, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__;
Apo, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

W

Walled City at Manila, 44.

Walled City of Manila, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Written and unwritten laws, 24.

Written and unwritten laws, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Z

Zambales Province, 88.

Zambales Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Zamboanga, city of, 67.

Zamboanga, city of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Zamboanga Province, 105.

Zamboanga Province, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Zapote Bridge, 74.

Zapote Bridge, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Zorrilla Theater, 50.

Zorrilla Theater, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Colophon

Availability

Scans of this work are available from the Internet Archive (copy 1). Alternative scans are available from the University of Michigan (copy 1).

Scans of this work can be found on the Internet Archive (copy 1). You can also find alternative scans from the University of Michigan (copy 1).

Metadata

Revision History

  • 2020-01-10 Started.

External References

Corrections

The following corrections have been applied to the text:

The following corrections have been made to the text:

Page Source Correction Edit distance
6 Subprovinces Sub-provinces 1
6 1
6 Provincë Province 1 / 0
7 106 108 1
7 Arrola’s Ariolas’ 3
7 112 113 1
7, 152, 152 1921 1922 1
8, 8 1912 1921 2
20 untrammelled untrammeled 1
21 altho although 3
22 planed planned 1
24 besides beside 1
28 Resurreccion Resurrección 1 / 0
29 builded built 3
45 desparate desperate 1
50 Prsion Prison 2
52, 108, 141 [Not in source] a 2
61 Máriquina Mariquina 1 / 0
64 everyday every day 1
78 planning planing 1
78 much a a much 4
79 harbor harbors 1
81 come cone 1
82 decidely decidedly 1
83, 116, 230, 232, 238 [Not in source] , 1
87 elopment elopement 1
89 saltmaking salt making 1
89 fresh waterfish fresh-water fish 2
89 Matmaking Mat-making 1
94, 96, 97, 193 in on 1
94 be by 1
95 Missisippi Mississippi 1
98 [Not in source] they 5
99 Pauls’ Paul’s 2
100 great greatest 3
101 princpial principal 2
103 southwest southeast 2
103 Baklayon Baclayon 1
104, 212 . , 1
110 Baguinda Baginda 1
111 non-Chritians non-Christians 1
111 Christian Christians 1
116, 134, 142, 198 , [Deleted] 1
121, 123 [Not in source] To the United States 20
122 in to 2
123 tones tons 1
128 suplement supplement 1
130 807,178 808,183 3
130 2,401,676.46 2,401,676.48 1
130 forest forests 1
144 Philipppine Philippine 1
149 millionaries millionaires 2
150 three fold threefold 1
151 countires countries 2
153 Pearls Pearl 1
155 Intruments Instruments 1
156 interprises enterprises 1
156 wage wages 1
162 Governro-General Governor-General 2
165 seat sit 2
168 supression suppression 1
170 howover however 1
171 [Not in source] Pesos 5
174 comformity conformity 1
175 reorganization Reorganization 1
183 instructon instruction 1
185 controling controlling 1
191 in by 2
191 [Not in source] away 5
192 Bohols Bohol 1
193 succesful successful 1
196 franchies franchise 2
204 [Not in source] 1
204 1
204 [Not in source] 1
205 [Not in source] we 3
205 Philipine Philippine 1
207 XVI XV 1
209 Yy Uy 1
210 Wolford Walford 1
211, 212 Francaise Française 1 / 0
216 mater matter 1
218 Autralasia Australasia 1
219 Monday Mondays 1
219 Tuesday Tuesdays 1
221, 229, 229 [Not in source] . 1
222 1905 1906 1
224 Pumpanga Pampanga 1
228 U. S. U.S.A 2
229 Edinburg Edinburgh 1
233 Crédit Credit 1 / 0
234 Panpamga Pampanga 2
234, 234 Tubigan Tubigon 1
235 ; , 1
236 Dessicated Desiccated 2

Abbreviations

Overview of abbreviations used.

Abbreviations used overview.

Abbreviation Expansion
N.Y. New York
P.I. Philippine Islands
U.S. United States
U.S.A United States of America

Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!